Little Women_ Or_ Meg_ Jo_ Beth_ and Amy Louisa May Alcott 81636 downloads.pdf

573 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
using this eBook.

Title: Little Women; Or, Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy

Author: Louisa May Alcott

Illustrator: Frank T. Merrill

Release date: August 16, 2011 [eBook #37106]
Most recently updated: September 24, 2025

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37106

Credits: David Edwards, Ernest Schaal, Robert Homa, and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LITTLE
WOMEN; OR, MEG, JO, BETH, AND AMY ***

LITTLE WOMEN.

Page 4

"They all drew to the fire, mother in the big chair, with Beth at her
feet"
(See page 9) Frontispiece

LITTLE WOMEN

Page 5

OR
Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy

BY
LOUISA M. ALCOTT
AUTHOR OF "LITTLE MEN," "AN OLD-FASHIONED GIRL"
"SPINNING-WHEEL STORIES," ETC.

With more than 200 illustrations by Frank T. Merrill
and a picture of the Home of the Little Women by
Edmund H. Garrett

BOSTON
LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the years 1868 and 1869, by
LOUISA M. ALCOTT,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.
Copyright, 1880,
By LOUISA M. ALCOTT.
Copyright, 1896,
By JOHN S. P. ALCOTT.

BOSTON
Alfred Mudge & Son Inc. Printers

Page 6

"Go then, my little Book, and show to all
That entertain and bid thee welcome shall,
What thou dost keep close shut up in thy breast;
And wish what thou dost show them may be blest
To them for good, may make them choose to be
Pilgrims better, by far, than thee or me.
Tell them of Mercy; she is one
Who early hath her pilgrimage begun.
Yea, let young damsels learn of her to prize
The world which is to come, and so be wise;
For little tripping maids may follow God
Along the ways which saintly feet have trod."
Adapted from John Bunyan.

Page 7

Part First.
Chapter
I. Playing Pilgrims
II. A Merry Christmas
III. The Laurence Boy
IV. Burdens
V. Being Neighborly
VI. Beth finds the Palace Beautiful
VII. Amy's Valley of Humiliation
VIII. Jo meets Apollyon
IX. Meg goes to Vanity Fair

Page 8

Chapter
X. The P. C. and P. O.
XI. Experiments
XII. Camp Laurence
XIII. Castles in the Air
XIV. Secrets
XV. A Telegram
XVI. Letters
XVII. Little Faithful
XVIII. Dark Days
XIX. Amy's Will
XX. Confidential
XXI. Laurie makes Mischief, and Jo makes Peace
XXII. Pleasant Meadows
XXIII. Aunt March settles the Question
Part Second.
XXIV. Gossip
XXV. The First Wedding
XXVI. Artistic Attempts
XXVII. Literary Lessons
XXVIII. Domestic Experiences
XXIX. Calls
XXX. Consequences
XXXI. Our Foreign Correspondent
XXXII. Tender Troubles
XXXIII. Jo's Journal
XXXIV. A Friend
XXXV. Heartache
XXXVI. Beth's Secret
XXXVII. New Impressions
XXXVIII. On the Shelf
XXXIX. Lazy Laurence

Page 9

Chapter
XL. The Valley of the Shadow
XLI. Learning to Forget
XLII. All Alone
XLIII. Surprises
XLIV. My Lord and Lady
XLV. Daisy and Demi
XLVI. Under the Umbrella
XLVII. Harvest Time

Page 10

[The Illustrations, designed by Frank T. Merrill, drawn, engraved,
and printed under the supervision of George T. Andrew.]

They all drew to the fire, mother in the big chair, with Beth at her feet
Preface
Contents
Tail-piece to Contents
List of Illustrations
Tail-piece to Illustrations
Christmas won't be Christmas without any presents
Beth put a pair of slippers down to warm
I used to be so frightened when it was my turn to sit in the big chair
Do it this way, clasp your hands so

Page 11

It was a cheerful, hopeful letter
How you used to play Pilgrim's Progress
No one but Beth could get much music out of the old piano
At nine they stopped work and sung as usual
Merry Christmas
The procession set out
Out came Meg with gray horse-hair hanging about her face
A little figure in cloudy white
The lovers kneeling to receive Don Pedro's blessing
We talked over the fence
Tail-piece
Eating apples and crying over the "Heir of Redclyffe"
Jo undertook to pinch the papered locks
Mrs. Gardiner greeted them
Face to face with the Laurence boy
They sat down on the stairs
Tell about the party
The kitten stuck like a burr just out of reach
Curling herself up in the big chair
Reading that everlasting Belsham
He took her by the ear! by the ear!
Mr. Laurence hooked up a big fish
Tail-piece
Being neighborly
Laurie opened the window
Poll tweaked off his wig
Putting his finger under her chin
Please give these to your mother
Tail-piece
O sir, they do care very much
Mr. Laurence often opened his study door
She put both arms around his neck and kissed him

Page 12

The Cyclops
Amy bore without flinching several tingling blows
You do know her
Girls, where are you going?
I burnt it up
Held Amy up by his arms and hockey
Packing the go abroady trunk
Meg's partner appeared
Asked to be introduced
I wouldn't, Meg
Holding a hand of each, Mrs. March said, &c.
Mr. Pickwick
Jo threw open the door of the closet
Jo spent the morning on the river
Amy sat down to draw
O Pip! O Pip!
Miss Crocker made a wry face
We'll work like bees
Beth was post-mistress
Amy capped the climax by putting a clothes-pin on her nose
Mr. Laurence waving his hat
Now, Miss Jo, I'll settle you
A very merry lunch it was
He went prancing down a quiet street
"Oh, rise," she said
A stunning blow from the big Greek lexicon
He sneezed
The Portuguese walked the plank
Will you give me a rose?
Miss Kate put up her glass
Ellen Tree
Tail-piece

Page 13

Swinging to and fro in his hammock
It was rather a pretty little picture
Waved a brake before her face
I see him bow and smile
Tail-piece
Jo was very busy
Hurrah for Miss March
Jo darted away
Jo laid herself on the sofa and affected to read
November is the most disagreeable month in the year
One of them horrid telegraph things
She came suddenly upon Mr. Brooke
The man clipped
Tail-piece
Letters
She rolled away
I wind the clock
Yours Respectful, Hannah Mullet
Tail-piece
It didn't stir, and I knew it was dead
He sat down beside her
What do you want now?
Beth did have the fever
Gently stroking her head as her mother used to do
Amy's Will
Polish up the spoons and the fat silver teapot
On his back, with all his legs in the air
I should choose this
Gravely promenaded to and fro
Amy's Will
Tail-piece
Mrs. March would not leave Beth's side

Page 14

Tail-piece
Letters
Jo and her mother were reading the note
Get up and don't be a goose
"Hold your tongue!" cried Jo, covering her ears
He stood at the foot, like a lion in the path
Beth was soon able to lie on the study sofa all day
The Jungfrau
Popping in her head now and then
He sat in the big chair by Beth's sofa
Shall I tell you how?
Bless me, what's all this?
For Mrs. John Brooke
Home of the Little Women
The Dove Cote
A small watchman's rattle
Tail-piece
The First Wedding
Artistic Attempts
Her foot held fast in a panful of plaster
Please don't, it's mine
Tail-piece
Literary Lessons
A check for one hundred dollars
Tail-piece
Domestic Experiences
Both felt desperately uncomfortable
A bargain, I assure you, ma'am
Laurie heroically shut his eyes while something was put into his arms
Calls
She took the saddle to the horse
It might have been worse

Page 15

The call at Aunt March's
Tail-piece
You shall have another table
Bought up the bouquets
Tail-piece
Flo and I ordered a hansom-cab
Every one was very kind, especially the officers
I've seen the imperial family several times
Trying to sketch the gray-stone lion's head on the wall
She leaned her head upon her hands
Now, this is filling at the price
Up with the Bonnets of Bonnie Dundee
I amused myself by dropping gingerbread nuts over the seat
Thou shalt haf thy Bhaer
He waved his hand, sock and all
Dis is mine effalunt
I sat down upon the floor and read and looked and ate
Tail-piece
In the presence of three gentlemen
A select symposium
He doesn't prink at his glass before coming
Jo stuffed the whole bundle into the stove
He put the sisters into the carriage
He laid his head down on the mossy post
O Jo, can't you?
Tail-piece
With her head in Jo's lap, while the wind blew healthfully over her
Tail-piece
He hurried forward to meet her
Here are your flowers
Demi and Daisy
Mornin' now

Page 16

My dear man, it's a bonnet
Tail-piece
Sat piping on a stone while his goats skipped
Laurie threw himself down on the turf
A rough sketch of Laurie taming a horse
The Valley of the Shadow
Tail-piece
Sat staring up at the busts
Turning the ring thoughtfully upon his finger
O Laurie, Laurie, I knew you'd come
How well we pull together
Jo and her father
Jo laid her head on a comfortable rag-bag and cried
A substantial lifelike ghost leaning over her
The tall uncle proceeded to toss and tousle the small nephew
O Mr. Bhaer, I am so glad to see you
Mr. Bhaer sang heartily
Mrs. Laurence sitting in her mother's lap
They began to pace up and down
Tail-piece
Me loves evvybody
What makes my legs go, dranpa?
Dranpa, it's a We
Tail-piece
Mr. Bhaer and Jo were enjoying promenades
Looking up she saw Mr. Bhaer
Does this suit you, Mr. Bhaer?
Under the umbrella
Tail-piece
Harvest time
Teddy bore a charmed life
Leaving Mrs. March and her daughters under the festival tree

Page 17

Tail-piece

Page 18

I.
PLAYING PILGRIMS.
"Christmas won't be Christmas without any presents," grumbled Jo, lying
on the rug.
"It's so dreadful to be poor!" sighed Meg, looking down at her old dress.
"I don't think it's fair for some girls to have plenty of pretty things, and
other girls nothing at all," added little Amy, with an injured sniff.
"We've got father and mother and each other," said Beth contentedly,
from her corner.

Page 19

The four young faces on which the firelight shone brightened at the
cheerful words, but darkened again as Jo said sadly,—
"We haven't got father, and shall not have him for a long time." She didn't
say "perhaps never," but each silently added it, thinking of father far away,
where the fighting was.
Nobody spoke for a minute; then Meg said in an altered tone,—
"You know the reason mother proposed not having any presents this
Christmas was because it is going to be a hard winter for every one; and she
thinks we ought not to spend money for pleasure, when our men are
suffering so in the army. We can't do much, but we can make our little
sacrifices, and ought to do it gladly. But I am afraid I don't;" and Meg shook
her head, as she thought regretfully of all the pretty things she wanted.
"But I don't think the little we should spend would do any good. We've
each got a dollar, and the army wouldn't be much helped by our giving that.
I agree not to expect anything from mother or you, but I do want to buy
Undine and Sintram for myself; I've wanted it so long," said Jo, who was a
bookworm.
"I planned to spend mine in new music," said Beth, with a little sigh,
which no one heard but the hearth-brush and kettle-holder.
"I shall get a nice box of Faber's drawing-pencils; I really need them,"
said Amy decidedly.
"Mother didn't say anything about our money, and she won't wish us to
give up everything. Let's each buy what we want, and have a little fun; I'm
sure we work hard enough to earn it," cried Jo, examining the heels of her
shoes in a gentlemanly manner.
"I know I do,—teaching those tiresome children nearly all day, when I'm
longing to enjoy myself at home," began Meg, in the complaining tone
again.
"You don't have half such a hard time as I do," said Jo. "How would you
like to be shut up for hours with a nervous, fussy old lady, who keeps you
trotting, is never satisfied, and worries you till you're ready to fly out of the
window or cry?"
"It's naughty to fret; but I do think washing dishes and keeping things tidy
is the worst work in the world. It makes me cross; and my hands get so stiff,

Page 20

I can't practise well at all;" and Beth looked at her rough hands with a sigh
that any one could hear that time.
"I don't believe any of you suffer as I do," cried Amy; "for you don't have
to go to school with impertinent girls, who plague you if you don't know
your lessons, and laugh at your dresses, and label your father if he isn't rich,
and insult you when your nose isn't nice."
"If you mean libel, I'd say so, and not talk about labels, as if papa was a
pickle-bottle," advised Jo, laughing.
"I know what I mean, and you needn't be statirical about it. It's proper to
use good words, and improve your vocabilary," returned Amy, with dignity.
"Don't peck at one another, children. Don't you wish we had the money
papa lost when we were little, Jo? Dear me! how happy and good we'd be, if
we had no worries!" said Meg, who could remember better times.
"You said the other day, you thought we were a deal happier than the
King children, for they were fighting and fretting all the time, in spite of
their money."
"So I did, Beth. Well, I think we are; for, though we do have to work, we
make fun for ourselves, and are a pretty jolly set, as Jo would say."
"Jo does use such slang words!" observed Amy, with a reproving look at
the long figure stretched on the rug. Jo immediately sat up, put her hands in
her pockets, and began to whistle.
"Don't, Jo; it's so boyish!"
"That's why I do it."
"I detest rude, unlady-like girls!"
"I hate affected, niminy-piminy chits!"
"'Birds in their little nests agree,'" sang Beth, the peace-maker, with such
a funny face that both sharp voices softened to a laugh, and the "pecking"
ended for that time.
"Really, girls, you are both to be blamed," said Meg, beginning to lecture
in her elder-sisterly fashion. "You are old enough to leave off boyish tricks,
and to behave better, Josephine. It didn't matter so much when you were a
little girl; but now you are so tall, and turn up your hair, you should
remember that you are a young lady."

Page 21

"I'm not! and if turning up my hair makes me one, I'll wear it in two tails
till I'm twenty," cried Jo, pulling off her net, and shaking down a chestnut
mane. "I hate to think I've got to grow up, and be Miss March, and wear
long gowns, and look as prim as a China-aster! It's bad enough to be a girl,
anyway, when I like boys' games and work and manners! I can't get over my
disappointment in not being a boy; and it's worse than ever now, for I'm
dying to go and fight with papa, and I can only stay at home and knit, like a
poky old woman!" And Jo shook the blue army-sock till the needles rattled
like castanets, and her ball bounded across the room.
"Poor Jo! It's too bad, but it can't be helped; so you must try to be
contented with making your name boyish, and playing brother to us girls,"
said Beth, stroking the rough head at her knee with a hand that all the dish-
washing and dusting in the world could not make ungentle in its touch.
"As for you, Amy," continued Meg, "you are altogether too particular and
prim. Your airs are funny now; but you'll grow up an affected little goose, if
you don't take care. I like your nice manners and refined ways of speaking,
when you don't try to be elegant; but your absurd words are as bad as Jo's
slang."
"If Jo is a tom-boy and Amy a goose, what am I, please?" asked Beth,
ready to share the lecture.
"You're a dear, and nothing else," answered Meg warmly; and no one
contradicted her, for the "Mouse" was the pet of the family.
As young readers like to know "how people look," we will take this
moment to give them a little sketch of the four sisters, who sat knitting away
in the twilight, while the December snow fell quietly without, and the fire
crackled cheerfully within. It was a comfortable old room, though the carpet
was faded and the furniture very plain; for a good picture or two hung on the
walls, books filled the recesses, chrysanthemums and Christmas roses
bloomed in the windows, and a pleasant atmosphere of home-peace
pervaded it.
Margaret, the eldest of the four, was sixteen, and very pretty, being plump
and fair, with large eyes, plenty of soft, brown hair, a sweet mouth, and
white hands, of which she was rather vain. Fifteen-year-old Jo was very tall,
thin, and brown, and reminded one of a colt; for she never seemed to know
what to do with her long limbs, which were very much in her way. She had
a decided mouth, a comical nose, and sharp, gray eyes, which appeared to

Page 22

see everything, and were by turns fierce, funny, or thoughtful. Her long,
thick hair was her one beauty; but it was usually bundled into a net, to be
out of her way. Round shoulders had Jo, big hands and feet, a fly-away look
to her clothes, and the uncomfortable appearance of a girl who was rapidly
shooting up into a woman, and didn't like it. Elizabeth—or Beth, as every
one called her—was a rosy, smooth-haired, bright-eyed girl of thirteen, with
a shy manner, a timid voice, and a peaceful expression, which was seldom
disturbed. Her father called her "Little Tranquillity," and the name suited her
excellently; for she seemed to live in a happy world of her own, only
venturing out to meet the few whom she trusted and loved. Amy, though the
youngest, was a most important person,—in her own opinion at least. A
regular snow-maiden, with blue eyes, and yellow hair, curling on her
shoulders, pale and slender, and always carrying herself like a young lady
mindful of her manners. What the characters of the four sisters were we will
leave to be found out.
The clock struck six; and, having swept up the hearth, Beth put a pair of
slippers down to warm. Somehow the sight of the old shoes had a good
effect upon the girls; for mother was coming, and every one brightened to
welcome her. Meg stopped lecturing, and lighted the lamp, Amy got out of
the easy-chair without being asked, and Jo forgot how tired she was as she
sat up to hold the slippers nearer to the blaze.
"They are quite worn out; Marmee must
have a new pair."
"I thought I'd get her some with my dollar,"
said Beth.
"No, I shall!" cried Amy.
"I'm the oldest," began Meg, but Jo cut in
with a decided—
"I'm the man of the family now papa is
away, and I shall provide the slippers, for he
told me to take special care of mother while he
was gone."
"I'll tell you what we'll do," said Beth; "let's
each get her something for Christmas, and not
get anything for ourselves."
"That's like you, dear! What will we get?" exclaimed Jo.

Page 23

Every one thought soberly for a minute; then Meg announced, as if the
idea was suggested by the sight of her own pretty hands, "I shall give her a
nice pair of gloves."
"Army shoes, best to be had," cried Jo.
"Some handkerchiefs, all hemmed," said Beth.
"I'll get a little bottle of cologne; she likes it, and it won't cost much, so
I'll have some left to buy my pencils," added Amy.
"How will we give the things?" asked Meg.
"Put them on the table, and bring her in and see her open the bundles.
Don't you remember how we used to do on our birthdays?" answered Jo.
"I used to be so frightened when it
was my turn to sit in the big chair with
the crown on, and see you all come
marching round to give the presents,
with a kiss. I liked the things and the
kisses, but it was dreadful to have you
sit looking at me while I opened the
bundles," said Beth, who was toasting
her face and the bread for tea, at the
same time.
"Let Marmee think we are getting
things for ourselves, and then surprise
her. We must go shopping to-morrow afternoon, Meg; there is so much to do
about the play for Christmas night," said Jo, marching up and down, with
her hands behind her back and her nose in the air.
"I don't mean to act any more after this time; I'm getting too old for such
things," observed Meg, who was as much a child as ever about "dressing-
up" frolics.
"You won't stop, I know, as long as you can trail round in a white gown
with your hair down, and wear gold-paper jewelry. You are the best actress
we've got, and there'll be an end of everything if you quit the boards," said
Jo. "We ought to rehearse to-night. Come here, Amy, and do the fainting
scene, for you are as stiff as a poker in that."
"I can't help it; I never saw any one faint, and I don't choose to make
myself all black and blue, tumbling flat as you do. If I can go down easily,

Page 24

I'll drop; if I can't, I shall fall into a chair and be graceful; I don't care if
Hugo does come at me with a pistol," returned Amy, who was not gifted
with dramatic power, but was chosen because she was small enough to be
borne out shrieking by the villain of the piece.
"Do it this way; clasp your hands so, and
stagger across the room, crying frantically,
'Roderigo! save me! save me!'" and away
went Jo, with a melodramatic scream which
was truly thrilling.
Amy followed, but she poked her hands
out stiffly before her, and jerked herself
along as if she went by machinery; and her
"Ow!" was more suggestive of pins being
run into her than of fear and anguish. Jo gave
a despairing groan, and Meg laughed
outright, while Beth let her bread burn as she
watched the fun, with interest.
"It's no use! Do the best you can when the time comes, and if the
audience laugh, don't blame me. Come on, Meg."
Then things went smoothly, for Don Pedro defied the world in a speech of
two pages without a single break; Hagar, the witch, chanted an awful
incantation over her kettleful of simmering toads, with weird effect;
Roderigo rent his chains asunder manfully, and Hugo died in agonies of
remorse and arsenic, with a wild "Ha! ha!"
"It's the best we've had yet," said Meg, as the dead villain sat up and
rubbed his elbows.
"I don't see how you can write and act such splendid things, Jo. You're a
regular Shakespeare!" exclaimed Beth, who firmly believed that her sisters
were gifted with wonderful genius in all things.
"Not quite," replied Jo modestly. "I do think 'The Witch's Curse, an
Operatic Tragedy,' is rather a nice thing; but I'd like to try Macbeth, if we
only had a trap-door for Banquo. I always wanted to do the killing part. 'Is
that a dagger that I see before me?'" muttered Jo, rolling her eyes and
clutching at the air, as she had seen a famous tragedian do.
"No, it's the toasting fork, with mother's shoe on it instead of the bread.
Beth's stage-struck!" cried Meg, and the rehearsal ended in a general burst

Page 25

of laughter.
"Glad to find you so merry, my girls," said a cheery voice at the door, and
actors and audience turned to welcome a tall, motherly lady, with a "can-I-
help-you" look about her which was truly delightful. She was not elegantly
dressed, but a noble-looking woman, and the girls thought the gray cloak
and unfashionable bonnet covered the most splendid mother in the world.
"Well, dearies, how have you got on to-day? There was so much to do,
getting the boxes ready to go to-morrow, that I didn't come home to dinner.
Has any one called, Beth? How is your cold, Meg? Jo, you look tired to
death. Come and kiss me, baby."
While making these maternal inquiries Mrs. March got her wet things off,
her warm slippers on, and sitting down in the easy-chair, drew Amy to her
lap, preparing to enjoy the happiest hour of her busy day. The girls flew
about, trying to make things comfortable, each in her own way. Meg
arranged the tea-table; Jo brought wood and set chairs, dropping,
overturning, and clattering everything she touched; Beth trotted to and fro
between parlor and kitchen, quiet and busy; while Amy gave directions to
every one, as she sat with her hands folded.
As they gathered about the table, Mrs. March said, with a particularly
happy face, "I've got a treat for you after supper."
A quick, bright smile went round like a streak of sunshine. Beth clapped
her hands, regardless of the biscuit she held, and Jo tossed up her napkin,
crying, "A letter! a letter! Three cheers for father!"
"Yes, a nice long letter. He is well, and thinks he shall get through the
cold season better than we feared. He sends all sorts of loving wishes for
Christmas, and an especial message to you girls," said Mrs. March, patting
her pocket as if she had got a treasure there.
"Hurry and get done! Don't stop to quirk your little finger, and simper
over your plate, Amy," cried Jo, choking in her tea, and dropping her bread,
butter side down, on the carpet, in her haste to get at the treat.
Beth ate no more, but crept away, to sit in her shadowy corner and brood
over the delight to come, till the others were ready.
"I think it was so splendid in father to go as a chaplain when he was too
old to be drafted, and not strong enough for a soldier," said Meg warmly.

Page 26

"Don't I wish I could go as a drummer, a vivan—what's its name? or a
nurse, so I could be near him and help him," exclaimed Jo, with a groan.
"It must be very disagreeable to sleep in a tent, and eat all sorts of bad-
tasting things, and drink out of a tin mug," sighed Amy.
"When will he come home, Marmee?" asked Beth, with a little quiver in
her voice.
"Not for many months, dear, unless he is sick. He will stay and do his
work faithfully as long as he can, and we won't ask for him back a minute
sooner than he can be spared. Now come and hear the letter."
They all drew to the fire, mother in the big chair with Beth at her feet,
Meg and Amy perched on either arm of the chair, and Jo leaning on the
back, where no one would see any sign of emotion if the letter should
happen to be touching.
Very few letters were written in those hard times that were not touching,
especially those which fathers sent home. In this one little was said of the
hardships endured, the dangers faced, or the homesickness conquered; it
was a cheerful, hopeful letter, full of lively descriptions of camp life,
marches, and military news; and only at the end did the writer's heart
overflow with fatherly love and longing for the little girls at home.
"Give them all my dear love and a kiss. Tell
them I think of them by day, pray for them by
night, and find my best comfort in their
affection at all times. A year seems very long
to wait before I see them, but remind them that
while we wait we may all work, so that these
hard days need not be wasted. I know they will
remember all I said to them, that they will be
loving children to you, will do their duty
faithfully, fight their bosom enemies bravely,
and conquer themselves so beautifully, that
when I come back to them I may be fonder
and prouder than ever of my little women."
Everybody sniffed when they came to that part; Jo wasn't ashamed of the
great tear that dropped off the end of her nose, and Amy never minded the
rumpling of her curls as she hid her face on her mother's shoulder and

Page 27

sobbed out, "I am a selfish girl! but I'll truly try to be better, so he mayn't be
disappointed in me by and by."
"We all will!" cried Meg. "I think too much of my looks, and hate to
work, but won't any more, if I can help it."
"I'll try and be what he loves to call me, 'a little woman,' and not be rough
and wild; but do my duty here instead of wanting to be somewhere else,"
said Jo, thinking that keeping her temper at home was a much harder task
than facing a rebel or two down South.
Beth said nothing, but wiped away her tears with the blue army-sock, and
began to knit with all her might, losing no time in doing the duty that lay
nearest her, while she resolved in her quiet little soul to be all that father
hoped to find her when the year brought round the happy coming home.
Mrs. March broke the silence that followed Jo's words, by saying in her
cheery voice, "Do you remember how you used to play Pilgrim's Progress
when you were little things? Nothing delighted you more than to have me
tie my piece-bags on your backs for burdens, give you hats and sticks and
rolls of paper, and let you travel through the house from the cellar, which
was the City of Destruction, up, up, to the house-top, where you had all the
lovely things you could collect to make a Celestial City."
"What fun it was, especially going by the lions, fighting Apollyon, and
passing through the Valley where the hobgoblins were!" said Jo.
"I liked the place where the bundles fell off and tumbled down stairs,"
said Meg.
"My favorite part was when we came out on the flat roof where our
flowers and arbors and pretty things were, and all stood and sung for joy up
there in the sunshine," said Beth, smiling, as if that pleasant moment had
come back to her.
"I don't remember much about it, except that I was afraid of the cellar and
the dark entry, and always liked the cake and milk we had up at the top. If I
wasn't too old for such things, I'd rather like to play it over again," said
Amy, who began to talk of renouncing childish things at the mature age of
twelve.
"We never are too old for this, my dear, because it is a play we are
playing all the time in one way or another. Our burdens are here, our road is
before us, and the longing for goodness and happiness is the guide that leads

Page 28

us through many troubles and mistakes to the
peace which is a true Celestial City. Now, my
little pilgrims, suppose you begin again, not in
play, but in earnest, and see how far on you
can get before father comes home."
"Really, mother? Where are our bundles?"
asked Amy, who was a very literal young lady.
"Each of you told what your burden was just
now, except Beth; I rather think she hasn't got
any," said her mother.
"Yes, I have; mine is dishes and dusters, and
envying girls with nice pianos, and being
afraid of people."
Beth's bundle was such a funny one that
everybody wanted to laugh; but nobody did,
for it would have hurt her feelings very much.
"Let us do it," said Meg thoughtfully. "It is
only another name for trying to be good, and
the story may help us; for though we do want
to be good, it's hard work, and we forget, and
don't do our best."
"We were in the Slough of Despond to-
night, and mother came and pulled us out as
Help did in the book. We ought to have our roll
of directions, like Christian. What shall we do
about that?" asked Jo, delighted with the fancy
which lent a little romance to the very dull task
of doing her duty.
"Look under your pillows, Christmas
morning, and you will find your guide-book,"
replied Mrs. March.
They talked over the new plan while old
Hannah cleared the table; then out came the four little work-baskets, and the
needles flew as the girls made sheets for Aunt March. It was uninteresting
sewing, but to-night no one grumbled. They adopted Jo's plan of dividing
the long seams into four parts, and calling the quarters Europe, Asia, Africa,

Page 29

and America, and in that way got on capitally, especially when they talked
about the different countries as they stitched their way through them.

At nine they stopped work, and sung, as usual, before they went to bed.
No one but Beth could get much music out of the old piano; but she had a
way of softly touching the yellow keys, and making a pleasant
accompaniment to the simple songs they sung. Meg had a voice like a flute,
and she and her mother led the little choir. Amy chirped like a cricket, and
Jo wandered through the airs at her own sweet will, always coming out at
the wrong place with a croak or a quaver that spoilt the most pensive tune.
They had always done this from the time they could lisp
"Crinkle, crinkle, 'ittle 'tar,"
and it had become a household custom, for the mother was a born singer.
The first sound in the morning was her voice, as she went about the house
singing like a lark; and the last sound at night was the same cheery sound,
for the girls never grew too old for that familiar lullaby.

Page 30

Page 31

II.
A MERRY CHRISTMAS.
Jo was the first to wake in the gray dawn of Christmas morning. No
stockings hung at the fireplace, and for a moment she felt as much
disappointed as she did long ago, when her little sock fell down because it
was so crammed with goodies. Then she remembered her mother's promise,
and, slipping her hand under her pillow, drew out a little crimson-covered
book. She knew it very well, for it was that beautiful old story of the best
life ever lived, and Jo felt that it was a true guide-book for any pilgrim
going the long journey. She woke Meg with a "Merry Christmas," and bade

Page 32

her see what was under her pillow. A green-covered book appeared, with the
same picture inside, and a few words written by their mother, which made
their one present very precious in their eyes. Presently Beth and Amy woke,
to rummage and find their little books also,—one dove-colored, the other
blue; and all sat looking at and talking about them, while the east grew rosy
with the coming day.
In spite of her small vanities, Margaret had a sweet and pious nature,
which unconsciously influenced her sisters, especially Jo, who loved her
very tenderly, and obeyed her because her advice was so gently given.
"Girls," said Meg seriously, looking from the tumbled head beside her to
the two little night-capped ones in the room beyond, "mother wants us to
read and love and mind these books, and we must begin at once. We used to
be faithful about it; but since father went away, and all this war trouble
unsettled us, we have neglected many things. You can do as you please; but
I shall keep my book on the table here, and read a little every morning as
soon as I wake, for I know it will do me good, and help me through the
day."
Then she opened her new book and began to read. Jo put her arm round
her, and, leaning cheek to cheek, read also, with the quiet expression so
seldom seen on her restless face.
"How good Meg is! Come, Amy, let's do as they do. I'll help you with the
hard words, and they'll explain things if we don't understand," whispered
Beth, very much impressed by the pretty books and her sisters' example.
"I'm glad mine is blue," said Amy; and then the rooms were very still
while the pages were softly turned, and the winter sunshine crept in to touch
the bright heads and serious faces with a Christmas greeting.
"Where is mother?" asked Meg, as she and Jo ran down to thank her for
their gifts, half an hour later.
"Goodness only knows. Some poor creeter come a-beggin', and your ma
went straight off to see what was needed. There never was such a woman
for givin' away vittles and drink, clothes and firin'," replied Hannah, who
had lived with the family since Meg was born, and was considered by them
all more as a friend than a servant.
"She will be back soon, I think; so fry your cakes, and have everything
ready," said Meg, looking over the presents which were collected in a basket
and kept under the sofa, ready to be produced at the proper time. "Why,

Page 33

where is Amy's bottle of cologne?" she added, as the little flask did not
appear.
"She took it out a minute ago, and went off with it to put a ribbon on it, or
some such notion," replied Jo, dancing about the room to take the first
stiffness off the new army-slippers.
"How nice my handkerchiefs look, don't they? Hannah washed and ironed
them for me, and I marked them all myself," said Beth, looking proudly at
the somewhat uneven letters which had cost her such labor.
"Bless the child! she's gone and put 'Mother' on them instead of 'M.
March.' How funny!" cried Jo, taking up one.
"Isn't it right? I thought it was better to do it so, because Meg's initials are
'M. M.,' and I don't want any one to use these but Marmee," said Beth,
looking troubled.
"It's all right, dear, and a very pretty idea,—quite sensible, too, for no one
can ever mistake now. It will please her very much, I know," said Meg, with
a frown for Jo and a smile for Beth.
"There's mother. Hide the basket, quick!" cried Jo, as a door slammed,
and steps sounded in the hall.
Amy came in hastily, and looked rather abashed when she saw her sisters
all waiting for her.
"Where have you been, and what are you hiding behind you?" asked
Meg, surprised to see, by her hood and cloak, that lazy Amy had been out so
early.
"Don't laugh at me, Jo! I didn't mean any one should know till the time
came. I only meant to change the little bottle for a big one, and I gave all
my money to get it, and I'm truly trying not to be selfish any more."
As she spoke, Amy showed the handsome flask which replaced the cheap
one; and looked so earnest and humble in her little effort to forget herself
that Meg hugged her on the spot, and Jo pronounced her "a trump," while
Beth ran to the window, and picked her finest rose to ornament the stately
bottle.
"You see I felt ashamed of my present, after reading and talking about
being good this morning, so I ran round the corner and changed it the
minute I was up: and I'm so glad, for mine is the handsomest now."

Page 34

Another bang of the street-door sent the basket under the sofa, and the
girls to the table, eager for breakfast.
"Merry Christmas, Marmee! Many of them! Thank you for our books; we
read some, and mean to every day," they cried, in chorus.
"Merry Christmas, little daughters! I'm glad you began at once, and hope
you will keep on. But I want to say one word before we sit down. Not far
away from here lies a poor woman with a little new-born baby. Six children
are huddled into one bed to keep from freezing, for they have no fire. There
is nothing to eat over there; and the oldest boy came to tell me they were
suffering hunger and cold. My girls, will you give them your breakfast as a
Christmas present?"
They were all unusually hungry, having waited nearly an hour, and for a
minute no one spoke; only a minute, for Jo exclaimed impetuously,—
"I'm so glad you came before we began!"
"May I go and help carry the things to the poor little children?" asked
Beth, eagerly.
"I shall take the cream and the muffins," added Amy, heroically giving up
the articles she most liked.
Meg was already covering the buckwheats, and piling the bread into one
big plate.
"I thought you'd do it," said Mrs. March, smiling as if satisfied. "You
shall all go and help me, and when we come back we will have bread and
milk for breakfast, and make it up at dinner-time."
They were soon ready, and the procession set out. Fortunately it was
early, and they went through back streets, so few people saw them, and no
one laughed at the queer party.

Page 35

A poor, bare, miserable room it was, with broken windows, no fire,
ragged bed-clothes, a sick mother, wailing baby, and a group of pale, hungry
children cuddled under one old quilt, trying to keep warm.
How the big eyes stared and the blue lips smiled as the girls went in!
"Ach, mein Gott! it is good angels come to us!" said the poor woman,
crying for joy.
"Funny angels in hoods and mittens," said Jo, and set them laughing.
In a few minutes it really did seem as if kind spirits had been at work
there. Hannah, who had carried wood, made a fire, and stopped up the
broken panes with old hats and her own cloak. Mrs. March gave the mother
tea and gruel, and comforted her with promises of help, while she dressed
the little baby as tenderly as if it had been her own. The girls, meantime,
spread the table, set the children round the fire, and fed them like so many
hungry birds,—laughing, talking, and trying to understand the funny broken
English.
"Das ist gut!" "Die Engel-kinder!" cried the poor things, as they ate, and
warmed their purple hands at the comfortable blaze.

Page 36

The girls had never been called angel children before, and thought it very
agreeable, especially Jo, who had been considered a "Sancho" ever since she
was born. That was a very happy breakfast, though they didn't get any of it;
and when they went away, leaving comfort behind, I think there were not in
all the city four merrier people than the hungry little girls who gave away
their breakfasts and contented themselves with bread and milk on Christmas
morning.
"That's loving our neighbor better than ourselves, and I like it," said Meg,
as they set out their presents, while their mother was upstairs collecting
clothes for the poor Hummels.
Not a very splendid show, but there was a great deal of love done up in
the few little bundles; and the tall vase of red roses, white chrysanthemums,
and trailing vines, which stood in the middle, gave quite an elegant air to the
table.
"She's coming! Strike up, Beth! Open the door, Amy! Three cheers for
Marmee!" cried Jo, prancing about, while Meg went to conduct mother to
the seat of honor.
Beth played her gayest march, Amy threw open the door, and Meg
enacted escort with great dignity. Mrs. March was both surprised and
touched; and smiled with her eyes full as she examined her presents, and
read the little notes which accompanied them. The slippers went on at once,
a new handkerchief was slipped into her pocket, well scented with Amy's
cologne, the rose was fastened in her bosom, and the nice gloves were
pronounced a "perfect fit."
There was a good deal of laughing and kissing and explaining, in the
simple, loving fashion which makes these home-festivals so pleasant at the
time, so sweet to remember long afterward, and then all fell to work.
The morning charities and ceremonies took so much time that the rest of
the day was devoted to preparations for the evening festivities. Being still
too young to go often to the theatre, and not rich enough to afford any great
outlay for private performances, the girls put their wits to work, and—
necessity being the mother of invention,—made whatever they needed. Very
clever were some of their productions,—pasteboard guitars, antique lamps
made of old-fashioned butter-boats covered with silver paper, gorgeous
robes of old cotton, glittering with tin spangles from a pickle factory, and
armor covered with the same useful diamond-shaped bits, left in sheets

Page 37

when the lids of tin preserve-pots were cut out. The furniture was used to
being turned topsy-turvy, and the big chamber was the scene of many
innocent revels.
No gentlemen were admitted; so Jo played male parts to her heart's
content, and took immense satisfaction in a pair of russet-leather boots
given her by a friend, who knew a lady who knew an actor. These boots, an
old foil, and a slashed doublet once used by an artist for some picture, were
Jo's chief treasures, and appeared on all occasions. The smallness of the
company made it necessary for the two principal actors to take several parts
apiece; and they certainly deserved some credit for the hard work they did in
learning three or four different parts, whisking in and out of various
costumes, and managing the stage besides. It was excellent drill for their
memories, a harmless amusement, and employed many hours which
otherwise would have been idle, lonely, or spent in less profitable society.
On Christmas night, a dozen girls piled on to the bed which was the
dress-circle, and sat before the blue and yellow chintz curtains in a most
flattering state of expectancy. There was a good deal of rustling and
whispering behind the curtain, a trifle of lamp-smoke, and an occasional
giggle from Amy, who was apt to get hysterical in the excitement of the
moment. Presently a bell sounded, the curtains flew apart, and the Operatic
Tragedy began.
"A gloomy wood," according to the one play-bill, was represented by a
few shrubs in pots, green baize on the floor, and a cave in the distance. This
cave was made with a clothes-horse for a roof, bureaus for walls; and in it
was a small furnace in full blast, with a black pot on it, and an old witch
bending over it. The stage was dark, and the glow of the furnace had a fine
effect, especially as real steam issued from the kettle when the witch took
off the cover. A moment was allowed for the first thrill to subside; then
Hugo, the villain, stalked in with a clanking sword at his side, a slouched
hat, black beard, mysterious cloak, and the boots. After pacing to and fro in
much agitation, he struck his forehead, and burst out in a wild strain, singing
of his hatred to Roderigo, his love for Zara, and his pleasing resolution to
kill the one and win the other. The gruff tones of Hugo's voice, with an
occasional shout when his feelings overcame him, were very impressive,
and the audience applauded the moment he paused for breath. Bowing with
the air of one accustomed to public praise, he stole to the cavern, and

Page 38

ordered Hagar to come forth with a commanding "What ho, minion! I need
thee!"
Out came Meg, with gray horse-hair
hanging about her face, a red and black robe, a
staff, and cabalistic signs upon her cloak.
Hugo demanded a potion to make Zara adore
him, and one to destroy Roderigo. Hagar, in a
fine dramatic melody, promised both, and
proceeded to call up the spirit who would
bring the love philter:—

"Hither, hither, from thy home,
Airy sprite, I bid thee come!
Born of roses, fed on dew,
Charms and potions canst thou brew?
Bring me here, with elfin speed,
The fragrant philter which I need;
Make it sweet and swift and strong,
Spirit, answer now my song!"
A soft strain of music sounded, and then at the back of the cave appeared
a little figure in cloudy white, with glittering wings, golden hair, and a
garland of roses on its head. Waving a wand, it sang,—
"Hither I come,
From my airy home,
Afar in the silver moon.
Take the magic spell,
And use it well,
Or its power will vanish soon!"
And, dropping a small, gilded bottle at the witch's feet, the spirit vanished.
Another chant from Hagar produced another apparition,—not a lovely one;

Page 39

for, with a bang, an ugly black imp appeared,
and, having croaked a reply, tossed a dark
bottle at Hugo, and disappeared with a
mocking laugh. Having warbled his thanks and
put the potions in his boots, Hugo departed;
and Hagar informed the audience that, as he
had killed a few of her friends in times past,
she has cursed him, and intends to thwart his
plans, and be revenged on him. Then the
curtain fell, and the audience reposed and ate
candy while discussing the merits of the play.
A good deal of hammering went on before
the curtain rose again; but when it became
evident what a masterpiece of stage-
carpentering had been got up, no one
murmured at the delay. It was truly superb! A
tower rose to the ceiling; half-way up appeared
a window, with a lamp burning at it, and
behind the white curtain appeared Zara in a
lovely blue and silver dress, waiting for Roderigo. He came in gorgeous
array, with plumed cap, red cloak, chestnut love-locks, a guitar, and the
boots, of course. Kneeling at the foot of the tower, he sang a serenade in
melting tones. Zara replied, and, after a musical dialogue, consented to fly.
Then came the grand effect of the play. Roderigo produced a rope-ladder,
with five steps to it, threw up one end, and invited Zara to descend. Timidly
she crept from her lattice, put her hand on Roderigo's shoulder, and was
about to leap gracefully down, when, "Alas! alas for Zara!" she forgot her
train,—it caught in the window; the tower tottered, leaned forward, fell with
a crash, and buried the unhappy lovers in the ruins!
A universal shriek arose as the russet boots waved wildly from the wreck,
and a golden head emerged, exclaiming, "I told you so! I told you so!" With
wonderful presence of mind, Don Pedro, the cruel sire, rushed in, dragged
out his daughter, with a hasty aside,—
"Don't laugh! Act as if it was all right!"—and, ordering Roderigo up,
banished him from the kingdom with wrath and scorn. Though decidedly
shaken by the fall of the tower upon him, Roderigo defied the old
gentleman, and refused to stir. This dauntless example fired Zara: she also

Page 40

defied her sire, and he ordered them both to the deepest dungeons of the
castle. A stout little retainer came in with chains, and led them away,
looking very much frightened, and evidently forgetting the speech he ought
to have made.
Act third was the castle hall; and here Hagar appeared, having come to
free the lovers and finish Hugo. She hears him coming, and hides; sees him
put the potions into two cups of wine, and bid the timid little servant "Bear
them to the captives in their cells, and tell them I shall come anon." The
servant takes Hugo aside to tell him something, and Hagar changes the cups
for two others which are harmless. Ferdinando, the "minion," carries them
away, and Hagar puts back the cup which holds the poison meant for
Roderigo. Hugo, getting thirsty after a long warble, drinks it, loses his wits,
and, after a good deal of clutching and stamping, falls flat and dies; while
Hagar informs him what she has done in a song of exquisite power and
melody.
This was a truly thrilling scene, though some persons might have thought
that the sudden tumbling down of a quantity of long hair rather marred the
effect of the villain's death. He was called before the curtain, and with great
propriety appeared, leading Hagar, whose singing was considered more
wonderful than all the rest of the performance put together.
Act fourth displayed the despairing Roderigo on the point of stabbing
himself, because he has been told that Zara has deserted him. Just as the
dagger is at his heart, a lovely song is sung under his window, informing
him that Zara is true, but in danger, and he can save her, if he will. A key is
thrown in, which unlocks the door, and in a spasm of rapture he tears off his
chains, and rushes away to find and rescue his lady-love.
Act fifth opened with a stormy scene between Zara and Don Pedro. He
wishes her to go into a convent, but she won't hear of it; and, after a
touching appeal, is about to faint, when Roderigo dashes in and demands
her hand. Don Pedro refuses, because he is not rich. They shout and
gesticulate tremendously, but cannot agree, and Roderigo is about to bear
away the exhausted Zara, when the timid servant enters with a letter and a
bag from Hagar, who has mysteriously disappeared. The latter informs the
party that she bequeaths untold wealth to the young pair, and an awful doom
to Don Pedro, if he doesn't make them happy. The bag is opened, and
several quarts of tin money shower down upon the stage, till it is quite

Page 41

glorified with the glitter. This entirely softens the "stern sire": he consents
without a murmur, all join in a joyful chorus, and the curtain falls upon the
lovers kneeling to receive Don Pedro's blessing in attitudes of the most
romantic grace.

Tumultuous applause followed, but received an unexpected check; for the
cot-bed, on which the "dress-circle" was built, suddenly shut up, and
extinguished the enthusiastic audience. Roderigo and Don Pedro flew to the
rescue, and all were taken out unhurt, though many were speechless with
laughter. The excitement had hardly subsided, when Hannah appeared, with
"Mrs. March's compliments, and would the ladies walk down to supper."
This was a surprise, even to the actors; and, when they saw the table, they
looked at one another in rapturous amazement. It was like Marmee to get up
a little treat for them; but anything so fine as this was unheard-of since the
departed days of plenty. There was ice-cream,—actually two dishes of it,
pink and white,—and cake and fruit and distracting French bonbons, and, in
the middle of the table, four great bouquets of hot-house flowers!

Page 42

It quite took their breath away; and they stared first at the table and then
at their mother, who looked as if she enjoyed it immensely.
"Is it fairies?" asked Amy,
"It's Santa Claus," said Beth.
"Mother did it"; and Meg smiled her sweetest, in spite of her gray beard
and white eyebrows.
"Aunt March had a good fit, and sent the supper," cried Jo, with a sudden
inspiration.
"All wrong. Old Mr. Laurence sent it," replied Mrs. March.
"The Laurence boy's grandfather! What in the world put such a thing into
his head? We don't know him!" exclaimed Meg.
"Hannah told one of his servants about your breakfast party. He is an odd
old gentleman, but that pleased him. He knew my father, years ago; and he
sent me a polite note this afternoon, saying he hoped I would allow him to
express his friendly feeling toward my children by sending them a few
trifles in honor of the day. I could not refuse; and so you have a little feast at
night to make up for the bread-and-milk breakfast."
"That boy put it into his head, I know he did! He's a capital fellow, and I
wish we could get acquainted. He looks as if he'd like to know us; but he's
bashful, and Meg is so prim she won't let me speak to him when we pass,"
said Jo, as the plates went round, and the ice began to melt out of sight, with
"Ohs!" and "Ahs!" of satisfaction.
"You mean the people who live in the big house next door, don't you?"
asked one of the girls. "My mother knows old Mr. Laurence; but says he's
very proud, and doesn't like to mix with his neighbors. He keeps his
grandson shut up, when he isn't riding or walking with his tutor, and makes
him study very hard. We invited him to our party, but he didn't come.
Mother says he's very nice, though he never speaks to us girls."
"Our cat ran away once, and he brought her back, and we talked over the
fence, and were getting on capitally,—all about cricket, and so on,—when
he saw Meg coming, and walked off. I mean to know him some day; for he
needs fun, I'm sure he does," said Jo decidedly.

Page 43

"I like his manners, and he looks like a little gentleman; so I've no
objection to your knowing him, if a proper opportunity comes. He brought
the flowers himself; and I should have asked him in, if I had been sure what
was going on upstairs. He looked so wistful as he went away, hearing the
frolic, and evidently having none of his own."
"It's a mercy you didn't, mother!" laughed Jo, looking at her boots. "But
we'll have another play, some time, that he can see. Perhaps he'll help act;
wouldn't that be jolly?"
"I never had such a fine bouquet before! How pretty it is!" And Meg
examined her flowers with great interest.
"They are lovely! But Beth's roses are sweeter to me," said Mrs. March,
smelling the half-dead posy in her belt.
Beth nestled up to her, and whispered softly, "I wish I could send my
bunch to father. I'm afraid he isn't having such a merry Christmas as we
are."

Page 44

Page 45

III.
THE LAURENCE BOY.
"Jo! Jo! where are you?" cried Meg, at the foot of the garret stairs.
"Here!" answered a husky voice from above; and, running up, Meg found
her sister eating apples and crying over the "Heir of Redclyffe," wrapped up
in a comforter on an old three-legged sofa by the sunny window. This was
Jo's favorite refuge; and here she loved to retire with half a dozen russets
and a nice book, to enjoy the quiet and the society of a pet rat who lived
near by, and didn't mind her a particle. As Meg appeared, Scrabble whisked
into his hole. Jo shook the tears off her cheeks, and waited to hear the news.

Page 46

"Such fun! only see! a regular note of invitation from Mrs. Gardiner for
to-morrow night!" cried Meg, waving the precious paper, and then
proceeding to read it, with girlish delight.
"'Mrs. Gardiner would be happy to see Miss March and Miss Josephine at
a little dance on New-Year's Eve.' Marmee is willing we should go; now
what shall we wear?"
"What's the use of asking that, when you know we shall wear our poplins,
because we haven't got anything else?" answered Jo, with her mouth full.
"If I only had a silk!" sighed Meg. "Mother says I may when I'm eighteen,
perhaps; but two years is an everlasting time to wait."
"I'm sure our pops look like silk, and they are nice enough for us. Yours is
as good as new, but I forgot the burn and the tear in mine. Whatever shall I
do? the burn shows badly, and I can't take any out."
"You must sit still all you can, and keep your back out of sight; the front
is all right. I shall have a new ribbon for my hair, and Marmee will lend me
her little pearl pin, and my new slippers are lovely, and my gloves will do,
though they aren't as nice as I'd like."
"Mine are spoilt with lemonade, and I can't get any new ones, so I shall
have to go without," said Jo, who never troubled herself much about dress.
"You must have gloves, or I won't go," cried Meg decidedly. "Gloves are
more important than anything else; you can't dance without them, and if you
don't I should be so mortified."
"Then I'll stay still. I don't care much for company dancing; it's no fun to
go sailing round; I like to fly about and cut capers."
"You can't ask mother for new ones, they are so expensive, and you are so
careless. She said, when you spoilt the others, that she shouldn't get you any
more this winter. Can't you make them do?" asked Meg anxiously.
"I can hold them crumpled up in my hand, so no one will know how
stained they are; that's all I can do. No! I'll tell you how we can manage—
each wear one good one and carry a bad one; don't you see?"
"Your hands are bigger than mine, and you will stretch my glove
dreadfully," began Meg, whose gloves were a tender point with her.
"Then I'll go without. I don't care what people say!" cried Jo, taking up
her book.

Page 47

"You may have it, you may! only don't stain it, and do behave nicely.
Don't put your hands behind you, or stare, or say 'Christopher Columbus!'
will you?"
"Don't worry about me; I'll be as prim as I can, and not get into any
scrapes, if I can help it. Now go and answer your note, and let me finish this
splendid story."
So Meg went away to "accept with thanks," look over her dress, and sing
blithely as she did up her one real lace frill; while Jo finished her story, her
four apples, and had a game of romps with Scrabble.
On New-Year's Eve the parlor was deserted, for the two younger girls
played dressing-maids, and the two elder were absorbed in the all-important
business of "getting ready for the party." Simple as the toilets were, there
was a great deal of running up and down, laughing and talking, and at one
time a strong smell of burnt hair pervaded the house. Meg wanted a few
curls about her face, and Jo undertook to pinch the papered locks with a pair
of hot tongs.

"Ought they to smoke like that?" asked Beth, from her perch on the bed.
"It's the dampness drying," replied Jo.

Page 48

"What a queer smell! it's like burnt feathers," observed Amy, smoothing
her own pretty curls with a superior air.
"There, now I'll take off the papers and you'll see a cloud of little
ringlets," said Jo, putting down the tongs.
She did take off the papers, but no cloud of ringlets appeared, for the hair
came with the papers, and the horrified hair-dresser laid a row of little
scorched bundles on the bureau before her victim.
"Oh, oh, oh! what have you done? I'm spoilt! I can't go! My hair, oh, my
hair!" wailed Meg, looking with despair at the uneven frizzle on her
forehead.
"Just my luck! you shouldn't have asked me to do it; I always spoil
everything. I'm so sorry, but the tongs were too hot, and so I've made a
mess," groaned poor Jo, regarding the black pancakes with tears of regret.
"It isn't spoilt; just frizzle it, and tie your ribbon so the ends come on your
forehead a bit, and it will look like the last fashion. I've seen many girls do it
so," said Amy consolingly.
"Serves me right for trying to be fine. I wish I'd let my hair alone," cried
Meg petulantly.
"So do I, it was so smooth and pretty. But it will soon grow out again,"
said Beth, coming to kiss and comfort the shorn sheep.
After various lesser mishaps, Meg was finished at last, and by the united
exertions of the family Jo's hair was got up and her dress on. They looked
very well in their simple suits,—Meg in silvery drab, with a blue velvet
snood, lace frills, and the pearl pin; Jo in maroon, with a stiff, gentlemanly
linen collar, and a white chrysanthemum or two for her only ornament. Each
put on one nice light glove, and carried one soiled one, and all pronounced
the effect "quite easy and fine." Meg's high-heeled slippers were very tight,
and hurt her, though she would not own it, and Jo's nineteen hair-pins all
seemed stuck straight into her head, which was not exactly comfortable; but,
dear me, let us be elegant or die!
"Have a good time, dearies!" said Mrs. March, as the sisters went daintily
down the walk. "Don't eat much supper, and come away at eleven, when I
send Hannah for you." As the gate clashed behind them, a voice cried from a
window,—
"Girls, girls! have you both got nice pocket-handkerchiefs?"

Page 49

"Yes, yes, spandy nice, and Meg has cologne on hers," cried Jo, adding,
with a laugh, as they went on, "I do believe Marmee would ask that if we
were all running away from an earthquake."
"It is one of her aristocratic tastes, and quite proper, for a real lady is
always known by neat boots, gloves, and handkerchief," replied Meg, who
had a good many little "aristocratic tastes" of her own.
"Now don't forget to keep the bad breadth out of sight, Jo. Is my sash
right? and does my hair look very bad?" said Meg, as she turned from the
glass in Mrs. Gardiner's dressing-room, after a prolonged prink.
"I know I shall forget. If you see me doing anything wrong, just remind
me by a wink, will you?" returned Jo, giving her collar a twitch and her
head a hasty brush.
"No, winking isn't lady-like; I'll lift my eyebrows if anything is wrong,
and nod if you are all right. Now hold your shoulders straight, and take short
steps, and don't shake hands if you are introduced to any one: it isn't the
thing."
"How do you learn all the proper ways? I never can. Isn't that music
gay?"

Page 50

Down they went, feeling a trifle timid, for they seldom went to parties,
and, informal as this little gathering was, it was an event to them. Mrs.
Gardiner, a stately old lady, greeted them kindly, and handed them over to
the eldest of her six daughters. Meg knew Sallie, and was at her ease very
soon; but Jo, who didn't care much for girls or girlish gossip, stood about,
with her back carefully against the wall, and felt as much out of place as a
colt in a flower-garden. Half a dozen jovial lads were talking about skates in
another part of the room, and she longed to go and join them, for skating
was one of the joys of her life. She telegraphed her wish to Meg, but the
eyebrows went up so alarmingly that she dared not stir. No one came to talk
to her, and one by one the group near her dwindled away, till she was left
alone. She could not roam about and amuse herself, for the burnt breadth
would show, so she stared at people rather forlornly till the dancing began.
Meg was asked at once, and the tight slippers tripped about so briskly that
none would have guessed the pain their wearer suffered smilingly. Jo saw a
big red-headed youth approaching her corner, and fearing he meant to
engage her, she slipped into a curtained recess, intending to peep and enjoy
herself in peace. Unfortunately, another bashful person had chosen the same
refuge; for, as the curtain fell behind her, she found herself face to face with
the "Laurence boy."

Page 51

"Dear me, I didn't know any one was here!" stammered Jo, preparing to
back out as speedily as she had bounced in.
But the boy laughed, and said pleasantly, though he looked a little
startled,—
"Don't mind me; stay, if you like."
"Sha'n't I disturb you?"
"Not a bit; I only came here because I don't know many people, and felt
rather strange at first, you know."
"So did I. Don't go away, please, unless you'd rather."
The boy sat down again and looked at his pumps, till Jo said, trying to be
polite and easy,—
"I think I've had the pleasure of seeing you before; you live near us, don't
you?"
"Next door"; and he looked up and laughed outright, for Jo's prim manner
was rather funny when he remembered how they had chatted about cricket
when he brought the cat home.

Page 52

That put Jo at her ease; and she laughed too, as she said, in her heartiest
way,—
"We did have such a good time over your nice Christmas present."
"Grandpa sent it."
"But you put it into his head, didn't you, now?"
"How is your cat, Miss March?" asked the boy, trying to look sober, while
his black eyes shone with fun.
"Nicely, thank you, Mr. Laurence; but I am not Miss March, I'm only Jo,"
returned the young lady.
"I'm not Mr. Laurence, I'm only Laurie."
"Laurie Laurence,—what an odd name!"
"My first name is Theodore, but I don't like it, for the fellows called me
Dora, so I made them say Laurie instead."
"I hate my name, too—so sentimental! I wish every one would say Jo,
instead of Josephine. How did you make the boys stop calling you Dora?"
"I thrashed 'em."
"I can't thrash Aunt March, so I suppose I shall have to bear it"; and Jo
resigned herself with a sigh.
"Don't you like to dance, Miss Jo?" asked Laurie, looking as if he thought
the name suited her.
"I like it well enough if there is plenty of room, and every one is lively. In
a place like this I'm sure to upset something, tread on people's toes, or do
something dreadful, so I keep out of mischief, and let Meg sail about. Don't
you dance?"
"Sometimes; you see I've been abroad a good many years, and haven't
been into company enough yet to know how you do things here."
"Abroad!" cried Jo. "Oh, tell me about it! I love dearly to hear people
describe their travels."
Laurie didn't seem to know where to begin; but Jo's eager questions soon
set him going, and he told her how he had been at school in Vevay, where
the boys never wore hats, and had a fleet of boats on the lake, and for
holiday fun went walking trips about Switzerland with their teachers.
"Don't I wish I'd been there!" cried Jo. "Did you go to Paris?"

Page 53

"We spent last winter there."
"Can you talk French?"
"We were not allowed to speak any thing else at Vevay."
"Do say some! I can read it, but can't pronounce."
"Quel nom a cette jeune demoiselle en les pantoufles jolis?" said Laurie
good-naturedly.
"How nicely you do it! Let me see,—you said, 'Who is the young lady in
the pretty slippers,' didn't you?"
"Oui, mademoiselle."
"It's my sister Margaret, and you knew it was! Do you think she is
pretty?"
"Yes; she makes me think of the German girls, she looks so fresh and
quiet, and dances like a lady."
Jo quite glowed with pleasure at this boyish praise of her sister, and
stored it up to repeat to Meg. Both peeped and criticised and chatted, till
they felt like old acquaintances. Laurie's bashfulness soon wore off; for Jo's
gentlemanly demeanor amused and set him at his ease, and Jo was her
merry self again, because her dress was forgotten, and nobody lifted their
eyebrows at her. She liked the "Laurence boy" better than ever, and took
several good looks at him, so that she might describe him to the girls; for
they had no brothers, very few male cousins, and boys were almost
unknown creatures to them.
"Curly black hair; brown skin; big, black eyes; handsome nose; fine teeth;
small hands and feet; taller than I am; very polite, for a boy, and altogether
jolly. Wonder how old he is?"
It was on the tip of Jo's tongue to ask; but she checked herself in time,
and, with unusual tact, tried to find out in a roundabout way.
"I suppose you are going to college soon? I see you pegging away at your
books,—no, I mean studying hard"; and Jo blushed at the dreadful
"pegging" which had escaped her.
Laurie smiled, but didn't seem shocked, and answered, with a shrug,—
"Not for a year or two; I won't go before seventeen, anyway."
"Aren't you but fifteen?" asked Jo, looking at the tall lad, whom she had
imagined seventeen already.

Page 54

"Sixteen, next month."
"How I wish I was going to college! You don't look as if you liked it."
"I hate it! Nothing but grinding or skylarking. And I don't like the way
fellows do either, in this country."
"What do you like?"
"To live in Italy, and to enjoy myself in my own way."
Jo wanted very much to ask what his own way was; but his black brows
looked rather threatening as he knit them; so she changed the subject by
saying, as her foot kept time, "That's a splendid polka! Why don't you go
and try it?"
"If you will come too," he answered, with a gallant little bow.
"I can't; for I told Meg I wouldn't, because—" There Jo stopped, and
looked undecided whether to tell or to laugh.
"Because what?" asked Laurie curiously.
"You won't tell?"
"Never!"
"Well, I have a bad trick of standing before the fire, and so I burn my
frocks, and I scorched this one; and, though it's nicely mended, it shows,
and Meg told me to keep still, so no one would see it. You may laugh, if you
want to; it is funny, I know."
But Laurie didn't laugh; he only looked down a minute, and the
expression of his face puzzled Jo, when he said very gently,—
"Never mind that; I'll tell you how we can manage: there's a long hall out
there, and we can dance grandly, and no one will see us. Please come?"
Jo thanked him, and gladly went, wishing she had two neat gloves, when
she saw the nice, pearl-colored ones her partner wore. The hall was empty,
and they had a grand polka; for Laurie danced well, and taught her the
German step, which delighted Jo, being full of swing and spring. When the
music stopped, they sat down on the stairs to get their breath; and Laurie
was in the midst of an account of a students' festival at Heidelberg, when
Meg appeared in search of her sister. She beckoned, and Jo reluctantly
followed her into a side-room, where she found her on a sofa, holding her
foot, and looking pale.

Page 55

"I've sprained my ankle. That stupid high heel turned, and gave me a sad
wrench. It aches so, I can hardly stand, and I don't know how I'm ever going
to get home," she said, rocking to and fro in pain.
"I knew you'd hurt your feet with those silly shoes. I'm sorry. But I don't
see what you can do, except get a carriage, or stay here all night," answered
Jo, softly rubbing the poor ankle as she spoke.
"I can't have a carriage, without its costing ever so much. I dare say I can't
get one at all; for most people come in their own, and it's a long way to the
stable, and no one to send."
"I'll go."
"No, indeed! It's past nine, and dark as Egypt. I can't stop here, for the
house is full. Sallie has some girls staying with her. I'll rest till Hannah
comes, and then do the best I can."
"I'll ask Laurie; he will go," said Jo, looking relieved as the idea occurred
to her.
"Mercy, no! Don't ask or tell any one. Get me my rubbers, and put these
slippers with our things. I can't dance any more; but as soon as supper is
over, watch for Hannah, and tell me the minute she comes."

Page 56

"They are going out to supper now. I'll stay with you; I'd rather."
"No, dear, run along, and bring me some coffee. I'm so tired, I can't stir!"
So Meg reclined, with rubbers well hidden, and Jo went blundering away
to the dining-room, which she found after going into a china-closet, and
opening the door of a room where old Mr. Gardiner was taking a little
private refreshment. Making a dart at the table, she secured the coffee,
which she immediately spilt, thereby making the front of her dress as bad as
the back.
"Oh, dear, what a blunderbuss I am!" exclaimed Jo, finishing Meg's glove
by scrubbing her gown with it.
"Can I help you?" said a friendly voice; and there was Laurie, with a full
cup in one hand and a plate of ice in the other.
"I was trying to get something for Meg, who is very tired, and some one
shook me; and here I am, in a nice state," answered Jo, glancing dismally
from the stained skirt to the coffee-colored glove.
"Too bad! I was looking for some one to give this to. May I take it to your
sister?"
"Oh, thank you! I'll show you where she is. I don't offer to take it myself,
for I should only get into another scrape if I did."
Jo led the way; and, as if used to waiting on ladies, Laurie drew up a little
table, brought a second instalment of coffee and ice for Jo, and was so
obliging that even particular Meg pronounced him a "nice boy." They had a
merry time over the bonbons and mottoes, and were in the midst of a quiet
game of "Buzz," with two or three other young people who had strayed in,
when Hannah appeared. Meg forgot her foot, and rose so quickly that she
was forced to catch hold of Jo, with an exclamation of pain.
"Hush! Don't say anything," she whispered, adding aloud, "It's nothing. I
turned my foot a little, that's all"; and limped up-stairs to put her things on.
Hannah scolded, Meg cried, and Jo was at her wits' end, till she decided
to take things into her own hands. Slipping out, she ran down, and, finding a
servant, asked if he could get her a carriage. It happened to be a hired
waiter, who knew nothing about the neighborhood; and Jo was looking
round for help, when Laurie, who had heard what she said, came up, and
offered his grandfather's carriage, which had just come for him, he said.

Page 57

"It's so early! You can't mean to go yet?" began Jo, looking relieved, but
hesitating to accept the offer.
"I always go early,—I do, truly! Please let me take you home? It's all on
my way, you know, and it rains, they say."
That settled it; and, telling him of Meg's mishap, Jo gratefully accepted,
and rushed up to bring down the rest of the party. Hannah hated rain as
much as a cat does; so she made no trouble, and they rolled away in the
luxurious close carriage, feeling very festive and elegant. Laurie went on the
box, so Meg could keep her foot up, and the girls talked over their party in
freedom.
"I had a capital time. Did you?" asked Jo, rumpling up her hair, and
making herself comfortable.
"Yes, till I hurt myself. Sallie's friend, Annie Moffat, took a fancy to me,
and asked me to come and spend a week with her, when Sallie does. She is
going in the spring, when the opera comes; and it will be perfectly splendid,
if mother only lets me go," answered Meg, cheering up at the thought.
"I saw you dancing with the red-headed man I ran away from. Was he
nice?"
"Oh, very! His hair is auburn, not red; and he was very polite, and I had a
delicious redowa with him."
"He looked like a grasshopper in a fit, when he did the new step. Laurie
and I couldn't help laughing. Did you hear us?"
"No; but it was very rude. What were you about all that time, hidden
away there?"
Jo told her adventures, and, by the time she had finished, they were at
home. With many thanks, they said "Good night," and crept in, hoping to
disturb no one; but the instant their door creaked, two little night-caps
bobbed up, and two sleepy but eager voices cried out,—
"Tell about the party! tell about the party!"
With what Meg called "a great want of manners," Jo had saved some
bonbons for the little girls; and they soon subsided, after hearing the most
thrilling events of the evening.
"I declare, it really seems like being a fine young lady, to come home
from the party in a carriage, and sit in my dressing-gown, with a maid to

Page 58

wait on me," said Meg, as Jo bound up her foot with arnica, and brushed her
hair.
"I don't believe fine young ladies enjoy themselves a bit more than we do,
in spite of our burnt hair, old gowns, one glove apiece, and tight slippers
that sprain our ankles when we are silly enough to wear them." And I think
Jo was quite right.

Page 59

IV.
BURDENS.
"Oh dear, how hard it does seem to take up our packs and go on," sighed
Meg, the morning after the party; for, now the holidays were over, the week
of merry-making did not fit her for going on easily with the task she never
liked.
"I wish it was Christmas or New-Year all the time; wouldn't it be fun?"
answered Jo, yawning dismally.
"We shouldn't enjoy ourselves half so much as we do now. But it does
seem so nice to have little suppers and bouquets, and go to parties, and drive

Page 60

home, and read and rest, and not work. It's like other people, you know, and
I always envy girls who do such things; I'm so fond of luxury," said Meg,
trying to decide which of two shabby gowns was the least shabby.
"Well, we can't have it, so don't let us grumble, but shoulder our bundles
and trudge along as cheerfully as Marmee does. I'm sure Aunt March is a
regular Old Man of the Sea to me, but I suppose when I've learned to carry
her without complaining, she will tumble off, or get so light that I sha'n't
mind her."
This idea tickled Jo's fancy, and put her in good spirits; but Meg didn't
brighten, for her burden, consisting of four spoilt children, seemed heavier
than ever. She hadn't heart enough even to make herself pretty, as usual, by
putting on a blue neck-ribbon, and dressing her hair in the most becoming
way.
"Where's the use of looking nice, when no one sees me but those cross
midgets, and no one cares whether I'm pretty or not?" she muttered, shutting
her drawer with a jerk. "I shall have to toil and moil all my days, with only
little bits of fun now and then, and get old and ugly and sour, because I'm
poor, and can't enjoy my life as other girls do. It's a shame!"
So Meg went down, wearing an injured look, and wasn't at all agreeable
at breakfast-time. Every one seemed rather out of sorts, and inclined to
croak. Beth had a headache, and lay on the sofa, trying to comfort herself
with the cat and three kittens; Amy was fretting because her lessons were
not learned, and she couldn't find her rubbers; Jo would whistle and make a
great racket getting ready; Mrs. March was very busy trying to finish a
letter, which must go at once; and Hannah had the grumps, for being up late
didn't suit her.
"There never was such a cross family!" cried Jo, losing her temper when
she had upset an inkstand, broken both boot-lacings, and sat down upon her
hat.
"You're the crossest person in it!" returned Amy, washing out the sum,
that was all wrong, with the tears that had fallen on her slate.
"Beth, if you don't keep these horrid cats down cellar I'll have them
drowned," exclaimed Meg angrily, as she tried to get rid of the kitten, which
had scrambled up her back, and stuck like a burr just out of reach.
Jo laughed, Meg scolded, Beth implored, and Amy wailed, because she
couldn't remember how much nine times twelve was.

Page 61

"Girls, girls, do be quiet one minute! I must get this off by the early mail,
and you drive me distracted with your worry," cried Mrs. March, crossing
out the third spoilt sentence in her letter.
There was a momentary lull, broken by Hannah, who stalked in, laid two
hot turn-overs on the table, and stalked out again. These turn-overs were an
institution; and the girls called them "muffs," for they had no others, and
found the hot pies very comforting to their hands on cold mornings. Hannah
never forgot to make them, no matter how busy or grumpy she might be, for
the walk was long and bleak; the poor things got no other lunch, and were
seldom home before two.
"Cuddle your cats, and get over your headache, Bethy. Good-by, Marmee;
we are a set of rascals this morning, but we'll come home regular angels.
Now then, Meg!" and Jo tramped away, feeling that the pilgrims were not
setting out as they ought to do.
They always looked back before turning the corner, for their mother was
always at the window, to nod and smile, and wave her hand to them.
Somehow it seemed as if they couldn't have got through the day without
that; for, whatever their mood might be, the last glimpse of that motherly
face was sure to affect them like sunshine.
"If Marmee shook her fist instead of kissing her hand to us, it would serve
us right, for more ungrateful wretches than we are were never seen," cried
Jo, taking a remorseful satisfaction in the snowy walk and bitter wind.
"Don't use such dreadful expressions," said Meg, from the depths of the
vail in which she had shrouded herself like a nun sick of the world.
"I like good strong words, that mean something," replied Jo, catching her
hat as it took a leap off her head, preparatory to flying away altogether.
"Call yourself any names you like; but I am neither a rascal nor a wretch,
and I don't choose to be called so."
"You're a blighted being, and decidedly cross to-day because you can't sit
in the lap of luxury all the time. Poor dear, just wait till I make my fortune,
and you shall revel in carriages and ice-cream and high-heeled slippers and
posies and red-headed boys to dance with."
"How ridiculous you are, Jo!" but Meg laughed at the nonsense, and felt
better in spite of herself.

Page 62

"Lucky for you I am; for if I put on crushed airs, and tried to be dismal, as
you do, we should be in a nice state. Thank goodness, I can always find
something funny to keep me up. Don't croak any more, but come home
jolly, there's a dear."
Jo gave her sister an encouraging pat on the shoulder as they parted for
the day, each going a different way, each hugging her little warm turn-over,
and each trying to be cheerful in spite of wintry weather, hard work, and the
unsatisfied desires of pleasure-loving youth.
When Mr. March lost his property in trying to help an unfortunate friend,
the two oldest girls begged to be allowed to do something toward their own
support, at least. Believing that they could not begin too early to cultivate
energy, industry, and independence, their parents consented, and both fell to
work with the hearty good-will which in spite of all obstacles, is sure to
succeed at last. Margaret found a place as nursery governess, and felt rich
with her small salary. As she said, she was "fond of luxury," and her chief
trouble was poverty. She found it harder to bear than the others, because she
could remember a time when home was beautiful, life full of ease and
pleasure, and want of any kind unknown. She tried not to be envious or
discontented, but it was very natural that the young girl should long for
pretty things, gay friends, accomplishments, and a happy life. At the Kings'
she daily saw all she wanted, for the children's older sisters were just out,
and Meg caught frequent glimpses of dainty ball-dresses and bouquets,
heard lively gossip about theatres, concerts, sleighing parties, and merry-
makings of all kinds, and saw money lavished on trifles which would have
been so precious to her. Poor Meg seldom complained, but a sense of
injustice made her feel bitter toward every one sometimes, for she had not
yet learned to know how rich she was in the blessings which alone can make
life happy.
Jo happened to suit Aunt March, who was lame, and needed an active
person to wait upon her. The childless old lady had offered to adopt one of
the girls when the troubles came, and was much offended because her offer
was declined. Other friends told the Marches that they had lost all chance of
being remembered in the rich old lady's will; but the unworldly Marches
only said,—
"We can't give up our girls for a dozen fortunes. Rich or poor, we will
keep together and be happy in one another."

Page 63

The old lady wouldn't speak to them for a time, but happening to meet Jo
at a friend's, something in her comical face and blunt manners struck the old
lady's fancy, and she proposed to take her for a companion. This did not suit
Jo at all; but she accepted the place since nothing better appeared, and, to
every one's surprise, got on remarkably well with her irascible relative.
There was an occasional tempest, and once Jo had marched home, declaring
she couldn't bear it any longer; but Aunt March always cleared up quickly,
and sent for her back again with such urgency that she could not refuse, for
in her heart she rather liked the peppery old lady.
I suspect that the real attraction was a large library of fine books, which
was left to dust and spiders since Uncle March died. Jo remembered the
kind old gentleman, who used to let her build railroads and bridges with his
big dictionaries, tell her stories about the queer pictures in his Latin books,
and buy her cards of gingerbread whenever he met her in the street. The
dim, dusty room, with the busts staring down from the tall book-cases, the
cosy chairs, the globes, and, best of all, the wilderness of books, in which
she could wander where she liked, made the library a region of bliss to her.
The moment Aunt March took her nap, or was busy with company, Jo
hurried to this quiet place, and, curling herself up in the easy-chair,
devoured poetry, romance, history, travels, and pictures, like a regular book-
worm. But, like all happiness, it did not last long; for as sure as she had just
reached the heart of the story, the sweetest verse of the song, or the most
perilous adventure of her traveller, a shrill voice called, "Josy-phine! Josy-
phine!" and she had to leave her paradise to wind yarn, wash the poodle, or
read Belsham's Essays by the hour together.

Page 64

Jo's ambition was to do something very splendid; what it was she had no
idea, as yet, but left it for time to tell her; and, meanwhile, found her
greatest affliction in the fact that she couldn't read, run, and ride as much as
she liked. A quick temper, sharp tongue, and restless spirit were always
getting her into scrapes, and her life was a series of ups and downs, which
were both comic and pathetic. But the training she received at Aunt March's
was just what she needed; and the thought that she was doing something to
support herself made her happy, in spite of the perpetual "Josy-phine!"
Beth was too bashful to go to school; it had been tried, but she suffered so
much that it was given up, and she did her lessons at home, with her father.
Even when he went away, and her mother was called to devote her skill and
energy to Soldiers' Aid Societies, Beth went faithfully on by herself, and did
the best she could. She was a housewifely little creature, and helped Hannah
keep home neat and comfortable for the workers, never thinking of any
reward but to be loved. Long, quiet days she spent, not lonely nor idle, for
her little world was peopled with imaginary friends, and she was by nature a
busy bee. There were six dolls to be taken up and dressed every morning,
for Beth was a child still, and loved her pets as well as ever. Not one whole
or handsome one among them; all were outcasts till Beth took them in; for,

Page 65

when her sisters outgrew these idols, they passed to her, because Amy
would have nothing old or ugly. Beth cherished them all the more tenderly
for that very reason, and set up a hospital for infirm dolls. No pins were ever
stuck into their cotton vitals; no harsh words or blows were ever given
them; no neglect ever saddened the heart of the most repulsive: but all were
fed and clothed, nursed and caressed, with an affection which never failed.
One forlorn fragment of dollanity had belonged to Jo; and, having led a
tempestuous life, was left a wreck in the rag-bag, from which dreary
poorhouse it was rescued by Beth, and taken to her refuge. Having no top to
its head, she tied on a neat little cap, and, as both arms and legs were gone,
she hid these deficiencies by folding it in a blanket, and devoting her best
bed to this chronic invalid. If any one had known the care lavished on that
dolly, I think it would have touched their hearts, even while they laughed.
She brought it bits of bouquets; she read to it, took it out to breathe the air,
hidden under her coat; she sung it lullabys, and never went to bed without
kissing its dirty face, and whispering tenderly, "I hope you'll have a good
night, my poor dear."
Beth had her troubles as well as the others; and not being an angel, but a
very human little girl, she often "wept a little weep," as Jo said, because she
couldn't take music lessons and have a fine piano. She loved music so
dearly, tried so hard to learn, and practised away so patiently at the jingling
old instrument, that it did seem as if some one (not to hint Aunt March)
ought to help her. Nobody did, however, and nobody saw Beth wipe the
tears off the yellow keys, that wouldn't keep in tune, when she was all alone.
She sang like a little lark about her work, never was too tired to play for
Marmee and the girls, and day after day said hopefully to herself, "I know
I'll get my music some time, if I'm good."
There are many Beths in the world, shy and quiet, sitting in corners till
needed, and living for others so cheerfully that no one sees the sacrifices till
the little cricket on the hearth stops chirping, and the sweet, sunshiny
presence vanishes, leaving silence and shadow behind.
If anybody had asked Amy what the greatest trial of her life was, she
would have answered at once, "My nose." When she was a baby, Jo had
accidentally dropped her into the coal-hod, and Amy insisted that the fall
had ruined her nose forever. It was not big, nor red, like poor "Petrea's"; it
was only rather flat, and all the pinching in the world could not give it an
aristocratic point. No one minded it but herself, and it was doing its best to

Page 66

grow, but Amy felt deeply the want of a Grecian nose, and drew whole
sheets of handsome ones to console herself.
"Little Raphael," as her sisters called her, had a decided talent for
drawing, and was never so happy as when copying flowers, designing
fairies, or illustrating stories with queer specimens of art. Her teachers
complained that, instead of doing her sums, she covered her slate with
animals; the blank pages of her atlas were used to copy maps on; and
caricatures of the most ludicrous description came fluttering out of all her
books at unlucky moments. She got through her lessons as well as she
could, and managed to escape reprimands by being a model of deportment.
She was a great favorite with her mates, being good-tempered, and
possessing the happy art of pleasing without effort. Her little airs and graces
were much admired, so were her accomplishments; for beside her drawing,
she could play twelve tunes, crochet, and read French without
mispronouncing more than two thirds of the words. She had a plaintive way
of saying, "When papa was rich we did so-and-so," which was very
touching; and her long words were considered "perfectly elegant" by the
girls.
Amy was in a fair way to be spoilt; for every one petted her, and her
small vanities and selfishnesses were growing nicely. One thing, however,
rather quenched the vanities; she had to wear her cousin's clothes. Now
Florence's mamma hadn't a particle of taste, and Amy suffered deeply at
having to wear a red instead of a blue bonnet, unbecoming gowns, and fussy
aprons that did not fit. Everything was good, well made, and little worn; but
Amy's artistic eyes were much afflicted, especially this winter, when her
school dress was a dull purple, with yellow dots, and no trimming.
"My only comfort," she said to Meg, with tears in her eyes, "is, that
mother don't take tucks in my dresses whenever I'm naughty, as Maria
Parks' mother does. My dear, it's really dreadful; for sometimes she is so
bad, her frock is up to her knees, and she can't come to school. When I think
of this deggerredation, I feel that I can bear even my flat nose and purple
gown, with yellow sky-rockets on it."
Meg was Amy's confidant and monitor, and, by some strange attraction of
opposites, Jo was gentle Beth's. To Jo alone did the shy child tell her
thoughts; and over her big, harum-scarum sister, Beth unconsciously
exercised more influence than any one in the family. The two older girls

Page 67

were a great deal to one another, but each took one of the younger into her
keeping, and watched over her in her own way; "playing mother" they
called it, and put their sisters in the places of discarded dolls, with the
maternal instinct of little women.
"Has anybody got anything to tell? It's been such a dismal day I'm really
dying for some amusement," said Meg, as they sat sewing together that
evening.
"I had a queer time with aunt to-day, and, as I got the best of it, I'll tell
you about it," began Jo, who dearly loved to tell stories. "I was reading that
everlasting Belsham, and droning away as I always do, for aunt soon drops
off, and then I take out some nice book, and read like fury till she wakes up.
I actually made myself sleepy; and, before she began to nod, I gave such a
gape that she asked me what I meant by opening my mouth wide enough to
take the whole book in at once.

Page 68

"'I wish I could, and be done with it,' said I, trying not to be saucy.
"Then she gave me a long lecture on my sins, and told me to sit and think
them over while she just 'lost' herself for a moment. She never finds herself
very soon; so the minute her cap began to bob, like a top-heavy dahlia, I
whipped the 'Vicar of Wakefield' out of my pocket, and read away, with one
eye on him, and one on aunt. I'd just got to where they all tumbled into the
water, when I forgot, and laughed out loud. Aunt woke up; and, being more
good-natured after her nap, told me to read a bit, and show what frivolous
work I preferred to the worthy and instructive Belsham. I did my very best,
and she liked it, though she only said,—
"'I don't understand what it's all about. Go back and begin it, child.'
"Back I went, and made the Primroses as interesting as ever I could. Once
I was wicked enough to stop in a thrilling place, and say meekly, 'I'm afraid
it tires you, ma'am; sha'n't I stop now?'
"She caught up her knitting, which had dropped out of her hands, gave me
a sharp look through her specs, and said, in her short way,—
"'Finish the chapter, and don't be impertinent, miss.'"
"Did she own she liked it?" asked Meg.

Page 69

"Oh, bless you, no! but she let old Belsham rest; and, when I ran back
after my gloves this afternoon, there she was, so hard at the Vicar that she
didn't hear me laugh as I danced a jig in the hall, because of the good time
coming. What a pleasant life she might have, if she only chose. I don't envy
her much, in spite of her money, for after all rich people have about as many
worries as poor ones, I think," added Jo.
"That reminds me," said Meg, "that I've got something to tell. It isn't
funny, like Jo's story, but I thought about it a good deal as I came home. At
the Kings to-day I found everybody in a flurry, and one of the children said
that her oldest brother had done something dreadful, and papa had sent him
away. I heard Mrs. King crying and Mr. King talking very loud, and Grace
and Ellen turned away their faces when they passed me, so I shouldn't see
how red their eyes were. I didn't ask any questions, of course; but I felt so
sorry for them, and was rather glad I hadn't any wild brothers to do wicked
things and disgrace the family."
"I think being disgraced in school is a great deal tryinger than anything
bad boys can do," said Amy, shaking her head, as if her experience of life
had been a deep one. "Susie Perkins came to school to-day with a lovely red
carnelian ring; I wanted it dreadfully, and wished I was her with all my
might. Well, she drew a picture of Mr. Davis, with a monstrous nose and a
hump, and the words, 'Young ladies, my eye is upon you!' coming out of his
mouth in a balloon thing. We were laughing over it, when all of a sudden his
eye was on us, and he ordered Susie to bring up her slate. She was parrylized
with fright, but she went, and oh, what do you think he did? He took her by
the ear, the ear! just fancy how horrid!—and led her to the recitation
platform, and made her stand there half an hour, holding that slate so every
one could see."

Page 70

"Didn't the girls laugh at the picture?" asked Jo, who relished the scrape.
"Laugh? Not one! They sat as still as mice; and Susie cried quarts, I know
she did. I didn't envy her then; for I felt that millions of carnelian rings
wouldn't have made me happy, after that. I never, never should have got over
such a agonizing mortification." And Amy went on with her work, in the
proud consciousness of virtue, and the successful utterance of two long
words in a breath.
"I saw something that I liked this morning, and I meant to tell it at dinner,
but I forgot," said Beth, putting Jo's topsy-turvy basket in order as she talked.
"When I went to get some oysters for Hannah, Mr. Laurence was in the fish-
shop; but he didn't see me, for I kept behind a barrel, and he was busy with
Mr. Cutter, the fish-man. A poor woman came in, with a pail and a mop, and
asked Mr. Cutter if he would let her do some scrubbing for a bit of fish,
because she hadn't any dinner for her children, and had been disappointed of
a day's work. Mr. Cutter was in a hurry, and said 'No,' rather crossly; so she
was going away, looking hungry and sorry, when Mr. Laurence hooked up a
big fish with the crooked end of his cane, and held it out to her. She was so
glad and surprised, she took it right in her arms, and thanked him over and
over. He told her to 'go along and cook it,' and she hurried off, so happy!

Page 71

Wasn't it good of him? Oh, she did look so funny, hugging the big, slippery
fish, and hoping Mr. Laurence's bed in heaven would be 'aisy.'"

When they had laughed at Beth's story, they asked their mother for one;
and, after a moment's thought, she said soberly,—
"As I sat cutting out blue flannel jackets to-day, at the rooms, I felt very
anxious about father, and thought how lonely and helpless we should be, if
anything happened to him. It was not a wise thing to do; but I kept on
worrying, till an old man came in, with an order for some clothes. He sat
down near me, and I began to talk to him; for he looked poor and tired and
anxious.
"'Have you sons in the army?' I asked; for the note he brought was not to
me.
"'Yes, ma'am. I had four, but two were killed, one is a prisoner, and I'm
going to the other, who is very sick in a Washington hospital,' he answered
quietly.
"'You have done a great deal for your country, sir,' I said, feeling respect
now, instead of pity.

Page 72

"'Not a mite more than I ought, ma'am. I'd go myself, if I was any use; as I
ain't, I give my boys, and give 'em free.'
"He spoke so cheerfully, looked so sincere, and seemed so glad to give his
all, that I was ashamed of myself. I'd given one man, and thought it too
much, while he gave four, without grudging them. I had all my girls to
comfort me at home; and his last son was waiting, miles away, to say 'good
by' to him, perhaps! I felt so rich, so happy, thinking of my blessings, that I
made him a nice bundle, gave him some money, and thanked him heartily for
the lesson he had taught me."
"Tell another story, mother,—one with a moral to it, like this. I like to
think about them afterwards, if they are real, and not too preachy," said Jo,
after a minute's silence.
Mrs. March smiled, and began at once; for she had told stories to this little
audience for many years, and knew how to please them.
"Once upon a time, there were four girls, who had enough to eat and drink
and wear, a good many comforts and pleasures, kind friends and parents,
who loved them dearly, and yet they were not contented." (Here the listeners
stole sly looks at one another, and began to sew diligently.) "These girls were
anxious to be good, and made many excellent resolutions; but they did not
keep them very well, and were constantly saying, 'If we only had this,' or 'If
we could only do that,' quite forgetting how much they already had, and how
many pleasant things they actually could do. So they asked an old woman
what spell they could use to make them happy, and she said, 'When you feel
discontented, think over your blessings, and be grateful.'" (Here Jo looked up
quickly, as if about to speak, but changed her mind, seeing that the story was
not done yet.)
"Being sensible girls, they decided to try her advice, and soon were
surprised to see how well off they were. One discovered that money couldn't
keep shame and sorrow out of rich people's houses; another that, though she
was poor, she was a great deal happier, with her youth, health, and good
spirits, than a certain fretful, feeble old lady, who couldn't enjoy her
comforts; a third that, disagreeable as it was to help get dinner, it was harder
still to have to go begging for it; and the fourth, that even carnelian rings
were not so valuable as good behavior. So they agreed to stop complaining,
to enjoy the blessings already possessed, and try to deserve them, lest they

Page 73

should be taken away entirely, instead of increased; and I believe they were
never disappointed, or sorry that they took the old woman's advice."
"Now, Marmee, that is very cunning of you to turn our own stories against
us, and give us a sermon instead of a romance!" cried Meg.
"I like that kind of sermon. It's the sort father used to tell us," said Beth
thoughtfully, putting the needles straight on Jo's cushion.
"I don't complain near as much as the others do, and I shall be more
careful than ever now; for I've had warning from Susie's downfall," said
Amy morally.
"We needed that lesson, and we won't forget it. If we do, you just say to
us, as old Chloe did in 'Uncle Tom,' 'Tink ob yer marcies, chillen! tink ob yer
marcies!'" added Jo, who could not, for the life of her, help getting a morsel
of fun out of the little sermon, though she took it to heart as much as any of
them.

Page 74

V.
BEING NEIGHBORLY.
"What in the world are you going to do now,
Jo?" asked Meg, one snowy afternoon, as her
sister came tramping through the hall, in rubber
boots, old sack and hood, with a broom in one
hand and a shovel in the other.
"Going out for exercise," answered Jo, with a
mischievous twinkle in her eyes.
"I should think two long walks this morning
would have been enough! It's cold and dull out;
and I advise you to stay, warm and dry, by the
fire, as I do," said Meg, with a shiver.
"Never take advice! Can't keep still all day,
and, not being a pussycat, I don't like to doze by
the fire. I like adventures, and I'm going to find
some."
Meg went back to toast her feet and read
"Ivanhoe"; and Jo began to dig paths with great
energy. The snow was light, and with her broom
she soon swept a path all round the garden, for Beth to walk in when the sun
came out; and the invalid dolls needed air. Now, the garden separated the
Marches' house from that of Mr. Laurence. Both stood in a suburb of the city,
which was still country-like, with groves and lawns, large gardens, and quiet
streets. A low hedge parted the two estates. On one side was an old, brown
house, looking rather bare and shabby, robbed of the vines that in summer
covered its walls, and the flowers which then surrounded it. On the other
side was a stately stone mansion, plainly betokening every sort of comfort
and luxury, from the big coach-house and well-kept grounds to the

Page 75

conservatory and the glimpses of lovely things one caught between the rich
curtains. Yet it seemed a lonely, lifeless sort of house; for no children
frolicked on the lawn, no motherly face ever smiled at the windows, and few
people went in and out, except the old gentleman and his grandson.
To Jo's lively fancy, this fine house seemed a kind of enchanted palace,
full of splendors and delights, which no one enjoyed. She had long wanted to
behold these hidden glories, and to know the "Laurence boy," who looked as
if he would like to be known, if he only knew how to begin. Since the party,
she had been more eager than ever, and had planned many ways of making
friends with him; but he had not been seen lately, and Jo began to think he
had gone away, when she one day spied a brown face at an upper window,
looking wistfully down into their garden, where Beth and Amy were snow-
balling one another.
"That boy is suffering for society and fun," she said to herself. "His
grandpa does not know what's good for him, and keeps him shut up all alone.
He needs a party of jolly boys to play with, or somebody young and lively.
I've a great mind to go over and tell the old gentleman so!"
The idea amused Jo, who liked to do daring things, and was always
scandalizing Meg by her queer performances. The plan of "going over" was
not forgotten; and when the snowy afternoon came, Jo resolved to try what
could be done. She saw Mr. Laurence drive off, and then sallied out to dig
her way down to the hedge, where she paused, and took a survey. All quiet,
—curtains down at the lower windows; servants out of sight, and nothing
human visible but a curly black head leaning on a thin hand at the upper
window.
"There he is," thought Jo, "poor boy! all alone and sick this dismal day. It's
a shame! I'll toss up a snow-ball, and make him look out, and then say a kind
word to him."
Up went a handful of soft snow, and the head turned at once, showing a
face which lost its listless look in a minute, as the big eyes brightened and
the mouth began to smile. Jo nodded and laughed, and flourished her broom
as she called out,—
"How do you do? Are you sick?"
Laurie opened the window, and croaked out as hoarsely as a raven,—
"Better, thank you. I've had a bad cold, and been shut up a week."
"I'm sorry. What do you amuse yourself with?"

Page 76

"Nothing; it's as dull as tombs
up here."
"Don't you read?"
"Not much; they won't let me."
"Can't somebody read to you?"
"Grandpa does, sometimes; but
my books don't interest him, and I
hate to ask Brooke all the time."
"Have some one come and see
you, then."
"There isn't any one I'd like to
see. Boys make such a row, and
my head is weak."
"Isn't there some nice girl who'd
read and amuse you? Girls are
quiet, and like to play nurse."
"Don't know any."
"You know us," began Jo, then
laughed, and stopped.
"So I do! Will you come,
please?" cried Laurie.
"I'm not quiet and nice; but I'll
come, if mother will let me. I'll go
ask her. Shut that window, like a
good boy, and wait till I come."
With that, Jo shouldered her
broom and marched into the house,
wondering what they would all say
to her. Laurie was in a flutter of
excitement at the idea of having
company, and flew about to get
ready; for, as Mrs. March said, he was "a little gentleman," and did honor to
the coming guest by brushing his curly pate, putting on a fresh collar, and
trying to tidy up the room, which, in spite of half a dozen servants, was
anything but neat. Presently there came a loud ring, then a decided voice,

Page 77

asking for "Mr. Laurie," and a surprised-looking servant came running up to
announce a young lady.
"All right, show her up, it's Miss Jo," said Laurie, going to the door of his
little parlor to meet Jo, who appeared, looking rosy and kind and quite at her
ease, with a covered dish in one hand and Beth's three kittens in the other.
"Here I am, bag and baggage," she said briskly. "Mother sent her love, and
was glad if I could do anything for you. Meg wanted me to bring some of her
blanc-mange; she makes it very nicely, and Beth thought her cats would be
comforting. I knew you'd laugh at them, but I couldn't refuse, she was so
anxious to do something."
It so happened that Beth's funny loan was just the thing; for, in laughing
over the kits, Laurie forgot his bashfulness, and grew sociable at once.
"That looks too pretty to eat," he said, smiling with pleasure, as Jo
uncovered the dish, and showed the blanc-mange, surrounded by a garland
of green leaves, and the scarlet flowers of Amy's pet geranium.
"It isn't anything, only they all felt kindly, and wanted to show it. Tell the
girl to put it away for your tea: it's so simple, you can eat it; and, being soft,
it will slip down without hurting your sore throat. What a cosy room this is!"
"It might be if it was kept nice; but the maids are lazy, and I don't know
how to make them mind. It worries me, though."
"I'll right it up in two minutes; for it only needs to have the hearth
brushed, so,—and the things made straight on the mantel-piece so,—and the
books put here, and the bottles there, and your sofa turned from the light, and
the pillows plumped up a bit. Now, then, you're fixed."
And so he was; for, as she laughed and talked, Jo had whisked things into
place, and given quite a different air to the room. Laurie watched her in
respectful silence; and when she beckoned him to his sofa, he sat down with
a sigh of satisfaction, saying gratefully,—
"How kind you are! Yes, that's what it wanted. Now please take the big
chair, and let me do something to amuse my company."
"No; I came to amuse you. Shall I read aloud?" and Jo looked
affectionately toward some inviting books near by.
"Thank you; I've read all those, and if you don't mind, I'd rather talk,"
answered Laurie.

Page 78

"Not a bit; I'll talk all day if you'll only set me going. Beth says I never
know when to stop."
"Is Beth the rosy one, who stays at home a good deal, and sometimes goes
out with a little basket?" asked Laurie, with interest.
"Yes, that's Beth; she's my girl, and a regular good one she is, too."
"The pretty one is Meg, and the curly-haired one is Amy, I believe?"
"How did you find that out?"
Laurie colored up, but answered frankly, "Why, you see, I often hear you
calling to one another, and when I'm alone up here, I can't help looking over
at your house, you always seem to be having such good times. I beg your
pardon for being so rude, but sometimes you forget to put down the curtain
at the window where the flowers are; and when the lamps are lighted, it's like
looking at a picture to see the fire, and you all round the table with your
mother; her face is right opposite, and it looks so sweet behind the flowers, I
can't help watching it. I haven't got any mother, you know;" and Laurie
poked the fire to hide a little twitching of the lips that he could not control.
The solitary, hungry look in his eyes went straight to Jo's warm heart. She
had been so simply taught that there was no nonsense in her head, and at
fifteen she was as innocent and frank as any child. Laurie was sick and
lonely; and, feeling how rich she was in home-love and happiness, she
gladly tried to share it with him. Her face was very friendly and her sharp
voice unusually gentle as she said,—
"We'll never draw that curtain any more, and I give you leave to look as
much as you like. I just wish, though, instead of peeping, you'd come over
and see us. Mother is so splendid, she'd do you heaps of good, and Beth
would sing to you if I begged her to, and Amy would dance; Meg and I
would make you laugh over our funny stage properties, and we'd have jolly
times. Wouldn't your grandpa let you?"
"I think he would, if your mother asked him. He's very kind, though he
does not look so; and he lets me do what I like, pretty much, only he's afraid
I might be a bother to strangers," began Laurie, brightening more and more.
"We are not strangers, we are neighbors, and you needn't think you'd be a
bother. We want to know you, and I've been trying to do it this ever so long.
We haven't been here a great while, you know, but we have got acquainted
with all our neighbors but you."

Page 79

"You see grandpa lives among his books, and doesn't mind much what
happens outside. Mr. Brooke, my tutor, doesn't stay here, you know, and I
have no one to go about with me, so I just stop at home and get on as I can."
"That's bad. You ought to make an effort, and go visiting everywhere you
are asked; then you'll have plenty of friends, and pleasant places to go to.
Never mind being bashful; it won't last long if you keep going."
Laurie turned red again, but wasn't offended at being accused of
bashfulness; for there was so much good-will in Jo, it was impossible not to
take her blunt speeches as kindly as they were meant.
"Do you like your school?" asked the boy, changing the subject, after a
little pause, during which he stared at the fire, and Jo looked about her, well
pleased.
"Don't go to school; I'm a business man—girl, I mean. I go to wait on my
great-aunt, and a dear, cross old soul she is, too," answered Jo.
Laurie opened his mouth to ask another question; but remembering just in
time that it wasn't manners to make too many inquiries into people's affairs,
he shut it again, and looked uncomfortable. Jo liked his good breeding, and
didn't mind having a laugh at Aunt March, so she gave him a lively
description of the fidgety old lady, her fat poodle, the parrot that talked
Spanish, and the library where she revelled. Laurie enjoyed that immensely;
and when she told about the prim old gentleman who came once to woo
Aunt March, and, in the middle of a fine speech, how Poll had tweaked his
wig off to his great dismay, the boy lay back and laughed till the tears ran
down his cheeks, and a maid popped her head in to see what was the matter.
"Oh! that does me no end of good. Tell on, please," he said, taking his face
out of the sofa-cushion, red and shining with merriment.
Much elated with her success, Jo did "tell on," all about their plays and
plans, their hopes and fears for father, and the most interesting events of the
little world in which the sisters lived. Then they got to talking about books;
and to Jo's delight, she found that Laurie loved them as well as she did, and
had read even more than herself.
"If you like them so much, come down and see ours. Grandpa is out, so
you needn't be afraid," said Laurie, getting up.
"I'm not afraid of anything," returned Jo, with a toss of the head.

Page 80

"I don't believe you
are!" exclaimed the
boy, looking at her with
much admiration,
though he privately
thought she would have
good reason to be a
trifle afraid of the old
gentleman, if she met
him in some of his
moods.
The atmosphere of
the whole house being
summer-like, Laurie led
the way from room to
room, letting Jo stop to
examine whatever
struck her fancy; and so
at last they came to the
library, where she
clapped her hands, and
pranced, as she always
did when especially
delighted. It was lined
with books, and there
were pictures and
statues, and distracting little cabinets full of coins and curiosities, and
sleepy-hollow chairs, and queer tables, and bronzes; and, best of all, a great
open fireplace, with quaint tiles all round it.
"What richness!" sighed Jo, sinking into the depth of a velvet chair, and
gazing about her with an air of intense satisfaction. "Theodore Laurence, you
ought to be the happiest boy in the world," she added impressively.
"A fellow can't live on books," said Laurie, shaking his head, as he
perched on a table opposite.
Before he could say more, a bell rung, and Jo flew up, exclaiming with
alarm, "Mercy me! it's your grandpa!"

Page 81

"Well, what if it is? You are not afraid of anything, you know," returned
the boy, looking wicked.
"I think I am a little bit afraid of him, but I don't know why I should be.
Marmee said I might come, and I don't think you're any the worse for it,"
said Jo, composing herself, though she kept her eyes on the door.
"I'm a great deal better for it, and ever so much obliged. I'm only afraid
you are very tired talking to me; it was so pleasant, I couldn't bear to stop,"
said Laurie gratefully.
"The doctor to see you, sir," and the maid beckoned as she spoke.
"Would you mind if I left you for a minute? I suppose I must see him,"
said Laurie.
"Don't mind me. I'm as happy as a cricket here," answered Jo.
Laurie went away, and his guest amused herself in her own way. She was
standing before a fine portrait of the old gentleman, when the door opened
again, and, without turning, she said decidedly, "I'm sure now that I shouldn't
be afraid of him, for he's got kind eyes, though his mouth is grim, and he
looks as if he had a tremendous will of his own. He isn't as handsome as my
grandfather, but I like him."
"Thank you, ma'am," said a gruff voice behind her; and there, to her great
dismay, stood old Mr. Laurence.
Poor Jo blushed till she couldn't blush any redder, and her heart began to
beat uncomfortably fast as she thought what she had said. For a minute a
wild desire to run away possessed her; but that was cowardly, and the girls
would laugh at her: so she resolved to stay, and get out of the scrape as she
could. A second look showed her that the living eyes, under the bushy gray
eyebrows, were kinder even than the painted ones; and there was a sly
twinkle in them, which lessened her fear a good deal. The gruff voice was
gruffer than ever, as the old gentleman said abruptly, after that dreadful
pause, "So you're not afraid of me, hey?"
"Not much, sir."
"And you don't think me as handsome as your grandfather?"
"Not quite, sir."
"And I've got a tremendous will, have I?"
"I only said I thought so."
"But you like me, in spite of it?"

Page 82

"Yes, I do, sir."
That answer pleased the old gentleman; he gave a short laugh, shook
hands with her, and, putting his finger under her chin, turned up her face,
examined it gravely, and let it go, saying, with a nod, "You've got your
grandfather's spirit, if you haven't his face. He was a fine man, my dear; but,
what is better, he was a brave and an honest one, and I was proud to be his
friend."
"Thank you, sir;" and
Jo was quite
comfortable after that,
for it suited her exactly.
"What have you been
doing to this boy of
mine, hey?" was the
next question, sharply
put.
"Only trying to be
neighborly, sir;" and Jo
told how her visit came
about.
"You think he needs
cheering up a bit, do
you?"
"Yes, sir; he seems a
little lonely, and young
folks would do him
good perhaps. We are
only girls, but we
should be glad to help if
we could, for we don't
forget the splendid
Christmas present you
sent us," said Jo
eagerly.
"Tut, tut, tut! that was the boy's affair. How is the poor woman?"

Page 83

"Doing nicely, sir;" and off went Jo, talking very fast, as she told all about
the Hummels, in whom her mother had interested richer friends than they
were.
"Just her father's way of doing good. I shall come and see your mother
some fine day. Tell her so. There's the tea-bell; we have it early, on the boy's
account. Come down, and go on being neighborly."
"If you'd like to have me, sir."
"Shouldn't ask you, if I didn't;" and Mr. Laurence offered her his arm with
old-fashioned courtesy.
"What would Meg say to this?" thought Jo, as she was marched away,
while her eyes danced with fun as she imagined herself telling the story at
home.
"Hey! Why, what the dickens has come to the fellow?" said the old
gentleman, as Laurie came running down stairs, and brought up with a start
of surprise at the astonishing sight of Jo arm-in-arm with his redoubtable
grandfather.
"I didn't know you'd come, sir," he began, as Jo gave him a triumphant
little glance.
"That's evident, by the way you racket down stairs. Come to your tea, sir,
and behave like a gentleman;" and having pulled the boy's hair by way of a
caress, Mr. Laurence walked on, while Laurie went through a series of comic
evolutions behind their backs, which nearly produced an explosion of
laughter from Jo.
The old gentleman did not say much as he drank his four cups of tea, but
he watched the young people, who soon chatted away like old friends, and
the change in his grandson did not escape him. There was color, light, and
life in the boy's face now, vivacity in his manner, and genuine merriment in
his laugh.
"She's right; the lad is lonely. I'll see what these little girls can do for him,"
thought Mr. Laurence, as he looked and listened. He liked Jo, for her odd,
blunt ways suited him; and she seemed to understand the boy almost as well
as if she had been one herself.
If the Laurences had been what Jo called "prim and poky," she would not
have got on at all, for such people always made her shy and awkward; but
finding them free and easy, she was so herself, and made a good impression.

Page 84

When they rose she proposed to go, but Laurie said he had something more
to show her, and took her away to the conservatory, which had been lighted
for her benefit. It seemed quite fairylike to Jo, as she went up and down the
walks, enjoying the blooming walls on either side, the soft light, the damp
sweet air, and the wonderful vines and trees that hung above her,—while her
new friend cut the finest flowers till his hands were full; then he tied them
up, saying, with the happy look Jo liked to see, "Please give these to your
mother, and tell her I like the medicine she sent me very much."

They found Mr. Laurence standing before the fire in the great drawing-
room, but Jo's attention was entirely absorbed by a grand piano, which stood
open.
"Do you play?" she asked, turning to Laurie with a respectful expression.
"Sometimes," he answered modestly.
"Please do now. I want to hear it, so I can tell Beth."
"Won't you first?"
"Don't know how; too stupid to learn, but I love music dearly."
So Laurie played, and Jo listened, with her nose luxuriously buried in
heliotrope and tea-roses. Her respect and regard for the "Laurence boy"

Page 85

increased very much, for he played remarkably well, and didn't put on any
airs. She wished Beth could hear him, but she did not say so; only praised
him till he was quite abashed, and his grandfather came to the rescue. "That
will do, that will do, young lady. Too many sugar-plums are not good for
him. His music isn't bad, but I hope he will do as well in more important
things. Going? Well, I'm much obliged to you, and I hope you'll come again.
My respects to your mother. Good-night, Doctor Jo."
He shook hands kindly, but looked as if something did not please him.
When they got into the hall, Jo asked Laurie if she had said anything amiss.
He shook his head.
"No, it was me; he doesn't like to hear me play."
"Why not?"
"I'll tell you some day. John is going home with you, as I can't."
"No need of that; I am not a young lady, and it's only a step. Take care of
yourself, won't you?"
"Yes; but you will come again, I hope?"
"If you promise to come and see us after you are well."
"I will."
"Good-night, Laurie!"
"Good-night, Jo, good-night!"
When all the afternoon's adventures had been told, the family felt inclined
to go visiting in a body, for each found something very attractive in the big
house on the other side of the hedge. Mrs. March wanted to talk of her father
with the old man who had not forgotten him; Meg longed to walk in the
conservatory; Beth sighed for the grand piano; and Amy was eager to see the
fine pictures and statues.
"Mother, why didn't Mr. Laurence like to have Laurie play?" asked Jo,
who was of an inquiring disposition.
"I am not sure, but I think it was because his son, Laurie's father, married
an Italian lady, a musician, which displeased the old man, who is very proud.
The lady was good and lovely and accomplished, but he did not like her, and
never saw his son after he married. They both died when Laurie was a little
child, and then his grandfather took him home. I fancy the boy, who was
born in Italy, is not very strong, and the old man is afraid of losing him,
which makes him so careful. Laurie comes naturally by his love of music,

Page 86

for he is like his mother, and I dare say his grandfather fears that he may
want to be a musician; at any rate, his skill reminds him of the woman he did
not like, and so he 'glowered,' as Jo said."
"Dear me, how romantic!" exclaimed Meg.
"How silly!" said Jo. "Let him be a musician, if he wants to, and not
plague his life out sending him to college, when he hates to go."
"That's why he has such handsome black eyes and pretty manners, I
suppose. Italians are always nice," said Meg, who was a little sentimental.
"What do you know about his eyes and his manners? You never spoke to
him, hardly," cried Jo, who was not sentimental.
"I saw him at the party, and what you tell shows that he knows how to
behave. That was a nice little speech about the medicine mother sent him."
"He meant the blanc-mange, I suppose."
"How stupid you are, child! He meant you, of course."
"Did he?" and Jo opened her eyes as if it had never occurred to her before.
"I never saw such a girl! You don't know a compliment when you get it,"
said Meg, with the air of a young lady who knew all about the matter.
"I think they are great nonsense, and I'll thank you not to be silly, and spoil
my fun. Laurie's a nice boy, and I like him, and I won't have any sentimental
stuff about compliments and such rubbish. We'll all be good to him, because
he hasn't got any mother, and he may come over and see us, mayn't he,
Marmee?"
"Yes, Jo, your little friend is very welcome, and I hope Meg will
remember that children should be children as long as they can."
"I don't call myself a child, and I'm not in my teens yet," observed Amy.
"What do you say, Beth?"
"I was thinking about our 'Pilgrim's Progress,'" answered Beth, who had
not heard a word. "How we got out of the Slough and through the Wicket
Gate by resolving to be good, and up the steep hill by trying; and that maybe
the house over there, full of splendid things, is going to be our Palace
Beautiful."
"We have got to get by the lions, first," said Jo, as if she rather liked the
prospect.

Page 87

Page 88

VI.
BETH FINDS THE PALACE BEAUTIFUL.
The big house did prove a Palace Beautiful, though it took some time for
all to get in, and Beth found it very hard to pass the lions. Old Mr. Laurence
was the biggest one; but after he had called, said something funny or kind to
each one of the girls, and talked over old times with their mother, nobody
felt much afraid of him, except timid Beth. The other lion was the fact that
they were poor and Laurie rich; for this made them shy of accepting favors
which they could not return. But, after a while, they found that he considered
them the benefactors, and could not do enough to show how grateful he was
for Mrs. March's motherly welcome, their cheerful society, and the comfort
he took in that humble home of theirs. So they soon forgot their pride, and
interchanged kindnesses without stopping to think which was the greater.
All sorts of pleasant things happened about that time; for the new
friendship flourished like grass in spring. Every one liked Laurie, and he
privately informed his tutor that "the Marches were regularly splendid girls."
With the delightful enthusiasm of youth, they took the solitary boy into their
midst, and made much of him, and he found something very charming in the
innocent companionship of these simple-hearted girls. Never having known
mother or sisters, he was quick to feel the influences they brought about him;
and their busy, lively ways made him ashamed of the indolent life he led. He
was tired of books, and found people so interesting now that Mr. Brooke was
obliged to make very unsatisfactory reports; for Laurie was always playing
truant, and running over to the Marches.
"Never mind; let him take a holiday, and make it up afterwards," said the
old gentleman. "The good lady next door says he is studying too hard, and
needs young society, amusement, and exercise. I suspect she is right, and that
I've been coddling the fellow as if I'd been his grandmother. Let him do what
he likes, as long as he is happy. He can't get into mischief in that little
nunnery over there; and Mrs. March is doing more for him than we can."

Page 89

What good times they had, to be sure! Such plays and tableaux, such
sleigh-rides and skating frolics, such pleasant evenings in the old parlor, and
now and then such gay little parties at the great house. Meg could walk in
the conservatory whenever she liked, and revel in bouquets; Jo browsed over
the new library voraciously, and convulsed the old gentleman with her
criticisms; Amy copied pictures, and enjoyed beauty to her heart's content;
and Laurie played "lord of the manor" in the most delightful style.
But Beth, though yearning for the grand piano, could not pluck up courage
to go to the "Mansion of Bliss," as Meg called it. She went once with Jo; but
the old gentleman, not being aware of her infirmity, stared at her so hard
from under his heavy eyebrows, and said "Hey!" so loud, that he frightened
her so much her "feet chattered on the floor," she told her mother; and she
ran away, declaring she would never go there any more, not even for the dear
piano. No persuasions or enticements could overcome her fear, till, the fact
coming to Mr. Laurence's ear in some mysterious way, he set about mending
matters. During one of the brief calls he made, he artfully led the
conversation to music, and talked away about great singers whom he had
seen, fine organs he had heard, and told such charming anecdotes that Beth
found it impossible to stay in her distant corner, but crept nearer and nearer,
as if fascinated. At the back of his chair she stopped, and stood listening,
with her great eyes wide open, and her cheeks red with the excitement of this
unusual performance. Taking no more notice of her than if she had been a
fly, Mr. Laurence talked on about Laurie's lessons and teachers; and
presently, as if the idea had just occurred to him, he said to Mrs. March,—
"The boy neglects his music now, and I'm glad of it, for he was getting too
fond of it. But the piano suffers for want of use. Wouldn't some of your girls
like to run over, and practise on it now and then, just to keep it in tune, you
know, ma'am?"
Beth took a step forward, and pressed her hands tightly together to keep
from clapping them, for this was an irresistible temptation; and the thought
of practising on that splendid instrument quite took her breath away. Before
Mrs. March could reply, Mr. Laurence went on with an odd little nod and
smile,—
"They needn't see or speak to any one, but run in at any time; for I'm shut
up in my study at the other end of the house, Laurie is out a great deal, and
the servants are never near the drawing-room after nine o'clock."

Page 90

Here he rose, as if going, and Beth made up her mind to speak, for that
last arrangement left nothing to be desired. "Please tell the young ladies what
I say; and if they don't care to come, why, never mind." Here a little hand
slipped into his, and Beth looked up at him with a face full of gratitude, as
she said, in her earnest yet timid way,—
"O sir, they do care, very, very much!"

"Are you the musical girl?" he asked, without any startling "Hey!" as he
looked down at her very kindly.
"I'm Beth. I love it dearly, and I'll come, if you are quite sure nobody will
hear me—and be disturbed," she added, fearing to be rude, and trembling at
her own boldness as she spoke.
"Not a soul, my dear. The house is empty half the day; so come, and drum
away as much as you like, and I shall be obliged to you."
"How kind you are, sir!"
Beth blushed like a rose under the friendly look he wore; but she was not
frightened now, and gave the big hand a grateful squeeze, because she had
no words to thank him for the precious gift he had given her. The old

Page 91

gentleman softly stroked the hair off her forehead, and, stooping down, he
kissed her, saying, in a tone few people ever heard,—
"I had a little girl once, with eyes like these. God bless you, my dear!
Good day, madam;" and away he went, in a great hurry.
Beth had a rapture with her mother, and then rushed up to impart the
glorious news to her family of invalids, as the girls were not at home. How
blithely she sung that evening, and how they all laughed at her, because she
woke Amy in the night by playing the piano on her face in her sleep. Next
day, having seen both the old and young gentleman out of the house, Beth,
after two or three retreats, fairly got in at the side-door, and made her way, as
noiselessly as any mouse, to the drawing-room, where her idol stood. Quite
by accident, of course, some pretty, easy music lay on the piano; and, with
trembling fingers, and frequent stops to listen and look about, Beth at last
touched the great instrument, and straightway forgot her fear, herself, and
everything else but the unspeakable delight which the music gave her, for it
was like the voice of a beloved friend.
She stayed till Hannah came to take her home to dinner; but she had no
appetite, and could only sit and smile upon every one in a general state of
beatitude.
After that, the little brown hood slipped through the hedge nearly every
day, and the great drawing-room was haunted by a tuneful spirit that came
and went unseen. She never knew that Mr. Laurence often opened his study-
door to hear the old-fashioned airs he liked; she never saw Laurie mount
guard in the hall to warn the servants away; she never suspected that the
exercise-books and new songs which she found in the rack were put there for
her especial benefit; and when he talked to her about music at home, she
only thought how kind he was to tell things that helped her so much. So she
enjoyed herself heartily, and found, what isn't always the case, that her
granted wish was all she had hoped. Perhaps it was because she was so
grateful for this blessing that a greater was given her; at any rate, she
deserved both.
"Mother, I'm going to work Mr. Laurence a pair of slippers. He is so kind
to me, I must thank him, and I don't know any other way. Can I do it?" asked
Beth, a few weeks after that eventful call of his.
"Yes, dear. It will please him very much, and be a nice way of thanking
him. The girls will help you about them, and I will pay for the making up,"

Page 92

replied Mrs. March,
who took peculiar
pleasure in granting
Beth's requests, because
she so seldom asked
anything for herself.
After many serious
discussions with Meg
and Jo, the pattern was
chosen, the materials
bought, and the slippers
begun. A cluster of
grave yet cheerful
pansies, on a deeper
purple ground, was
pronounced very
appropriate and pretty;
and Beth worked away
early and late, with
occasional lifts over
hard parts. She was a
nimble little needle-
woman, and they were
finished before any one
got tired of them. Then
she wrote a very short,
simple note, and, with
Laurie's help, got them
smuggled on to the
study-table one
morning before the old
gentleman was up.
When this excitement was over, Beth waited to see what would happen.
All that day passed, and a part of the next, before any acknowledgment
arrived, and she was beginning to fear she had offended her crotchety friend.
On the afternoon of the second day, she went out to do an errand, and give
poor Joanna, the invalid doll, her daily exercise. As she came up the street,

Page 93

on her return, she saw three, yes, four, heads popping in and out of the parlor
windows, and the moment they saw her, several hands were waved, and
several joyful voices screamed,—
"Here's a letter from the old gentleman! Come quick, and read it!"
"O Beth, he's sent you—" began Amy, gesticulating with unseemly
energy; but she got no further, for Jo quenched her by slamming down the
window.
Beth hurried on in a flutter of suspense. At the door, her sisters seized and
bore her to the parlor in a triumphal procession, all pointing, and all saying
at once, "Look there! look there!" Beth did look, and turned pale with delight
and surprise; for there stood a little cabinet-piano, with a letter lying on the
glossy lid, directed, like a sign-board, to "Miss Elizabeth March."
"For me?" gasped Beth, holding on to Jo, and feeling as if she should
tumble down, it was such an overwhelming thing altogether.
"Yes; all for you, my precious! Isn't it splendid of him? Don't you think
he's the dearest old man in the world? Here's the key in the letter. We didn't
open it, but we are dying to know what he says," cried Jo, hugging her sister,
and offering the note.
"You read it! I can't, I feel so queer! Oh, it is too lovely!" and Beth hid her
face in Jo's apron, quite upset by her present.
Jo opened the paper, and began to laugh, for the first words she saw were,


"Miss March:
"Dear Madam,—"

"How nice it sounds! I wish some one would write to me so!" said Amy,
who thought the old-fashioned address very elegant.

"'I have had many pairs of slippers in my life, but I never had any
that suited me so well as yours,'" continued Jo. "'Heart's-ease is my
favorite flower, and these will always remind me of the gentle giver.
I like to pay my debts; so I know you will allow "the old gentleman"
to send you something which once belonged to the little
granddaughter he lost. With hearty thanks and best wishes, I remain,
"'Your grateful friend and humble servant,

Page 94

"'James Laurence.'"

"There, Beth, that's an honor to be proud of, I'm sure! Laurie told me how
fond Mr. Laurence used to be of the child who died, and how he kept all her
little things carefully. Just think, he's given you her piano. That comes of
having big blue eyes and loving music," said Jo, trying to soothe Beth, who
trembled, and looked more excited than she had ever been before.
"See the cunning brackets to hold candles, and the nice green silk,
puckered up, with a gold rose in the middle, and the pretty rack and stool, all
complete," added Meg, opening the instrument and displaying its beauties.
"'Your humble servant, James Laurence'; only think of his writing that to
you. I'll tell the girls. They'll think it's splendid," said Amy, much impressed
by the note.
"Try it, honey. Let's hear the sound of the baby-pianny," said Hannah, who
always took a share in the family joys and sorrows.
So Beth tried it; and every one pronounced it the most remarkable piano
ever heard. It had evidently been newly tuned and put in apple-pie order; but,
perfect as it was, I think the real charm of it lay in the happiest of all happy
faces which leaned over it, as Beth lovingly touched the beautiful black and
white keys and pressed the bright pedals.
"You'll have to go and thank him," said Jo, by way of a joke; for the idea
of the child's really going never entered her head.
"Yes, I mean to. I guess I'll go now, before I get frightened thinking about
it." And, to the utter amazement of the assembled family, Beth walked
deliberately down the garden, through the hedge, and in at the Laurences'
door.
"Well, I wish I may die if it ain't the queerest thing I ever see! The pianny
has turned her head! She'd never have gone in her right mind," cried Hannah,
staring after her, while the girls were rendered quite speechless by the
miracle.
They would have been still more amazed if they had seen what Beth did
afterward. If you will believe me, she went and knocked at the study-door
before she gave herself time to think; and when a gruff voice called out,
"Come in!" she did go in, right up to Mr. Laurence, who looked quite taken
aback, and held out her hand, saying, with only a small quaver in her voice,
"I came to thank you, sir, for—" But she didn't finish; for he looked so

Page 95

friendly that she forgot her speech, and, only remembering that he had lost
the little girl he loved, she put both arms round his neck, and kissed him.

If the roof of the house had suddenly flown off, the old gentleman
wouldn't have been more astonished; but he liked it,—oh, dear, yes, he liked
it amazingly!—and was so touched and pleased by that confiding little kiss
that all his crustiness vanished; and he just set her on his knee, and laid his
wrinkled cheek against her rosy one, feeling as if he had got his own little
granddaughter back again. Beth ceased to fear him from that moment, and
sat there talking to him as cosily as if she had known him all her life; for
love casts out fear, and gratitude can conquer pride. When she went home, he
walked with her to her own gate, shook hands cordially, and touched his hat
as he marched back again, looking very stately and erect, like a handsome,
soldierly old gentleman, as he was.
When the girls saw that performance, Jo began to dance a jig, by way of
expressing her satisfaction; Amy nearly fell out of the window in her
surprise; and Meg exclaimed, with uplifted hands, "Well, I do believe the
world is coming to an end!"

Page 96

Page 97

VII.
AMY'S VALLEY OF HUMILIATION.
"That boy is a perfect Cyclops, isn't he?" said
Amy, one day, as Laurie clattered by on
horseback, with a flourish of his whip as he
passed.
"How dare you say so, when he's got both his
eyes? and very handsome ones they are, too,"
cried Jo, who resented any slighting remarks
about her friend.
"I didn't say anything about his eyes, and I
don't see why you need fire up when I admire his
riding."
"Oh, my goodness! that little goose means a
centaur, and she called him a Cyclops,"
exclaimed Jo, with a burst of laughter.
"You needn't be so rude; it's only a 'lapse of
lingy,' as Mr. Davis says," retorted Amy,
finishing Jo with her Latin. "I just wish I had a
little of the money Laurie spends on that horse,"
she added, as if to herself, yet hoping her sisters
would hear.
"Why?" asked Meg kindly, for Jo had gone off
in another laugh at Amy's second blunder.
"I need it so much; I'm dreadfully in debt, and it won't be my turn to have
the rag-money for a month."
"In debt, Amy? What do you mean?" and Meg looked sober.
"Why, I owe at least a dozen pickled limes, and I can't pay them, you
know, till I have money, for Marmee forbade my having anything charged at

Page 98

the shop."
"Tell me all about it. Are limes the fashion now? It used to be pricking bits
of rubber to make balls;" and Meg tried to keep her countenance, Amy
looked so grave and important.
"Why, you see, the girls are always buying them, and unless you want to
be thought mean, you must do it, too. It's nothing but limes now, for every
one is sucking them in their desks in school-time, and trading them off for
pencils, bead-rings, paper dolls, or something else, at recess. If one girl likes
another, she gives her a lime; if she's mad with her, she eats one before her
face, and don't offer even a suck. They treat by turns; and I've had ever so
many, but haven't returned them; and I ought, for they are debts of honor,
you know."
"How much will pay them off, and restore your credit?" asked Meg,
taking out her purse.
"A quarter would more than do it, and leave a few cents over for a treat for
you. Don't you like limes?"
"Not much; you may have my share. Here's the money. Make it last as
long as you can, for it isn't very plenty, you know."
"Oh, thank you! It must be so nice to have pocket-money! I'll have a grand
feast, for I haven't tasted a lime this week. I felt delicate about taking any, as
I couldn't return them, and I'm actually suffering for one."
Next day Amy was rather late at school; but could not resist the temptation
of displaying, with pardonable pride, a moist brown-paper parcel, before she
consigned it to the inmost recesses of her desk. During the next few minutes
the rumor that Amy March had got twenty-four delicious limes (she ate one
on the way), and was going to treat, circulated through her "set," and the
attentions of her friends became quite overwhelming. Katy Brown invited
her to her next party on the spot; Mary Kingsley insisted on lending her her
watch till recess; and Jenny Snow, a satirical young lady, who had basely
twitted Amy upon her limeless state, promptly buried the hatchet, and
offered to furnish answers to certain appalling sums. But Amy had not
forgotten Miss Snow's cutting remarks about "some persons whose noses
were not too flat to smell other people's limes, and stuck-up people, who
were not too proud to ask for them;" and she instantly crushed "that Snow
girl's" hopes by the withering telegram, "You needn't be so polite all of a
sudden, for you won't get any."

Page 99

A distinguished personage happened to visit the school that morning, and
Amy's beautifully drawn maps received praise, which honor to her foe
rankled in the soul of Miss Snow, and caused Miss March to assume the airs
of a studious young peacock. But, alas, alas! pride goes before a fall, and the
revengeful Snow turned the tables with disastrous success. No sooner had
the guest paid the usual stale compliments, and bowed himself out, than
Jenny, under pretence of asking an important question, informed Mr. Davis,
the teacher, that Amy March had pickled limes in her desk.
Now Mr. Davis had declared limes a contraband article, and solemnly
vowed to publicly ferrule the first person who was found breaking the law.
This much-enduring man had succeeded in banishing chewing-gum after a
long and stormy war, had made a bonfire of the confiscated novels and
newspapers, had suppressed a private post-office, had forbidden distortions
of the face, nicknames, and caricatures, and done all that one man could do
to keep half a hundred rebellious girls in order. Boys are trying enough to
human patience, goodness knows! but girls are infinitely more so, especially
to nervous gentlemen, with tyrannical tempers, and no more talent for
teaching than Dr. Blimber. Mr. Davis knew any quantity of Greek, Latin,
Algebra, and ologies of all sorts, so he was called a fine teacher; and
manners, morals, feelings, and examples were not considered of any
particular importance. It was a most unfortunate moment for denouncing
Amy, and Jenny knew it. Mr. Davis had evidently taken his coffee too strong
that morning; there was an east wind, which always affected his neuralgia;
and his pupils had not done him the credit which he felt he deserved:
therefore, to use the expressive, if not elegant, language of a school-girl, "he
was as nervous as a witch and as cross as a bear." The word "limes" was like
fire to powder; his yellow face flushed, and he rapped on his desk with an
energy which made Jenny skip to her seat with unusual rapidity.
"Young ladies, attention, if you please!"
At the stern order the buzz ceased, and fifty pairs of blue, black, gray, and
brown eyes were obediently fixed upon his awful countenance.
"Miss March, come to the desk."
Amy rose to comply with outward composure, but a secret fear oppressed
her, for the limes weighed upon her conscience.
"Bring with you the limes you have in your desk," was the unexpected
command which arrested her before she got out of her seat.

Page 100

"Don't take all," whispered her neighbor, a young lady of great presence of
mind.
Amy hastily shook out half a dozen, and laid the rest down before Mr.
Davis, feeling that any man possessing a human heart would relent when that
delicious perfume met his nose. Unfortunately, Mr. Davis particularly
detested the odor of the fashionable pickle, and disgust added to his wrath.
"Is that all?"
"Not quite," stammered Amy.
"Bring the rest immediately."
With a despairing glance at her set, she obeyed.
"You are sure there are no more?"
"I never lie, sir."
"So I see. Now take these disgusting things two by two, and throw them
out of the window."
There was a simultaneous sigh, which created quite a little gust, as the last
hope fled, and the treat was ravished from their longing lips. Scarlet with
shame and anger, Amy went to and fro six dreadful times; and as each
doomed couple—looking oh! so plump and juicy—fell from her reluctant
hands, a shout from the street completed the anguish of the girls, for it told
them that their feast was being exulted over by the little Irish children, who
were their sworn foes. This—this was too much; all flashed indignant or
appealing glances at the inexorable Davis, and one passionate lime-lover
burst into tears.
As Amy returned from her last trip, Mr. Davis gave a portentous "Hem!"
and said, in his most impressive manner,—
"Young ladies, you remember what I said to you a week ago. I am sorry
this has happened, but I never allow my rules to be infringed, and I never
break my word. Miss March, hold out your hand."
Amy started, and put both hands behind her, turning on him an imploring
look which pleaded for her better than the words she could not utter. She was
rather a favorite with "old Davis," as, of course, he was called, and it's my
private belief that he would have broken his word if the indignation of one
irrepressible young lady had not found vent in a hiss. That hiss, faint as it
was, irritated the irascible gentleman, and sealed the culprit's fate.

Page 101

"Your hand, Miss March!" was the only answer her mute appeal received;
and, too proud to cry or beseech, Amy set her teeth, threw back her head
defiantly, and bore without flinching several tingling blows on her little
palm. They were neither many nor heavy, but that made no difference to her.
For the first time in her life she had been struck; and the disgrace, in her
eyes, was as deep as if he had knocked her down.

"You will now stand on the platform till recess," said Mr. Davis, resolved
to do the thing thoroughly, since he had begun.
That was dreadful. It would have been bad enough to go to her seat, and
see the pitying faces of her friends, or the satisfied ones of her few enemies;
but to face the whole school, with that shame fresh upon her, seemed
impossible, and for a second she felt as if she could only drop down where
she stood, and break her heart with crying. A bitter sense of wrong, and the
thought of Jenny Snow, helped her to bear it; and, taking the ignominious
place, she fixed her eyes on the stove-funnel above what now seemed a sea
of faces, and stood there, so motionless and white that the girls found it very
hard to study, with that pathetic figure before them.
During the fifteen minutes that followed, the proud and sensitive little girl
suffered a shame and pain which she never forgot. To others it might seem a

Page 102

ludicrous or trivial affair, but to her it was a hard experience; for during the
twelve years of her life she had been governed by love alone, and a blow of
that sort had never touched her before. The smart of her hand and the ache of
her heart were forgotten in the sting of the thought,—
"I shall have to tell at home, and they will be so disappointed in me!"
The fifteen minutes seemed an hour; but they came to an end at last, and
the word "Recess!" had never seemed so welcome to her before.
"You can go, Miss March," said Mr. Davis, looking, as he felt,
uncomfortable.
He did not soon forget the reproachful glance Amy gave him, as she went,
without a word to any one, straight into the ante-room, snatched her things,
and left the place "forever," as she passionately declared to herself. She was
in a sad state when she got home; and when the older girls arrived, some
time later, an indignation meeting was held at once. Mrs. March did not say
much, but looked disturbed, and comforted her afflicted little daughter in her
tenderest manner. Meg bathed the insulted hand with glycerine and tears;
Beth felt that even her beloved kittens would fail as a balm for griefs like
this; Jo wrathfully proposed that Mr. Davis be arrested without delay; and
Hannah shook her fist at the "villain," and pounded potatoes for dinner as if
she had him under her pestle.
No notice was taken of Amy's flight, except by her mates; but the sharp-
eyed demoiselles discovered that Mr. Davis was quite benignant in the
afternoon, also unusually nervous. Just before school closed, Jo appeared,
wearing a grim expression, as she stalked up to the desk, and delivered a
letter from her mother; then collected Amy's property, and departed,
carefully scraping the mud from her boots on the door-mat, as if she shook
the dust of the place off her feet.
"Yes, you can have a vacation from school, but I want you to study a little
every day, with Beth," said Mrs. March, that evening. "I don't approve of
corporal punishment, especially for girls. I dislike Mr. Davis's manner of
teaching, and don't think the girls you associate with are doing you any good,
so I shall ask your father's advice before I send you anywhere else."
"That's good! I wish all the girls would leave, and spoil his old school. It's
perfectly maddening to think of those lovely limes," sighed Amy, with the air
of a martyr.

Page 103

"I am not sorry you lost them, for you broke the rules, and deserved some
punishment for disobedience," was the severe reply, which rather
disappointed the young lady, who expected nothing but sympathy.
"Do you mean you are glad I was disgraced before the whole school?"
cried Amy.
"I should not have chosen that way of mending a fault," replied her
mother; "but I'm not sure that it won't do you more good than a milder
method. You are getting to be rather conceited, my dear, and it is quite time
you set about correcting it. You have a good many little gifts and virtues, but
there is no need of parading them, for conceit spoils the finest genius. There
is not much danger that real talent or goodness will be overlooked long; even
if it is, the consciousness of possessing and using it well should satisfy one,
and the great charm of all power is modesty."
"So it is!" cried Laurie, who was playing chess in a corner with Jo. "I
knew a girl, once, who had a really remarkable talent for music, and she
didn't know it; never guessed what sweet little things she composed when
she was alone, and wouldn't have believed it if any one had told her."
"I wish I'd known that nice girl; maybe she would have helped me, I'm so
stupid," said Beth, who stood beside him, listening eagerly.
"You do know her, and she helps you better than any one else could,"
answered Laurie, looking at her with such mischievous meaning in his merry
black eyes, that Beth suddenly turned very red, and hid her face in the sofa-
cushion, quite overcome by such an unexpected discovery.

Page 104

Jo let Laurie win the game, to pay for that praise of her Beth, who could
not be prevailed upon to play for them after her compliment. So Laurie did
his best, and sung delightfully, being in a particularly lively humor, for to the
Marches he seldom showed the moody side of his character. When he was
gone, Amy, who had been pensive all the evening, said suddenly, as if busy
over some new idea,—
"Is Laurie an accomplished boy?"
"Yes; he has had an excellent education, and has much talent; he will
make a fine man, if not spoilt by petting," replied her mother.
"And he isn't conceited, is he?" asked Amy.
"Not in the least; that is why he is so charming, and we all like him so
much."
"I see; it's nice to have accomplishments, and be elegant; but not to show
off, or get perked up," said Amy thoughtfully.
"These things are always seen and felt in a person's manner and
conversation, if modestly used; but it is not necessary to display them," said
Mrs. March.

Page 105

"Any more than it's proper to wear all your bonnets and gowns and
ribbons at once, that folks may know you've got them," added Jo; and the
lecture ended in a laugh.

Page 106

VIII.
JO MEETS APOLLYON.
"Girls, where are you going?" asked Amy, coming into their room one
Saturday afternoon, and finding them getting ready to go out, with an air of
secrecy which excited her curiosity.
"Never mind; little girls shouldn't ask questions," returned Jo sharply.
Now if there is anything mortifying to our feelings, when we are young, it
is to be told that; and to be bidden to "run away, dear," is still more trying to
us. Amy bridled up at this insult, and determined to find out the secret, if she
teased for an hour. Turning to Meg, who never refused her anything very
long, she said coaxingly, "Do tell me! I should think you might let me go,

Page 107

too; for Beth is fussing over her piano, and I haven't got anything to do, and
am so lonely."
"I can't, dear, because you aren't invited," began Meg; but Jo broke in
impatiently, "Now, Meg, be quiet, or you will spoil it all. You can't go, Amy;
so don't be a baby, and whine about it."
"You are going somewhere with Laurie, I know you are; you were
whispering and laughing together, on the sofa, last night, and you stopped
when I came in. Aren't you going with him?"
"Yes, we are; now do be still, and stop bothering."
Amy held her tongue, but used her eyes, and saw Meg slip a fan into her
pocket.
"I know! I know! you're going to the theatre to see the 'Seven Castles!'"
she cried; adding resolutely, "and I shall go, for mother said I might see it;
and I've got my rag-money, and it was mean not to tell me in time."
"Just listen to me a minute, and be a good child," said Meg soothingly.
"Mother doesn't wish you to go this week, because your eyes are not well
enough yet to bear the light of this fairy piece. Next week you can go with
Beth and Hannah, and have a nice time."
"I don't like that half as well as going with you and Laurie. Please let me;
I've been sick with this cold so long, and shut up, I'm dying for some fun.
Do, Meg! I'll be ever so good," pleaded Amy, looking as pathetic as she
could.
"Suppose we take her. I don't believe mother would mind, if we bundle
her up well," began Meg.
"If she goes I sha'n't; and if I don't, Laurie won't like it; and it will be very
rude, after he invited only us, to go and drag in Amy. I should think she'd
hate to poke herself where she isn't wanted," said Jo crossly, for she disliked
the trouble of overseeing a fidgety child, when she wanted to enjoy herself.
Her tone and manner angered Amy, who began to put her boots on, saying,
in her most aggravating way, "I shall go; Meg says I may; and if I pay for
myself, Laurie hasn't anything to do with it."
"You can't sit with us, for our seats are reserved, and you mustn't sit alone;
so Laurie will give you his place, and that will spoil our pleasure; or he'll get
another seat for you, and that isn't proper, when you weren't asked. You

Page 108

sha'n't stir a step; so you may just stay where you are," scolded Jo, crosser
than ever, having just pricked her finger in her hurry.
Sitting on the floor, with one boot on, Amy began to cry, and Meg to
reason with her, when Laurie called from below, and the two girls hurried
down, leaving their sister wailing; for now and then she forgot her grown-up
ways, and acted like a spoilt child. Just as the party was setting out, Amy
called over the banisters, in a threatening tone, "You'll be sorry for this, Jo
March; see if you ain't."
"Fiddlesticks!" returned Jo, slamming the door.
They had a charming time, for "The Seven Castles of the Diamond Lake"
were as brilliant and wonderful as heart could wish. But, in spite of the
comical red imps, sparkling elves, and gorgeous princes and princesses, Jo's
pleasure had a drop of bitterness in it; the fairy queen's yellow curls
reminded her of Amy; and between the acts she amused herself with
wondering what her sister would do to make her "sorry for it." She and Amy
had had many lively skirmishes in the course of their lives, for both had
quick tempers, and were apt to be violent when fairly roused. Amy teased Jo,
and Jo irritated Amy, and semi-occasional explosions occurred, of which
both were much ashamed afterward. Although the oldest, Jo had the least
self-control, and had hard times trying to curb the fiery spirit which was
continually getting her into trouble; her anger never lasted long, and, having
humbly confessed her fault, she sincerely repented, and tried to do better.
Her sisters used to say that they rather liked to get Jo into a fury, because she
was such an angel afterward. Poor Jo tried desperately to be good, but her
bosom enemy was always ready to flame up and defeat her; and it took years
of patient effort to subdue it.
When they got home, they found Amy reading in the parlor. She assumed
an injured air as they came in; never lifted her eyes from her book, or asked
a single question. Perhaps curiosity might have conquered resentment, if
Beth had not been there to inquire, and receive a glowing description of the
play. On going up to put away her best hat, Jo's first look was toward the
bureau; for, in their last quarrel, Amy had soothed her feelings by turning
Jo's top drawer upside down on the floor. Everything was in its place,
however; and after a hasty glance into her various closets, bags, and boxes,
Jo decided that Amy had forgiven and forgotten her wrongs.

Page 109

There Jo was mistaken; for next day she made a discovery which
produced a tempest. Meg, Beth, and Amy were sitting together, late in the
afternoon, when Jo burst into the room, looking excited, and demanding
breathlessly, "Has any one taken my book?"
Meg and Beth said "No," at once, and looked surprised; Amy poked the
fire, and said nothing. Jo saw her color rise, and was down upon her in a
minute.
"Amy, you've got it?"
"No, I haven't."
"You know where it is, then?"
"No, I don't."
"That's a fib!" cried Jo, taking her by the shoulders, and looking fierce
enough to frighten a much braver child than Amy.
"It isn't. I haven't got it, don't know where it is now, and don't care."
"You know something about it, and you'd better tell at once, or I'll make
you," and Jo gave her a slight shake.
"Scold as much as you like, you'll never see your silly old book again,"
cried Amy, getting excited in her turn.
"Why not?"
"I burnt it up."

Page 110

"What! my little book I was so fond of, and worked over, and meant to
finish before father got home? Have you really burnt it?" said Jo, turning
very pale, while her eyes kindled and her hands clutched Amy nervously.
"Yes, I did! I told you I'd make you pay for being so cross yesterday, and I
have, so—"
Amy got no farther, for Jo's hot temper mastered her, and she shook Amy
till her teeth chattered in her head; crying, in a passion of grief and anger,—
"You wicked, wicked girl! I never can write it again, and I'll never forgive
you as long as I live."
Meg flew to rescue Amy, and Beth to pacify Jo, but Jo was quite beside
herself; and, with a parting box on her sister's ear, she rushed out of the room
up to the old sofa in the garret, and finished her fight alone.
The storm cleared up below, for Mrs. March came home, and, having
heard the story, soon brought Amy to a sense of the wrong she had done her
sister. Jo's book was the pride of her heart, and was regarded by her family as
a literary sprout of great promise. It was only half a dozen little fairy tales,
but Jo had worked over them patiently, putting her whole heart into her
work, hoping to make something good enough to print. She had just copied

Page 111

them with great care, and had destroyed the old manuscript, so that Amy's
bonfire had consumed the loving work of several years. It seemed a small
loss to others, but to Jo it was a dreadful calamity, and she felt that it never
could be made up to her. Beth mourned as for a departed kitten, and Meg
refused to defend her pet; Mrs. March looked grave and grieved, and Amy
felt that no one would love her till she had asked pardon for the act which
she now regretted more than any of them.
When the tea-bell rung, Jo appeared, looking so grim and unapproachable
that it took all Amy's courage to say meekly,—
"Please forgive me, Jo; I'm very, very sorry."
"I never shall forgive you," was Jo's stern answer; and, from that moment,
she ignored Amy entirely.
No one spoke of the great trouble,—not even Mrs. March,—for all had
learned by experience that when Jo was in that mood words were wasted;
and the wisest course was to wait till some little accident, or her own
generous nature, softened Jo's resentment, and healed the breach. It was not a
happy evening; for, though they sewed as usual, while their mother read
aloud from Bremer, Scott, or Edgeworth, something was wanting, and the
sweet home-peace was disturbed. They felt this most when singing-time
came; for Beth could only play, Jo stood dumb as a stone, and Amy broke
down, so Meg and mother sung alone. But, in spite of their efforts to be as
cheery as larks, the flute-like voices did not seem to chord as well as usual,
and all felt out of tune.
As Jo received her good-night kiss, Mrs. March whispered gently,—
"My dear, don't let the sun go down upon your anger; forgive each other,
help each other, and begin again to-morrow."
Jo wanted to lay her head down on that motherly bosom, and cry her grief
and anger all away; but tears were an unmanly weakness, and she felt so
deeply injured that she really couldn't quite forgive yet. So she winked hard,
shook her head, and said, gruffly because Amy was listening,—
"It was an abominable thing, and she don't deserve to be forgiven."
With that she marched off to bed, and there was no merry or confidential
gossip that night.
Amy was much offended that her overtures of peace had been repulsed,
and began to wish she had not humbled herself, to feel more injured than

Page 112

ever, and to plume herself on her superior virtue in a way which was
particularly exasperating. Jo still looked like a thunder-cloud, and nothing
went well all day. It was bitter cold in the morning; she dropped her precious
turn-over in the gutter, Aunt March had an attack of fidgets, Meg was
pensive, Beth would look grieved and wistful when she got home, and Amy
kept making remarks about people who were always talking about being
good, and yet wouldn't try, when other people set them a virtuous example.
"Everybody is so hateful, I'll ask Laurie to go skating. He is always kind
and jolly, and will put me to rights, I know," said Jo to herself, and off she
went.
Amy heard the clash of skates, and looked out with an impatient
exclamation,—
"There! she promised I should go next time, for this is the last ice we shall
have. But it's no use to ask such a cross-patch to take me."
"Don't say that; you were very naughty, and it is hard to forgive the loss of
her precious little book; but I think she might do it now, and I guess she will,
if you try her at the right minute," said Meg. "Go after them; don't say
anything till Jo has got good-natured with Laurie, then take a quiet minute,
and just kiss her, or do some kind thing, and I'm sure she'll be friends again,
with all her heart."
"I'll try," said Amy, for the advice suited her; and, after a flurry to get
ready, she ran after the friends, who were just disappearing over the hill.
It was not far to the river, but both were ready before Amy reached them.
Jo saw her coming, and turned her back; Laurie did not see, for he was
carefully skating along the shore, sounding the ice, for a warm spell had
preceded the cold snap.
"I'll go on to the first bend, and see if it's all right, before we begin to
race," Amy heard him say, as he shot away, looking like a young Russian, in
his fur-trimmed coat and cap.
Jo heard Amy panting after her run, stamping her feet and blowing her
fingers, as she tried to put her skates on; but Jo never turned, and went
slowly zigzagging down the river, taking a bitter, unhappy sort of
satisfaction in her sister's troubles. She had cherished her anger till it grew
strong, and took possession of her, as evil thoughts and feelings always do,
unless cast out at once. As Laurie turned the bend, he shouted back,—
"Keep near the shore; it isn't safe in the middle."

Page 113

Jo heard, but Amy was just struggling to her feet, and did not catch a
word. Jo glanced over her shoulder, and the little demon she was harboring
said in her ear,—
"No matter whether she heard or not, let her take care of herself."
Laurie had vanished round the bend; Jo was just at the turn, and Amy, far
behind, striking out toward the smoother ice in the middle of the river. For a
minute Jo stood still, with a strange feeling at her heart; then she resolved to
go on, but something held and turned her round, just in time to see Amy
throw up her hands and go down, with the sudden crash of rotten ice, the
splash of water, and a cry that made Jo's heart stand still with fear. She tried
to call Laurie, but her voice was gone; she tried to rush forward, but her feet
seemed to have no strength in them; and, for a second, she could only stand
motionless, staring, with a terror-stricken face, at the little blue hood above
the black water. Something rushed swiftly by her, and Laurie's voice cried
out,—
"Bring a rail; quick, quick!"
How she did it, she never knew; but for the next few minutes she worked
as if possessed, blindly obeying Laurie, who was quite self-possessed, and,
lying flat, held Amy up by his arm and hockey till Jo dragged a rail from the
fence, and together they got the child out, more frightened than hurt.

Page 114

"Now then, we must walk her home as fast as we can; pile our things on
her, while I get off these confounded skates," cried Laurie, wrapping his coat
round Amy, and tugging away at the straps, which never seemed so intricate
before.
Shivering, dripping, and crying, they got Amy home; and, after an exciting
time of it, she fell asleep, rolled in blankets, before a hot fire. During the
bustle Jo had scarcely spoken; but flown about, looking pale and wild, with
her things half off, her dress torn, and her hands cut and bruised by ice and
rails, and refractory buckles. When Amy was comfortably asleep, the house
quiet, and Mrs. March sitting by the bed, she called Jo to her, and began to
bind up the hurt hands.
"Are you sure she is safe?" whispered Jo, looking remorsefully at the
golden head, which might have been swept away from her sight forever
under the treacherous ice.
"Quite safe, dear; she is not hurt, and won't even take cold, I think, you
were so sensible in covering and getting her home quickly," replied her
mother cheerfully.

Page 115

"Laurie did it all; I only let her go. Mother, if she should die, it would be
my fault"; and Jo dropped down beside the bed, in a passion of penitent
tears, telling all that had happened, bitterly condemning her hardness of
heart, and sobbing out her gratitude for being spared the heavy punishment
which might have come upon her.
"It's my dreadful temper! I try to cure it; I think I have, and then it breaks
out worse than ever. O mother, what shall I do? what shall I do?" cried poor
Jo, in despair.
"Watch and pray, dear; never get tired of trying; and never think it is
impossible to conquer your fault," said Mrs. March, drawing the blowzy
head to her shoulder, and kissing the wet cheek so tenderly that Jo cried
harder than ever.
"You don't know, you can't guess how bad it is! It seems as if I could do
anything when I'm in a passion; I get so savage, I could hurt any one, and
enjoy it. I'm afraid I shall do something dreadful some day, and spoil my life,
and make everybody hate me. O mother, help me, do help me!"
"I will, my child, I will. Don't cry so bitterly, but remember this day, and
resolve, with all your soul, that you will never know another like it. Jo, dear,
we all have our temptations, some far greater than yours, and it often takes
us all our lives to conquer them. You think your temper is the worst in the
world; but mine used to be just like it."
"Yours, mother? Why, you are never angry!" and, for the moment, Jo
forgot remorse in surprise.
"I've been trying to cure it for forty years, and have only succeeded in
controlling it. I am angry nearly every day of my life, Jo; but I have learned
not to show it; and I still hope to learn not to feel it, though it may take me
another forty years to do so."
The patience and the humility of the face she loved so well was a better
lesson to Jo than the wisest lecture, the sharpest reproof. She felt comforted
at once by the sympathy and confidence given her; the knowledge that her
mother had a fault like hers, and tried to mend it, made her own easier to
bear and strengthened her resolution to cure it; though forty years seemed
rather a long time to watch and pray, to a girl of fifteen.
"Mother, are you angry when you fold your lips tight together, and go out
of the room sometimes, when Aunt March scolds, or people worry you?"
asked Jo, feeling nearer and dearer to her mother than ever before.

Page 116

"Yes, I've learned to check the hasty words that rise to my lips; and when I
feel that they mean to break out against my will, I just go away a minute, and
give myself a little shake, for being so weak and wicked," answered Mrs.
March, with a sigh and a smile, as she smoothed and fastened up Jo's
dishevelled hair.
"How did you learn to keep still? That is what troubles me—for the sharp
words fly out before I know what I'm about; and the more I say the worse I
get, till it's a pleasure to hurt people's feelings, and say dreadful things. Tell
me how you do it, Marmee dear."
"My good mother used to help me—"
"As you do us—" interrupted Jo, with a grateful kiss.
"But I lost her when I was a little older than you are, and for years had to
struggle on alone, for I was too proud to confess my weakness to any one
else. I had a hard time, Jo, and shed a good many bitter tears over my
failures; for, in spite of my efforts, I never seemed to get on. Then your
father came, and I was so happy that I found it easy to be good. But by and
by, when I had four little daughters round me, and we were poor, then the old
trouble began again; for I am not patient by nature, and it tried me very much
to see my children wanting anything."
"Poor mother! what helped you then?"
"Your father, Jo. He never loses patience,—never doubts or complains,—
but always hopes, and works and waits so cheerfully, that one is ashamed to
do otherwise before him. He helped and comforted me, and showed me that I
must try to practise all the virtues I would have my little girls possess, for I
was their example. It was easier to try for your sakes than for my own; a
startled or surprised look from one of you, when I spoke sharply, rebuked me
more than any words could have done; and the love, respect, and confidence
of my children was the sweetest reward I could receive for my efforts to be
the woman I would have them copy."
"O mother, if I'm ever half as good as you, I shall be satisfied," cried Jo,
much touched.
"I hope you will be a great deal better, dear; but you must keep watch over
your 'bosom enemy,' as father calls it, or it may sadden, if not spoil your life.
You have had a warning; remember it, and try with heart and soul to master
this quick temper, before it brings you greater sorrow and regret than you
have known to-day."

Page 117

"I will try, mother; I truly will. But you must help me, remind me, and
keep me from flying out. I used to see father sometimes put his finger on his
lips, and look at you with a very kind, but sober face, and you always folded
your lips tight or went away: was he reminding you then?" asked Jo softly.
"Yes; I asked him to help me so, and he never forgot it, but saved me from
many a sharp word by that little gesture and kind look."
Jo saw that her mother's eyes filled and her lips trembled, as she spoke;
and, fearing that she had said too much, she whispered anxiously, "Was it
wrong to watch you, and to speak of it? I didn't mean to be rude, but it's so
comfortable to say all I think to you, and feel so safe and happy here."
"My Jo, you may say anything to your mother, for it is my greatest
happiness and pride to feel that my girls confide in me, and know how much
I love them."
"I thought I'd grieved you."
"No, dear; but speaking of father reminded me how much I miss him, how
much I owe him, and how faithfully I should watch and work to keep his
little daughters safe and good for him."
"Yet you told him to go, mother, and didn't cry when he went, and never
complain now, or seem as if you needed any help," said Jo, wondering.
"I gave my best to the country I love, and kept my tears till he was gone.
Why should I complain, when we both have merely done our duty and will
surely be the happier for it in the end? If I don't seem to need help, it is
because I have a better friend, even than father, to comfort and sustain me.
My child, the troubles and temptations of your life are beginning, and may
be many; but you can overcome and outlive them all if you learn to feel the
strength and tenderness of your Heavenly Father as you do that of your
earthly one. The more you love and trust Him, the nearer you will feel to
Him, and the less you will depend on human power and wisdom. His love
and care never tire or change, can never be taken from you, but may become
the source of life-long peace, happiness, and strength. Believe this heartily,
and go to God with all your little cares, and hopes, and sins, and sorrows, as
freely and confidingly as you come to your mother."
Jo's only answer was to hold her mother close, and, in the silence which
followed, the sincerest prayer she had ever prayed left her heart without
words; for in that sad, yet happy hour, she had learned not only the bitterness
of remorse and despair, but the sweetness of self-denial and self-control; and,

Page 118

led by her mother's hand, she had drawn nearer to the Friend who welcomes
every child with a love stronger than that of any father, tenderer than that of
any mother.
Amy stirred, and sighed in her sleep; and, as if eager to begin at once to
mend her fault, Jo looked up with an expression on her face which it had
never worn before.
"I let the sun go down on my anger; I wouldn't forgive her, and to-day, if it
hadn't been for Laurie, it might have been too late! How could I be so
wicked?" said Jo, half aloud, as she leaned over her sister, softly stroking the
wet hair scattered on the pillow.
As if she heard, Amy opened her eyes, and held out her arms, with a smile
that went straight to Jo's heart. Neither said a word, but they hugged one
another close, in spite of the blankets, and everything was forgiven and
forgotten in one hearty kiss.

Page 119

IX.
MEG GOES TO VANITY FAIR.
"I do think it was the most fortunate thing in the world that those children
should have the measles just now," said Meg, one April day, as she stood
packing the "go abroady" trunk in her room, surrounded by her sisters.
"And so nice of Annie Moffat not to forget her promise. A whole fortnight
of fun will be regularly splendid," replied Jo, looking like a windmill, as she
folded skirts with her long arms.
"And such lovely weather; I'm so glad of that," added Beth, tidily sorting
neck and hair ribbons in her best box, lent for the great occasion.

Page 120

"I wish I was going to have a fine time, and wear all these nice things,"
said Amy, with her mouth full of pins, as she artistically replenished her
sister's cushion.
"I wish you were all going; but, as you can't, I shall keep my adventures to
tell you when I come back. I'm sure it's the least I can do, when you have
been so kind, lending me things, and helping me get ready," said Meg,
glancing round the room at the very simple outfit, which seemed nearly
perfect in their eyes.
"What did mother give you out of the treasure-box?" asked Amy, who had
not been present at the opening of a certain cedar chest, in which Mrs. March
kept a few relics of past splendor, as gifts for her girls when the proper time
came.
"A pair of silk stockings, that pretty carved fan, and a lovely blue sash. I
wanted the violet silk; but there isn't time to make it over, so I must be
contented with my old tarlatan."
"It will look nicely over my new muslin skirt, and the sash will set it off
beautifully. I wish I hadn't smashed my coral bracelet, for you might have
had it," said Jo, who loved to give and lend, but whose possessions were
usually too dilapidated to be of much use.
"There is a lovely old-fashioned pearl set in the treasure-box; but mother
said real flowers were the prettiest ornament for a young girl, and Laurie
promised to send me all I want," replied Meg. "Now, let me see; there's my
new gray walking-suit—just curl up the feather in my hat, Beth,—then my
poplin, for Sunday, and the small party,—it looks heavy for spring, doesn't
it? The violet silk would be so nice; oh, dear!"
"Never mind; you've got the tarlatan for the big party, and you always
look like an angel in white," said Amy, brooding over the little store of finery
in which her soul delighted.
"It isn't low-necked, and it doesn't sweep enough, but it will have to do.
My blue house-dress looks so well, turned and freshly trimmed, that I feel as
if I'd got a new one. My silk sacque isn't a bit the fashion, and my bonnet
doesn't look like Sallie's; I didn't like to say anything, but I was sadly
disappointed in my umbrella. I told mother black, with a white handle, but
she forgot, and bought a green one, with a yellowish handle. It's strong and
neat, so I ought not to complain, but I know I shall feel ashamed of it beside

Page 121

Annie's silk one with a gold top," sighed Meg, surveying the little umbrella
with great disfavor.
"Change it," advised Jo.
"I won't be so silly, or hurt Marmee's feelings, when she took so much
pains to get my things. It's a nonsensical notion of mine, and I'm not going to
give up to it. My silk stockings and two pairs of new gloves are my comfort.
You are a dear, to lend me yours, Jo. I feel so rich, and sort of elegant, with
two new pairs, and the old ones cleaned up for common;" and Meg took a
refreshing peep at her glove-box.
"Annie Moffat has blue and pink bows on her night-caps; would you put
some on mine?" she asked, as Beth brought up a pile of snowy muslins, fresh
from Hannah's hands.
"No, I wouldn't; for the smart caps won't match the plain gowns, without
any trimming on them. Poor folks shouldn't rig," said Jo decidedly.
"I wonder if I shall ever be happy enough to have real lace on my clothes,
and bows on my caps?" said Meg impatiently.
"You said the other day that you'd be perfectly happy if you could only go
to Annie Moffat's," observed Beth, in her quiet way.
"So I did! Well, I am happy, and I won't fret; but it does seem as if the
more one gets the more one wants, doesn't it? There, now, the trays are
ready, and everything in but my ball-dress, which I shall leave for mother to
pack," said Meg, cheering up, as she glanced from the half-filled trunk to the
many-times pressed and mended white tarlatan, which she called her "ball-
dress," with an important air.
The next day was fine, and Meg departed, in style, for a fortnight of
novelty and pleasure. Mrs. March had consented to the visit rather
reluctantly, fearing that Margaret would come back more discontented than
she went. But she had begged so hard, and Sallie had promised to take good
care of her, and a little pleasure seemed so delightful after a winter of
irksome work, that the mother yielded, and the daughter went to take her
first taste of fashionable life.
The Moffats were very fashionable, and simple Meg was rather daunted,
at first, by the splendor of the house and the elegance of its occupants. But
they were kindly people, in spite of the frivolous life they led, and soon put
their guest at her ease. Perhaps Meg felt, without understanding why, that
they were not particularly cultivated or intelligent people, and that all their

Page 122

gilding could not quite conceal the ordinary material of which they were
made. It certainly was agreeable to fare sumptuously, drive in a fine carriage,
wear her best frock every day, and do nothing but enjoy herself. It suited her
exactly; and soon she began to imitate the manners and conversation of those
about her; to put on little airs and graces, use French phrases, crimp her hair,
take in her dresses, and talk about the fashions as well as she could. The
more she saw of Annie Moffat's pretty things, the more she envied her, and
sighed to be rich. Home now looked bare and dismal as she thought of it,
work grew harder than ever, and she felt that she was a very destitute and
much-injured girl, in spite of the new gloves and silk stockings.
She had not much time for repining, however, for the three young girls
were busily employed in "having a good time." They shopped, walked, rode,
and called all day; went to theatres and operas, or frolicked at home in the
evening; for Annie had many friends, and knew how to entertain them. Her
older sisters were very fine young ladies, and one was engaged, which was
extremely interesting and romantic, Meg thought. Mr. Moffat was a fat, jolly
old gentleman, who knew her father; and Mrs. Moffat, a fat, jolly old lady,
who took as great a fancy to Meg as her daughter had done. Every one petted
her; and "Daisy," as they called her, was in a fair way to have her head
turned.
When the evening for the "small party" came, she found that the poplin
wouldn't do at all, for the other girls were putting on thin dresses, and
making themselves very fine indeed; so out came the tarlatan, looking older,
limper, and shabbier than ever beside Sallie's crisp new one. Meg saw the
girls glance at it and then at one another, and her cheeks began to burn, for,
with all her gentleness, she was very proud. No one said a word about it, but
Sallie offered to dress her hair, and Annie to tie her sash, and Belle, the
engaged sister, praised her white arms; but in their kindness Meg saw only
pity for her poverty, and her heart felt very heavy as she stood by herself,
while the others laughed, chattered, and flew about like gauzy butterflies.
The hard, bitter feeling was getting pretty bad, when the maid brought in a
box of flowers. Before she could speak, Annie had the cover off, and all
were exclaiming at the lovely roses, heath, and fern within.
"It's for Belle, of course; George always sends her some, but these are
altogether ravishing," cried Annie, with a great sniff.
"They are for Miss March, the man said. And here's a note," put in the
maid, holding it to Meg.

Page 123

"What fun! Who are they from? Didn't know you had a lover," cried the
girls, fluttering about Meg in a high state of curiosity and surprise.
"The note is from mother, and the flowers from Laurie," said Meg simply,
yet much gratified that he had not forgotten her.
"Oh, indeed!" said Annie, with a funny look, as Meg slipped the note into
her pocket, as a sort of talisman against envy, vanity, and false pride; for the
few loving words had done her good, and the flowers cheered her up by their
beauty.
Feeling almost happy again, she laid by a few ferns and roses for herself,
and quickly made up the rest in dainty bouquets for the breasts, hair, or skirts
of her friends, offering them so prettily that Clara, the elder sister, told her
she was "the sweetest little thing she ever saw;" and they looked quite
charmed with her small attention. Somehow the kind act finished her
despondency; and when all the rest went to show themselves to Mrs. Moffat,
she saw a happy, bright-eyed face in the mirror, as she laid her ferns against
her rippling hair, and fastened the roses in the dress that didn't strike her as
so very shabby now.
She enjoyed herself very much that evening, for she danced to her heart's
content; every one was very kind, and she had three compliments. Annie
made her sing, and some one said she had a remarkably fine voice; Major
Lincoln asked who "the fresh little girl, with the beautiful eyes," was; and
Mr. Moffat insisted on dancing with her, because she "didn't dawdle, but had
some spring in her," as he gracefully expressed it. So, altogether, she had a
very nice time, till she overheard a bit of a conversation, which disturbed her
extremely. She was sitting just inside the conservatory, waiting for her
partner to bring her an ice, when she heard a voice ask, on the other side of
the flowery wall,—
"How old is he?"
"Sixteen or seventeen, I should say," replied another voice.
"It would be a grand thing for one of those girls, wouldn't it? Sallie says
they are very intimate now, and the old man quite dotes on them."
"Mrs M. has made her plans, I dare say, and will play her cards well, early
as it is. The girl evidently doesn't think of it yet," said Mrs. Moffat.
"She told that fib about her mamma, as if she did know, and colored up
when the flowers came, quite prettily. Poor thing! she'd be so nice if she was

Page 124

only got up in style. Do you think she'd be offended if we offered to lend her
a dress for Thursday?" asked another voice.
"She's proud, but I don't believe she'd mind, for that dowdy tarlatan is all
she has got. She may tear it to-night, and that will be a good excuse for
offering a decent one."
"We'll see. I shall ask young Laurence, as a compliment to her, and we'll
have fun about it afterward."

Here Meg's partner appeared, to find her looking much flushed and rather
agitated. She was proud, and her pride was useful just then, for it helped her
hide her mortification, anger, and disgust at what she had just heard; for,
innocent and unsuspicious as she was, she could not help understanding the
gossip of her friends. She tried to forget it, but could not, and kept repeating
to herself, "Mrs. M. has made her plans," "that fib about her mamma," and
"dowdy tarlatan," till she was ready to cry, and rush home to tell her troubles
and ask for advice. As that was impossible, she did her best to seem gay;
and, being rather excited, she succeeded so well that no one dreamed what
an effort she was making. She was very glad when it was all over, and she
was quiet in her bed, where she could think and wonder and fume till her
head ached and her hot cheeks were cooled by a few natural tears. Those

Page 125

foolish, yet well-meant words, had opened a new world to Meg, and much
disturbed the peace of the old one, in which, till now, she had lived as
happily as a child. Her innocent friendship with Laurie was spoilt by the silly
speeches she had overheard; her faith in her mother was a little shaken by the
worldly plans attributed to her by Mrs. Moffat, who judged others by herself;
and the sensible resolution to be contented with the simple wardrobe which
suited a poor man's daughter, was weakened by the unnecessary pity of girls
who thought a shabby dress one of the greatest calamities under heaven.
Poor Meg had a restless night, and got up heavy-eyed, unhappy, half
resentful toward her friends, and half ashamed of herself for not speaking out
frankly, and setting everything right. Everybody dawdled that morning, and
it was noon before the girls found energy enough even to take up their
worsted work. Something in the manner of her friends struck Meg at once;
they treated her with more respect, she thought; took quite a tender interest
in what she said, and looked at her with eyes that plainly betrayed curiosity.
All this surprised and flattered her, though she did not understand it till Miss
Belle looked up from her writing, and said, with a sentimental air,—
"Daisy, dear, I've sent an invitation to your friend, Mr. Laurence, for
Thursday. We should like to know him, and it's only a proper compliment to
you."
Meg colored, but a mischievous fancy to tease the girls made her reply
demurely,—
"You are very kind, but I'm afraid he won't come."
"Why not, chérie?" asked Miss Belle.
"He's too old."
"My child, what do you mean? What is his age, I beg to know!" cried Miss
Clara.
"Nearly seventy, I believe," answered Meg, counting stitches, to hide the
merriment in her eyes.
"You sly creature! Of course we meant the young man," exclaimed Miss
Belle, laughing.
"There isn't any; Laurie is only a little boy," and Meg laughed also at the
queer look which the sisters exchanged as she thus described her supposed
lover.
"About your age," Nan said.

Page 126

"Nearer my sister Jo's; I am seventeen in August," returned Meg, tossing
her head.
"It's very nice of him to send you flowers, isn't it?" said Annie, looking
wise about nothing.
"Yes, he often does, to all of us; for their house is full, and we are so fond
of them. My mother and old Mr. Laurence are friends, you know, so it is
quite natural that we children should play together;" and Meg hoped they
would say no more.
"It's evident Daisy isn't out yet," said Miss Clara to Belle, with a nod.
"Quite a pastoral state of innocence all round," returned Miss Belle, with a
shrug.
"I'm going out to get some little matters for my girls; can I do anything for
you, young ladies?" asked Mrs. Moffat, lumbering in, like an elephant, in
silk and lace.
"No, thank you, ma'am," replied Sallie. "I've got my new pink silk for
Thursday, and don't want a thing."
"Nor I,—" began Meg, but stopped, because it occurred to her that she did
want several things, and could not have them.
"What shall you wear?" asked Sallie.
"My old white one again, if I can mend it fit to be seen; it got sadly torn
last night," said Meg, trying to speak quite easily, but feeling very
uncomfortable.
"Why don't you send home for another?" said Sallie, who was not an
observing young lady.
"I haven't got any other." It cost Meg an effort to say that, but Sallie did
not see it, and exclaimed, in amiable surprise,—
"Only that? How funny—" She did not finish her speech, for Belle shook
her head at her, and broke in, saying kindly,—
"Not at all; where is the use of having a lot of dresses when she isn't out?
There's no need of sending home, Daisy, even if you had a dozen, for I've got
a sweet blue silk laid away, which I've outgrown, and you shall wear it, to
please me, won't you, dear?"
"You are very kind, but I don't mind my old dress, if you don't; it does
well enough for a little girl like me," said Meg.

Page 127

"Now do let me please myself by dressing you up in style. I admire to do
it, and you'd be a regular little beauty, with a touch here and there. I sha'n't
let any one see you till you are done, and then we'll burst upon them like
Cinderella and her godmother, going to the ball," said Belle, in her
persuasive tone.
Meg couldn't refuse the offer so kindly made, for a desire to see if she
would be "a little beauty" after touching up, caused her to accept, and forget
all her former uncomfortable feelings towards the Moffats.
On the Thursday evening, Belle shut herself up with her maid; and,
between them, they turned Meg into a fine lady. They crimped and curled her
hair, they polished her neck and arms with some fragrant powder, touched
her lips with coralline salve, to make them redder, and Hortense would have
added "a soupçon of rouge," if Meg had not rebelled. They laced her into a
sky-blue dress, which was so tight she could hardly breathe, and so low in
the neck that modest Meg blushed at herself in the mirror. A set of silver
filagree was added, bracelets, necklace, brooch, and even ear-rings, for
Hortense tied them on, with a bit of pink silk, which did not show. A cluster
of tea-rosebuds at the bosom, and a ruche, reconciled Meg to the display of
her pretty white shoulders, and a pair of high-heeled blue silk boots satisfied
the last wish of her heart. A laced handkerchief, a plumy fan, and a bouquet
in a silver holder finished her off; and Miss Belle surveyed her with the
satisfaction of a little girl with a newly dressed doll.
"Mademoiselle is charmante, très jolie, is she not?" cried Hortense,
clasping her hands in an affected rapture.
"Come and show yourself," said Miss Belle, leading the way to the room
where the others were waiting.
As Meg went rustling after, with her long skirts trailing, her ear-rings
tinkling, her curls waving, and her heart beating, she felt as if her "fun" had
really begun at last, for the mirror had plainly told her that she was "a little
beauty." Her friends repeated the pleasing phrase enthusiastically; and, for
several minutes, she stood, like the jackdaw in the fable, enjoying her
borrowed plumes, while the rest chattered like a party of magpies.
"While I dress, do you drill her, Nan, in the management of her skirt, and
those French heels, or she will trip herself up. Take your silver butterfly, and
catch up that long curl on the left side of her head, Clara, and don't any of

Page 128

you disturb the charming work of my hands," said Belle, as she hurried
away, looking well pleased with her success.
"I'm afraid to go down, I feel so queer and stiff and half-dressed," said
Meg to Sallie, as the bell rang, and Mrs. Moffat sent to ask the young ladies
to appear at once.
"You don't look a bit like yourself, but you are very nice. I'm nowhere
beside you, for Belle has heaps of taste, and you're quite French, I assure
you. Let your flowers hang; don't be so careful of them, and be sure you
don't trip," returned Sallie, trying not to care that Meg was prettier than
herself.

Keeping that warning carefully in mind, Margaret got safely down stairs,
and sailed into the drawing-rooms, where the Moffats and a few early guests
were assembled. She very soon discovered that there is a charm about fine
clothes which attracts a certain class of people, and secures their respect.
Several young ladies, who had taken no notice of her before, were very
affectionate all of a sudden; several young gentlemen, who had only stared at
her at the other party, now not only stared, but asked to be introduced, and
said all manner of foolish but agreeable things to her; and several old ladies,

Page 129

who sat on sofas, and criticised the rest of the party, inquired who she was,
with an air of interest. She heard Mrs. Moffat reply to one of them,—
"Daisy March—father a colonel in the army—one of our first families, but
reverses of fortune, you know; intimate friends of the Laurences; sweet
creature, I assure you; my Ned is quite wild about her."
"Dear me!" said the old lady, putting up her glass for another observation
of Meg, who tried to look as if she had not heard, and been rather shocked at
Mrs. Moffat's fibs.
The "queer feeling" did not pass away, but she imagined herself acting the
new part of fine lady, and so got on pretty well, though the tight dress gave
her a side-ache, the train kept getting under her feet, and she was in constant
fear lest her ear-rings should fly off, and get lost or broken. She was flirting
her fan and laughing at the feeble jokes of a young gentleman who tried to
be witty, when she suddenly stopped laughing and looked confused; for, just
opposite, she saw Laurie. He was staring at her with undisguised surprise,
and disapproval also, she thought; for, though he bowed and smiled, yet
something in his honest eyes made her blush, and wish she had her old dress
on. To complete her confusion, she saw Belle nudge Annie, and both glance
from her to Laurie, who, she was happy to see, looked unusually boyish and
shy.
"Silly creatures, to put such thoughts into my head! I won't care for it, or
let it change me a bit," thought Meg, and rustled across the room to shake
hands with her friend.
"I'm glad you came, I was afraid you wouldn't," she said, with her most
grown-up air.
"Jo wanted me to come, and tell her how you looked, so I did;" answered
Laurie, without turning his eyes upon her, though he half smiled at her
maternal tone.
"What shall you tell her?" asked Meg, full of curiosity to know his opinion
of her, yet feeling ill at ease with him, for the first time.
"I shall say I didn't know you; for you look so grown-up, and unlike
yourself, I'm quite afraid of you," he said, fumbling at his glove-button.
"How absurd of you! The girls dressed me up for fun, and I rather like it.
Wouldn't Jo stare if she saw me?" said Meg, bent on making him say
whether he thought her improved or not.

Page 130

"Yes, I think she would," returned Laurie gravely.
"Don't you like me so?" asked Meg.
"No, I don't," was the blunt reply.
"Why not?" in an anxious tone.
He glanced at her frizzled head, bare shoulders, and fantastically trimmed
dress, with an expression that abashed her more than his answer, which had
not a particle of his usual politeness about it.
"I don't like fuss and feathers."
That was altogether too much from a lad younger than herself; and Meg
walked away, saying petulantly,—
"You are the rudest boy I ever saw."
Feeling very much ruffled, she went and stood at a quiet window, to cool
her cheeks, for the tight dress gave her an uncomfortably brilliant color. As
she stood there, Major Lincoln passed by; and, a minute after, she heard him
saying to his mother,—
"They are making a fool of that little girl; I wanted you to see her, but they
have spoilt her entirely; she's nothing but a doll, to-night."
"Oh, dear!" sighed Meg; "I wish I'd been sensible, and worn my own
things; then I should not have disgusted other people, or felt so
uncomfortable and ashamed myself."
She leaned her forehead on the cool pane, and stood half hidden by the
curtains, never minding that her favorite waltz had begun, till some one
touched her; and, turning, she saw Laurie, looking penitent, as he said, with
his very best bow, and his hand out,—
"Please forgive my rudeness, and come and dance with me."
"I'm afraid it will be too disagreeable to you," said Meg, trying to look
offended, and failing entirely.
"Not a bit of it; I'm dying to do it. Come, I'll be good; I don't like your
gown, but I do think you are—just splendid;" and he waved his hands, as if
words failed to express his admiration.
Meg smiled and relented, and whispered, as they stood waiting to catch
the time,—
"Take care my skirt don't trip you up; it's the plague of my life, and I was a
goose to wear it."

Page 131

"Pin it round your neck, and then it will be useful," said Laurie, looking
down at the little blue boots, which he evidently approved of.
Away they went, fleetly and gracefully; for, having practised at home, they
were well matched, and the blithe young couple were a pleasant sight to see,
as they twirled merrily round and round, feeling more friendly than ever
after their small tiff.
"Laurie, I want you to do me a favor; will you?" said Meg, as he stood
fanning her, when her breath gave out, which it did very soon, though she
would not own why.
"Won't I!" said Laurie, with alacrity.
"Please don't tell them at home about my dress to-night. They won't
understand the joke, and it will worry mother."
"Then why did you do it?" said Laurie's eyes, so plainly that Meg hastily
added,—
"I shall tell them, myself, all about it, and ''fess' to mother how silly I've
been. But I'd rather do it myself; so you'll not tell, will you?"
"I give you my word I won't; only what shall I say when they ask me?"
"Just say I looked pretty well, and was having a good time."
"I'll say the first, with all my heart; but how about the other? You don't
look as if you were having a good time; are you?" and Laurie looked at her
with an expression which made her answer, in a whisper,—
"No; not just now. Don't think I'm horrid; I only wanted a little fun, but
this sort doesn't pay, I find, and I'm getting tired of it."
"Here comes Ned Moffat; what does he want?" said Laurie, knitting his
black brows, as if he did not regard his young host in the light of a pleasant
addition to the party.
"He put his name down for three dances, and I suppose he's coming for
them. What a bore!" said Meg, assuming a languid air, which amused Laurie
immensely.
He did not speak to her again till supper-time, when he saw her drinking
champagne with Ned and his friend Fisher, who were behaving "like a pair
of fools," as Laurie said to himself, for he felt a brotherly sort of right to
watch over the Marches, and fight their battles whenever a defender was
needed.

Page 132

"You'll have a splitting headache to-morrow, if you drink much of that. I
wouldn't Meg; your mother doesn't like it, you know," he whispered, leaning
over her chair, as Ned turned to refill her glass, and Fisher stooped to pick up
her fan.
"I'm not Meg, to-night; I'm 'a doll,' who does all sorts of crazy things. To-
morrow I shall put away my 'fuss and feathers,' and be desperately good
again," she answered, with an affected little laugh.
"Wish to-morrow was here, then," muttered Laurie, walking off, ill-
pleased at the change he saw in her.
Meg danced and flirted, chattered and giggled, as the other girls did; after
supper she undertook the German, and blundered through it, nearly upsetting
her partner with her long skirt, and romping in a way that scandalized
Laurie, who looked on and meditated a lecture. But he got no chance to
deliver it, for Meg kept away from him till he came to say good-night.
"Remember!" she said, trying to smile, for the splitting headache had
already begun.

Page 133

"Silence à la mort," replied Laurie, with a melodramatic flourish, as he
went away.
This little bit of by-play excited Annie's curiosity; but Meg was too tired
for gossip, and went to bed, feeling as if she had been to a masquerade, and
hadn't enjoyed herself as much as she expected. She was sick all the next
day, and on Saturday went home, quite used up with her fortnight's fun, and
feeling that she had "sat in the lap of luxury" long enough.
"It does seem pleasant to be quiet, and not have company manners on all
the time. Home is a nice place, though it isn't splendid," said Meg, looking
about her with a restful expression, as she sat with her mother and Jo on the
Sunday evening.
"I'm glad to hear you say so, dear, for I was afraid home would seem dull
and poor to you, after your fine quarters," replied her mother, who had given
her many anxious looks that day; for motherly eyes are quick to see any
change in children's faces.
Meg had told her adventures gayly, and said over and over what a
charming time she had had; but something still seemed to weigh upon her
spirits, and, when the younger girls were gone to bed, she sat thoughtfully
staring at the fire, saying little, and looking worried. As the clock struck
nine, and Jo proposed bed, Meg suddenly left her chair, and, taking Beth's
stool, leaned her elbows on her mother's knee, saying bravely,—
"Marmee, I want to ''fess.'"
"I thought so; what is it, dear?"
"Shall I go away?" asked Jo discreetly.
"Of course not; don't I always tell you everything? I was ashamed to speak
of it before the children, but I want you to know all the dreadful things I did
at the Moffat's."
"We are prepared," said Mrs. March, smiling, but looking a little anxious.
"I told you they dressed me up, but I didn't tell you that they powdered
and squeezed and frizzled, and made me look like a fashion-plate. Laurie
thought I wasn't proper; I know he did, though he didn't say so, and one man
called me 'a doll.' I knew it was silly, but they flattered me, and said I was a
beauty, and quantities of nonsense, so I let them make a fool of me."
"Is that all?" asked Jo, as Mrs. March looked silently at the downcast face
of her pretty daughter, and could not find it in her heart to blame her little

Page 134

follies.
"No; I drank champagne and romped and tried to flirt, and was altogether
abominable," said Meg self-reproachfully.
"There is something more, I think;" and Mrs. March smoothed the soft
cheek, which suddenly grew rosy, as Meg answered slowly,—
"Yes; it's very silly, but I want to tell it, because I hate to have people say
and think such things about us and Laurie."
Then she told the various bits of gossip she had heard at the Moffats; and,
as she spoke, Jo saw her mother fold her lips tightly, as if ill pleased that
such ideas should be put into Meg's innocent mind.
"Well, if that isn't the greatest rubbish I ever heard," cried Jo indignantly.
"Why didn't you pop out and tell them so, on the spot?"
"I couldn't, it was so embarrassing for me. I couldn't help hearing, at first,
and then I was so angry and ashamed, I didn't remember that I ought to go
away."
"Just wait till I see Annie Moffat, and I'll show you how to settle such
ridiculous stuff. The idea of having 'plans,' and being kind to Laurie, because
he's rich, and may marry us by and by! Won't he shout, when I tell him what
those silly things say about us poor children?" and Jo laughed, as if, on
second thoughts, the thing struck her as a good joke.
"If you tell Laurie, I'll never forgive you! She mustn't, must she, mother?"
said Meg, looking distressed.
"No; never repeat that foolish gossip, and forget it as soon as you can,"
said Mrs. March gravely. "I was very unwise to let you go among people of
whom I know so little,—kind, I dare say, but worldly, ill-bred, and full of
these vulgar ideas about young people. I am more sorry than I can express
for the mischief this visit may have done you, Meg."
"Don't be sorry, I won't let it hurt me; I'll forget all the bad, and remember
only the good; for I did enjoy a great deal, and thank you very much for
letting me go. I'll not be sentimental or dissatisfied, mother; I know I'm a
silly little girl, and I'll stay with you till I'm fit to take care of myself. But it
is nice to be praised and admired, and I can't help saying I like it," said Meg,
looking half ashamed of the confession.
"That is perfectly natural, and quite harmless, if the liking does not
become a passion, and lead one to do foolish or unmaidenly things. Learn to

Page 135

know and value the praise which is worth having, and to excite the
admiration of excellent people by being modest as well as pretty, Meg."
Margaret sat thinking a moment, while Jo stood with her hands behind
her, looking both interested and a little perplexed; for it was a new thing to
see Meg blushing and talking about admiration, lovers, and things of that
sort; and Jo felt as if, during that fortnight, her sister had grown up
amazingly, and was drifting away from her into a world where she could not
follow.
"Mother, do you have 'plans,' as Mrs. Moffat said?" asked Meg bashfully.
"Yes, my dear, I have a great many; all mothers do, but mine differ
somewhat from Mrs. Moffat's, I suspect. I will tell you some of them, for the
time has come when a word may set this romantic little head and heart of
yours right, on a very serious subject. You are young, Meg, but not too
young to understand me; and mothers' lips are the fittest to speak of such
things to girls like you. Jo, your turn will come in time, perhaps, so listen to
my 'plans,' and help me carry them out, if they are good."
Jo went and sat on one arm of the chair, looking as if she thought they
were about to join in some very solemn affair. Holding a hand of each, and
watching the two young faces wistfully, Mrs. March said, in her serious yet
cheery way,—

Page 136

"I want my daughters to be beautiful, accomplished, and good; to be
admired, loved, and respected; to have a happy youth, to be well and wisely
married, and to lead useful, pleasant lives, with as little care and sorrow to
try them as God sees fit to send. To be loved and chosen by a good man is
the best and sweetest thing which can happen to a woman; and I sincerely
hope my girls may know this beautiful experience. It is natural to think of it,
Meg; right to hope and wait for it, and wise to prepare for it; so that, when
the happy time comes, you may feel ready for the duties and worthy of the
joy. My dear girls, I am ambitious for you, but not to have you make a dash
in the world,—marry rich men merely because they are rich, or have
splendid houses, which are not homes because love is wanting. Money is a
needful and precious thing,—and, when well used, a noble thing,—but I
never want you to think it is the first or only prize to strive for. I'd rather see
you poor men's wives, if you were happy, beloved, contented, than queens
on thrones, without self-respect and peace."
"Poor girls don't stand any chance, Belle says, unless they put themselves
forward," sighed Meg.
"Then we'll be old maids," said Jo stoutly.

Page 137

"Right, Jo; better be happy old maids than unhappy wives, or unmaidenly
girls, running about to find husbands," said Mrs. March decidedly. "Don't be
troubled, Meg; poverty seldom daunts a sincere lover. Some of the best and
most honored women I know were poor girls, but so love-worthy that they
were not allowed to be old maids. Leave these things to time; make this
home happy, so that you may be fit for homes of your own, if they are
offered you, and contented here if they are not. One thing remember, my
girls: mother is always ready to be your confidant, father to be your friend;
and both of us trust and hope that our daughters, whether married or single,
will be the pride and comfort of our lives."
"We will, Marmee, we will!" cried both, with all their hearts, as she bade
them good-night.

Page 138

X.
THE P. C. AND P. O.
As spring came on, a new set of amusements became the fashion, and the
lengthening days gave long afternoons for work and play of all sorts. The
garden had to be put in order, and each sister had a quarter of the little plot to
do what she liked with. Hannah used to say, "I'd know which each of them
gardings belonged to, ef I see 'em in Chiny;" and so she might, for the girls'
tastes differed as much as their characters. Meg's had roses and heliotrope,
myrtle, and a little orange-tree in it. Jo's bed was never alike two seasons, for
she was always trying experiments; this year it was to be a plantation of sun-
flowers, the seeds of which cheerful and aspiring plant were to feed "Aunt
Cockle-top" and her family of chicks. Beth had old-fashioned, fragrant
flowers in her garden,—sweet peas and mignonette, larkspur, pinks, pansies,
and southernwood, with chickweed for the bird, and catnip for the pussies.
Amy had a bower in hers,—rather small and earwiggy, but very pretty to
look at,—with honeysuckles and morning-glories hanging their colored
horns and bells in graceful wreaths all over it; tall, white lilies, delicate ferns,
and as many brilliant, picturesque plants as would consent to blossom there.
Gardening, walks, rows on the river, and flower-hunts employed the fine
days; and for rainy ones, they had house diversions,—some old, some new,
—all more or less original. One of these was the "P. C."; for, as secret
societies were the fashion, it was thought proper to have one; and, as all of
the girls admired Dickens, they called themselves the Pickwick Club. With a
few interruptions, they had kept this up for a year, and met every Saturday
evening in the big garret, on which occasions the ceremonies were as
follows: Three chairs were arranged in a row before a table, on which was a
lamp, also four white badges, with a big "P. C." in different colors on each,
and the weekly newspaper, called "The Pickwick Portfolio," to which all
contributed something; while Jo, who revelled in pens and ink, was the
editor. At seven o'clock, the four members ascended to the club-room, tied

Page 139

On one occasion, Mr. Pickwick put on a pair of spectacles without any
glasses, rapped upon the table, hemmed, and, having stared hard at Mr.
Snodgrass, who was tilting back in his chair, till he arranged himself
properly, began to read:—

"The Pickwick Portfolio."
MAY 20, 18—

Poet's Corner.
ANNIVERSARY ODE.

Page 140

Again we meet to celebrate
With badge and solemn rite,
Our fifty-second anniversary,
In Pickwick Hall, to-night.

We all are here in perfect health,
None gone from our small band;
Again we see each well-known face,
And press each friendly hand.

Our Pickwick, always at his post,
With reverence we greet,
As, spectacles on nose, he reads
Our well-filled weekly sheet.

Although he suffers from a cold,
We joy to hear him speak,
For words of wisdom from him fall,
In spite of croak or squeak.

Old six-foot Snodgrass looms on high,
With elephantine grace,
And beams upon the company,
With brown and jovial face.

Poetic fire lights up his eye,
He struggles 'gainst his lot.
Behold ambition on his brow,
And on his nose a blot!

Next our peaceful Tupman comes,
So rosy, plump, and sweet.
Who chokes with laughter at the puns,
And tumbles off his seat.

Prim little Winkle too is here,
With every hair in place,
A model of propriety,

Page 141

Though he hates to wash his face.

The year is gone, we still unite
To joke and laugh and read,
And tread the path of literature
That doth to glory lead.

Long may our paper prosper well,
Our club unbroken be,
And coming years their blessings pour
On the useful, gay "P. C."
A. Snodgrass.

THE MASKED MARRIAGE.
A TALE OF VENICE.

Gondola after gondola swept up to the marble steps, and left its lovely load
to swell the brilliant throng that filled the stately halls of Count de Adelon.
Knights and ladies, elves and pages, monks and flower-girls, all mingled
gayly in the dance. Sweet voices and rich melody filled the air; and so with
mirth and music the masquerade went on.
"Has your Highness seen the Lady Viola to-night?" asked a gallant
troubadour of the fairy queen who floated down the hall upon his arm.
"Yes; is she not lovely, though so sad! Her dress is well chosen, too, for in
a week she weds Count Antonio, whom she passionately hates."
"By my faith, I envy him. Yonder he comes, arrayed like a bridegroom,
except the black mask. When that is off we shall see how he regards the fair
maid whose heart he cannot win, though her stern father bestows her hand,"
returned the troubadour.
"'Tis whispered that she loves the young English artist who haunts her
steps, and is spurned by the old count," said the lady, as they joined the
dance.

Page 142

The revel was at its height when a priest appeared, and, withdrawing the
young pair to an alcove hung with purple velvet, he motioned them to kneel.
Instant silence fell upon the gay throng; and not a sound, but the dash of
fountains or the rustle of orange-groves sleeping in the moonlight, broke the
hush, as Count de Adelon spoke thus:—
"My lords and ladies, pardon the ruse by which I have gathered you here to
witness the marriage of my daughter. Father, we wait your services."
All eyes turned toward the bridal party, and a low murmur of amazement
went through the throng, for neither bride nor groom removed their masks.
Curiosity and wonder possessed all hearts, but respect restrained all tongues
till the holy rite was over. Then the eager spectators gathered round the count,
demanding an explanation.
"Gladly would I give it if I could; but I only know that it was the whim of
my timid Viola, and I yielded to it. Now, my children, let the play end.
Unmask, and receive my blessing."
But neither bent the knee; for the young bridegroom replied, in a tone that
startled all listeners, as the mask fell, disclosing the noble face of Ferdinand
Devereux, the artist lover; and, leaning on the breast where now flashed the
star of an English earl, was the lovely Viola, radiant with joy and beauty.
"My lord, you scornfully bade me claim your daughter when I could boast
as high a name and vast a fortune as the Count Antonio. I can do more; for
even your ambitious soul cannot refuse the Earl of Devereux and De Vere,
when he gives his ancient name and boundless wealth in return for the
beloved hand of this fair lady, now my wife."
The count stood like one changed to stone; and, turning to the bewildered
crowd, Ferdinand added, with a gay smile of triumph, "To you, my gallant
friends, I can only wish that your wooing may prosper as mine has done; and
that you may all win as fair a bride as I have, by this masked marriage."
S. Pickwick.

Why is the P. C. like the Tower of Babel? It is full of unruly members.

Page 143

THE HISTORY OF A SQUASH.

Once upon a time a farmer planted a little seed in his garden, and after a
while it sprouted and became a vine, and bore many squashes. One day in
October, when they were ripe, he picked one and took it to market. A grocer-
man bought and put it in his shop. That same morning, a little girl, in a brown
hat and blue dress, with a round face and snub nose, went and bought it for
her mother. She lugged it home, cut it up, and boiled it in the big pot; mashed
some of it, with salt and butter, for dinner; and to the rest she added a pint of
milk, two eggs, four spoons of sugar, nutmeg, and some crackers; put it in a
deep dish, and baked it till it was brown and nice; and next day it was eaten
by a family named March.
T. Tupman.

Mr. Pickwick, Sir:—
I address you upon the subject of sin the sinner I mean is a man named
Winkle who makes trouble in his club by laughing and sometimes won't write
his piece in this fine paper I hope you will pardon his badness and let him
send a French fable because he can't write out of his head as he has so many
lessons to do and no brains in future I will try to take time by the fetlock and
prepare some work which will be all commy la fo that means all right I am in
haste as it is nearly school time
Yours respectably,
N. Winkle.
[The above is a manly and handsome acknowledgment of past
misdemeanors. If our young friend studied punctuation, it would be well.]

A SAD ACCIDENT.

Page 144

On Friday last, we were startled by a violent shock in our basement,
followed by cries of distress. On rushing, in a body, to the cellar, we
discovered our beloved President prostrate upon the floor, having tripped and
fallen while getting wood for domestic purposes. A perfect scene of ruin met
our eyes; for in his fall Mr. Pickwick had plunged his head and shoulders into
a tub of water, upset a keg of soft soap upon his manly form, and torn his
garments badly. On being removed from this perilous situation, it was
discovered that he had suffered no injury but several bruises; and, we are
happy to add, is now doing well.
Ed.

THE PUBLIC BEREAVEMENT.

It is our painful duty to record the sudden and
mysterious disappearance of our cherished friend,
Mrs. Snowball Pat Paw. This lovely and beloved
cat was the pet of a large circle of warm and
admiring friends; for her beauty attracted all eyes,
her graces and virtues endeared her to all hearts,
and her loss is deeply felt by the whole
community.
When last seen, she was sitting at the gate,
watching the butcher's cart; and it is feared that
some villain, tempted by her charms, basely stole
her. Weeks have passed, but no trace of her has
been discovered; and we relinquish all hope, tie a
black ribbon to her basket, set aside her dish, and
weep for her as one lost to us forever.

Page 145

A sympathizing friend sends the following gem:—
A LAMENT
FOR S. B. PAT PAW.

We mourn the loss of our little pet,
And sigh o'er her hapless fate,
For never more by the fire she'll sit,
Nor play by the old green gate.

The little grave where her infant sleeps,
Is 'neath the chestnut tree;
But o'er her grave we may not weep,
We know not where it may be.

Her empty bed, her idle ball,
Will never see her more;
No gentle tap, no loving purr
Is heard at the parlor-door.

Another cat comes after her mice,
A cat with a dirty face;
But she does not hunt as our darling did,
Nor play with her airy grace.

Her stealthy paws tread the very hall
Where Snowball used to play,
But she only spits at the dogs our pet
So gallantly drove away.

She is useful and mild, and does her best,
But she is not fair to see;
And we cannot give her your place, dear,
Nor worship her as we worship thee.
A. S.
ADVERTISEMENTS.

Page 146

Miss Oranthy Bluggage, the accomplished Strong-Minded Lecturer, will
deliver her famous Lecture on "Woman and Her Position," at Pickwick Hall,
next Saturday Evening, after the usual performances.
A Weekly Meeting will be held at Kitchen Place, to teach young ladies
how to cook. Hannah Brown will preside; and all are invited to attend.
The Dustpan Society will meet on Wednesday next, and parade in the
upper story of the Club House. All members to appear in uniform and
shoulder their brooms at nine precisely.
Mrs. Beth Bouncer will open her new assortment of Doll's Millinery next
week. The latest Paris Fashions have arrived, and orders are respectfully
solicited.
A New Play will appear at the Barnville Theatre, in the course of a few
weeks, which will surpass anything ever seen on the American stage. "The
Greek Slave, or Constantine the Avenger," is the name of this thrilling
drama!!!
HINTS.
If S. P. didn't use so much soap on his hands, he wouldn't always be late at
breakfast. A. S. is requested not to whistle in the street. T. T. please don't
forget Amy's napkin. N. W. must not fret because his dress has not nine tucks.

WEEKLY REPORT.
Meg—Good.
Jo—Bad.
Beth—Very good.
Amy—Middling.

Page 147

As the President finished reading the paper (which I beg leave to assure
my readers is a bona fide copy of one written by bona fide girls once upon a
time), a round of applause followed, and then Mr. Snodgrass rose to make a
proposition.
"Mr. President and gentlemen," he began, assuming a parliamentary
attitude and tone, "I wish to propose the admission of a new member,—one
who highly deserves the honor, would be deeply grateful for it, and would
add immensely to the spirit of the club, the literary value of the paper, and be
no end jolly and nice. I propose Mr. Theodore Laurence as an honorary
member of the P. C. Come now, do have him."
Jo's sudden change of tone made the girls laugh; but all looked rather
anxious, and no one said a word, as Snodgrass took his seat.
"We'll put it to vote," said the President. "All in favor of this motion please
to manifest it by saying 'Ay.'"
A loud response from Snodgrass, followed, to everybody's surprise, by a
timid one from Beth.
"Contrary minded say 'No.'"
Meg and Amy were contrary minded; and Mr. Winkle rose to say, with
great elegance, "We don't wish any boys; they only joke and bounce about.
This is a ladies' club, and we wish to be private and proper."
"I'm afraid he'll laugh at our paper, and make fun of us afterward,"
observed Pickwick, pulling the little curl on her forehead, as she always did
when doubtful.
Up rose Snodgrass, very much in earnest. "Sir, I give you my word as a
gentleman, Laurie won't do anything of the sort. He likes to write, and he'll
give a tone to our contributions, and keep us from being sentimental, don't
you see? We can do so little for him, and he does so much for us, I think the
least we can do is to offer him a place here, and make him welcome if he
comes."
This artful allusion to benefits conferred brought Tupman to his feet,
looking as if he had quite made up his mind.
"Yes, we ought to do it, even if we are afraid. I say he may come, and his
grandpa, too, if he likes."
This spirited burst from Beth electrified the club, and Jo left her seat to
shake hands approvingly. "Now then, vote again. Everybody remember it's

Page 148

our Laurie, and say 'Ay!'" cried Snodgrass excitedly.
"Ay! ay! ay!" replied three voices at once.
"Good! Bless you! Now, as there's nothing like 'taking time by the fetlock,'
as Winkle characteristically observes, allow me to present the new member;"
and, to the dismay of the rest of the club, Jo threw open the door of the
closet, and displayed Laurie sitting on a rag-bag, flushed and twinkling with
suppressed laughter.

"You rogue! you traitor! Jo, how could you?" cried the three girls, as
Snodgrass led her friend triumphantly forth; and, producing both a chair and
a badge, installed him in a jiffy.
"The coolness of you two rascals is amazing," began Mr. Pickwick, trying
to get up an awful frown, and only succeeding in producing an amiable smile.
But the new member was equal to the occasion; and, rising, with a grateful
salutation to the Chair, said, in the most engaging manner, "Mr. President and

Page 149

ladies,—I beg pardon, gentlemen,—allow me to introduce myself as Sam
Weller, the very humble servant of the club."
"Good! good!" cried Jo, pounding with the handle of the old warming-pan
on which she leaned.
"My faithful friend and noble patron," continued Laurie, with a wave of
the hand, "who has so flatteringly presented me, is not to be blamed for the
base stratagem of to-night. I planned it, and she only gave in after lots of
teasing."
"Come now, don't lay it all on yourself; you know I proposed the
cupboard," broke in Snodgrass, who was enjoying the joke amazingly.
"Never you mind what she says. I'm the wretch that did it, sir," said the
new member, with a Welleresque nod to Mr. Pickwick. "But on my honor, I
never will do so again, and henceforth dewote myself to the interest of this
immortal club."
"Hear! hear!" cried Jo, clashing the lid of the warming-pan like a cymbal.
"Go on, go on!" added Winkle and Tupman, while the President bowed
benignly.
"I merely wish to say, that as a slight token of my gratitude for the honor
done me, and as a means of promoting friendly relations between adjoining
nations, I have set up a post-office in the hedge in the lower corner of the
garden; a fine, spacious building, with padlocks on the doors, and every
convenience for the mails,—also the females, if I may be allowed the
expression. It's the old martin-house; but I've stopped up the door, and made
the roof open, so it will hold all sorts of things, and save our valuable time.
Letters, manuscripts, books, and bundles can be passed in there; and, as each
nation has a key, it will be uncommonly nice, I fancy. Allow me to present
the club key; and, with many thanks for your favor, take my seat."
Great applause as Mr. Weller deposited a little key on the table, and
subsided; the warming-pan clashed and waved wildly, and it was some time
before order could be restored. A long discussion followed, and every one
came out surprising, for every one did her best; so it was an unusually lively
meeting, and did not adjourn till a late hour, when it broke up with three
shrill cheers for the new member.
No one ever regretted the admittance of Sam Weller, for a more devoted,
well-behaved, and jovial member no club could have. He certainly did add
"spirit" to the meetings, and "a tone" to the paper; for his orations convulsed

Page 150

his hearers, and his contributions were excellent, being patriotic, classical,
comical, or dramatic, but never sentimental. Jo regarded them as worthy of
Bacon, Milton, or Shakespeare; and remodelled her own works with good
effect, she thought.
The P. O. was a capital little institution, and flourished wonderfully, for
nearly as many queer things passed through it as through the real office.
Tragedies and cravats, poetry and pickles, garden-seeds and long letters,
music and gingerbread, rubbers, invitations, scoldings and puppies. The old
gentleman liked the fun, and amused himself by sending odd bundles,
mysterious messages, and funny telegrams; and his gardener, who was
smitten with Hannah's charms, actually sent a love-letter to Jo's care. How
they laughed when the secret came out, never dreaming how many love-
letters that little post-office would hold in the years to come!

Page 151

XI.
EXPERIMENTS.
"The first of June! The Kings are off to the seashore to-morrow, and I'm
free. Three months' vacation,—how I shall enjoy it!" exclaimed Meg, coming
home one warm day to find Jo laid upon the sofa in an unusual state of
exhaustion, while Beth took off her dusty boots, and Amy made lemonade for
the refreshment of the whole party.
"Aunt March went to-day, for which, oh, be joyful!" said Jo. "I was
mortally afraid she'd ask me to go with her; if she had, I should have felt as if
I ought to do it; but Plumfield is about as gay as a churchyard, you know, and
I'd rather be excused. We had a flurry getting the old lady off, and I had a

Page 152

fright every time she spoke to me, for I was in such a hurry to be through that
I was uncommonly helpful and sweet, and feared she'd find it impossible to
part from me. I quaked till she was fairly in the carriage, and had a final
fright, for, as it drove off, she popped out her head, saying, 'Josy-phine, won't
you—?' I didn't hear any more, for I basely turned and fled; I did actually
run, and whisked round the corner, where I felt safe."
"Poor old Jo! she came in looking as if bears were after her," said Beth, as
she cuddled her sister's feet with a motherly air.
"Aunt March is a regular samphire, is she not?" observed Amy, tasting her
mixture critically.
"She means vampire, not sea-weed; but it doesn't matter; it's too warm to
be particular about one's parts of speech," murmured Jo.
"What shall you do all your vacation?" asked Amy, changing the subject,
with tact.
"I shall lie abed late, and do nothing," replied Meg, from the depths of the
rocking-chair. "I've been routed up early all winter, and had to spend my days
working for other people; so now I'm going to rest and revel to my heart's
content."
"No," said Jo; "that dozy way wouldn't suit me. I've laid in a heap of
books, and I'm going to improve my shining hours reading on my perch in
the old apple-tree, when I'm not having l———"
"Don't say 'larks!'" implored Amy, as a return snub for the "samphire"
correction.
"I'll say 'nightingales,' then, with Laurie; that's proper and appropriate,
since he's a warbler."
"Don't let us do any lessons, Beth, for a while, but play all the time, and
rest, as the girls mean to," proposed Amy.
"Well, I will, if mother doesn't mind. I want to learn some new songs, and
my children need fitting up for the summer; they are dreadfully out of order,
and really suffering for clothes."
"May we, mother?" asked Meg, turning to Mrs. March, who sat sewing, in
what they called "Marmee's corner."
"You may try your experiment for a week, and see how you like it. I think
by Saturday night you will find that all play and no work is as bad as all work
and no play."

Page 153

"Oh, dear, no! it will be delicious, I'm sure," said Meg complacently.
"I now propose a toast, as my 'friend and pardner, Sairy Gamp,' says. Fun
forever, and no grubbing!" cried Jo, rising, glass in hand, as the lemonade
went round.
They all drank it
merrily, and began the
experiment by lounging
for the rest of the day.
Next morning, Meg did
not appear till ten
o'clock; her solitary
breakfast did not taste
nice, and the room
seemed lonely and
untidy; for Jo had not
filled the vases, Beth
had not dusted, and
Amy's books lay
scattered about. Nothing
was neat and pleasant
but "Marmee's corner,"
which looked as usual;
and there Meg sat, to
"rest and read," which
meant yawn, and
imagine what pretty
summer dresses she
would get with her
salary. Jo spent the
morning on the river,
with Laurie, and the afternoon reading and crying over "The Wide, Wide
World," up in the apple-tree. Beth began by rummaging everything out of the
big closet, where her family resided; but, getting tired before half done, she
left her establishment topsy-turvy, and went to her music, rejoicing that she
had no dishes to wash. Amy arranged her bower, put on her best white frock,
smoothed her curls, and sat down to draw, under the honeysuckles, hoping
some one would see and inquire who the young artist was. As no one

Page 154

appeared but an inquisitive daddy-long-legs, who examined her work with
interest, she went to walk, got caught in a shower, and came home dripping.
At tea-time they compared notes, and all agreed that it had been a
delightful, though unusually long day. Meg, who went shopping in the
afternoon, and got a "sweet blue muslin," had discovered, after she had cut
the breadths off, that it wouldn't wash, which mishap made her slightly cross.
Jo had burnt the skin off her nose boating, and got a raging headache by
reading too long. Beth was worried by the confusion of her closet, and the
difficulty of learning three or four songs at once; and Amy deeply regretted
the damage done her frock, for Katy Brown's party was to be the next day;
and now, like Flora McFlimsey, she had "nothing to wear." But these were
mere trifles; and they assured their mother that the experiment was working
finely. She smiled, said nothing, and, with Hannah's help, did their neglected
work, keeping home pleasant, and the domestic machinery running smoothly.
It was astonishing what a peculiar and uncomfortable state of things was
produced by the "resting and revelling" process. The days kept getting longer
and longer; the weather was unusually variable, and so were tempers; an
unsettled feeling possessed every one, and Satan found plenty of mischief for
the idle hands to do. As the height of luxury, Meg put out some of her
sewing, and then found time hang so heavily that she fell to snipping and
spoiling her clothes, in her attempts to furbish them up à la Moffat. Jo read
till her eyes gave out, and she was sick of books; got so fidgety that even
good-natured Laurie had a quarrel with her, and so reduced in spirits that she
desperately wished she had gone with Aunt March. Beth got on pretty well,
for she was constantly forgetting that it was to be all play, and no work, and
fell back into her old ways now and then; but something in the air affected
her, and, more than once, her tranquillity was much disturbed; so much so,
that, on one occasion, she actually shook poor dear Joanna, and told her she
was "a fright." Amy fared worst of all, for her resources were small; and
when her sisters left her to amuse and care for herself, she soon found that
accomplished and important little self a great burden. She didn't like dolls,
fairy-tales were childish, and one couldn't draw all the time; tea-parties didn't
amount to much, neither did picnics, unless very well conducted. "If one
could have a fine house, full of nice girls, or go travelling, the summer would
be delightful; but to stay at home with three selfish sisters and a grown-up
boy was enough to try the patience of a Boaz," complained Miss Malaprop,
after several days devoted to pleasure, fretting, and ennui.

Page 155

No one would own that they were tired of the experiment; but, by Friday
night, each acknowledged to herself that she was glad the week was nearly
done. Hoping to impress the lesson more deeply, Mrs. March, who had a
good deal of humor, resolved to finish off the trial in an appropriate manner;
so she gave Hannah a holiday, and let the girls enjoy the full effect of the
play system.
When they got up on Saturday morning, there was no fire in the kitchen,
no breakfast in the dining-room, and no mother anywhere to be seen.
"Mercy on us! what has happened?" cried Jo, staring about her in dismay.
Meg ran upstairs, and soon came back again, looking relieved, but rather
bewildered, and a little ashamed.
"Mother isn't sick, only very tired, and she says she is going to stay quietly
in her room all day, and let us do the best we can. It's a very queer thing for
her to do, she doesn't act a bit like herself; but she says it has been a hard
week for her, so we mustn't grumble, but take care of ourselves."
"That's easy enough, and I like the idea; I'm aching for something to do—
that is, some new amusement, you know," added Jo quickly.
In fact it was an immense relief to them all to have a little work, and they
took hold with a will, but soon realized the truth of Hannah's saying,
"Housekeeping ain't no joke." There was plenty of food in the larder, and,
while Beth and Amy set the table, Meg and Jo got breakfast, wondering, as
they did so, why servants ever talked about hard work.
"I shall take some up to mother, though she said we were not to think of
her, for she'd take care of herself," said Meg, who presided, and felt quite
matronly behind the teapot.
So a tray was fitted out before any one began, and taken up, with the
cook's compliments. The boiled tea was very bitter, the omelette scorched,
and the biscuits speckled with saleratus; but Mrs. March received her repast
with thanks, and laughed heartily over it after Jo was gone.
"Poor little souls, they will have a hard time, I'm afraid; but they won't
suffer, and it will do them good," she said, producing the more palatable
viands with which she had provided herself, and disposing of the bad
breakfast, so that their feelings might not be hurt,—a motherly little
deception, for which they were grateful.
Many were the complaints below, and great the chagrin of the head cook at
her failures. "Never mind, I'll get the dinner, and be servant; you be mistress,

Page 156

keep your hands nice, see company, and give orders," said Jo, who knew still
less than Meg about culinary affairs.
This obliging offer was gladly accepted; and Margaret retired to the parlor,
which she hastily put in order by whisking the litter under the sofa, and
shutting the blinds, to save the trouble of dusting. Jo, with perfect faith in her
own powers, and a friendly desire to make up the quarrel, immediately put a
note in the office, inviting Laurie to dinner.
"You'd better see what you have got before you think of having company,"
said Meg, when informed of the hospitable but rash act.
"Oh, there's corned beef and plenty of potatoes; and I shall get some
asparagus, and a lobster, 'for a relish,' as Hannah says. We'll have lettuce, and
make a salad. I don't know how, but the book tells. I'll have blanc-mange and
strawberries for dessert; and coffee, too, if you want to be elegant."
"Don't try too many messes, Jo, for you can't make anything but
gingerbread and molasses candy, fit to eat. I wash my hands of the dinner-
party; and, since you have asked Laurie on your own responsibility, you may
just take care of him."
"I don't want you to do anything but be civil to him, and help to the
pudding. You'll give me your advice if I get in a muddle, won't you?" asked
Jo, rather hurt.
"Yes; but I don't know much, except about bread, and a few trifles. You
had better ask mother's leave before you order anything," returned Meg
prudently.
"Of course I shall; I'm not a fool," and Jo went off in a huff at the doubts
expressed of her powers.
"Get what you like, and don't disturb me; I'm going out to dinner, and can't
worry about things at home," said Mrs. March, when Jo spoke to her. "I never
enjoyed housekeeping, and I'm going to take a vacation to-day, and read,
write, go visiting, and amuse myself."
The unusual spectacle of her busy mother rocking comfortably, and
reading, early in the morning, made Jo feel as if some natural phenomenon
had occurred, for an eclipse, an earthquake, or a volcanic eruption would
hardly have seemed stranger.
"Everything is out of sorts, somehow," she said to herself, going down
stairs. "There's Beth crying; that's a sure sign that something is wrong with
this family. If Amy is bothering, I'll shake her."

Page 157

Feeling very much out of sorts herself, Jo hurried into the parlor to find
Beth sobbing over Pip, the canary, who lay dead in the cage, with his little
claws pathetically extended, as if imploring the food for want of which he
had died.
"It's all my fault—I forgot him—there isn't a seed or a drop left. O Pip! O
Pip! how could I be so cruel to you?" cried Beth, taking the poor thing in her
hands, and trying to restore him.

Jo peeped into his half-open eye, felt his little heart, and finding him stiff
and cold, shook her head, and offered her domino-box for a coffin.
"Put him in the oven, and maybe he will get warm and revive," said Amy
hopefully.
"He's been starved, and he sha'n't be baked, now he's dead. I'll make him a
shroud, and he shall be buried in the garden; and I'll never have another bird,
never, my Pip! for I am too bad to own one," murmured Beth, sitting on the
floor with her pet folded in her hands.
"The funeral shall be this afternoon, and we will all go. Now, don't cry,
Bethy; it's a pity, but nothing goes right this week, and Pip has had the worst
of the experiment. Make the shroud, and lay him in my box; and, after the

Page 158

dinner-party, we'll have a nice little funeral," said Jo, beginning to feel as if
she had undertaken a good deal.
Leaving the others to console Beth, she departed to the kitchen, which was
in a most discouraging state of confusion. Putting on a big apron, she fell to
work, and got the dishes piled up ready for washing, when she discovered
that the fire was out.
"Here's a sweet prospect!" muttered Jo, slamming the stove-door open, and
poking vigorously among the cinders.
Having rekindled the fire, she thought she would go to market while the
water heated. The walk revived her spirits; and, flattering herself that she had
made good bargains, she trudged home again, after buying a very young
lobster, some very old asparagus, and two boxes of acid strawberries. By the
time she got cleared up, the dinner arrived, and the stove was red-hot.
Hannah had left a pan of bread to rise, Meg had worked it up early, set it on
the hearth for a second rising, and forgotten it. Meg was entertaining Sallie
Gardiner in the parlor, when the door flew open, and a floury, crocky,
flushed, and dishevelled figure appeared, demanding tartly,—
"I say, isn't bread 'riz' enough when it runs over the pans?"
Sallie began to laugh; but Meg nodded, and lifted her eyebrows as high as
they would go, which caused the apparition to vanish, and put the sour bread
into the oven without further delay. Mrs. March went out, after peeping here
and there to see how matters went, also saying a word of comfort to Beth,
who sat making a winding-sheet, while the dear departed lay in state in the
domino-box. A strange sense of helplessness fell upon the girls as the gray
bonnet vanished round the corner; and despair seized them, when, a few
minutes later, Miss Crocker appeared, and said she'd come to dinner. Now,
this lady was a thin, yellow spinster, with a sharp nose and inquisitive eyes,
who saw everything, and gossiped about all she saw. They disliked her, but
had been taught to be kind to her, simply because she was old and poor, and
had few friends. So Meg gave her the easy-chair, and tried to entertain her,
while she asked questions, criticised everything, and told stories of the people
whom she knew.
Language cannot describe the anxieties, experiences, and exertions which
Jo underwent that morning; and the dinner she served up became a standing
joke. Fearing to ask any more advice, she did her best alone, and discovered
that something more than energy and good-will is necessary to make a cook.
She boiled the asparagus for an hour, and was grieved to find the heads

Page 159

cooked off and the stalks harder than ever. The bread burnt black; for the
salad-dressing so aggravated her, that she let everything else go till she had
convinced herself that she could not make it fit to eat. The lobster was a
scarlet mystery to her, but she hammered and poked, till it was unshelled, and
its meagre proportions concealed in a grove of lettuce-leaves. The potatoes
had to be hurried, not to keep the asparagus waiting, and were not done at
last. The blanc-mange was lumpy, and the strawberries not as ripe as they
looked, having been skilfully "deaconed."
"Well, they can eat beef, and bread and butter, if they are hungry; only it's
mortifying to have to spend your whole morning for nothing," thought Jo, as
she rang the bell half an hour later than usual, and stood, hot, tired, and
dispirited, surveying the feast spread for Laurie, accustomed to all sorts of
elegance, and Miss Crocker, whose curious eyes would mark all failures, and
whose tattling tongue would report them far and wide.
Poor Jo would gladly have gone under the table, as one thing after another
was tasted and left; while Amy giggled, Meg looked distressed, Miss Crocker
pursed up her lips, and Laurie talked and laughed with all his might, to give a
cheerful tone to the festive scene. Jo's one strong point was the fruit, for she
had sugared it well, and had a pitcher of rich cream to eat with it. Her hot
cheeks cooled a trifle, and she drew a long breath, as the pretty glass plates
went round, and every one looked graciously at the little rosy islands floating
in a sea of cream. Miss Crocker tasted first, made a wry face, and drank some
water hastily. Jo, who had refused, thinking there might not be enough, for
they dwindled sadly after the picking over, glanced at Laurie, but he was
eating away manfully, though there was a slight pucker about his mouth, and
he kept his eye fixed on his plate. Amy, who was fond of delicate fare, took a
heaping spoonful, choked, hid her face in her napkin, and left the table
precipitately.
"Oh, what is it?" exclaimed Jo trembling.
"Salt instead of sugar, and the cream is sour," replied Meg, with a tragic
gesture.
Jo uttered a groan, and fell back in her chair; remembering that she had
given a last hasty powdering to the berries out of one of the two boxes on the
kitchen table, and had neglected to put the milk in the refrigerator. She turned
scarlet, and was on the verge of crying, when she met Laurie's eyes, which
would look merry in spite of his heroic efforts; the comical side of the affair
suddenly struck her, and she laughed till the tears ran down her cheeks. So

Page 160

did every one else, even
"Croaker," as the girls
called the old lady; and
the unfortunate dinner
ended gayly, with bread
and butter, olives and
fun.
"I haven't strength of
mind enough to clear up
now, so we will sober
ourselves with a
funeral," said Jo, as they
rose; and Miss Crocker
made ready to go, being
eager to tell the new
story at another friend's
dinner-table.
They did sober
themselves, for Beth's
sake; Laurie dug a grave
under the ferns in the
grove, little Pip was laid
in, with many tears, by
his tender-hearted
mistress, and covered
with moss, while a
wreath of violets and chickweed was hung on the stone which bore his
epitaph, composed by Jo, while she struggled with the dinner:—
"Here lies Pip March,
Who died the 7th of June;
Loved and lamented sore,
And not forgotten soon."
At the conclusion of the ceremonies, Beth retired to her room, overcome
with emotion and lobster; but there was no place of repose, for the beds were
not made, and she found her grief much assuaged by beating up pillows and
putting things in order. Meg helped Jo clear away the remains of the feast,
which took half the afternoon, and left them so tired that they agreed to be

Page 161

contented with tea and toast for supper. Laurie took Amy to drive, which was
a deed of charity, for the sour cream seemed to have had a bad effect upon
her temper. Mrs. March came home to find the three older girls hard at work
in the middle of the afternoon; and a glance at the closet gave her an idea of
the success of one part of the experiment.
Before the housewives could rest, several people called, and there was a
scramble to get ready to see them; then tea must be got, errands done; and
one or two necessary bits of sewing neglected till the last minute. As twilight
fell, dewy and still, one by one they gathered in the porch where the June
roses were budding beautifully, and each groaned or sighed as she sat down,
as if tired or troubled.
"What a dreadful day this has been!" begun Jo, usually the first to speak.
"It has seemed shorter than usual, but so uncomfortable," said Meg.
"Not a bit like home," added Amy.
"It can't seem so without Marmee and little Pip," sighed Beth, glancing,
with full eyes, at the empty cage above her head.
"Here's mother, dear, and you shall have another bird to-morrow, if you
want it."
As she spoke, Mrs. March came and took her place among them, looking
as if her holiday had not been much pleasanter than theirs.
"Are you satisfied with your experiment, girls, or do you want another
week of it?" she asked, as Beth nestled up to her, and the rest turned toward
her with brightening faces, as flowers turn toward the sun.
"I don't!" cried Jo decidedly.
"Nor I," echoed the others.
"You think, then, that it is better to have a few duties, and live a little for
others, do you?"
"Lounging and larking doesn't pay," observed Jo, shaking her head. "I'm
tired of it, and mean to go to work at something right off."
"Suppose you learn plain cooking; that's a useful accomplishment, which
no woman should be without," said Mrs. March, laughing inaudibly at the
recollection of Jo's dinner-party; for she had met Miss Crocker, and heard her
account of it.
"Mother, did you go away and let everything be, just to see how we'd get
on?" cried Meg, who had had suspicions all day.

Page 162

"Yes; I wanted you to see how the comfort of all depends on each doing
her share faithfully. While Hannah and I did your work, you got on pretty
well, though I don't think you were very happy or amiable; so I thought, as a
little lesson, I would show you what happens when every one thinks only of
herself. Don't you feel that it is pleasanter to help one another, to have daily
duties which make leisure sweet when it comes, and to bear and forbear, that
home may be comfortable and lovely to us all?"
"We do, mother, we do!" cried the girls.
"Then let me advise you to take up your little burdens again; for though
they seem heavy sometimes, they are good for us, and lighten as we learn to
carry them. Work is wholesome, and there is plenty for every one; it keeps us
from ennui and mischief, is good for health and spirits, and gives us a sense
of power and independence better than money or fashion."
"We'll work like bees, and love it too; see if we don't!" said Jo. "I'll learn
plain cooking for my holiday task; and the next dinner-party I have shall be a
success."
"I'll make the set of shirts for father, instead of letting you do it, Marmee. I
can and I will, though I'm not fond of sewing; that will be better than fussing
over my own things, which are plenty nice enough as they are," said Meg.
"I'll do my lessons every day, and not spend so much time with my music
and dolls. I am a stupid thing, and ought to be studying, not playing," was
Beth's resolution; while Amy followed their example by heroically declaring,
"I shall learn to make button-holes, and attend to my parts of speech."
"Very good! then I am quite satisfied with the experiment, and fancy that
we shall not have to repeat it; only don't go to the other extreme, and delve
like slaves. Have regular hours for work and play; make each day both useful
and pleasant, and prove that you understand the worth of time by employing
it well. Then youth will be delightful, old age will bring few regrets, and life
become a beautiful success, in spite of poverty."
"We'll remember, mother!" and they did.

Page 163

Page 164

XII.
CAMP LAURENCE.
Beth was post-mistress, for, being most at
home, she could attend to it regularly, and dearly
liked the daily task of unlocking the little door
and distributing the mail. One July day she came
in with her hands full, and went about the house
leaving letters and parcels, like the penny post.
"Here's your posy, mother! Laurie never
forgets that," she said, putting the fresh nosegay
in the vase that stood in "Marmee's corner," and
was kept supplied by the affectionate boy.
"Miss Meg March, one letter and a glove,"
continued Beth, delivering the articles to her
sister, who sat near her mother, stitching
wristbands.
"Why, I left a pair over there, and here is only
one," said Meg, looking at the gray cotton glove.
"Didn't you drop the other in the garden?"
"No, I'm sure I didn't; for there was only one in the office."
"I hate to have odd gloves! Never mind, the other may be found. My letter
is only a translation of the German song I wanted; I think Mr. Brooke did it,
for this isn't Laurie's writing."
Mrs. March glanced at Meg, who was looking very pretty in her gingham
morning-gown, with the little curls blowing about her forehead, and very
womanly, as she sat sewing at her little work-table, full of tidy white rolls; so
unconscious of the thought in her mother's mind as she sewed and sung,
while her fingers flew, and her thoughts were busied with girlish fancies as

Page 165

innocent and fresh as the pansies in her belt, that Mrs. March smiled, and was
satisfied.
"Two letters for Doctor Jo, a book, and a funny old hat, which covered the
whole post-office, stuck outside," said Beth, laughing, as she went into the
study, where Jo sat writing.
"What a sly fellow Laurie is! I said I wished bigger hats were the fashion,
because I burn my face every hot day. He said, 'Why mind the fashion? Wear
a big hat, and be comfortable!' I said I would if I had one, and he has sent me
this, to try me. I'll wear it, for fun, and show him I don't care for the fashion;"
and, hanging the antique broad-brim on a bust of Plato, Jo read her letters.
One from her mother made her cheeks glow and her eyes fill, for it said to
her,—

"My dear:
"I write a little word to tell you with how much satisfaction I watch
your efforts to control your temper. You say nothing about your trials,
failures, or successes, and think, perhaps, that no one sees them but
the Friend whose help you daily ask, if I may trust the well-worn
cover of your guide-book. I, too, have seen them all, and heartily
believe in the sincerity of your resolution, since it begins to bear fruit.
Go on, dear, patiently and bravely, and always believe that no one
sympathizes more tenderly with you than your loving
"Mother."

"That does me good! that's worth millions of money and pecks of praise. O
Marmee, I do try! I will keep on trying, and not get tired, since I have you to
help me."
Laying her head on her arms, Jo wet her little romance with a few happy
tears, for she had thought that no one saw and appreciated her efforts to be
good; and this assurance was doubly precious, doubly encouraging, because
unexpected, and from the person whose commendation she most valued.
Feeling stronger than ever to meet and subdue her Apollyon, she pinned the
note inside her frock, as a shield and a reminder, lest she be taken unaware,
and proceeded to open her other letter, quite ready for either good or bad
news. In a big, dashing hand, Laurie wrote,—
"Dear Jo,
What ho!

Page 166

Some English girls and boys are coming to see me to-morrow and I want to
have a jolly time. If it's fine, I'm going to pitch my tent in Longmeadow, and
row up the whole crew to lunch and croquet,—have a fire, make messes,
gypsy fashion, and all sorts of larks. They are nice people, and like such
things. Brooke will go, to keep us boys steady, and Kate Vaughn will play
propriety for the girls. I want you all to come; can't let Beth off, at any price,
and nobody shall worry her. Don't bother about rations,—I'll see to that, and
everything else,—only do come, there's a good fellow!
"In a tearing hurry,
Yours ever, Laurie."
"Here's richness!" cried Jo, flying in to tell the news to Meg.
"Of course we can go, mother? it will be such a help to Laurie, for I can
row, and Meg see to the lunch, and the children be useful in some way."
"I hope the Vaughns are not fine, grown-up people. Do you know anything
about them, Jo?" asked Meg.
"Only that there are four of them. Kate is older than you, Fred and Frank
(twins) about my age, and a little girl (Grace), who is nine or ten. Laurie
knew them abroad, and liked the boys; I fancied, from the way he primmed
up his mouth in speaking of her, that he didn't admire Kate much."
"I'm so glad my French print is clean; it's just the thing, and so becoming!"
observed Meg complacently. "Have you anything decent, Jo?"
"Scarlet and gray boating suit, good enough for me. I shall row and tramp
about, so I don't want any starch to think of. You'll come, Bethy?"
"If you won't let any of the boys talk to me."
"Not a boy!"
"I like to please Laurie; and I'm not afraid of Mr. Brooke, he is so kind; but
I don't want to play, or sing, or say anything. I'll work hard, and not trouble
any one; and you'll take care of me, Jo, so I'll go."
"That's my good girl; you do try to fight off your shyness, and I love you
for it. Fighting faults isn't easy, as I know; and a cheery word kind of gives a
lift. Thank you, mother," and Jo gave the thin cheek a grateful kiss, more
precious to Mrs. March than if it had given back the rosy roundness of her
youth.
"I had a box of chocolate drops, and the picture I wanted to copy," said
Amy, showing her mail.

Page 167

"And I got a note from Mr. Laurence, asking me to come over and play to
him to-night, before the lamps are lighted, and I shall go," added Beth, whose
friendship with the old gentleman prospered finely.
"Now let's fly round, and do double duty to-day, so that we can play to-
morrow with free minds," said Jo, preparing to replace her pen with a broom.
When the sun peeped into the girls' room early next morning, to promise
them a fine day, he saw a comical sight. Each had made such preparation for
the fête as seemed necessary and proper. Meg had an extra row of little curl-
papers across her forehead, Jo had copiously anointed her afflicted face with
cold cream, Beth had taken Joanna to bed with her to atone for the
approaching separation, and Amy had capped the climax by putting a clothes-
pin on her nose, to uplift the offending feature. It was one of the kind artists
use to hold the paper on their drawing-boards, therefore quite appropriate and
effective for the purpose to which it was now put. This funny spectacle
appeared to amuse the sun, for he burst out with such radiance that Jo woke
up, and roused all her sisters by a hearty laugh at Amy's ornament.

Sunshine and laughter were good omens for a pleasure party, and soon a
lively bustle began in both houses. Beth, who was ready first, kept reporting

Page 168

what went on next door, and enlivened her sisters' toilets by frequent
telegrams from the window.
"There goes the man with the tent! I see Mrs. Barker doing up the lunch in
a hamper and a great basket. Now Mr. Laurence is looking up at the sky, and
the weathercock; I wish he would go, too. There's Laurie, looking like a
sailor,—nice boy! Oh, mercy me! here's a carriage full of people—a tall lady,
a little girl, and two dreadful boys. One is lame; poor thing, he's got a crutch.
Laurie didn't tell us that. Be quick, girls! it's getting late. Why, there is Ned
Moffat, I do declare. Look, Meg, isn't that the man who bowed to you one
day, when we were shopping?"
"So it is. How queer that he should come. I thought he was at the
Mountains. There is Sallie; I'm glad she got back in time. Am I all right, Jo?"
cried Meg, in a flutter.
"A regular daisy. Hold up your dress and put your hat straight; it looks
sentimental tipped that way, and will fly off at the first puff. Now, then, come
on!"
"O Jo, you are not going to wear that awful hat? It's too absurd! You shall
not make a guy of yourself," remonstrated Meg, as Jo tied down, with a red
ribbon, the broad-brimmed, old-fashioned Leghorn Laurie had sent for a
joke.
"I just will, though, for it's capital,—so shady, light, and big. It will make
fun; and I don't mind being a guy if I'm comfortable." With that Jo marched
straight away, and the rest followed,—a bright little band of sisters, all
looking their best, in summer suits, with happy faces under the jaunty hat-
brims.
Laurie ran to meet, and present them to his friends, in the most cordial
manner. The lawn was the reception-room, and for several minutes a lively
scene was enacted there. Meg was grateful to see that Miss Kate, though
twenty, was dressed with a simplicity which American girls would do well to
imitate; and she was much flattered by Mr. Ned's assurances that he came
especially to see her. Jo understood why Laurie "primmed up his mouth"
when speaking of Kate, for that young lady had a stand-off-don't-touch-me
air, which contrasted strongly with the free and easy demeanor of the other
girls. Beth took an observation of the new boys, and decided that the lame
one was not "dreadful," but gentle and feeble, and she would be kind to him
on that account. Amy found Grace a well-mannered, merry little person; and

Page 169

after staring dumbly at one another for a few minutes, they suddenly became
very good friends.
Tents, lunch, and croquet utensils having been sent on beforehand, the
party was soon embarked, and the two boats pushed off together, leaving Mr.
Laurence waving his hat on the shore. Laurie and Jo rowed one boat; Mr.
Brooke and Ned the other; while Fred Vaughn, the riotous twin, did his best
to upset both by paddling about in a wherry like a disturbed water-bug. Jo's
funny hat deserved a vote of thanks, for it was of general utility; it broke the
ice in the beginning, by producing a laugh; it created quite a refreshing
breeze, flapping to and fro, as she rowed, and would make an excellent
umbrella for the whole party, if a shower came up, she said. Kate looked
rather amazed at Jo's proceedings, especially as she exclaimed "Christopher
Columbus!" when she lost her oar; and Laurie said, "My dear fellow, did I
hurt you?" when he tripped over her feet in taking his place. But after putting
up her glass to examine the queer girl several times, Miss Kate decided that
she was "odd, but rather clever," and smiled upon her from afar.

Meg, in the other boat, was delightfully situated, face to face with the
rowers, who both admired the prospect, and feathered their oars with
uncommon "skill and dexterity." Mr. Brooke was a grave, silent young man,

Page 170

with handsome brown eyes and a pleasant voice. Meg liked his quiet
manners, and considered him a walking encyclopædia of useful knowledge.
He never talked to her much; but he looked at her a good deal, and she felt
sure that he did not regard her with aversion. Ned, being in college, of course
put on all the airs which Freshmen think it their bounden duty to assume; he
was not very wise, but very good-natured, and altogether an excellent person
to carry on a picnic. Sallie Gardiner was absorbed in keeping her white piqué
dress clean, and chattering with the ubiquitous Fred, who kept Beth in
constant terror by his pranks.
It was not far to Longmeadow; but the tent was pitched and the wickets
down by the time they arrived. A pleasant green field, with three wide-
spreading oaks in the middle, and a smooth strip of turf for croquet.
"Welcome to Camp Laurence!" said the young host, as they landed, with
exclamations of delight.
"Brooke is commander-in-chief; I am commissary-general; the other
fellows are staff-officers; and you, ladies, are company. The tent is for your
especial benefit, and that oak is your drawing-room; this is the mess-room,
and the third is the camp-kitchen. Now, let's have a game before it gets hot,
and then we'll see about dinner."
Frank, Beth, Amy, and Grace sat down to watch the game played by the
other eight. Mr. Brooke chose Meg, Kate, and Fred; Laurie took Sallie, Jo,
and Ned. The Englishers played well; but the Americans played better, and
contested every inch of the ground as strongly as if the spirit of '76 inspired
them. Jo and Fred had several skirmishes, and once narrowly escaped high
words. Jo was through the last wicket, and had missed the stroke, which
failure ruffled her a good deal. Fred was close behind her, and his turn came
before hers; he gave a stroke, his ball hit the wicket, and stopped an inch on
the wrong side. No one was very near; and running up to examine, he gave it
a sly nudge with his toe, which put it just an inch on the right side.
"I'm through! Now, Miss Jo, I'll settle you, and get in first," cried the
young gentleman, swinging his mallet for another blow.

Page 171

"You pushed it; I saw you; it's my turn now," said Jo sharply.
"Upon my word, I didn't move it; it rolled a bit, perhaps, but that is
allowed; so stand off, please, and let me have a go at the stake."
"We don't cheat in America, but you can, if you choose," said Jo angrily.
"Yankees are a deal the most tricky, everybody knows. There you go!"
returned Fred, croqueting her ball far away.
Jo opened her lips to say something rude, but checked herself in time,
colored up to her forehead, and stood a minute, hammering down a wicket
with all her might, while Fred hit the stake, and declared himself out with
much exultation. She went off to get her ball, and was a long time finding it,
among the bushes; but she came back, looking cool and quiet, and waited her
turn patiently. It took several strokes to regain the place she had lost; and,
when she got there, the other side had nearly won, for Kate's ball was the last
but one, and lay near the stake.
"By George, it's all up with us! Good-by, Kate. Miss Jo owes me one, so
you are finished," cried Fred excitedly, as they all drew near to see the finish.
"Yankees have a trick of being generous to their enemies," said Jo, with a
look that made the lad redden, "especially when they beat them," she added,

Page 172

as, leaving Kate's ball untouched, she won the game by a clever stroke.
Laurie threw up his hat; then remembered that it wouldn't do to exult over
the defeat of his guests, and stopped in the middle of a cheer to whisper to his
friend,—
"Good for you, Jo! He did cheat, I saw him; we can't tell him so, but he
won't do it again, take my word for it."
Meg drew her aside, under pretence of pinning up a loose braid, and said
approvingly,—
"It was dreadfully provoking; but you kept your temper, and I'm so glad,
Jo."
"Don't praise me, Meg, for I could box his ears this minute. I should
certainly have boiled over if I hadn't stayed among the nettles till I got my
rage under enough to hold my tongue. It's simmering now, so I hope he'll
keep out of my way," returned Jo, biting her lips, as she glowered at Fred
from under her big hat.
"Time for lunch," said Mr. Brooke, looking at his watch. "Commissary-
general, will you make the fire and get water, while Miss March, Miss Sallie,
and I spread the table? Who can make good coffee?"
"Jo can," said Meg, glad to recommend her sister. So Jo, feeling that her
late lessons in cookery were to do her honor, went to preside over the coffee-
pot, while the children collected dry sticks, and the boys made a fire, and got
water from a spring near by. Miss Kate sketched, and Frank talked to Beth,
who was making little mats of braided rushes to serve as plates.
The commander-in-chief and his aids soon spread the table-cloth with an
inviting array of eatables and drinkables, prettily decorated with green leaves.
Jo announced that the coffee was ready, and every one settled themselves to a
hearty meal; for youth is seldom dyspeptic, and exercise develops wholesome
appetites. A very merry lunch it was; for everything seemed fresh and funny,
and frequent peals of laughter startled a venerable horse who fed near by.
There was a pleasing inequality in the table, which produced many mishaps
to cups and plates; acorns dropped into the milk, little black ants partook of
the refreshments without being invited, and fuzzy caterpillars swung down
from the tree, to see what was going on. Three white-headed children peeped
over the fence, and an objectionable dog barked at them from the other side
of the river with all his might and main.

Page 173

"A very merry lunch it was."—Page 156.
"There's salt here, if you prefer it," said Laurie, as he handed Jo a saucer of
berries.
"Thank you, I prefer spiders," she replied, fishing up two unwary little
ones who had gone to a creamy death. "How dare you remind me of that
horrid dinner-party, when yours is so nice in every way?" added Jo, as they
both laughed, and ate out of one plate, the china having run short.
"I had an uncommonly good time that day, and haven't got over it yet. This
is no credit to me, you know; I don't do anything; it's you and Meg and
Brooke who make it go, and I'm no end obliged to you. What shall we do
when we can't eat any more?" asked Laurie, feeling that his trump card had
been played when lunch was over.
"Have games, till it's cooler. I brought 'Authors,' and I dare say Miss Kate
knows something new and nice. Go and ask her; she's company, and you
ought to stay with her more."
"Aren't you company too? I thought she'd suit Brooke; but he keeps talking
to Meg, and Kate just stares at them through that ridiculous glass of hers. I'm
going, so you needn't try to preach propriety, for you can't do it, Jo."

Page 174

Miss Kate did know several new games; and as the girls would not, and the
boys could not, eat any more, they all adjourned to the drawing-room to play
"Rigmarole."
"One person begins a story, any nonsense you like, and tells as long as he
pleases, only taking care to stop short at some exciting point, when the next
takes it up and does the same. It's very funny when well done, and makes a
perfect jumble of tragical comical stuff to laugh over. Please start it, Mr.
Brooke," said Kate, with a commanding air, which surprised Meg, who
treated the tutor with as much respect as any other gentleman.
Lying on the grass at the feet of the two young ladies, Mr. Brooke
obediently began the story, with the handsome brown eyes steadily fixed
upon the sunshiny river.
"Once on a time, a knight went out into the world to seek his fortune, for
he had nothing but his sword and his shield. He travelled a long while, nearly
eight-and-twenty years, and had a hard time of it, till he came to the palace of
a good old king, who had offered a reward to any one who would tame and
train a fine but unbroken colt, of which he was very fond. The knight agreed
to try, and got on slowly but surely; for the colt was a gallant fellow, and
soon learned to love his new master, though he was freakish and wild. Every
day, when he gave his lessons to this pet of the king's, the knight rode him
through the city; and, as he rode, he looked everywhere for a certain beautiful
face, which he had seen many times in his dreams, but never found. One day,
as he went prancing down a quiet street, he saw at the window of a ruinous
castle the lovely face. He was delighted, inquired who lived in this old castle,
and was told that several captive princesses were kept there by a spell, and
spun all day to lay up money to buy their liberty. The knight wished intensely
that he could free them; but he was poor, and could only go by each day,
watching for the sweet face, and longing to see it out in the sunshine. At last,
he resolved to get into the castle and ask how he could help them. He went
and knocked; the great door flew open, and he beheld—"
"A ravishingly lovely lady, who exclaimed, with a cry of rapture, 'At last!
at last!'" continued Kate, who had read French novels, and admired the style.
"''Tis she!' cried Count Gustave, and fell at her feet in an ecstasy of joy. 'Oh,
rise!' she said, extending a hand of marble fairness. 'Never! till you tell me
how I may rescue you,' swore the knight, still kneeling. 'Alas, my cruel fate
condemns me to remain here till my tyrant is destroyed.' 'Where is the
villain?' 'In the mauve salon. Go, brave heart, and save me from despair.' 'I

Page 175

obey, and return victorious or
dead!' With these thrilling
words he rushed away, and
flinging open the door of the
mauve salon, was about to
enter, when he received—"

Page 176

"A stunning blow from the big Greek lexicon, which an old fellow in a
black gown fired at him," said Ned. "Instantly Sir What's-his-name recovered
himself, pitched the tyrant out of the window, and turned to join the lady,
victorious, but with a bump on his brow; found the door locked, tore up the
curtains, made a rope ladder, got half-way down when the ladder broke, and
he went head first into the moat, sixty feet below. Could swim like a duck,
paddled round the castle till he came to a little door guarded by two stout
fellows; knocked their heads together till they cracked like a couple of nuts,
then, by a trifling exertion of his prodigious strength, he smashed in the door,
went up a pair of stone steps covered with dust a foot thick, toads as big as
your fist, and spiders that would frighten you into hysterics, Miss March. At
the top of these steps he came plump upon a sight that took his breath away
and chilled his blood—"
"A tall figure, all in white with a veil over its face and a lamp in its wasted
hand," went on Meg. "It beckoned, gliding noiselessly before him down a
corridor as dark and cold as any tomb. Shadowy effigies in armor stood on
either side, a dead silence reigned, the lamp burned blue, and the ghostly

Page 177

figure ever and anon
turned its face toward
him, showing the glitter
of awful eyes through
its white veil. They
reached a curtained
door, behind which
sounded lovely music;
he sprang forward to
enter, but the spectre
plucked him back, and
waved threateningly
before him a—"
"Snuff-box," said Jo,
in a sepulchral tone,
which convulsed the
audience. "'Thankee,'
said the knight politely,
as he took a pinch, and
sneezed seven times so
violently that his head
fell off. 'Ha! ha!' laughed the ghost; and having peeped through the key-hole
at the princesses spinning away for dear life, the evil spirit picked up her
victim and put him in a large tin box, where there were eleven other knights
packed together without their heads, like sardines, who all rose and began to
—"
"Dance a hornpipe," cut in Fred, as Jo paused for breath; "and, as they
danced, the rubbishy old castle turned to a man-of-war in full sail. 'Up with
the jib, reef the tops'l halliards, helm hard a lee, and man the guns!' roared the
captain, as a Portuguese pirate hove in sight, with a flag black as ink flying
from her foremast. 'Go in and win, my hearties!' says the captain; and a
tremendous fight begun. Of course the British beat; they always do."
"No, they don't!" cried Jo, aside.
"Having taken the pirate captain prisoner, sailed slap over the schooner,
whose decks were piled with dead, and whose lee-scuppers ran blood, for the
order had been 'Cutlasses, and die hard!' 'Bosen's mate, take a bight of the
flying-jib sheet, and start this villain if he don't confess his sins double quick,'

Page 178

said the British captain.
The Portuguese held his
tongue like a brick, and
walked the plank, while
the jolly tars cheered
like mad. But the sly
dog dived, came up
under the man-of-war,
scuttled her, and down
she went, with all sail
set, 'To the bottom of
the sea, sea, sea,' where
—"
"Oh, gracious! what
shall I say?" cried
Sallie, as Fred ended his
rigmarole, in which he
had jumbled together,
pell-mell, nautical
phrases and facts, out of
one of his favorite
books. "Well they went
to the bottom, and a nice
mermaid welcomed
them, but was much grieved on finding the box of headless knights, and
kindly pickled them in brine, hoping to discover the mystery about them; for,
being a woman, she was curious. By and by a diver came down, and the
mermaid said, 'I'll give you this box of pearls if you can take it up;' for she
wanted to restore the poor things to life, and couldn't raise the heavy load
herself. So the diver hoisted it up, and was much disappointed, on opening it,
to find no pearls. He left it in a great lonely field, where it was found by a—"
"Little goose-girl, who kept a hundred fat geese in the field," said Amy,
when Sallie's invention gave out. "The little girl was sorry for them, and
asked an old woman what she should do to help them. 'Your geese will tell
you, they know everything,' said the old woman. So she asked what she
should use for new heads, since the old ones were lost, and all the geese
opened their hundred mouths and screamed—"

Page 179

"'Cabbages!'"
continued Laurie
promptly. "'Just the
thing,' said the girl, and
ran to get twelve fine
ones from her garden.
She put them on, the
knights revived at once,
thanked her, and went
on their way rejoicing,
never knowing the
difference, for there
were so many other
heads like them in the
world that no one
thought anything of it.
The knight in whom I'm
interested went back to
find the pretty face, and
learned that the
princesses had spun
themselves free, and all gone to be married, but one. He was in a great state
of mind at that; and mounting the colt, who stood by him through thick and
thin, rushed to the castle to see which was left. Peeping over the hedge, he
saw the queen of his affections picking flowers in her garden. 'Will you give
me a rose?' said he. 'You must come and get it. I can't come to you; it isn't
proper,' said she, as sweet as honey. He tried to climb over the hedge, but it
seemed to grow higher and higher; then he tried to push through, but it grew
thicker and thicker, and he was in despair. So he patiently broke twig after
twig, till he had made a little hole, through which he peeped, saying
imploringly, 'Let me in! let me in!' But the pretty princess did not seem to
understand, for she picked her roses quietly, and left him to fight his way in.
Whether he did or not, Frank will tell you."
"I can't; I'm not playing, I never do," said Frank, dismayed at the
sentimental predicament out of which he was to rescue the absurd couple.
Beth had disappeared behind Jo, and Grace was asleep.

Page 180

"So the poor knight is to be left
sticking in the hedge, is he?" asked
Mr. Brooke, still watching the
river, and playing with the wild
rose in his button-hole.
"I guess the princess gave him a
posy, and opened the gate, after a
while," said Laurie, smiling to
himself, as he threw acorns at his
tutor.
"What a piece of nonsense we
have made! With practice we might
do something quite clever. Do you
know 'Truth'?" asked Sallie, after
they had laughed over their story.
"I hope so," said Meg soberly.
"The game, I mean?"
"What is it?" said Fred.
"Why, you pile up your hands,
choose a number, and draw out in
turn, and the person who draws at
the number has to answer truly any
questions put by the rest. It's great
fun."
"Let's try it," said Jo, who liked
new experiments.
Miss Kate and Mr. Brooke, Meg,
and Ned declined, but Fred, Sallie,
Jo, and Laurie piled and drew; and
the lot fell to Laurie.
"Who are your heroes?" asked
Jo.
"Grandfather and Napoleon."
"Which lady here do you think prettiest?" said Sallie.
"Margaret."

Page 181

"Which do you like best?" from Fred.
"Jo, of course."
"What silly questions you ask!" and Jo gave a disdainful shrug as the rest
laughed at Laurie's matter-of-fact tone.
"Try again; Truth isn't a bad game," said Fred.
"It's a very good one for you," retorted Jo, in a low voice.
Her turn came next.
"What is your greatest fault?" asked Fred, by way of testing in her the
virtue he lacked himself.
"A quick temper."
"What do you most wish for?" said Laurie.
"A pair of boot-lacings," returned Jo, guessing and defeating his purpose.
"Not a true answer; you must say what you really do want most."
"Genius; don't you wish you could give it to me, Laurie?" and she slyly
smiled in his disappointed face.
"What virtues do you most admire in a man?" asked Sallie.
"Courage and honesty."
"Now my turn," said Fred, as his hand came last.
"Let's give it to him," whispered Laurie to Jo, who nodded, and asked at
once,—
"Didn't you cheat at croquet?"
"Well, yes, a little bit."
"Good! Didn't you take your story out of 'The Sea-Lion?'" said Laurie.
"Rather."
"Don't you think the English nation perfect in every respect?" asked Sallie.
"I should be ashamed of myself if I didn't."
"He's a true John Bull. Now, Miss Sallie, you shall have a chance without
waiting to draw. I'll harrow up your feelings first, by asking if you don't think
you are something of a flirt," said Laurie, as Jo nodded to Fred, as a sign that
peace was declared.
"You impertinent boy! of course I'm not," exclaimed Sallie, with an air that
proved the contrary.
"What do you hate most?" asked Fred.

Page 182

"Spiders and rice-pudding."
"What do you like best?" asked Jo.
"Dancing and French gloves."
"Well, I think Truth is a very silly play; let's have a sensible game of
Authors, to refresh our minds," proposed Jo.
Ned, Frank, and the little girls joined in this, and, while it went on, the
three elders sat apart, talking. Miss Kate took out her sketch again, and
Margaret watched her, while Mr. Brooke lay on the grass, with a book, which
he did not read.
"How beautifully you do it! I wish I could draw," said Meg, with mingled
admiration and regret in her voice.
"Why don't you learn? I should think you had taste and talent for it,"
replied Miss Kate graciously.
"I haven't time."
"Your mamma prefers other accomplishments, I fancy. So did mine; but I
proved to her that I had talent, by taking a few lessons privately, and then she
was quite willing I should go on. Can't you do the same with your
governess?"
"I have none."
"I forgot; young ladies in America go to school more than with us. Very
fine schools they are, too, papa says. You go to a private one, I suppose?"
"I don't go at all; I am a governess myself."
"Oh, indeed!" said Miss Kate; but she might as well have said, "Dear me,
how dreadful!" for her tone implied it, and something in her face made Meg
color, and wish she had not been so frank.
Mr. Brooke looked up, and said quickly, "Young ladies in America love
independence as much as their ancestors did, and are admired and respected
for supporting themselves."
"Oh, yes; of course it's very nice and proper in them to do so. We have
many most respectable and worthy young women, who do the same and are
employed by the nobility, because, being the daughters of gentlemen, they
are both well-bred and accomplished, you know," said Miss Kate, in a
patronizing tone, that hurt Meg's pride, and made her work seem not only
more distasteful, but degrading.

Page 183

"Did the German song suit, Miss March?" inquired Mr. Brooke, breaking
an awkward pause.
"Oh, yes! it was very sweet, and I'm much obliged to whoever translated it
for me;" and Meg's downcast face brightened as she spoke.
"Don't you read German?" asked Miss Kate, with a look of surprise.
"Not very well. My father, who taught me, is away, and I don't get on very
fast alone, for I've no one to correct my pronunciation."
"Try a little now; here is Schiller's 'Mary Stuart,' and a tutor who loves to
teach," and Mr. Brooke laid his book on her lap, with an inviting smile.
"It's so hard I'm afraid to try," said Meg, grateful, but bashful in the
presence of the accomplished young lady beside her.
"I'll read a bit to encourage you;" and Miss Kate read one of the most
beautiful passages, in a perfectly correct but perfectly expressionless manner.
Mr. Brooke made no comment, as she returned the book to Meg, who said
innocently,—
"I thought it was poetry."
"Some of it is. Try this passage."
There was a queer smile about Mr. Brooke's mouth as he opened at poor
Mary's lament.
Meg, obediently following the long grass-blade which her new tutor used
to point with, read slowly and timidly, unconsciously making poetry of the
hard words by the soft intonation of her musical voice. Down the page went
the green guide, and presently, forgetting her listener in the beauty of the sad
scene, Meg read as if alone, giving a little touch of tragedy to the words of
the unhappy queen. If she had seen the brown eyes then, she would have
stopped short; but she never looked up, and the lesson was not spoiled for
her.
"Very well indeed!" said Mr. Brooke, as she paused, quite ignoring her
many mistakes, and looking as if he did, indeed, "love to teach."
Miss Kate put up her glass, and, having taken a survey of the little tableau
before her, shut her sketch-book, saying, with condescension,—

Page 184

"You've a nice accent, and, in time, will be a clever reader. I advise you to
learn, for German is a valuable accomplishment to teachers. I must look after
Grace, she is romping;" and Miss Kate strolled away, adding to herself, with
a shrug, "I didn't come to chaperone a governess, though she is young and
pretty. What odd people these Yankees are; I'm afraid Laurie will be quite
spoilt among them."
"I forgot that English people rather turn up their noses at governesses, and
don't treat them as we do," said Meg, looking after the retreating figure with
an annoyed expression.
"Tutors, also, have rather a hard time of it there, as I know to my sorrow.
There's no place like America for us workers, Miss Margaret;" and Mr.
Brooke looked so contented and cheerful, that Meg was ashamed to lament
her hard lot.
"I'm glad I live in it then. I don't like my work, but I get a good deal of
satisfaction out of it after all, so I won't complain; I only wish I liked
teaching as you do."

Page 185

"I think you would if you had Laurie for a pupil. I shall be very sorry to
lose him next year," said Mr. Brooke, busily punching holes in the turf.
"Going to college, I suppose?" Meg's lips asked that question, but her eyes
added, "And what becomes of you?"
"Yes; it's high time he went, for he is ready; and as soon as he is off, I shall
turn soldier. I am needed."
"I am glad of that!" exclaimed Meg. "I should think every young man
would want to go; though it is hard for the mothers and sisters who stay at
home," she added sorrowfully.
"I have neither, and very few friends, to care whether I live or die," said
Mr. Brooke, rather bitterly, as he absently put the dead rose in the hole he had
made and covered it up, like a little grave.
"Laurie and his grandfather would care a great deal, and we should all be
very sorry to have any harm happen to you," said Meg heartily.
"Thank you; that sounds pleasant," began Mr. Brooke, looking cheerful
again; but before he could finish his speech, Ned, mounted on the old horse,
came lumbering up to display his equestrian skill before the young ladies,
and there was no more quiet that day.
"Don't you love to ride?" asked Grace of Amy, as they stood resting, after a
race round the field with the others, led by Ned.
"I dote upon it; my sister Meg used to ride when papa was rich, but we
don't keep any horses now, except Ellen Tree," added Amy, laughing.
"Tell me about Ellen Tree; is it a donkey?" asked Grace curiously.

Page 186

"Why, you see, Jo is crazy about horses, and so am I, but we've only got an
old side-saddle, and no horse. Out in our garden is an apple-tree, that has a
nice low branch; so Jo put the saddle on it, fixed some reins on the part that
turns up, and we bounce away on Ellen Tree whenever we like."
"How funny!" laughed Grace. "I have a pony at home, and ride nearly
every day in the park, with Fred and Kate; it's very nice, for my friends go
too, and the Row is full of ladies and gentlemen."
"Dear, how charming! I hope I shall go abroad some day; but I'd rather go
to Rome than the Row," said Amy, who had not the remotest idea what the
Row was, and wouldn't have asked for the world.
Frank, sitting just behind the little girls, heard what they were saying, and
pushed his crutch away from him with an impatient gesture as he watched the
active lads going through all sorts of comical gymnastics. Beth, who was
collecting the scattered Author-cards, looked up, and said, in her shy yet
friendly way,—
"I'm afraid you are tired; can I do anything for you?"
"Talk to me, please; it's dull, sitting by myself," answered Frank, who had
evidently been used to being made much of at home.

Page 187

If he had asked her to deliver a Latin oration, it would not have seemed a
more impossible task to bashful Beth; but there was no place to run to, no Jo
to hide behind now, and the poor boy looked so wistfully at her, that she
bravely resolved to try.
"What do you like to talk about?" she asked, fumbling over the cards, and
dropping half as she tried to tie them up.
"Well, I like to hear about cricket and boating and hunting," said Frank,
who had not yet learned to suit his amusements to his strength.
"My heart! what shall I do? I don't know anything about them," thought
Beth; and, forgetting the boy's misfortune in her flurry, she said, hoping to
make him talk, "I never saw any hunting, but I suppose you know all about
it."
"I did once; but I can never hunt again, for I got hurt leaping a confounded
five-barred gate; so there are no more horses and hounds for me," said Frank,
with a sigh that made Beth hate herself for her innocent blunder.
"Your deer are much prettier than our ugly buffaloes," she said, turning to
the prairies for help, and feeling glad that she had read one of the boys' books
in which Jo delighted.
Buffaloes proved soothing and satisfactory; and, in her eagerness to amuse
another, Beth forgot herself, and was quite unconscious of her sisters'
surprise and delight at the unusual spectacle of Beth talking away to one of
the dreadful boys, against whom she had begged protection.
"Bless her heart! She pities him, so she is good to him," said Jo, beaming
at her from the croquet-ground.
"I always said she was a little saint," added Meg, as if there could be no
further doubt of it.
"I haven't heard Frank laugh so much for ever so long," said Grace to Amy,
as they sat discussing dolls, and making tea-sets out of the acorn-cups.
"My sister Beth is a very fastidious girl, when she likes to be," said Amy,
well pleased at Beth's success. She meant "fascinating," but as Grace didn't
know the exact meaning of either word, "fastidious" sounded well, and made
a good impression.
An impromptu circus, fox and geese, and an amicable game of croquet,
finished the afternoon. At sunset the tent was struck, hampers packed,
wickets pulled up, boats loaded, and the whole party floated down the river,

Page 188

singing at the tops of their voices. Ned, getting sentimental, warbled a
serenade with the pensive refrain,—
"Alone, alone, ah! woe, alone,"
and at the lines—
"We each are young, we each have a heart,
Oh, why should we stand thus coldly apart?"
he looked at Meg with such a lackadaisical expression that she laughed
outright and spoilt his song.
"How can you be so cruel to me?" he whispered, under cover of a lively
chorus. "You've kept close to that starched-up Englishwoman all day, and
now you snub me."
"I didn't mean to; but you looked so funny I really couldn't help it," replied
Meg, passing over the first part of his reproach; for it was quite true that she
had shunned him, remembering the Moffat party and the talk after it.
Ned was offended, and turned to Sallie for consolation, saying to her rather
pettishly, "There isn't a bit of flirt in that girl, is there?"
"Not a particle; but she's a dear," returned Sallie, defending her friend even
while confessing her short-comings.
"She's not a stricken deer, any way," said Ned, trying to be witty, and
succeeding as well as very young gentlemen usually do.
On the lawn, where it had gathered, the little party separated with cordial
good-nights and good-byes, for the Vaughns were going to Canada. As the
four sisters went home through the garden, Miss Kate looked after them,
saying, without the patronizing tone in her voice, "In spite of their
demonstrative manners, American girls are very nice when one knows them."
"I quite agree with you," said Mr. Brooke.

Page 189

Page 190

XIII.
CASTLES IN THE AIR.
Laurie lay luxuriously swinging to and fro in his hammock, one warm
September afternoon, wondering what his neighbors were about, but too lazy
to go and find out. He was in one of his moods; for the day had been both
unprofitable and unsatisfactory, and he was wishing he could live it over
again. The hot weather made him indolent, and he had shirked his studies,
tried Mr. Brooke's patience to the utmost, displeased his grandfather by
practising half the afternoon, frightened the maid-servants half out of their
wits, by mischievously hinting that one of his dogs was going mad, and, after
high words with the stable-man about some fancied neglect of his horse, he

Page 191

had flung himself into his hammock, to fume over the stupidity of the world
in general, till the peace of the lovely day quieted him in spite of himself.
Staring up into the green gloom of the horse-chestnut trees above him, he
dreamed dreams of all sorts, and was just imagining himself tossing on the
ocean, in a voyage round the world, when the sound of voices brought him
ashore in a flash. Peeping through the meshes of the hammock, he saw the
Marches coming out, as if bound on some expedition.
"What in the world are those girls about now?" thought Laurie, opening his
sleepy eyes to take a good look, for there was something rather peculiar in
the appearance of his neighbors. Each wore a large, flapping hat, a brown
linen pouch slung over one shoulder, and carried a long staff. Meg had a
cushion, Jo a book, Beth a basket, and Amy a portfolio. All walked quietly
through the garden, out at the little back gate, and began to climb the hill that
lay between the house and river.
"Well, that's cool!" said Laurie to himself, "to have a picnic and never ask
me. They can't be going in the boat, for they haven't got the key. Perhaps they
forgot it; I'll take it to them, and see what's going on."
Though possessed of half a dozen hats, it took him some time to find one;
then there was a hunt for the key, which was at last discovered in his pocket;
so that the girls were quite out of sight when he leaped the fence and ran after
them. Taking the shortest way to the boat-house, he waited for them to
appear: but no one came, and he went up the hill to take an observation. A
grove of pines covered one part of it, and from the heart of this green spot
came a clearer sound than the soft sigh of the pines or the drowsy chirp of the
crickets.
"Here's a landscape!" thought Laurie, peeping through the bushes, and
looking wide-awake and good-natured already.
It was rather a pretty little picture; for the sisters sat together in the shady
nook, with sun and shadow flickering over them, the aromatic wind lifting
their hair and cooling their hot cheeks, and all the little wood-people going
on with their affairs as if these were no strangers, but old friends. Meg sat
upon her cushion, sewing daintily with her white hands, and looking as fresh
and sweet as a rose, in her pink dress, among the green. Beth was sorting the
cones that lay thick under the hemlock near by, for she made pretty things of
them. Amy was sketching a group of ferns, and Jo was knitting as she read
aloud. A shadow passed over the boy's face as he watched them, feeling that
he ought to go away, because uninvited; yet lingering, because home seemed

Page 192

very lonely, and this quiet party in the woods most attractive to his restless
spirit. He stood so still that a squirrel, busy with its harvesting, ran down a
pine close beside him, saw him suddenly and skipped back, scolding so
shrilly that Beth looked up, espied the wistful face behind the birches, and
beckoned with a reassuring smile.

"May I come in, please? or shall I be a bother?" he asked, advancing
slowly.
Meg lifted her eyebrows, but Jo scowled at her defiantly, and said, at once,
"Of course you may. We should have asked you before, only we thought you
wouldn't care for such a girl's game as this."
"I always liked your games; but if Meg doesn't want me, I'll go away."
"I've no objection, if you do something; it's against the rules to be idle
here," replied Meg, gravely but graciously.
"Much obliged; I'll do anything if you'll let me stop a bit, for it's as dull as
the Desert of Sahara down there. Shall I sew, read, cone, draw, or do all at
once? Bring on your bears; I'm ready," and Laurie sat down, with a
submissive expression delightful to behold.
"Finish this story while I set my heel," said Jo, handing him the book.

Page 193

"Yes'm," was the meek answer, as he began, doing his best to prove his
gratitude for the favor of an admission into the "Busy Bee Society."
The story was not a long one, and, when it was finished, he ventured to ask
a few questions as a reward of merit.
"Please, ma'am, could I inquire if this highly instructive and charming
institution is a new one?"
"Would you tell him?" asked Meg of her sisters.
"He'll laugh," said Amy warningly.
"Who cares?" said Jo.
"I guess he'll like it," added Beth.
"Of course I shall! I give you my word I won't laugh. Tell away, Jo, and
don't be afraid."
"The idea of being afraid of you! Well, you see we used to play 'Pilgrim's
Progress,' and we have been going on with it in earnest, all winter and
summer."
"Yes, I know," said Laurie, nodding wisely.
"Who told you?" demanded Jo.
"Spirits."
"No, I did; I wanted to amuse him one night when you were all away, and
he was rather dismal. He did like it, so don't scold, Jo," said Beth meekly.
"You can't keep a secret. Never mind; it saves trouble now."
"Go on, please," said Laurie, as Jo became absorbed in her work, looking a
trifle displeased.
"Oh, didn't she tell you about this new plan of ours? Well, we have tried
not to waste our holiday, but each has had a task, and worked at it with a will.
The vacation is nearly over, the stints are all done, and we are ever so glad
that we didn't dawdle."
"Yes, I should think so;" and Laurie thought regretfully of his own idle
days.
"Mother likes to have us out of doors as much as possible; so we bring our
work here, and have nice times. For the fun of it we bring our things in these
bags, wear the old hats, use poles to climb the hill, and play pilgrims, as we
used to do years ago. We call this hill the 'Delectable Mountain,' for we can
look far away and see the country where we hope to live some time."

Page 194

Jo pointed, and Laurie sat up to examine; for through an opening in the
wood one could look across the wide, blue river, the meadows on the other
side, far over the outskirts of the great city, to the green hills that rose to meet
the sky. The sun was low, and the heavens glowed with the splendor of an
autumn sunset. Gold and purple clouds lay on the hill-tops; and rising high
into the ruddy light were silvery white peaks, that shone like the airy spires of
some Celestial City.
"How beautiful that is!" said Laurie softly, for he was quick to see and feel
beauty of any kind.
"It's often so; and we like to watch it, for it is never the same, but always
splendid," replied Amy, wishing she could paint it.
"Jo talks about the country where we hope to live some time,—the real
country, she means, with pigs and chickens, and haymaking. It would be nice,
but I wish the beautiful country up there was real, and we could ever go to
it," said Beth musingly.
"There is a lovelier country even than that, where we shall go, by and by,
when we are good enough," answered Meg, with her sweet voice.
"It seems so long to wait, so hard to do; I want to fly away at once, as
those swallows fly, and go in at that splendid gate."
"You'll get there, Beth, sooner or later; no fear of that," said Jo; "I'm the
one that will have to fight and work, and climb and wait, and maybe never
get in after all."
"You'll have me for company, if that's any comfort. I shall have to do a
deal of travelling before I come in sight of your Celestial City. If I arrive late,
you'll say a good word for me, won't you, Beth?"
Something in the boy's face troubled his little friend; but she said
cheerfully, with her quiet eyes on the changing clouds, "If people really want
to go, and really try all their lives, I think they will get in; for I don't believe
there are any locks on that door, or any guards at the gate. I always imagine it
is as it is in the picture, where the shining ones stretch out their hands to
welcome poor Christian as he comes up from the river."
"Wouldn't it be fun if all the castles in the air which we make could come
true, and we could live in them?" said Jo, after a little pause.
"I've made such quantities it would be hard to choose which I'd have," said
Laurie, lying flat, and throwing cones at the squirrel who had betrayed him.

Page 195

"You'd have to take your favorite one. What is it?" asked Meg.
"If I tell mine, will you tell yours?"
"Yes, if the girls will too."
"We will. Now, Laurie."
"After I'd seen as much of the world as I want to, I'd like to settle in
Germany, and have just as much music as I choose. I'm to be a famous
musician myself, and all creation is to rush to hear me; and I'm never to be
bothered about money or business, but just enjoy myself, and live for what I
like. That's my favorite castle. What's yours, Meg?"
Margaret seemed to find it a little hard to tell hers, and waved a brake
before her face, as if to disperse imaginary gnats, while she said slowly, "I
should like a lovely house, full of all sorts of luxurious things,—nice food,
pretty clothes, handsome furniture, pleasant people, and heaps of money. I
am to be mistress of it, and manage it as I like, with plenty of servants, so I
never need work a bit. How I should enjoy it! for I wouldn't be idle, but do
good, and make every one love me dearly."

"Wouldn't you have a master for your castle in the air?" asked Laurie slyly.

Page 196

"I said 'pleasant people,' you know;" and Meg carefully tied up her shoe as
she spoke, so that no one saw her face.
"Why don't you say you'd have a splendid, wise, good husband, and some
angelic little children? You know your castle wouldn't be perfect without,"
said blunt Jo, who had no tender fancies yet, and rather scorned romance,
except in books.
"You'd have nothing but horses, inkstands, and novels in yours," answered
Meg petulantly.
"Wouldn't I, though? I'd have a stable full of Arabian steeds, rooms piled
with books, and I'd write out of a magic inkstand, so that my works should be
as famous as Laurie's music. I want to do something splendid before I go into
my castle,—something heroic or wonderful, that won't be forgotten after I'm
dead. I don't know what, but I'm on the watch for it, and mean to astonish
you all, some day. I think I shall write books, and get rich and famous: that
would suit me, so that is my favorite dream."
"Mine is to stay at home safe with father and mother, and help take care of
the family," said Beth contentedly.
"Don't you wish for anything else?" asked Laurie.
"Since I had my little piano, I am perfectly satisfied. I only wish we may
all keep well and be together; nothing else."
"I have ever so many wishes; but the pet one is to be an artist, and go to
Rome, and do fine pictures, and be the best artist in the whole world," was
Amy's modest desire.
"We're an ambitious set, aren't we? Every one of us, but Beth, wants to be
rich and famous, and gorgeous in every respect. I do wonder if any of us will
ever get our wishes," said Laurie, chewing grass, like a meditative calf.
"I've got the key to my castle in the air; but whether I can unlock the door
remains to be seen," observed Jo mysteriously.
"I've got the key to mine, but I'm not allowed to try it. Hang college!"
muttered Laurie, with an impatient sigh.
"Here's mine!" and Amy waved her pencil.
"I haven't got any," said Meg forlornly.
"Yes, you have," said Laurie at once.
"Where?"
"In your face."

Page 197

"Nonsense; that's of no use."
"Wait and see if it doesn't bring you something worth having," replied the
boy, laughing at the thought of a charming little secret which he fancied he
knew.
Meg colored behind the brake, but asked no questions, and looked across
the river with the same expectant expression which Mr. Brooke had worn
when he told the story of the knight.
"If we are all alive ten years hence, let's meet, and see how many of us
have got our wishes, or how much nearer we are then than now," said Jo,
always ready with a plan.
"Bless me! how old I shall be,—twenty-seven!" exclaimed Meg who felt
grown up already, having just reached seventeen.
"You and I shall be twenty-six, Teddy, Beth twenty-four, and Amy twenty-
two. What a venerable party!" said Jo.
"I hope I shall have done something to be proud of by that time; but I'm
such a lazy dog, I'm afraid I shall 'dawdle,' Jo."
"You need a motive, mother says; and when you get it, she is sure you'll
work splendidly."
"Is she? By Jupiter I will, if I only get the chance!" cried Laurie, sitting up
with sudden energy. "I ought to be satisfied to please grandfather, and I do
try, but it's working against the grain, you see, and comes hard. He wants me
to be an India merchant, as he was, and I'd rather be shot. I hate tea and silk
and spices, and every sort of rubbish his old ships bring, and I don't care how
soon they go to the bottom when I own them. Going to college ought to
satisfy him, for if I give him four years he ought to let me off from the
business; but he's set, and I 've got to do just as he did, unless I break away
and please myself, as my father did. If there was any one left to stay with the
old gentleman, I'd do it to-morrow."
Laurie spoke excitedly, and looked ready to carry his threat into execution
on the slightest provocation; for he was growing up very fast, and, in spite of
his indolent ways, had a young man's hatred of subjection, a young man's
restless longing to try the world for himself.
"I advise you to sail away in one of your ships, and never come home
again till you have tried your own way," said Jo, whose imagination was fired
by the thought of such a daring exploit, and whose sympathy was excited by
what she called "Teddy's wrongs."

Page 198

"That's not right, Jo; you mustn't talk in that way, and Laurie mustn't take
your bad advice. You should do just what your grandfather wishes, my dear
boy," said Meg, in her most maternal tone. "Do your best at college, and,
when he sees that you try to please him, I'm sure he won't be hard or unjust to
you. As you say, there is no one else to stay with and love him, and you'd
never forgive yourself if you left him without his permission. Don't be dismal
or fret, but do your duty; and you'll get your reward, as good Mr. Brooke has,
by being respected and loved."
"What do you know about him?" asked Laurie, grateful for the good
advice, but objecting to the lecture, and glad to turn the conversation from
himself, after his unusual outbreak.
"Only what your grandpa told us about him,—how he took good care of
his own mother till she died, and wouldn't go abroad as tutor to some nice
person, because he wouldn't leave her; and how he provides now for an old
woman who nursed his mother; and never tells any one, but is just as
generous and patient and good as he can be."
"So he is, dear old fellow!" said Laurie heartily, as Meg paused, looking
flushed and earnest with her story. "It's like grandpa to find out all about him,
without letting him know, and to tell all his goodness to others, so that they
might like him. Brooke couldn't understand why your mother was so kind to
him, asking him over with me, and treating him in her beautiful friendly way.
He thought she was just perfect, and talked about it for days and days, and
went on about you all in flaming style. If ever I do get my wish, you see what
I'll do for Brooke."
"Begin to do something now, by not plaguing his life out," said Meg
sharply.
"How do you know I do, miss?"
"I can always tell by his face, when he goes away. If you have been good,
he looks satisfied and walks briskly; if you have plagued him, he's sober and
walks slowly, as if he wanted to go back and do his work better."
"Well, I like that! So you keep an account of my good and bad marks in
Brooke's face, do you? I see him bow and smile as he passes your window,
but I didn't know you'd got up a telegraph."
"We haven't; don't be angry, and oh, don't tell him I said anything! It was
only to show that I cared how you get on, and what is said here is said in

Page 199

confidence, you know,"
cried Meg, much
alarmed at the thought
of what might follow
from her careless
speech.
"I don't tell tales,"
replied Laurie, with his
"high and mighty" air,
as Jo called a certain
expression which he
occasionally wore.
"Only if Brooke is
going to be a
thermometer, I must
mind and have fair
weather for him to
report."
"Please don't be
offended. I didn't mean
to preach or tell tales or
be silly; I only thought
Jo was encouraging you
in a feeling which you'd
be sorry for, by and by.
You are so kind to us,
we feel as if you were
our brother, and say just
what we think. Forgive me, I meant it kindly." And Meg offered her hand
with a gesture both affectionate and timid.
Ashamed of his momentary pique, Laurie squeezed the kind little hand,
and said frankly, "I'm the one to be forgiven; I'm cross, and have been out of
sorts all day. I like to have you tell me my faults and be sisterly, so don't mind
if I am grumpy sometimes; I thank you all the same."
Bent on showing that he was not offended, he made himself as agreeable
as possible,—wound cotton for Meg, recited poetry to please Jo, shook down
cones for Beth, and helped Amy with her ferns, proving himself a fit person

Page 200

to belong to the "Busy Bee Society." In the midst of an animated discussion
on the domestic habits of turtles (one of those amiable creatures having
strolled up from the river), the faint sound of a bell warned them that Hannah
had put the tea "to draw," and they would just have time to get home to
supper.
"May I come again?" asked Laurie.
"Yes, if you are good, and love your book, as the boys in the primer are
told to do," said Meg smiling.
"I'll try."
"Then you may come, and I'll teach you to knit as the Scotchmen do;
there's a demand for socks just now," added Jo, waving hers, like a big blue
worsted banner, as they parted at the gate.
That night, when Beth played to Mr. Laurence in the twilight, Laurie,
standing in the shadow of the curtain, listened to the little David, whose
simple music always quieted his moody spirit, and watched the old man, who
sat with his gray head on his hand, thinking tender thoughts of the dead child
he had loved so much. Remembering the conversation of the afternoon, the
boy said to himself, with the resolve to make the sacrifice cheerfully, "I'll let
my castle go, and stay with the dear old gentleman while he needs me, for I
am all he has."

Page 201

Page 202

XIV.
SECRETS.
Jo was very busy in the garret, for the October days began to grow chilly,
and the afternoons were short. For two or three hours the sun lay warmly in
the high window, showing Jo seated on the old sofa, writing busily, with her
papers spread out upon a trunk before her, while Scrabble, the pet rat,
promenaded the beams overhead, accompanied by his oldest son, a fine
young fellow, who was evidently very proud of his whiskers. Quite absorbed
in her work, Jo scribbled away till the last page was filled, when she signed
her name with a flourish, and threw down her pen, exclaiming,—

Page 203

"There, I've done my best! If this won't suit I shall have to wait till I can do
better."
Lying back on the sofa, she read the manuscript carefully through, making
dashes here and there, and putting in many exclamation points, which looked
like little balloons; then she tied it up with a smart red ribbon, and sat a
minute looking at it with a sober, wistful expression, which plainly showed
how earnest her work had been. Jo's desk up here was an old tin kitchen,
which hung against the wall. In it she kept her papers and a few books, safely
shut away from Scrabble, who, being likewise of a literary turn, was fond of
making a circulating library of such books as were left in his way, by eating
the leaves. From this tin receptacle Jo produced another manuscript; and,
putting both in her pocket, crept quietly down stairs, leaving her friends to
nibble her pens and taste her ink.
She put on her hat and jacket as noiselessly as possible, and, going to the
back entry window, got out upon the roof of a low porch, swung herself
down to the grassy bank, and took a roundabout way to the road. Once there,
she composed herself, hailed a passing omnibus, and rolled away to town,
looking very merry and mysterious.
If any one had been watching her, he would have thought her movements
decidedly peculiar; for, on alighting, she went off at a great pace till she
reached a certain number in a certain busy street; having found the place with
some difficulty, she went into the door-way, looked up the dirty stairs, and,
after standing stock still a minute, suddenly dived into the street, and walked
away as rapidly as she came. This manœuvre she repeated several times, to
the great amusement of a black-eyed young gentleman lounging in the
window of a building opposite. On returning for the third time, Jo gave
herself a shake, pulled her hat over her eyes, and walked up the stairs,
looking as if she were going to have all her teeth out.
There was a dentist's sign, among others, which adorned the entrance, and,
after staring a moment at the pair of artificial jaws which slowly opened and
shut to draw attention to a fine set of teeth, the young gentleman put on his
coat, took his hat, and went down to post himself in the opposite door-way,
saying, with a smile and a shiver,—
"It's like her to come alone, but if she has a bad time she'll need some one
to help her home."
In ten minutes Jo came running down stairs with a very red face, and the
general appearance of a person who had just passed through a trying ordeal

Page 204

of some sort. When she saw the young gentleman she looked anything but
pleased, and passed him with a nod; but he followed, asking with an air of
sympathy,—
"Did you have a bad time?"
"Not very."
"You got through quickly."
"Yes, thank goodness!"
"Why did you go alone?"
"Didn't want any one to know."
"You're the oddest fellow I ever saw. How many did you have out?"
Jo looked at her friend as if she did not understand him; then began to
laugh, as if mightily amused at something.
"There are two which I want to have come out, but I must wait a week."
"What are you laughing at? You are up to some mischief, Jo," said Laurie,
looking mystified.
"So are you. What were you doing, sir, up in that billiard saloon?"
"Begging your pardon, ma'am, it wasn't a billiard saloon, but a
gymnasium, and I was taking a lesson in fencing."
"I'm glad of that."
"Why?"
"You can teach me, and then when we play Hamlet, you can be Laertes,
and we'll make a fine thing of the fencing scene."
Laurie burst out with a hearty boy's laugh, which made several passers-by
smile in spite of themselves.
"I'll teach you whether we play Hamlet or not; it's grand fun, and will
straighten you up capitally. But I don't believe that was your only reason for
saying 'I'm glad,' in that decided way; was it, now?"
"No, I was glad that you were not in the saloon, because I hope you never
go to such places. Do you?"
"Not often."
"I wish you wouldn't."
"It's no harm, Jo. I have billiards at home, but it's no fun unless you have
good players; so, as I'm fond of it, I come sometimes and have a game with

Page 205

Ned Moffat or some of the other fellows."
"Oh dear, I'm so sorry, for you'll get to liking it better and better, and will
waste time and money, and grow like those dreadful boys. I did hope you'd
stay respectable, and be a satisfaction to your friends," said Jo, shaking her
head.
"Can't a fellow take a little innocent amusement now and then without
losing his respectability?" asked Laurie, looking nettled.
"That depends upon how and where he takes it. I don't like Ned and his set,
and wish you'd keep out of it. Mother won't let us have him at our house,
though he wants to come; and if you grow like him she won't be willing to
have us frolic together as we do now."
"Won't she?" asked Laurie anxiously.
"No, she can't bear fashionable young men, and she'd shut us all up in
bandboxes rather than have us associate with them."
"Well, she needn't get out her bandboxes yet; I'm not a fashionable party,
and don't mean to be; but I do like harmless larks now and then, don't you?"
"Yes, nobody minds them, so lark away, but don't get wild, will you? or
there will be an end of all our good times."
"I'll be a double-distilled saint."
"I can't bear saints: just be a simple, honest, respectable boy, and we'll
never desert you. I don't know what I should do if you acted like Mr. King's
son; he had plenty of money, but didn't know how to spend it, and got tipsy
and gambled, and ran away, and forged his father's name, I believe, and was
altogether horrid."
"You think I'm likely to do the same? Much obliged."
"No, I don't—oh, dear, no!—but I hear people talking about money being
such a temptation, and I sometimes wish you were poor; I shouldn't worry
then."
"Do you worry about me, Jo?"
"A little, when you look moody or discontented, as you sometimes do; for
you've got such a strong will, if you once get started wrong, I'm afraid it
would be hard to stop you."
Laurie walked in silence a few minutes, and Jo watched him, wishing she
had held her tongue, for his eyes looked angry, though his lips still smiled as
if at her warnings.

Page 206

"Are you going to deliver lectures all the way home?" he asked presently.
"Of course not; why?"
"Because if you are, I'll take a 'bus; if you are not, I'd like to walk with
you, and tell you something very interesting."
"I won't preach any more, and I'd like to hear the news immensely."
"Very well, then; come on. It's a secret, and if I tell you, you must tell me
yours."
"I haven't got any," began Jo, but stopped suddenly, remembering that she
had.
"You know you have,—you can't hide anything; so up and 'fess, or I won't
tell," cried Laurie.
"Is your secret a nice one?"
"Oh, isn't it! all about people you know, and such fun! You ought to hear it,
and I've been aching to tell it this long time. Come, you begin."
"You'll not say anything about it at home, will you?"
"Not a word."
"And you won't tease me in private?"
"I never tease."
"Yes, you do; you get everything you want out of people. I don't know how
you do it, but you are a born wheedler."
"Thank you; fire away."
"Well, I've left two stories with a newspaper man, and he's to give his
answer next week," whispered Jo, in her confidant's ear.
"Hurrah for Miss March, the celebrated American authoress!" cried Laurie,
throwing up his hat and catching it again, to the great delight of two ducks,
four cats, five hens, and half a dozen Irish children; for they were out of the
city now.
"Hush! It won't come to anything, I dare say; but I couldn't rest till I had
tried, and I said nothing about it, because I didn't want any one else to be
disappointed."
"It won't fail. Why, Jo, your stories are works of Shakespeare, compared to
half the rubbish that is published every day. Won't it be fun to see them in
print; and sha'n't we feel proud of our authoress?"

Page 207

Jo's eyes sparkled, for it is
always pleasant to be believed in;
and a friend's praise is always
sweeter than a dozen newspaper
puffs.
"Where's your secret? Play fair,
Teddy, or I'll never believe you
again," she said, trying to
extinguish the brilliant hopes that
blazed up at a word of
encouragement.
"I may get into a scrape for
telling; but I didn't promise not to,
so I will, for I never feel easy in
my mind till I've told you any
plummy bit of news I get. I know
where Meg's glove is."
"Is that all?" said Jo, looking
disappointed, as Laurie nodded
and twinkled, with a face full of
mysterious intelligence.
"It's quite enough for the
present, as you'll agree when I tell
you where it is."
"Tell, then."
Laurie bent, and whispered
three words in Jo's ear, which
produced a comical change. She
stood and stared at him for a
minute, looking both surprised
and displeased, then walked on,
saying sharply, "How do you
know?"
"Saw it."
"Where?"
"Pocket."

Page 208

"All this time?"
"Yes; isn't that romantic?"
"No, it's horrid."
"Don't you like it?"
"Of course I don't. It's ridiculous; it won't be allowed. My patience! what
would Meg say?"
"You are not to tell any one; mind that."
"I didn't promise."
"That was understood, and I trusted you."
"Well, I won't for the present, any way; but I'm disgusted, and wish you
hadn't told me."
"I thought you'd be pleased."
"At the idea of anybody coming to take Meg away? No, thank you."
"You'll feel better about it when somebody comes to take you away."
"I'd like to see any one try it," cried Jo fiercely.
"So should I!" and Laurie chuckled at the idea.
"I don't think secrets agree with me; I feel rumpled up in my mind since
you told me that," said Jo, rather ungratefully.
"Race down this hill with me, and you'll be all right," suggested Laurie.
No one was in sight; the smooth road sloped invitingly before her; and
finding the temptation irresistible, Jo darted away, soon leaving hat and comb
behind her, and scattering hair-pins as she ran. Laurie reached the goal first,
and was quite satisfied with the success of his treatment; for his Atalanta
came panting up, with flying hair, bright eyes, ruddy cheeks, and no signs of
dissatisfaction in her face.
"I wish I was a horse; then I could run for miles in this splendid air, and
not lose my breath. It was capital; but see what a guy it's made me. Go, pick
up my things, like a cherub as you are," said Jo, dropping down under a
maple-tree, which was carpeting the bank with crimson leaves.
Laurie leisurely departed to recover the lost property, and Jo bundled up
her braids, hoping no one would pass by till she was tidy again. But some one
did pass, and who should it be but Meg, looking particularly ladylike in her
state and festival suit, for she had been making calls.

Page 209

"What in the world
are you doing here?"
she asked, regarding her
dishevelled sister with
well-bred surprise.
"Getting leaves,"
meekly answered Jo,
sorting the rosy handful
she had just swept up.
"And hair-pins,"
added Laurie, throwing
half a dozen into Jo's
lap. "They grow on this
road, Meg; so do combs
and brown straw hats."
"You have been
running, Jo; how could
you? When will you
stop such romping
ways?" said Meg
reprovingly, as she
settled her cuffs, and
smoothed her hair, with
which the wind had
taken liberties.
"Never till I'm stiff
and old, and have to use a crutch. Don't try to make me grow up before my
time, Meg: it's hard enough to have you change all of a sudden; let me be a
little girl as long as I can."
As she spoke, Jo bent over the leaves to hide the trembling of her lips; for
lately she had felt that Margaret was fast getting to be a woman, and Laurie's
secret made her dread the separation which must surely come some time, and
now seemed very near. He saw the trouble in her face, and drew Meg's
attention from it by asking quickly, "Where have you been calling, all so
fine?"
"At the Gardiners', and Sallie has been telling me all about Belle Moffat's
wedding. It was very splendid, and they have gone to spend the winter in

Page 210

Paris. Just think how delightful that must be!"
"Do you envy her, Meg?" said Laurie.
"I'm afraid I do."
"I'm glad of it!" muttered Jo, tying on her hat with a jerk.
"Why?" asked Meg, looking surprised.
"Because if you care much about riches, you will never go and marry a
poor man," said Jo, frowning at Laurie, who was mutely warning her to mind
what she said.
"I shall never 'go and marry' any one," observed Meg, walking on with
great dignity, while the others followed, laughing, whispering, skipping
stones, and "behaving like children," as Meg said to herself, though she
might have been tempted to join them if she had not had her best dress on.
For a week or two, Jo behaved so queerly that her sisters were quite
bewildered. She rushed to the door when the postman rang; was rude to Mr.
Brooke whenever they met; would sit looking at Meg with a woe-begone
face, occasionally jumping up to shake, and then to kiss her, in a very
mysterious manner; Laurie and she were always making signs to one another,
and talking about "Spread Eagles," till the girls declared they had both lost
their wits. On the second Saturday after Jo got out of the window, Meg, as
she sat sewing at her window, was scandalized by the sight of Laurie chasing
Jo all over the garden, and finally capturing her in Amy's bower. What went
on there, Meg could not see; but shrieks of laughter were heard, followed by
the murmur of voices and a great flapping of newspapers.
"What shall we do with that girl? She never will behave like a young lady,"
sighed Meg, as she watched the race with a disapproving face.
"I hope she won't; she is so funny and dear as she is," said Beth, who had
never betrayed that she was a little hurt at Jo's having secrets with any one
but her.
"It's very trying, but we never can make her commy la fo," added Amy,
who sat making some new frills for herself, with her curls tied up in a very
becoming way,—two agreeable things, which made her feel unusually
elegant and ladylike.
In a few minutes Jo bounced in, laid herself on the sofa, and affected to
read.

Page 211

"Have you anything interesting there?" asked Meg, with condescension.
"Nothing but a story; won't amount to much, I guess," returned Jo, carefully
keeping the name of the paper out of sight.
"You'd better read it aloud; that will amuse us and keep you out of mischief," said
Amy, in her most grown-up tone.
"What's the name?" asked Beth, wondering why Jo kept her face behind the sheet.
"The Rival Painters."
"That sounds well; read it," said Meg.
With a loud "Hem!" and a long breath, Jo began to read very fast. The girls listened
with interest, for the tale was romantic, and somewhat pathetic, as most of the
characters died in the end.
"I like that about the splendid picture," was Amy's approving remark, as Jo paused.
"I prefer the lovering part. Viola and Angelo are two of our favorite names; isn't that
queer?" said Meg, wiping her eyes, for the "lovering part" was tragical.
"Who wrote it?" asked Beth, who had caught a glimpse of Jo's face.
The reader suddenly sat up, cast away the paper, displaying a flushed countenance,
and, with a funny mixture of solemnity and excitement, replied in a loud voice, "Your
sister."
"You?" cried Meg, dropping her work.
"It's very good," said Amy critically.
"I knew it! I knew it! O my Jo, I am so proud!" and Beth ran to hug her sister, and
exult over this splendid success.

Page 212

Dear me, how delighted they all were, to be sure! how Meg wouldn't believe it till
she saw the words, "Miss Josephine March," actually printed in the paper; how
graciously Amy criticised the artistic parts of the story, and offered hints for a sequel,
which unfortunately couldn't be carried out, as the hero and heroine were dead; how
Beth got excited, and skipped and sung with joy; how Hannah came in to exclaim
"Sakes alive, well I never!" in great astonishment at "that Jo's doin's;" how proud Mrs.
March was when she knew it; how Jo laughed, with tears in her eyes, as she declared
she might as well be a peacock and done with it; and how the "Spread Eagle" might be
said to flap his wings triumphantly over the House of March, as the paper passed from
hand to hand.
"Tell us all about it." "When did it come?" "How much did you get for it?" "What
will father say?" "Won't Laurie laugh?" cried the family, all in one breath, as they
clustered about Jo; for these foolish, affectionate people made a jubilee of every little
household joy.
"Stop jabbering, girls, and I'll tell you everything," said Jo, wondering if Miss
Burney felt any grander over her "Evelina" than she did over her "Rival Painters."
Having told how she disposed of her tales, Jo added, "And when I went to get my
answer, the man said he liked them both, but didn't pay beginners, only let them print
in his paper, and noticed the stories. It was good practice, he said; and when the
beginners improved, any one would pay. So I let him have the two stories, and to-day
this was sent to me, and Laurie caught me with it, and insisted on seeing it, so I let
him; and he said it was good, and I shall write more, and he's going to get the next
paid for, and I am so happy, for in time I may be able to support myself and help the
girls."
Jo's breath gave out here; and, wrapping her head in the paper, she bedewed her
little story with a few natural tears; for to be independent, and earn the praise of those
she loved were the dearest wishes of her heart, and this seemed to be the first step
toward that happy end.

Page 213

XV.
A TELEGRAM.
"November is the most disagreeable month in the whole year," said Margaret,
standing at the window one dull afternoon, looking out at the frost-bitten garden.
"That's the reason I was born in it," observed Jo pensively, quite unconscious of the
blot on her nose.
"If something very pleasant should happen now, we should think it a delightful
month," said Beth, who took a hopeful view of everything, even November.
"I dare say; but nothing pleasant ever does happen in this family," said Meg, who
was out of sorts. "We go grubbing along day after day, without a bit of change, and
very little fun. We might as well be in a treadmill."
"My patience, how blue we are!" cried Jo. "I don't much wonder, poor dear, for you
see other girls having splendid times, while you grind, grind, year in and year out. Oh,
don't I wish I could manage things for you as I do for my heroines! You're pretty
enough and good enough already, so I'd have some rich relation leave you a fortune
unexpectedly; then you'd dash out as an heiress, scorn every one who has slighted
you, go abroad, and come home my Lady Something, in a blaze of splendor and
elegance."
"People don't have fortunes left them in that style now-a-days; men have to work,
and women to marry for money. It's a dreadfully unjust world," said Meg bitterly.
"Jo and I are going to make fortunes for you all; just wait ten years, and see if we
don't," said Amy, who sat in a corner, making mud pies, as Hannah called her little
clay models of birds, fruit, and faces.
"Can't wait, and I'm afraid I haven't much faith in ink and dirt, though I'm grateful
for your good intentions."
Meg sighed, and turned to the frost-bitten garden again; Jo groaned, and leaned
both elbows on the table in a despondent attitude, but Amy spatted away energetically;
and Beth, who sat at the other window, said, smiling, "Two pleasant things are going
to happen right away: Marmee is coming down the street, and Laurie is tramping
through the garden as if he had something nice to tell."
In they both came, Mrs. March with her usual question, "Any letter from father,
girls?" and Laurie to say in his persuasive way, "Won't some of you come for a drive?
I've been working away at mathematics till my head is in a muddle, and I'm going to

Page 214

freshen my wits by a brisk turn. It's a dull day,
but the air isn't bad, and I'm going to take
Brooke home, so it will be gay inside, if it isn't
out. Come, Jo, you and Beth will go, won't
you?"
"Of course we will."
"Much obliged, but I'm busy;" and Meg
whisked out her work-basket, for she had
agreed with her mother that it was best, for her
at least, not to drive often with the young
gentleman.
"We three will be ready in a minute," cried
Amy, running away to wash her hands.
"Can I do anything for you, Madam
Mother?" asked Laurie, leaning over Mrs.
March's chair, with the affectionate look and
tone he always gave her.
"No, thank you, except call at the office, if
you'll be so kind, dear. It's our day for a letter,
and the postman hasn't been. Father is as
regular as the sun, but there's some delay on the
way, perhaps."
A sharp ring interrupted her, and a minute
after Hannah came in with a letter.
"It's one of them horrid telegraph things,
mum," she said, handing it as if she was afraid
it would explode and do some damage.
At the word "telegraph," Mrs. March
snatched it, read the two lines it contained, and
dropped back into her chair as white as if the
little paper had sent a bullet to her heart. Laurie
dashed down stairs for water, while Meg and
Hannah supported her, and Jo read aloud, in a frightened voice,—

"Mrs. March:
"Your husband is very ill. Come at once.
S. Hale,
"Blank Hospital, Washington"

Page 215

How still the room was as they
listened breathlessly, how
strangely the day darkened
outside, and how suddenly the
whole world seemed to change, as
the girls gathered about their
mother, feeling as if all the
happiness and support of their
lives was about to be taken from
them. Mrs. March was herself
again directly; read the message
over, and stretched out her arms
to her daughters, saying, in a tone
they never forgot, "I shall go at
once, but it may be too late. O
children, children, help me to bear
it!"
For several minutes there was
nothing but the sound of sobbing
in the room, mingled with broken
words of comfort, tender
assurances of help, and hopeful
whispers that died away in tears.
Poor Hannah was the first to
recover, and with unconscious
wisdom she set all the rest a good
example; for, with her, work was
the panacea for most afflictions.
"The Lord keep the dear man! I
won't waste no time a cryin', but
git your things ready right away,
mum," she said, heartily, as she
wiped her face on her apron, gave
her mistress a warm shake of the
hand with her own hard one, and went away, to work like three women in one.
"She's right; there's no time for tears now. Be calm, girls, and let me think."
They tried to be calm, poor things, as their mother sat up, looking pale, but steady,
and put away her grief to think and plan for them.
"Where's Laurie?" she asked presently, when she had collected her thoughts, and
decided on the first duties to be done.

Page 216

"Here, ma'am. Oh, let me do something!" cried the boy, hurrying from the next
room, whither he had withdrawn, feeling that their first sorrow was too sacred for
even his friendly eyes to see.
"Send a telegram saying I will come at once. The next train goes early in the
morning. I'll take that."
"What else? The horses are ready; I can go anywhere, do anything," he said,
looking ready to fly to the ends of the earth.
"Leave a note at Aunt March's. Jo, give me that pen and paper."
Tearing off the blank side of one of her newly copied pages, Jo drew the table
before her mother, well knowing that money for the long, sad journey must be
borrowed, and feeling as if she could do anything to add a little to the sum for her
father.
"Now go, dear; but don't kill yourself driving at a desperate pace; there is no need
of that."
Mrs. March's warning was evidently thrown away; for five minutes later Laurie tore
by the window on his own fleet horse, riding as if for his life.
"Jo, run to the rooms, and tell Mrs. King that I can't come. On the way get these
things. I'll put them down; they'll be needed, and I must go prepared for nursing.
Hospital stores are not always good. Beth, go and ask Mr. Laurence for a couple of
bottles of old wine: I'm not too proud to beg for father; he shall have the best of
everything. Amy, tell Hannah to get down the black trunk; and, Meg, come and help
me find my things, for I'm half bewildered."
Writing, thinking, and directing, all at once, might well bewilder the poor lady, and
Meg begged her to sit quietly in her room for a little while, and let them work. Every
one scattered like leaves before a gust of wind; and the quiet, happy household was
broken up as suddenly as if the paper had been an evil spell.
Mr. Laurence came hurrying back with Beth, bringing every comfort the kind old
gentleman could think of for the invalid, and friendliest promises of protection for the
girls during the mother's absence, which comforted her very much. There was nothing
he didn't offer, from his own dressing-gown to himself as escort. But that last was
impossible. Mrs. March would not hear of the old gentleman's undertaking the long
journey; yet an expression of relief was visible when he spoke of it, for anxiety ill fits
one for travelling. He saw the look, knit his heavy eyebrows, rubbed his hands, and
marched abruptly away, saying he'd be back directly. No one had time to think of him
again till, as Meg ran through the entry, with a pair of rubbers in one hand and a cup
of tea in the other, she came suddenly upon Mr. Brooke.

Page 217

"I'm very sorry to hear of this, Miss March," he said, in the kind, quiet tone which
sounded very pleasantly to her perturbed spirit. "I came to offer myself as escort to
your mother. Mr. Laurence has commissions for me in Washington, and it will give
me real satisfaction to be of service to her there."
Down dropped the rubbers, and the tea was very near following, as Meg put out her
hand, with a face so full of gratitude, that Mr. Brooke would have felt repaid for a
much greater sacrifice than the trifling one of time and comfort which he was about to
make.
"How kind you all are! Mother will accept, I'm sure; and it will be such a relief to
know that she has some one to take care of her. Thank you very, very much!"
Meg spoke earnestly, and forgot herself entirely till something in the brown eyes
looking down at her made her remember the cooling tea, and lead the way into the
parlor, saying she would call her mother.
Everything was arranged by the time Laurie returned with a note from Aunt March,
enclosing the desired sum, and a few lines repeating what she had often said before,—
that she had always told them it was absurd for March to go into the army, always
predicted that no good would come of it, and she hoped they would take her advice
next time. Mrs. March put the note in the fire, the money in her purse, and went on
with her preparations, with her lips folded tightly, in a way which Jo would have
understood if she had been there.
The short afternoon wore away; all the other errands were done, and Meg and her
mother busy at some necessary needle-work, while Beth and Amy got tea, and
Hannah finished her ironing with what she called a "slap and a bang," but still Jo did

Page 218

not come. They began to get anxious; and Laurie went off to find her, for no one ever
knew what freak Jo might take into her head. He missed her, however, and she came
walking in with a very queer expression of countenance, for there was a mixture of
fun and fear, satisfaction and regret, in it, which puzzled the family as much as did the
roll of bills she laid before her mother, saying, with a little choke in her voice, "That's
my contribution towards making father comfortable and bringing him home!"
"My dear, where did you get it? Twenty-five dollars! Jo, I hope you haven't done
anything rash?
"No, it's mine honestly; I didn't beg, borrow, or steal it. I earned it; and I don't think
you'll blame me, for I only sold what was my own."
As she spoke, Jo took off her bonnet, and a general outcry arose, for all her
abundant hair was cut short.
"Your hair! Your beautiful hair!" "O Jo, how could you? Your one beauty." "My
dear girl, there was no need of this." "She doesn't look like my Jo any more, but I love
her dearly for it!"
As every one exclaimed, and Beth hugged the cropped head tenderly, Jo assumed
an indifferent air, which did not deceive any one a particle, and said, rumpling up the
brown bush, and trying to look as if she liked it, "It doesn't affect the fate of the
nation, so don't wail, Beth. It will be good for my vanity; I was getting too proud of
my wig. It will do my brains good to have that mop taken off; my head feels
deliciously light and cool, and the barber said I could soon have a curly crop, which
will be boyish, becoming, and easy to keep in order. I'm satisfied; so please take the
money, and let's have supper."
"Tell me all about it, Jo. I am not quite satisfied, but I can't blame you, for I know
how willingly you sacrificed your vanity, as you call it, to your love. But, my dear, it
was not necessary, and I'm afraid you will regret it, one of these days," said Mrs.
March.
"No, I won't!" returned Jo stoutly, feeling much relieved that her prank was not
entirely condemned.
"What made you do it?" asked Amy, who would as soon have thought of cutting off
her head as her pretty hair.
"Well, I was wild to do something for father," replied Jo, as they gathered about the
table, for healthy young people can eat even in the midst of trouble. "I hate to borrow
as much as mother does, and I knew Aunt March would croak; she always does, if you
ask for a ninepence. Meg gave all her quarterly salary toward the rent, and I only got
some clothes with mine, so I felt wicked, and was bound to have some money, if I
sold the nose off my face to get it."
"You needn't feel wicked, my child: you had no winter things, and got the simplest
with your own hard earnings," said Mrs. March, with a look that warmed Jo's heart.

Page 219

"I hadn't the least idea of selling my hair at first, but as I went along I kept thinking
what I could do, and feeling as if I'd like to dive into some of the rich stores and help
myself. In a barber's window I saw tails of hair with the prices marked; and one black
tail, not so thick as mine, was forty dollars. It came over me all of a sudden that I had
one thing to make money out of, and without stopping to think, I walked in, asked if
they bought hair, and what they would give for mine."
"I don't see how you dared to do it," said Beth, in a tone of awe.
"Oh, he was a little man who looked as if he merely lived to oil his hair. He rather
stared, at first, as if he wasn't used to having girls bounce into his shop and ask him to
buy their hair. He said he didn't care about mine, it wasn't the fashionable color, and
he never paid much for it in the first place; the work put into it made it dear, and so
on. It was getting late, and I was afraid, if it wasn't done right away, that I shouldn't
have it done at all, and you know when I start to do a thing, I hate to give it up; so I
begged him to take it, and told him why I was in such a hurry. It was silly, I dare say,
but it changed his mind, for I got rather excited, and told the story in my topsy-turvy
way, and his wife heard, and said so kindly,—
"'Take it, Thomas, and oblige the young lady; I'd do as much for our Jimmy any day
if I had a spire of hair worth selling.'"
"Who was Jimmy?" asked Amy, who liked to have things explained as they went
along.
"Her son, she said, who was in the army. How friendly such things make strangers
feel, don't they? She talked away all the time the man clipped, and diverted my mind
nicely."

Page 220

"Didn't you feel dreadfully when the first cut came?" asked Meg, with a shiver.
"I took a last look at my hair while the man got his things, and that was the end of
it. I never snivel over trifles like that; I will confess, though, I felt queer when I saw
the dear old hair laid out on the table, and felt only the short, rough ends on my head.
It almost seemed as if I'd an arm or a leg off. The woman saw me look at it, and
picked out a long lock for me to keep. I'll give it to you, Marmee, just to remember
past glories by; for a crop is so comfortable I don't think I shall ever have a mane
again."
Mrs. March folded the wavy, chestnut lock, and laid it away with a short gray one
in her desk. She only said "Thank you, deary," but something in her face made the
girls change the subject, and talk as cheerfully as they could about Mr. Brooke's
kindness, the prospect of a fine day to-morrow, and the happy times they would have
when father came home to be nursed.
No one wanted to go to bed, when, at ten o'clock, Mrs. March put by the last
finished job, and said, "Come, girls." Beth went to the piano and played the father's
favorite hymn; all began bravely, but broke down one by one, till Beth was left alone,
singing with all her heart, for to her music was always a sweet consoler.
"Go to bed and don't talk, for we must be up early, and shall need all the sleep we
can get. Good-night, my darlings," said Mrs. March, as the hymn ended, for no one
cared to try another.
They kissed her quietly, and went to bed as silently as if the dear invalid lay in the
next room. Beth and Amy soon fell asleep in spite of the great trouble, but Meg lay
awake, thinking the most serious thoughts she had ever known in her short life. Jo lay
motionless, and her sister fancied that she was asleep, till a stifled sob made her
exclaim, as she touched a wet cheek,—
"Jo, dear, what is it? Are you crying about father?"
"No, not now."
"What then?"
"My—my hair!" burst out poor Jo, trying vainly to smother her emotion in the
pillow.
It did not sound at all comical to Meg, who kissed and caressed the afflicted heroine
in the tenderest manner.
"I'm not sorry," protested Jo, with a choke. "I'd do it again to-morrow, if I could. It's
only the vain, selfish part of me that goes and cries in this silly way. Don't tell any
one, it's all over now. I thought you were asleep, so I just made a little private moan
for my one beauty. How came you to be awake?"
"I can't sleep, I'm so anxious," said Meg.
"Think about something pleasant, and you'll soon drop off."
"I tried it, but felt wider awake than ever."

Page 221

"What did you think of?"
"Handsome faces,—eyes particularly," answered Meg, smiling to herself, in the
dark.
"What color do you like best?"
"Brown—that is, sometimes; blue are lovely."
Jo laughed, and Meg sharply ordered her not to talk, then amiably promised to
make her hair curl, and fell asleep to dream of living in her castle in the air.
The clocks were striking midnight, and the rooms were very still, as a figure glided
quietly from bed to bed, smoothing a coverlid here, settling a pillow there, and
pausing to look long and tenderly at each unconscious face, to kiss each with lips that
mutely blessed, and to pray the fervent prayers which only mothers utter. As she lifted
the curtain to look out into the dreary night, the moon broke suddenly from behind the
clouds, and shone upon her like a bright, benignant face, which seemed to whisper in
the silence, "Be comforted, dear soul! There is always light behind the clouds."

Page 222

XVI.
LETTERS.
In the cold gray dawn the sisters lit their lamp, and read their chapter with an
earnestness never felt before; for now the shadow of a real trouble had come, the little
books were full of help and comfort; and, as they dressed, they agreed to say good-by
cheerfully and hopefully, and send their mother on her anxious journey unsaddened by
tears or complaints from them. Everything seemed very strange when they went
down,—so dim and still outside, so full of light and bustle within. Breakfast at that
early hour seemed odd, and even Hannah's familiar face looked unnatural as she flew
about her kitchen with her night-cap on. The big trunk stood ready in the hall,
mother's cloak and bonnet lay on the sofa, and mother herself sat trying to eat, but
looking so pale and worn with sleeplessness and anxiety that the girls found it very
hard to keep their resolution. Meg's eyes kept filling in spite of herself; Jo was obliged
to hide her face in the kitchen roller more than once; and the little girls' wore a grave,
troubled expression, as if sorrow was a new experience to them.
Nobody talked much, but as the time drew very near, and they sat waiting for the
carriage, Mrs. March said to the girls, who were all busied about her, one folding her

Page 223

shawl, another smoothing out the strings of her bonnet, a third putting on her
overshoes, and a fourth fastening up her travelling bag,—
"Children, I leave you to Hannah's care and Mr. Laurence's protection. Hannah is
faithfulness itself, and our good neighbor will guard you as if you were his own. I
have no fears for you, yet I am anxious that you should take this trouble rightly. Don't
grieve and fret when I am gone, or think that you can comfort yourselves by being idle
and trying to forget. Go on with your work as usual, for work is a blessed solace.
Hope and keep busy; and whatever happens, remember that you never can be
fatherless."
"Yes, mother."
"Meg, dear, be prudent, watch over your sisters, consult Hannah, and, in any
perplexity, go to Mr. Laurence. Be patient, Jo, don't get despondent or do rash things;
write to me often, and be my brave girl, ready to help and cheer us all. Beth, comfort
yourself with your music, and be faithful to the little home duties; and you, Amy, help
all you can, be obedient, and keep happy safe at home."
"We will, mother! we will!"
The rattle of an approaching carriage made them all start and listen. That was the
hard minute, but the girls stood it well: no one cried, no one ran away or uttered a
lamentation, though their hearts were very heavy as they sent loving messages to
father, remembering, as they spoke, that it might be too late to deliver them. They
kissed their mother quietly, clung about her tenderly, and tried to wave their hands
cheerfully when she drove away.
Laurie and his grandfather came over to see her off, and Mr. Brooke looked so
strong and sensible and kind that the girls christened him "Mr. Greatheart" on the spot.
"Good-by, my darlings! God bless and keep us all!" whispered Mrs. March, as she
kissed one dear little face after the other, and hurried into the carriage.
As she rolled away, the sun came out, and, looking back, she saw it shining on the
group at the gate, like a good omen. They saw it also, and smiled and waved their
hands; and the last thing she beheld, as she turned the corner, was the four bright
faces, and behind them, like a body-guard, old Mr. Laurence, faithful Hannah, and
devoted Laurie.

Page 224

"How kind every one is to us!" she said, turning to find fresh proof of it in the
respectful sympathy of the young man's face.
"I don't see how they can help it," returned Mr. Brooke, laughing so infectiously
that Mrs. March could not help smiling; and so the long journey began with the good
omens of sunshine, smiles, and cheerful words.
"I feel as if there had been an earthquake," said Jo, as their neighbors went home to
breakfast, leaving them to rest and refresh themselves.
"It seems as if half the house was gone," added Meg forlornly.
Beth opened her lips to say something, but could only point to the pile of nicely-
mended hose which lay on mother's table, showing that even in her last hurried
moments she had thought and worked for them. It was a little thing, but it went
straight to their hearts; and, in spite of their brave resolutions, they all broke down,
and cried bitterly.
Hannah wisely allowed them to relieve their feelings, and, when the shower showed
signs of clearing up, she came to the rescue, armed with a coffee-pot.
"Now, my dear young ladies, remember what your ma said, and don't fret. Come
and have a cup of coffee all round, and then let's fall to work, and be a credit to the
family."
Coffee was a treat, and Hannah showed great tact in making it that morning. No one
could resist her persuasive nods, or the fragrant invitation issuing from the nose of the
coffee-pot. They drew up to the table, exchanged their handkerchiefs for napkins, and
in ten minutes were all right again.

Page 225

"'Hope and keep busy;' that's the motto for us, so let's see who will remember it
best. I shall go to Aunt March, as usual. Oh, won't she lecture though!" said Jo, as she
sipped with returning spirit.
"I shall go to my Kings, though I'd much rather stay at home and attend to things
here," said Meg, wishing she hadn't made her eyes so red.
"No need of that; Beth and I can keep house perfectly well," put in Amy, with an
important air.
"Hannah will tell us what to do; and we'll have everything nice when you come
home," added Beth, getting out her mop and dish-tub without delay.
"I think anxiety is very interesting," observed Amy, eating sugar, pensively.
The girls couldn't help laughing, and felt better for it, though Meg shook her head at
the young lady who could find consolation in a sugar-bowl.
The sight of the turn-overs made Jo sober again; and when the two went out to their
daily tasks, they looked sorrowfully back at the window where they were accustomed
to see their mother's face. It was gone; but Beth had remembered the little household
ceremony, and there she was, nodding away at them like a rosy-faced mandarin.
"That's so like my Beth!" said Jo, waving her hat, with a grateful face. "Good-by,
Meggy; I hope the Kings won't train to-day. Don't fret about father, dear," she added,
as they parted.
"And I hope Aunt March won't croak. Your hair is becoming, and it looks very
boyish and nice," returned Meg, trying not to smile at the curly head, which looked
comically small on her tall sister's shoulders.
"That's my only comfort;" and, touching her hat à la Laurie, away went Jo, feeling
like a shorn sheep on a wintry day.
News from their father comforted the girls very much; for, though dangerously ill,
the presence of the best and tenderest of nurses had already done him good. Mr.
Brooke sent a bulletin every day, and, as the head of the family, Meg insisted on
reading the despatches, which grew more and more cheering as the week passed. At
first, every one was eager to write, and plump envelopes were carefully poked into the
letter-box by one or other of the sisters, who felt rather important with their
Washington correspondence. As one of these packets contained characteristic notes
from the party, we will rob an imaginary mail, and read them:—

"My Dearest Mother,—
"It is impossible to tell you how happy your last letter made us, for the
news was so good we couldn't help laughing and crying over it. How very
kind Mr. Brooke is, and how fortunate that Mr. Laurence's business detains
him near you so long, since he is so useful to you and father. The girls are all
as good as gold. Jo helps me with the sewing, and insists on doing all sorts of
hard jobs. I should be afraid she might overdo, if I didn't know that her 'moral

Page 226

fit' wouldn't last long. Beth is as regular about her tasks as a clock, and never
forgets what you told her. She grieves about father, and looks sober except
when she is at her little piano. Amy minds me nicely, and I take great care of
her. She does her own hair, and I am teaching her to make button-holes and
mend her stockings. She tries very hard, and I know you will be pleased with
her improvement when you come. Mr. Laurence watches over us like a
motherly old hen, as Jo says; and Laurie is very kind and neighborly. He and
Jo keep us merry, for we get pretty blue sometimes, and feel like orphans,
with you so far away. Hannah is a perfect saint; she does not scold at all, and
always calls me Miss 'Margaret,' which is quite proper, you know, and treats
me with respect. We are all well and busy; but we long, day and night, to
have you back. Give my dearest love to father, and believe me, ever your own
"Meg."

This note, prettily written on scented paper, was a great contrast to the next, which
was scribbled on a big sheet of thin foreign paper, ornamented with blots and all
manner of flourishes and curly-tailed letters:—

"My Precious Marmee,—
"Three cheers for dear father! Brooke was a trump to telegraph right off,
and let us know the minute he was better. I rushed up garret when the letter
came, and tried to thank God for being so good to us; but I could only cry,
and say, 'I'm glad! I'm glad!' Didn't that do as well as a regular prayer? for I
felt a great many in my heart. We have such funny times; and now I can enjoy
them, for every one is so desperately good, it's like living in a nest of turtle-
doves. You'd laugh to see Meg head the table and try to be motherish. She
gets prettier every day, and I'm in love with her sometimes. The children are
regular archangels, and I—well, I'm Jo, and never shall be anything else. Oh,
I must tell you that I came near having a quarrel with Laurie. I freed my mind
about a silly little thing, and he was offended. I was right, but didn't speak as
I ought, and he marched home, saying he wouldn't come again till I begged
pardon. I declared I wouldn't, and got mad. It lasted all day; I felt bad, and
wanted you very much. Laurie and I are both so proud, it's hard to beg
pardon; but I thought he'd come to it, for I was in the right. He didn't come;
and just at night I remembered what you said when Amy fell into the river. I
read my little book, felt better, resolved not to let the sun set on my anger, and
ran over to tell Laurie I was sorry. I met him at the gate, coming for the same
thing. We both laughed, begged each other's pardon, and felt all good and
comfortable again.
"I made a 'pome' yesterday, when I was helping Hannah wash; and, as
father likes my silly little things, I put it in to amuse him. Give him the
lovingest hug that ever was, and kiss yourself a dozen times for your

Page 227

"Topsy-Turvy Jo."

"A SONG FROM THE SUDS.
"Queen of my tub, I merrily sing,
While the white foam rises high;
And sturdily wash and rinse and wring,
And fasten the clothes to dry;
Then out in the free fresh air they swing,
Under the sunny sky.

"I wish we could wash from our hearts and souls
The stains of the week away,
And let water and air by their magic make
Ourselves as pure as they;
Then on the earth there would be indeed
A glorious washing-day!

"Along the path of a useful life,
Will heart's-ease ever bloom;
The busy mind has no time to think
Of sorrow or care or gloom;
And anxious thoughts may be swept away,
As we bravely wield a broom.

"I am glad a task to me is given,
To labor at day by day;
For it brings me health and strength and hope,
And I cheerfully learn to say,—
'Head, you may think, Heart, you may feel,
But, Hand, you shall work alway!'"

"Dear Mother,—
"There is only room for me to send my love, and some pressed pansies
from the root I have been keeping safe in the house for father to see. I read
every morning, try to be good all day, and sing myself to sleep with father's
tune. I can't sing 'Land of the Leal' now; it makes me cry. Every one is very
kind, and we are as happy as we can be without you. Amy wants the rest of
the page, so I must stop. I didn't forget to cover the holders, and I wind the
clock and air the rooms every day.
"Kiss dear father on the cheek he calls mine. Oh, do come soon to your
loving
"Little Beth."

Page 228

"Ma Chere Mamma,—
"We are all well I do my lessons always and never corroberate the girls—
Meg says I mean contradick so I put in both words and you can take the
properest. Meg is a great comfort to me and lets me have jelly every night at
tea its so good for me Jo says because it keeps me sweet tempered. Laurie is
not as respeckful as he ought to be now I am almost in my teens, he calls me
Chick and hurts my feelings by talking French to me very fast when I say

Page 229

Merci or Bon jour as Hattie King does. The sleeves of my blue dress were all
worn out, and Meg put in new ones, but the full front came wrong and they
are more blue than the dress. I felt bad but did not fret I bear my troubles well
but I do wish Hannah would put more starch in my aprons and have
buckwheats every day. Can't she? Didn't I make that interrigation point nice?
Meg says my punchtuation and spelling are disgraceful and I am mortyfied
but dear me I have so many things to do, I can't stop. Adieu, I send heaps of
love to Papa.
"Your affectionate daughter,
"Amy Curtis March."

"Dear Mis March,—
"I jes drop a line to say
we git on fust rate. The girls
is clever and fly round right
smart. Miss Meg is going to
make a proper good
housekeeper; she hes the
liking for it, and gits the
hang of things surprisin
quick. Jo doos beat all for
goin ahead, but she don't
stop to cal'k'late fust, and
you never know where she's
like to bring up. She done
out a tub of clothes on
Monday, but she starched
'em afore they was
wrenched, and blued a pink
calico dress till I thought I
should a died a laughin.
Beth is the best of little
creeters, and a sight of help
to me, bein so forehanded and dependable. She tries to learn everything, and
really goes to market beyond her years; likewise keeps accounts, with my
help, quite wonderful. We have got on very economical so fur; I don't let the
girls hev coffee only once a week, accordin to your wish, and keep em on
plain wholesome vittles. Amy does well about frettin, wearin her best clothes
and eatin sweet stuff. Mr. Laurie is as full of didoes as usual, and turns the
house upside down frequent; but he heartens up the girls, and so I let em hev
full swing. The old gentleman sends heaps of things, and is rather wearin, but
means wal, and it aint my place to say nothin. My bread is riz, so no more at

Page 230

this time. I send my duty to Mr. March, and hope he's seen the last of his
Pewmonia.
"Yours Respectful,
"Hannah Mullet."

"Head Nurse of Ward No. 2,—
"All serene on the Rappahannock, troops in fine condition, commissary
department well conducted, the Home Guard under Colonel Teddy always on
duty, Commander-in-chief General Laurence reviews the army daily,
Quartermaster Mullett keeps order in camp, and Major Lion does picket duty
at night. A salute of twenty-four guns was fired on receipt of good news from
Washington, and a dress parade took place at head-quarters. Commander-in-
chief sends best wishes, in which he is heartily joined by
"Colonel Teddy."

"Dear Madam,—
"The little girls are all well; Beth and my boy report daily; Hannah is a
model servant, and guards pretty Meg like a dragon. Glad the fine weather
holds; pray make Brooke useful, and draw on me for funds if expenses
exceed your estimate. Don't let your husband want anything. Thank God he is
mending.
"Your sincere friend and servant,
"James Laurence."

Page 231

Page 232

XVII.
LITTLE FAITHFUL.
For a week the amount of virtue in the old house would have supplied the
neighborhood. It was really amazing, for every one seemed in a heavenly frame of
mind, and self-denial was all the fashion. Relieved of their first anxiety about their
father, the girls insensibly relaxed their praiseworthy efforts a little, and began to fall
back into the old ways. They did not forget their motto, but hoping and keeping busy
seemed to grow easier; and after such tremendous exertions, they felt that Endeavor
deserved a holiday, and gave it a good many.
Jo caught a bad cold through neglect to cover the shorn head enough, and was
ordered to stay at home till she was better, for Aunt March didn't like to hear people
read with colds in their heads. Jo liked this, and after an energetic rummage from
garret to cellar, subsided on the sofa to nurse her cold with arsenicum and books. Amy
found that housework and art did not go well together, and returned to her mud pies.
Meg went daily to her pupils, and sewed, or thought she did, at home, but much time
was spent in writing long letters to her mother, or reading the Washington despatches
over and over. Beth kept on, with only slight relapses into idleness or grieving. All the
little duties were faithfully done each day, and many of her sisters' also, for they were
forgetful, and the house seemed like a clock whose pendulum was gone a-visiting.
When her heart got heavy with longings for mother or fears for father, she went away
into a certain closet, hid her face in the folds of a certain dear old gown, and made her
little moan and prayed her little prayer quietly by herself. Nobody knew what cheered
her up after a sober fit, but every one felt how sweet and helpful Beth was, and fell
into a way of going to her for comfort or advice in their small affairs.
All were unconscious that this experience was a test of character; and, when the
first excitement was over, felt that they had done well, and deserved praise. So they
did; but their mistake was in ceasing to do well, and they learned this lesson through
much anxiety and regret.
"Meg, I wish you'd go and see the Hummels; you know mother told us not to forget
them," said Beth, ten days after Mrs. March's departure.
"I'm too tired to go this afternoon," replied Meg, rocking comfortably as she sewed.
"Can't you, Jo?" asked Beth.
"Too stormy for me with my cold."

Page 233

"I thought it was almost well."
"It's well enough for me to go out with Laurie, but not well enough to go to the
Hummels'," said Jo, laughing, but looking a little ashamed of her inconsistency.
"Why don't you go yourself?" asked Meg.
"I have been every day, but the baby is sick, and I don't know what to do for it. Mrs.
Hummel goes away to work, and Lottchen takes care of it; but it gets sicker and
sicker, and I think you or Hannah ought to go."
Beth spoke earnestly, and Meg promised she would go to-morrow.
"Ask Hannah for some nice little mess, and take it round, Beth; the air will do you
good," said Jo, adding apologetically, "I'd go, but I want to finish my writing."
"My head aches and I'm tired, so I thought may be some of you would go," said
Beth.
"Amy will be in presently, and she will run down for us," suggested Meg.
"Well, I'll rest a little and wait for her."
So Beth lay down on the sofa, the others returned to their work, and the Hummels
were forgotten. An hour passed: Amy did not come; Meg went to her room to try on a
new dress; Jo was absorbed in her story, and Hannah was sound asleep before the
kitchen fire, when Beth quietly put on her hood, filled her basket with odds and ends
for the poor children, and went out into the chilly air, with a heavy head, and a grieved
look in her patient eyes. It was late when she came back, and no one saw her creep
upstairs and shut herself into her mother's room. Half an hour after Jo went to
"mother's closet" for something, and there found Beth sitting on the medicine chest,
looking very grave, with red eyes, and a camphor-bottle in her hand.
"Christopher Columbus! What's the matter?" cried Jo, as Beth put out her hand as if
to warn her off, and asked quickly,—
"You've had the scarlet fever, haven't you?"
"Years ago, when Meg did. Why?"
"Then I'll tell you. Oh, Jo, the baby's dead!"
"What baby?"
"Mrs. Hummel's; it died in my lap before she got home," cried Beth, with a sob.
"My poor dear, how dreadful for you! I ought to have gone," said Jo, taking her
sister in her arms as she sat down in her mother's big chair, with a remorseful face.
"It wasn't dreadful, Jo, only so sad! I saw in a minute that it was sicker, but
Lottchen said her mother had gone for a doctor, so I took baby and let Lotty rest. It
seemed asleep, but all of a sudden it gave a little cry, and trembled, and then lay very
still. I tried to warm its feet, and Lotty gave it some milk, but it didn't stir, and I knew
it was dead."

Page 234

"Don't cry, dear! What did you do?"
"I just sat and held it softly till Mrs. Hummel came with the doctor. He said it was
dead, and looked at Heinrich and Minna, who have got sore throats. 'Scarlet fever,
ma'am. Ought to have called me before,' he said crossly. Mrs. Hummel told him she
was poor, and had tried to cure baby herself, but now it was too late, and she could
only ask him to help the others, and trust to charity for his pay. He smiled then, and
was kinder; but it was very sad, and I cried with them till he turned round, all of a
sudden, and told me to go home and take belladonna right away, or I'd have the fever."
"No, you won't!" cried Jo, hugging her close, with a frightened look. "O Beth, if
you should be sick I never could forgive myself! What shall we do?"
"Don't be frightened, I guess I shan't have it badly. I looked in mother's book, and
saw that it begins with headache, sore throat, and queer feelings like mine, so I did
take some belladonna, and I feel better," said Beth, laying her cold hands on her hot
forehead, and trying to look well.
"If mother was only at home!" exclaimed Jo, seizing the book, and feeling that
Washington was an immense way off. She read a page, looked at Beth, felt her head,
peeped into her throat, and then said gravely; "You've been over the baby every day
for more than a week, and among the others who are going to have it; so I'm afraid
you are going to have it, Beth. I'll call Hannah, she knows all about sickness."
"Don't let Amy come; she never had it, and I should hate to give it to her. Can't you
and Meg have it over again?" asked Beth, anxiously.

Page 235

"I guess not; don't care if I do; serve me right, selfish pig, to let you go, and stay
writing rubbish myself!" muttered Jo, as she went to consult Hannah.
The good soul was wide awake in a minute, and took the lead at once, assuring Jo
that there was no need to worry; every one had scarlet fever, and, if rightly treated,
nobody died,—all of which Jo believed, and felt much relieved as they went up to call
Meg.
"Now I'll tell you what we'll do," said Hannah, when she had examined and
questioned Beth; "we will have Dr. Bangs, just to take a look at you, dear, and see that
we start right; then we'll send Amy off to Aunt March's, for a spell, to keep her out of
harm's way, and one of you girls can stay at home and amuse Beth for a day or two."
"I shall stay, of course; I'm oldest," began Meg, looking anxious and self-
reproachful.
"I shall, because it's my fault she is sick; I told mother I'd do the errands, and I
haven't," said Jo decidedly.
"Which will you have, Beth? there ain't no need of but one," said Hannah.
"Jo, please;" and Beth leaned her head against her sister, with a contented look,
which effectually settled that point.
"I'll go and tell Amy," said Meg, feeling a little hurt, yet rather relieved, on the
whole, for she did not like nursing, and Jo did.
Amy rebelled outright, and passionately declared that she had rather have the fever
than go to Aunt March. Meg reasoned, pleaded, and commanded: all in vain. Amy
protested that she would not go; and Meg left her in despair, to ask Hannah what
should be done. Before she came back, Laurie walked into the parlor to find Amy
sobbing, with her head in the sofa-cushions. She told her story, expecting to be
consoled; but Laurie only put his hands in his pockets and walked about the room,
whistling softly, as he knit his brows in deep thought. Presently he sat down beside
her, and said, in his most wheedlesome tone, "Now be a sensible little woman, and do
as they say. No, don't cry, but hear what a jolly plan I've got. You go to Aunt March's,
and I'll come and take you out every day, driving or walking, and we'll have capital
times. Won't that be better than moping here?"

Page 236

"I don't wish to be sent off as if I was in the way," began Amy, in an injured voice.
"Bless your heart, child, it's to keep you well. You don't want to be sick, do you?"
"No, I'm sure I don't; but I dare say I shall be, for I've been with Beth all the time."
"That's the very reason you ought to go away at once, so that you may escape it.
Change of air and care will keep you well, I dare say; or, if it does not entirely, you
will have the fever more lightly. I advise you to be off as soon as you can, for scarlet
fever is no joke, miss."
"But it's dull at Aunt March's, and she is so cross," said Amy, looking rather
frightened.
"It won't be dull with me popping in every day to tell you how Beth is, and take you
out gallivanting. The old lady likes me, and I'll be as sweet as possible to her, so she
won't peck at us, whatever we do."
"Will you take me out in the trotting wagon with Puck?"
"On my honor as a gentleman."
"And come every single day?"
"See if I don't."
"And bring me back the minute Beth is well?"
"The identical minute."
"And go to the theatre, truly?"
"A dozen theatres, if we may."
"Well—I guess—I will," said Amy slowly.

Page 237

"Good girl! Call Meg, and tell her you'll give in," said Laurie, with an approving
pat, which annoyed Amy more than the "giving in."
Meg and Jo came running down to behold the miracle which had been wrought; and
Amy, feeling very precious and self-sacrificing, promised to go, if the doctor said
Beth was going to be ill.
"How is the little dear?" asked Laurie; for Beth was his especial pet, and he felt
more anxious about her than he liked to show.
"She is lying down on mother's bed, and feels better. The baby's death troubled her,
but I dare say she has only got cold. Hannah says she thinks so; but she looks worried,
and that makes me fidgety," answered Meg.
"What a trying world it is!" said Jo, rumpling up her hair in a fretful sort of way.
"No sooner do we get out of one trouble than down comes another. There doesn't seem
to be anything to hold on to when mother's gone; so I'm all at sea."
"Well, don't make a porcupine of yourself, it isn't becoming. Settle your wig, Jo,
and tell me if I shall telegraph to your mother, or do anything?" asked Laurie, who
never had been reconciled to the loss of his friend's one beauty.
"That is what troubles me," said Meg. "I think we ought to tell her if Beth is really
ill, but Hannah says we mustn't, for mother can't leave father, and it will only make
them anxious. Beth won't be sick long, and Hannah knows just what to do, and mother
said we were to mind her, so I suppose we must, but it doesn't seem quite right to me."
"Hum, well, I can't say; suppose you ask grandfather after the doctor has been."
"We will. Jo, go and get Dr. Bangs at once," commanded Meg; "we can't decide
anything till he has been."
"Stay where you are, Jo; I'm errand-boy to this establishment," said Laurie, taking
up his cap.
"I'm afraid you are busy," began Meg.
"No, I've done my lessons for the day."
"Do you study in vacation time?" asked Jo.
"I follow the good example my neighbors set me," was Laurie's answer, as he
swung himself out of the room.
"I have great hopes of my boy," observed Jo, watching him fly over the fence with
an approving smile.
"He does very well—for a boy," was Meg's somewhat ungracious answer, for the
subject did not interest her.
Dr. Bangs came, said Beth had symptoms of the fever, but thought she would have
it lightly, though he looked sober over the Hummel story. Amy was ordered off at
once, and provided with something to ward off danger, she departed in great state,
with Jo and Laurie as escort.

Page 238

Aunt March received them with her usual hospitality.
"What do you want now?" she asked, looking sharply over her spectacles, while the
parrot, sitting on the back of her chair, called out,—

"Go away. No boys allowed here."
Laurie retired to the window, and Jo told her story.
"No more than I expected, if you are allowed to go poking about among poor folks.
Amy can stay and make herself useful if she isn't sick, which I've no doubt she will
be,—looks like it now. Don't cry, child, it worries me to hear people sniff."
Amy was on the point of crying, but Laurie slyly pulled the parrot's tail, which
caused Polly to utter an astonished croak, and call out,—
"Bless my boots!" in such a funny way, that she laughed instead.
"What do you hear from your mother?" asked the old lady gruffly.
"Father is much better," replied Jo, trying to keep sober.
"Oh, is he? Well, that won't last long, I fancy; March never had any stamina," was
the cheerful reply.
"Ha, ha! never say die, take a pinch of snuff, good by, good by!" squalled Polly,
dancing on her perch, and clawing at the old lady's cap as Laurie tweaked him in the
rear.
"Hold your tongue, you disrespectful old bird! and, Jo, you'd better go at once; it
isn't proper to be gadding about so late with a rattle-pated boy like—"

Page 239

"Hold your tongue, you disrespectful old bird!" cried Polly, tumbling off the chair
with a bounce, and running to peck the "rattle-pated" boy, who was shaking with
laughter at the last speech.
"I don't think I can bear it, but I'll try," thought Amy, as she was left alone with
Aunt March.
"Get along, you fright!" screamed Polly; and at that rude speech Amy could not
restrain a sniff.

Page 240

XVIII.
DARK DAYS.
Beth did have the fever, and was much sicker than any one but Hannah and the
doctor suspected. The girls knew nothing about illness, and Mr. Laurence was not
allowed to see her, so Hannah had everything all her own way, and busy Dr. Bangs did
his best, but left a good deal to the excellent nurse. Meg stayed at home, lest she
should infect the Kings, and kept house, feeling very anxious and a little guilty when
she wrote letters in which no mention was made of Beth's illness. She could not think
it right to deceive her mother, but she had been bidden to mind Hannah, and Hannah
wouldn't hear of "Mrs. March bein' told, and worried just for sech a trifle." Jo devoted
herself to Beth day and night; not a hard task, for Beth was very patient, and bore her
pain uncomplainingly as long as she could control herself. But there came a time
when during the fever fits she began to talk in a hoarse, broken voice, to play on the
coverlet, as if on her beloved little piano, and try to sing with a throat so swollen that
there was no music left; a time when she did not know the familiar faces round her,
but addressed them by wrong names, and called imploringly for her mother. Then Jo
grew frightened, Meg begged to be allowed to write the truth, and even Hannah said
she "would think of it, though there was no danger yet." A letter from Washington
added to their trouble, for Mr. March had had a relapse, and could not think of coming
home for a long while.
How dark the days seemed now, how sad and lonely the house, and how heavy
were the hearts of the sisters as they worked and waited, while the shadow of death
hovered over the once happy home! Then it was that Margaret, sitting alone with tears
dropping often on her work, felt how rich she had been in things more precious than
any luxuries money could buy,—in love, protection, peace, and health, the real
blessings of life. Then it was that Jo, living in the darkened room, with that suffering
little sister always before her eyes, and that pathetic voice sounding in her ears,
learned to see the beauty and the sweetness of Beth's nature, to feel how deep and
tender a place she filled in all hearts, and to acknowledge the worth of Beth's unselfish
ambition, to live for others, and make home happy by the exercise of those simple
virtues which all may possess, and which all should love and value more than talent,
wealth, or beauty. And Amy, in her exile, longed eagerly to be at home, that she might
work for Beth, feeling now that no service would be hard or irksome, and
remembering, with regretful grief, how many neglected tasks those willing hands had

Page 241

done for her. Laurie haunted the
house like a restless ghost, and Mr.
Laurence locked the grand piano,
because he could not bear to be
reminded of the young neighbor
who used to make the twilight
pleasant for him. Every one missed
Beth. The milkman, baker, grocer,
and butcher inquired how she did;
poor Mrs. Hummel came to beg
pardon for her thoughtlessness,
and to get a shroud for Minna; the
neighbors sent all sorts of comforts
and good wishes, and even those
who knew her best were surprised
to find how many friends shy little
Beth had made.
Meanwhile she lay on her bed
with old Joanna at her side, for
even in her wanderings she did not
forget her forlorn protégé. She
longed for her cats, but would not
have them brought, lest they
should get sick; and, in her quiet
hours, she was full of anxiety
about Jo. She sent loving messages
to Amy, bade them tell her mother
that she would write soon; and
often begged for pencil and paper
to try to say a word, that father
might not think she had neglected
him. But soon even these intervals
of consciousness ended, and she
lay hour after hour, tossing to and
fro, with incoherent words on her lips, or sank into a heavy sleep which brought her
no refreshment. Dr. Bangs came twice a day, Hannah sat up at night, Meg kept a
telegram in her desk all ready to send off at any minute, and Jo never stirred from
Beth's side.
The first of December was a wintry day indeed to them, for a bitter wind blew,
snow fell fast, and the year seemed getting ready for its death. When Dr. Bangs came
that morning, he looked long at Beth, held the hot hand in both his own a minute, and
laid it gently down, saying, in a low tone, to Hannah,—

Page 242

"If Mrs. March can leave her husband, she'd better be sent for."
Hannah nodded without speaking, for her lips twitched nervously; Meg dropped
down into a chair as the strength seemed to go out of her limbs at the sound of those
words; and Jo, after standing with a pale face for a minute, ran to the parlor, snatched
up the telegram, and, throwing on her things, rushed out into the storm. She was soon
back, and, while noiselessly taking off her cloak, Laurie came in with a letter, saying
that Mr. March was mending again. Jo read it thankfully, but the heavy weight did not
seem lifted off her heart, and her face was so full of misery that Laurie asked quickly,

"What is it? is Beth worse?"
"I've sent for mother," said Jo, tugging at her rubber boots with a tragical
expression.
"Good for you, Jo! Did you do it on your own responsibility?" asked Laurie, as he
seated her in the hall chair, and took off the rebellious boots, seeing how her hands
shook.
"No, the doctor told us to."
"O Jo, it's not so bad as that?" cried Laurie, with a startled face.
"Yes, it is; she doesn't know us, she doesn't even talk about the flocks of green
doves, as she calls the vine-leaves on the wall; she doesn't look like my Beth, and
there's nobody to help us bear it; mother and father both gone, and God seems so far
away I can't find Him."
As the tears streamed fast down poor Jo's cheeks, she stretched out her hand in a
helpless sort of way, as if groping in the dark, and Laurie took it in his, whispering, as
well as he could, with a lump in his throat,—
"I'm here. Hold on to me, Jo, dear!"
She could not speak, but she did "hold on," and the warm grasp of the friendly
human hand comforted her sore heart, and seemed to lead her nearer to the Divine arm
which alone could uphold her in her trouble. Laurie longed to say something tender
and comfortable, but no fitting words came to him, so he stood silent, gently stroking
her bent head as her mother used to do. It was the best thing he could have done; far
more soothing than the most eloquent words, for Jo felt the unspoken sympathy, and,
in the silence, learned the sweet solace which affection administers to sorrow. Soon
she dried the tears which had relieved her, and looked up with a grateful face.
"Thank you, Teddy, I'm better now; I don't feel so forlorn, and will try to bear it if it
comes."
"Keep hoping for the best; that will help you, Jo. Soon your mother will be here,
and then everything will be right."
"I'm so glad father is better; now she won't feel so bad about leaving him. Oh, me!
it does seem as if all the troubles came in a heap, and I got the heaviest part on my

Page 243

shoulders," sighed Jo, spreading her
wet handkerchief over her knees to
dry.
"Doesn't Meg pull fair?" asked
Laurie, looking indignant.
"Oh, yes; she tries to, but she can't
love Bethy as I do; and she won't
miss her as I shall. Beth is my
conscience, and I can't give her up. I
can't! I can't!"
Down went Jo's face into the wet
handkerchief, and she cried
despairingly; for she had kept up
bravely till now, and never shed a
tear. Laurie drew his hand across his
eyes, but could not speak till he had
subdued the choky feeling in his
throat and steadied his lips. It might
be unmanly, but he couldn't help it,
and I am glad of it. Presently, as Jo's
sobs quieted, he said hopefully, "I
don't think she will die; she's so good,
and we all love her so much, I don't
believe God will take her away yet."
"The good and dear people always
do die," groaned Jo, but she stopped
crying, for her friend's words cheered
her up, in spite of her own doubts and
fears.
"Poor girl, you're worn out. It isn't
like you to be forlorn. Stop a bit; I'll
hearten you up in a jiffy."
Laurie went off two stairs at a
time, and Jo laid her wearied head down on Beth's little brown hood, which no one
had thought of moving from the table where she left it. It must have possessed some
magic, for the submissive spirit of its gentle owner seemed to enter into Jo; and, when
Laurie came running down with a glass of wine, she took it with a smile, and said
bravely, "I drink—Health to my Beth! You are a good doctor, Teddy, and such a
comfortable friend; how can I ever pay you?" she added, as the wine refreshed her
body, as the kind words had done her troubled mind.

Page 244

"I'll send in my bill, by and by; and to-night I'll give you something that will warm
the cockles of your heart better than quarts of wine," said Laurie, beaming at her with
a face of suppressed satisfaction at something.
"What is it?" cried Jo, forgetting her woes for a minute, in her wonder.
"I telegraphed to your mother yesterday, and Brooke answered she'd come at once,
and she'll be here to-night, and everything will be all right. Aren't you glad I did it?"
Laurie spoke very fast, and turned red and excited all in a minute, for he had kept
his plot a secret, for fear of disappointing the girls or harming Beth. Jo grew quite
white, flew out of her chair, and the moment he stopped speaking she electrified him
by throwing her arms round his neck, and crying out, with a joyful cry, "O Laurie! O
mother! I am so glad!" She did not weep again, but laughed hysterically, and trembled
and clung to her friend as if she was a little bewildered by the sudden news. Laurie,
though decidedly amazed, behaved with great presence of mind; he patted her back
soothingly, and, finding that she was recovering, followed it up by a bashful kiss or
two, which brought Jo round at once. Holding on to the banisters, she put him gently
away, saying breathlessly, "Oh, don't! I didn't mean to; it was dreadful of me; but you
were such a dear to go and do it in spite of Hannah that I couldn't help flying at you.
Tell me all about it, and don't give me wine again; it makes me act so."
"I don't mind," laughed Laurie, as he settled his tie. "Why, you see I got fidgety, and
so did grandpa. We thought Hannah was overdoing the authority business, and your
mother ought to know. She'd never forgive us if Beth—well, if anything happened,
you know. So I got grandpa to say it was high time we did something, and off I pelted
to the office yesterday, for the doctor looked sober, and Hannah most took my head
off when I proposed a telegram. I never can bear to be 'lorded over;' so that settled my
mind, and I did it. Your mother will come, I know, and the late train is in at two, a.m. I
shall go for her; and you've only got to bottle up your rapture, and keep Beth quiet, till
that blessed lady gets here."
"Laurie, you're an angel! How shall I ever thank you?"
"Fly at me again; I rather like it," said Laurie, looking mischievous,—a thing he had
not done for a fortnight.
"No, thank you. I'll do it by proxy, when your grandpa comes. Don't tease, but go
home and rest, for you'll be up half the night. Bless you, Teddy, bless you!"
Jo had backed into a corner; and, as she finished her speech, she vanished
precipitately into the kitchen, where she sat down upon a dresser, and told the
assembled cats that she was "happy, oh, so happy!" while Laurie departed, feeling that
he had made rather a neat thing of it.
"That's the interferingest chap I ever see; but I forgive him, and do hope Mrs.
March is coming on right away," said Hannah, with an air of relief, when Jo told the
good news.

Page 245

Meg had a quiet rapture, and then brooded over the letter, while Jo set the sick-
room in order, and Hannah "knocked up a couple of pies in case of company
unexpected." A breath of fresh air seemed to blow through the house, and something
better than sunshine brightened the quiet rooms. Everything appeared to feel the
hopeful change; Beth's bird began to chirp again, and a half-blown rose was
discovered on Amy's bush in the window; the fires seemed to burn with unusual
cheeriness; and every time the girls met, their pale faces broke into smiles as they
hugged one another, whispering encouragingly, "Mother's coming, dear! mother's
coming!" Every one rejoiced but Beth; she lay in that heavy stupor, alike unconscious
of hope and joy, doubt and danger. It was a piteous sight,—the once rosy face so
changed and vacant, the once busy hands so weak and wasted, the once smiling lips
quite dumb, and the once pretty, well-kept hair scattered rough and tangled on the
pillow. All day she lay so, only rousing now and then to mutter, "Water!" with lips so
parched they could hardly shape the word; all day Jo and Meg hovered over her,
watching, waiting, hoping, and trusting in God and mother; and all day the snow fell,
the bitter wind raged, and the hours dragged slowly by. But night came at last; and
every time the clock struck, the sisters, still sitting on either side the bed, looked at
each other with brightening eyes, for each hour brought help nearer. The doctor had
been in to say that some change, for better or worse, would probably take place about
midnight, at which time he would return.
Hannah, quite worn out, lay down on the sofa at the bed's foot, and fell fast asleep;
Mr. Laurence marched to and fro in the parlor, feeling that he would rather face a
rebel battery than Mrs. March's anxious countenance as she entered; Laurie lay on the
rug, pretending to rest, but staring into the fire with the thoughtful look which made
his black eyes beautifully soft and clear.
The girls never forgot that night, for no sleep came to them as they kept their watch,
with that dreadful sense of powerlessness which comes to us in hours like those.
"If God spares Beth I never will complain again," whispered Meg earnestly.
"If God spares Beth I'll try to love and serve Him all my life," answered Jo, with
equal fervor.
"I wish I had no heart, it aches so," sighed Meg, after a pause.
"If life is often as hard as this, I don't see how we ever shall get through it," added
her sister despondently.
Here the clock struck twelve, and both forgot themselves in watching Beth, for they
fancied a change passed over her wan face. The house was still as death, and nothing
but the wailing of the wind broke the deep hush. Weary Hannah slept on, and no one
but the sisters saw the pale shadow which seemed to fall upon the little bed. An hour
went by, and nothing happened except Laurie's quiet departure for the station. Another
hour,—still no one came; and anxious fears of delay in the storm, or accidents by the
way, or, worst of all, a great grief at Washington, haunted the poor girls.

Page 246

It was past two, when Jo, who stood at the window thinking how dreary the world
looked in its winding-sheet of snow, heard a movement by the bed, and, turning
quickly, saw Meg kneeling before their mother's easy-chair, with her face hidden. A
dreadful fear passed coldly over Jo, as she thought, "Beth is dead, and Meg is afraid to
tell me."
She was back at her post in an instant, and to her excited eyes a great change
seemed to have taken place. The fever flush and the look of pain were gone, and the
beloved little face looked so pale and peaceful in its utter repose, that Jo felt no desire
to weep or to lament. Leaning low over this dearest of her sisters, she kissed the damp
forehead with her heart on her lips, and softly whispered, "Good-by, my Beth; good-
by!"
As if waked by the stir, Hannah started out of her sleep, hurried to the bed, looked
at Beth, felt her hands, listened at her lips, and then, throwing her apron over her head,
sat down to rock to and fro, exclaiming, under her breath, "The fever's turned; she's
sleepin' nat'ral; her skin's damp, and she breathes easy. Praise be given! Oh, my
goodness me!"
Before the girls could believe the happy truth, the doctor came to confirm it. He
was a homely man, but they thought his face quite heavenly when he smiled, and said,
with a fatherly look at them, "Yes, my dears, I think the little girl will pull through this
time. Keep the house quiet; let her sleep, and when she wakes, give her—"
What they were to give, neither heard; for both crept into the dark hall, and, sitting
on the stairs, held each other close, rejoicing with hearts too full for words. When they
went back to be kissed and cuddled by faithful Hannah, they found Beth lying, as she
used to do, with her cheek pillowed on her hand, the dreadful pallor gone, and
breathing quietly, as if just fallen asleep.
"If mother would only come now!" said Jo, as the winter night began to wane.
"See," said Meg, coming up with a white, half-opened rose, "I thought this would
hardly be ready to lay in Beth's hand to-morrow if she—went away from us. But it has
blossomed in the night, and now I mean to put it in my vase here, so that when the
darling wakes, the first thing she sees will be the little rose, and mother's face."
Never had the sun risen so beautifully, and never had the world seemed so lovely, as
it did to the heavy eyes of Meg and Jo, as they looked out in the early morning, when
their long, sad vigil was done.
"It looks like a fairy world," said Meg, smiling to herself, as she stood behind the
curtain, watching the dazzling sight.
"Hark!" cried Jo, starting to her feet.
Yes, there was a sound of bells at the door below, a cry from Hannah, and then
Laurie's voice saying, in a joyful whisper, "Girls, she's come! she's come!"

Page 247

Page 248

XIX.
AMY'S WILL.
While these things were happening at home, Amy was having hard times at Aunt
March's. She felt her exile deeply, and, for the first time in her life, realized how much
she was beloved and petted at home. Aunt March never petted any one; she did not
approve of it; but she meant to be kind, for the well-behaved little girl pleased her
very much, and Aunt March had a soft place in her old heart for her nephew's
children, though she didn't think proper to confess it. She really did her best to make
Amy happy, but, dear me, what mistakes she made! Some old people keep young at
heart in spite of wrinkles and gray hairs, can sympathize with children's little cares
and joys, make them feel at home, and can hide wise lessons under pleasant plays,
giving and receiving friendship in the sweetest way. But Aunt March had not this gift,
and she worried Amy very much with her rules and orders, her prim ways, and long,
prosy talks. Finding the child more docile and amiable than her sister, the old lady felt
it her duty to try and counteract, as far as possible, the bad effects of home freedom

Page 249

and indulgence. So she took Amy in hand, and taught her as she herself had been
taught sixty years ago,—a process which carried dismay to Amy's soul, and made her
feel like a fly in the web of a very strict spider.

She had to wash the cups every morning, and polish up the old-fashioned spoons,
the fat silver teapot, and the glasses, till they shone. Then she must dust the room, and
what a trying job that was! Not a speck escaped Aunt March's eye, and all the
furniture had claw legs, and much carving, which was never dusted to suit. Then Polly
must be fed, the lap-dog combed, and a dozen trips upstairs and down, to get things,
or deliver orders, for the old lady was very lame, and seldom left her big chair. After
these tiresome labors, she must do her lessons, which was a daily trial of every virtue
she possessed. Then she was allowed one hour for exercise or play, and didn't she
enjoy it? Laurie came every day, and wheedled Aunt March, till Amy was allowed to
go out with him, when they walked and rode, and had capital times. After dinner, she
had to read aloud, and sit still while the old lady slept, which she usually did for an
hour, as she dropped off over the first page. Then patchwork or towels appeared, and
Amy sewed with outward meekness and inward rebellion till dusk, when she was
allowed to amuse herself as she liked till tea-time. The evenings were the worst of all,
for Aunt March fell to telling long stories about her youth, which were so unutterably
dull that Amy was always ready to go to bed, intending to cry over her hard fate, but
usually going to sleep before she had squeezed out more than a tear or two.
If it had not been for Laurie, and old Esther, the maid, she felt that she never could
have got through that dreadful time. The parrot alone was enough to drive her
distracted, for he soon felt that she did not admire him, and revenged himself by being

Page 250

as mischievous as possible. He pulled her hair whenever she came near him, upset his
bread and milk to plague her when she had newly cleaned his cage, made Mop bark
by pecking at him while Madam dozed; called her names before company, and
behaved in all respects like a reprehensible old bird. Then she could not endure the
dog,—a fat, cross beast, who snarled and yelped at her when she made his toilet, and
who lay on his back, with all his legs in the air and a most idiotic expression of
countenance when he wanted something to eat, which was about a dozen times a day.
The cook was bad-tempered, the old coachman deaf, and Esther the only one who
ever took any notice of the young lady.

Esther was a Frenchwoman, who had lived with "Madame," as she called her
mistress, for many years, and who rather tyrannized over the old lady, who could not
get along without her. Her real name was Estelle, but Aunt March ordered her to
change it, and she obeyed, on condition that she was never asked to change her
religion. She took a fancy to Mademoiselle, and amused her very much, with odd
stories of her life in France, when Amy sat with her while she got up Madame's laces.
She also allowed her to roam about the great house, and examine the curious and
pretty things stored away in the big wardrobes and the ancient chests; for Aunt March
hoarded like a magpie. Amy's chief delight was an Indian cabinet, full of queer
drawers, little pigeon-holes, and secret places, in which were kept all sorts of
ornaments, some precious, some merely curious, all more or less antique. To examine
and arrange these things gave Amy great satisfaction, especially the jewel-cases, in
which, on velvet cushions, reposed the ornaments which had adorned a belle forty
years ago. There was the garnet set which Aunt March wore when she came out, the
pearls her father gave her on her wedding-day, her lover's diamonds, the jet mourning
rings and pins, the queer lockets, with portraits of dead friends, and weeping willows
made of hair inside; the baby bracelets her one little daughter had worn; Uncle
March's big watch, with the red seal so many childish hands had played with, and in a

Page 251

box, all by itself, lay Aunt March's wedding-ring, too small now for her fat finger, but
put carefully away, like the most precious jewel of them all.

"Which would Mademoiselle choose if she had her will?" asked Esther, who always
sat near to watch over and lock up the valuables.
"I like the diamonds best, but there is no necklace among them, and I'm fond of
necklaces, they are so becoming. I should choose this if I might," replied Amy,
looking with great admiration at a string of gold and ebony beads, from which hung a
heavy cross of the same.
"I, too, covet that, but not as a necklace; ah, no! to me it is a rosary, and as such I
should use it like a good Catholic," said Esther, eying the handsome thing wistfully.
"Is it meant to use as you use the string of good-smelling wooden beads hanging
over your glass?" asked Amy.
"Truly, yes, to pray with. It would be pleasing to the saints if one used so fine a
rosary as this, instead of wearing it as a vain bijou."
"You seem to take a great deal of comfort in your prayers, Esther, and always come
down looking quiet and satisfied. I wish I could."
"If Mademoiselle was a Catholic, she would find true comfort; but, as that is not to
be, it would be well if you went apart each day, to meditate and pray, as did the good
mistress whom I served before Madame. She had a little chapel, and in it found
solacement for much trouble."
"Would it be right for me to do so too?" asked Amy, who, in her loneliness, felt the
need of help of some sort, and found that she was apt to forget her little book, now

Page 252

that Beth was not there to remind her of it.
"It would be excellent and charming; and I shall gladly arrange the little dressing-
room for you if you like it. Say nothing to Madame, but when she sleeps go you and
sit alone a while to think good thoughts, and pray the dear God to preserve your
sister."
Esther was truly pious, and quite sincere in her advice; for she had an affectionate
heart, and felt much for the sisters in their anxiety. Amy liked the idea, and gave her
leave to arrange the light closet next her room, hoping it would do her good.
"I wish I knew where all these pretty things would go when Aunt March dies," she
said, as she slowly replaced the shining rosary, and shut the jewel-cases one by one.
"To you and your sisters. I know it; Madame confides in me; I witnessed her will,
and it is to be so," whispered Esther, smiling.
"How nice! but I wish she'd let us have them now. Pro-cras-ti-nation is not
agreeable," observed Amy, taking a last look at the diamonds.
"It is too soon yet for the young ladies to wear these things. The first one who is
affianced will have the pearls—Madame has said it; and I have a fancy that the little
turquoise ring will be given to you when you go, for Madame approves your good
behavior and charming manners."
"Do you think so? Oh, I'll be a lamb, if I can only have that lovely ring! It's ever so
much prettier than Kitty Bryant's. I do like Aunt March, after all;" and Amy tried on
the blue ring with a delighted face, and a firm resolve to earn it.
From that day she was a model of obedience, and the old lady complacently
admired the success of her training. Esther fitted up the closet with a little table,
placed a footstool before it, and over it a picture taken from one of the shut-up rooms.
She thought it was of no great value, but, being appropriate, she borrowed it, well
knowing that Madame would never know it, nor care if she did. It was, however, a
very valuable copy of one of the famous pictures of the world, and Amy's beauty-
loving eyes were never tired of looking up at the sweet face of the divine mother,
while tender thoughts of her own were busy at her heart. On the table she laid her little
Testament and hymn-book, kept a vase always full of the best flowers Laurie brought
her, and came every day to "sit alone, thinking good thoughts, and praying the dear
God to preserve her sister." Esther had given her a rosary of black beads, with a silver
cross, but Amy hung it up and did not use it, feeling doubtful as to its fitness for
Protestant prayers.
The little girl was very sincere in all this, for, being left alone outside the safe
home-nest, she felt the need of some kind hand to hold by so sorely, that she
instinctively turned to the strong and tender Friend, whose fatherly love most closely
surrounds his little children. She missed her mother's help to understand and rule
herself, but having been taught where to look, she did her best to find the way, and
walk in it confidingly. But Amy was a young pilgrim, and just now her burden seemed

Page 253

very heavy. She tried to forget herself, to keep cheerful, and be satisfied with doing
right, though no one saw or praised her for it. In her first effort at being very, very
good, she decided to make her will, as Aunt March had done; so that if she did fall ill
and die, her possessions might be justly and generously divided. It cost her a pang
even to think of giving up the little treasures which in her eyes were as precious as the
old lady's jewels.
During one of her play-hours she wrote out the important document as well as she
could, with some help from Esther as to certain legal terms, and, when the good-
natured Frenchwoman had signed her name, Amy felt relieved, and laid it by to show
Laurie, whom she wanted as a second witness. As it was a rainy day, she went upstairs
to amuse herself in one of the large chambers, and took Polly with her for company. In
this room there was a wardrobe full of old-fashioned costumes, with which Esther
allowed her to play, and it was her favorite amusement to array herself in the faded
brocades, and parade up and down before the long mirror, making stately courtesies,
and sweeping her train about, with a rustle which delighted her ears. So busy was she
on this day that she did not hear Laurie's ring, nor see his face peeping in at her, as she
gravely promenaded to and fro, flirting her fan and tossing her head, on which she
wore a great pink turban, contrasting oddly with her blue brocade dress and yellow
quilted petticoat. She was obliged to walk carefully, for she had on high-heeled shoes,
and, as Laurie told Jo afterward, it was a comical sight to see her mince along in her
gay suit, with Polly sidling and bridling just behind her, imitating her as well as he
could, and occasionally stopping to laugh or exclaim, "Ain't we fine? Get along, you
fright! Hold your tongue! Kiss me, dear! Ha! ha!"

Page 254

Having with difficulty restrained an explosion of merriment, lest it should offend
her majesty, Laurie tapped, and was graciously received.
"Sit down and rest while I put these things away; then I want to consult you about a
very serious matter," said Amy, when she had shown her splendor, and driven Polly
into a corner. "That bird is the trial of my life," she continued, removing the pink
mountain from her head, while Laurie seated himself astride of a chair. "Yesterday,
when aunt was asleep, and I was trying to be as still as a mouse, Polly began to squall
and flap about in his cage; so I went to let him out, and found a big spider there. I
poked it out, and it ran under the bookcase; Polly marched straight after it, stooped
down and peeped under the bookcase, saying, in his funny way, with a cock of his
eye, 'Come out and take a walk, my dear.' I couldn't help laughing, which made Poll
swear, and aunt woke up and scolded us both."
"Did the spider accept the old fellow's invitation?" asked Laurie, yawning.
"Yes; out it came, and away ran Polly, frightened to death, and scrambled up on
aunt's chair, calling out, 'Catch her! catch her! catch her!' as I chased the spider.
"That's a lie! Oh lor!" cried the parrot, pecking at Laurie's toes.
"I'd wring your neck if you were mine, you old torment," cried Laurie, shaking his
fist at the bird, who put his head on one side, and gravely croaked, "Allyluyer! bless
your buttons, dear!"

Page 255

"Now I'm ready," said Amy, shutting the wardrobe, and taking a paper out of her
pocket. "I want you to read that, please, and tell me if it is legal and right. I felt that I
ought to do it, for life is uncertain and I don't want any ill-feeling over my tomb."

Laurie bit his lips, and turning a little from the pensive speaker, read the following
document, with praiseworthy gravity, considering the spelling:—

"MY LAST WILL AND TESTIMENT.
"I, Amy Curtis March, being in my sane mind, do give and bequeethe all
my earthly property—viz. to wit:—namely
"To my father, my best pictures, sketches, maps, and works of art,
including frames. Also my $100, to do what he likes with.
"To my mother, all my clothes, except the blue apron with pockets,—also
my likeness, and my medal, with much love.
"To my dear sister Margaret, I give my turkquoise ring (if I get it), also my
green box with the doves on it, also my piece of real lace for her neck, and
my sketch of her as a memorial of her 'little girl.'
"To Jo I leave my breast-pin, the one mended with sealing wax, also my
bronze inkstand—she lost the cover—and my most precious plaster rabbit,

Page 256

because I am sorry I burnt up her story.
"To Beth (if she lives after me) I give my dolls and the little bureau, my
fan, my linen collars and my new slippers if she can wear them being thin
when she gets well. And I herewith also leave her my regret that I ever made
fun of old Joanna.
"To my friend and neighbor Theodore Laurence I bequeethe my paper
marshay portfolio, my clay model of a horse though he did say it hadn't any
neck. Also in return for his great kindness in the hour of affliction any one of
my artistic works he likes, Noter Dame is the best.
"To our venerable benefactor Mr. Laurence I leave my purple box with a
looking glass in the cover which will be nice for his pens and remind him of
the departed girl who thanks him for his favors to her family, specially Beth.
"I wish my favorite playmate Kitty Bryant to have the blue silk apron and
my gold-bead ring with a kiss.
"To Hannah I give the bandbox she wanted and all the patch work I leave
hoping she 'will remember me, when it you see.'
"And now having disposed of my most valuable property I hope all will be
satisfied and not blame the dead. I forgive every one, and trust we may all
meet when the trump shall sound. Amen.
"To this will and testiment I set my hand and seal on this 20th day of Nov.
Anni Domino 1861.
"Amy Curtis March.

"Witnesses:
{ ET stelle Valnor,
heodore Laurence."

The last name was written in pencil, and Amy explained that he was to rewrite it in
ink, and seal it up for her properly.
"What put it into your head? Did any one tell you about Beth's giving away her
things?" asked Laurie soberly, as Amy laid a bit of red tape, with sealing-wax, a taper,
and a standish before him.
She explained; and then asked anxiously, "What about Beth?"
"I'm sorry I spoke; but as I did, I'll tell you. She felt so ill one day that she told Jo
she wanted to give her piano to Meg, her cats to you, and the poor old doll to Jo, who
would love it for her sake. She was sorry she had so little to give, and left locks of hair
to the rest of us, and her best love to grandpa. She never thought of a will."
Laurie was signing and sealing as he spoke, and did not look up till a great tear
dropped on the paper. Amy's face was full of trouble; but she only said, "Don't people
put sort of postscripts to their wills, sometimes?"
"Yes; 'codicils,' they call them."

Page 257

"Put one in mine then—that I wish all my curls cut off, and given round to my
friends. I forgot it; but I want it done, though it will spoil my looks."
Laurie added it, smiling at Amy's last and greatest sacrifice. Then he amused her for
an hour, and was much interested in all her trials. But when he came to go, Amy held
him back to whisper, with trembling lips, "Is there really any danger about Beth?"
"I'm afraid there is; but we must hope for the best, so don't cry, dear;" and Laurie
put his arm about her with a brotherly gesture which was very comforting.
When he had gone, she went to her little chapel, and, sitting in the twilight, prayed
for Beth, with streaming tears and an aching heart, feeling that a million turquoise
rings would not console her for the loss of her gentle little sister.

Page 258

XX.
CONFIDENTIAL.
I don't think I have any words in which to tell the meeting of the mother and
daughters; such hours are beautiful to live, but very hard to describe, so I will leave it
to the imagination of my readers, merely saying that the house was full of genuine
happiness, and that Meg's tender hope was realized; for when Beth woke from that
long, healing sleep, the first objects on which her eyes fell were the little rose and
mother's face. Too weak to wonder at anything, she only smiled, and nestled close into
the loving arms about her, feeling that the hungry longing was satisfied at last. Then
she slept again, and the girls waited upon their mother, for she would not unclasp the
thin hand which clung to hers even in sleep. Hannah had "dished up" an astonishing
breakfast for the traveller, finding it impossible to vent her excitement in any other
way; and Meg and Jo fed their mother like dutiful young storks, while they listened to
her whispered account of father's state, Mr. Brooke's promise to stay and nurse him,
the delays which the storm occasioned on the homeward journey, and the unspeakable

Page 259

comfort Laurie's hopeful face had given her when she arrived, worn out with fatigue,
anxiety, and cold.
What a strange, yet pleasant day that was! so brilliant and gay without, for all the
world seemed abroad to welcome the first snow; so quiet and reposeful within, for
every one slept, spent with watching, and a Sabbath stillness reigned through the
house, while nodding Hannah mounted guard at the door. With a blissful sense of
burdens lifted off, Meg and Jo closed their weary eyes, and lay at rest, like storm-
beaten boats, safe at anchor in a quiet harbor. Mrs. March would not leave Beth's side,
but rested in the big chair, waking often to look at, touch, and brood over her child,
like a miser over some recovered treasure.
Laurie, meanwhile, posted off to comfort Amy, and told his story so well that Aunt
March actually "sniffed" herself, and never once said, "I told you so." Amy came out
so strong on this occasion that I think the good thoughts in the little chapel really
began to bear fruit. She dried her tears quickly, restrained her impatience to see her
mother, and never even thought of the turquoise ring, when the old lady heartily
agreed in Laurie's opinion, that she behaved "like a capital little woman." Even Polly
seemed impressed, for he called her "good girl," blessed her buttons, and begged her
to "come and take a walk, dear," in his most affable tone. She would very gladly have
gone out to enjoy the bright wintry weather; but, discovering that Laurie was dropping
with sleep in spite of manful efforts to conceal the fact, she persuaded him to rest on
the sofa, while she wrote a note to her mother. She was a long time about it; and,
when she returned, he was stretched out, with both arms under his head, sound asleep,
while Aunt March had pulled down the curtains, and sat doing nothing in an unusual
fit of benignity.
After a while, they began to think he was not going to wake till night, and I'm not
sure that he would, had he not been effectually roused by Amy's cry of joy at sight of
her mother. There probably were a good many happy little girls in and about the city
that day, but it is my private opinion that Amy was the happiest of all, when she sat in
her mother's lap and told her trials, receiving consolation and compensation in the
shape of approving smiles and fond caresses. They were alone together in the chapel,
to which her mother did not object when its purpose was explained to her.
"On the contrary, I like it very much, dear," looking from the dusty rosary to the
well-worn little book, and the lovely picture with its garland of evergreen. "It is an
excellent plan to have some place where we can go to be quiet, when things vex or
grieve us. There are a good many hard times in this life of ours, but we can always
bear them if we ask help in the right way. I think my little girl is learning this?"
"Yes, mother; and when I go home I mean to have a corner in the big closet to put
my books, and the copy of that picture which I've tried to make. The woman's face is
not good,—it's too beautiful for me to draw,—but the baby is done better, and I love it
very much. I like to think He was a little child once, for then I don't seem so far away,
and that helps me."

Page 260

As Amy pointed to the smiling Christ-child on his mother's knee, Mrs. March saw
something on the lifted hand that made her smile. She said nothing, but Amy
understood the look, and, after a minute's pause, she added gravely,—
"I wanted to speak to you about this, but I forgot it. Aunt gave me the ring to-day;
she called me to her and kissed me, and put it on my finger, and said I was a credit to
her, and she'd like to keep me always. She gave that funny guard to keep the turquoise
on, as it's too big. I'd like to wear them, mother; can I?"
"They are very pretty, but I think you're rather too young for such ornaments, Amy,"
said Mrs. March, looking at the plump little hand, with the band of sky-blue stones on
the forefinger, and the quaint guard, formed of two tiny, golden hands clasped
together.
"I'll try not to be vain," said Amy. "I don't think I like it only because it's so pretty;
but I want to wear it as the girl in the story wore her bracelet, to remind me of
something."
"Do you mean Aunt March?" asked her mother, laughing.
"No, to remind me not to be selfish." Amy looked so earnest and sincere about it,
that her mother stopped laughing, and listened respectfully to the little plan.
"I've thought a great deal lately about my 'bundle of naughties,' and being selfish is
the largest one in it; so I'm going to try hard to cure it, if I can. Beth isn't selfish, and
that's the reason every one loves her and feels so bad at the thoughts of losing her.
People wouldn't feel half so bad about me if I was sick, and I don't deserve to have
them; but I'd like to be loved and missed by a great many friends, so I'm going to try
and be like Beth all I can. I'm apt to forget my resolutions; but if I had something
always about me to remind me, I guess I should do better. May I try this way?"
"Yes; but I have more faith in the corner of the big closet. Wear your ring, dear, and
do your best; I think you will prosper, for the sincere wish to be good is half the battle.
Now I must go back to Beth. Keep up your heart, little daughter, and we will soon
have you home again."
That evening, while Meg was writing to her father, to report the traveller's safe
arrival, Jo slipped up stairs into Beth's room, and, finding her mother in her usual
place, stood a minute twisting her fingers in her hair, with a worried gesture and an
undecided look.
"What is it, deary?" asked Mrs. March, holding out her hand, with a face which
invited confidence.
"I want to tell you something, mother."
"About Meg?"
"How quickly you guessed! Yes, it's about her, and though it's a little thing, it
fidgets me."

Page 261

"Beth is asleep; speak low, and tell me all about it. That Moffat hasn't been here, I
hope?" asked Mrs. March rather sharply.
"No, I should have shut the door in his face if he had," said Jo, settling herself on
the floor at her mother's feet. "Last summer Meg left a pair of gloves over at the
Laurences', and only one was returned. We forgot all about it, till Teddy told me that
Mr. Brooke had it. He kept it in his waistcoat pocket, and once it fell out, and Teddy
joked him about it, and Mr. Brooke owned that he liked Meg, but didn't dare say so,
she was so young and he so poor. Now, isn't it a dreadful state of things?"
"Do you think Meg cares for him?" asked Mrs. March, with an anxious look.
"Mercy me! I don't know anything about love and such nonsense!" cried Jo, with a
funny mixture of interest and contempt. "In novels, the girls show it by starting and
blushing, fainting away, growing thin, and acting like fools. Now Meg does not do
anything of the sort: she eats and drinks and sleeps, like a sensible creature: she looks
straight in my face when I talk about that man, and only blushes a little bit when
Teddy jokes about lovers. I forbid him to do it, but he doesn't mind me as he ought."
"Then you fancy that Meg is not interested in John?"
"Who?" cried Jo, staring.
"Mr. Brooke. I call him 'John' now; we fell into the way of doing so at the hospital,
and he likes it."
"Oh, dear! I know you'll take his part: he's been good to father, and you won't send
him away, but let Meg marry him, if she wants to. Mean thing! to go petting papa and
helping you, just to wheedle you into liking him;" and Jo pulled her hair again with a
wrathful tweak.
"My dear, don't get angry about it, and I will tell you how it happened. John went
with me at Mr. Laurence's request, and was so devoted to poor father that we couldn't
help getting fond of him. He was perfectly open and honorable about Meg, for he told
us he loved her, but would earn a comfortable home before he asked her to marry him.
He only wanted our leave to love her and work for her, and the right to make her love
him if he could. He is a truly excellent young man, and we could not refuse to listen to
him; but I will not consent to Meg's engaging herself so young."
"Of course not; it would be idiotic! I knew there was mischief brewing; I felt it; and
now it's worse than I imagined. I just wish I could marry Meg myself, and keep her
safe in the family."
This odd arrangement made Mrs. March smile; but she said gravely, "Jo, I confide
in you, and don't wish you to say anything to Meg yet. When John comes back, and I
see them together, I can judge better of her feelings toward him."
"She'll see his in those handsome eyes that she talks about, and then it will be all up
with her. She's got such a soft heart, it will melt like butter in the sun if any one looks
sentimentally at her. She read the short reports he sent more than she did your letters,
and pinched me when I spoke of it, and likes brown eyes, and doesn't think John an

Page 262

ugly name, and she'll go and fall in love, and there's an end of peace and fun, and cosy
times together. I see it all! they'll go lovering around the house, and we shall have to
dodge; Meg will be absorbed, and no good to me any more; Brooke will scratch up a
fortune somehow, carry her off, and make a hole in the family; and I shall break my
heart, and everything will be abominably uncomfortable. Oh, dear me! why weren't
we all boys, then there wouldn't be any bother."
Jo leaned her chin on her knees, in a disconsolate attitude, and shook her fist at the
reprehensible John. Mrs. March sighed, and Jo looked up with an air of relief.
"You don't like it, mother? I'm glad of it. Let's send him about his business, and not
tell Meg a word of it, but all be happy together as we always have been."
"I did wrong to sigh, Jo. It is natural and right you should all go to homes of your
own, in time; but I do want to keep my girls as long as I can; and I am sorry that this
happened so soon, for Meg is only seventeen, and it will be some years before John
can make a home for her. Your father and I have agreed that she shall not bind herself
in any way, nor be married, before twenty. If she and John love one another, they can
wait, and test the love by doing so. She is conscientious, and I have no fear of her
treating him unkindly. My pretty, tender-hearted girl! I hope things will go happily
with her."
"Hadn't you rather have her marry a rich man?" asked Jo, as her mother's voice
faltered a little over the last words.
"Money is a good and useful thing, Jo; and I hope my girls will never feel the need
of it too bitterly, nor be tempted by too much. I should like to know that John was
firmly established in some good business, which gave him an income large enough to
keep free from debt and make Meg comfortable. I'm not ambitious for a splendid
fortune, a fashionable position, or a great name for my girls. If rank and money come
with love and virtue, also, I should accept them gratefully, and enjoy your good
fortune; but I know, by experience, how much genuine happiness can be had in a plain
little house, where the daily bread is earned, and some privations give sweetness to the
few pleasures. I am content to see Meg begin humbly, for, if I am not mistaken, she
will be rich in the possession of a good man's heart, and that is better than a fortune."
"I understand, mother, and quite agree; but I'm disappointed about Meg, for I'd
planned to have her marry Teddy by and by, and sit in the lap of luxury all her days.
Wouldn't it be nice?" asked Jo, looking up, with a brighter face.
"He is younger than she, you know," began Mrs. March; but Jo broke in,—
"Only a little; he's old for his age, and tall; and can be quite grown-up in his
manners if he likes. Then he's rich and generous and good, and loves us all; and I say
it's a pity my plan is spoilt."
"I'm afraid Laurie is hardly grown up enough for Meg, and altogether too much of a
weathercock, just now, for any one to depend on. Don't make plans, Jo; but let time
and their own hearts mate your friends. We can't meddle safely in such matters, and

Page 263

had better not get 'romantic rubbish,' as you call it, into our heads, lest it spoil our
friendship."
"Well, I won't; but I hate to see things going all criss-cross and getting snarled up,
when a pull here and a snip there would straighten it out. I wish wearing flat-irons on
our heads would keep us from growing up. But buds will be roses, and kittens, cats,—
more's the pity!"
"What's that about flat-irons and cats?" asked Meg, as she crept into the room, with
the finished letter in her hand.
"Only one of my stupid speeches. I'm going to bed; come, Peggy," said Jo,
unfolding herself, like an animated puzzle.
"Quite right, and beautifully written. Please add that I send my love to John," said
Mrs. March, as she glanced over the letter, and gave it back.
"Do you call him 'John'?" asked Meg, smiling, with her innocent eyes looking down
into her mother's.
"Yes; he has been like a son to us, and we are very fond of him," replied Mrs.
March, returning the look with a keen one.
"I'm glad of that, he is so lonely. Good-night, mother, dear. It is so inexpressibly
comfortable to have you here," was Meg's quiet answer.
The kiss her mother gave her was a very tender one; and, as she went away, Mrs.
March said, with a mixture of satisfaction and regret, "She does not love John yet, but
will soon learn to."

Page 264

XXI.
LAURIE MAKES MISCHIEF, AND JO MAKES
PEACE.
Jo's face was a study next day, for the secret rather weighed upon her, and she found
it hard not to look mysterious and important. Meg observed it, but did not trouble
herself to make inquiries, for she had learned that the best way to manage Jo was by
the law of contraries, so she felt sure of being told everything if she did not ask. She
was rather surprised, therefore, when the silence remained unbroken, and Jo assumed
a patronizing air, which decidedly aggravated Meg, who in her turn assumed an air of
dignified reserve, and devoted herself to her mother. This left Jo to her own devices;
for Mrs. March had taken her place as nurse, and bade her rest, exercise, and amuse
herself after her long confinement. Amy being gone, Laurie was her only refuge; and,
much as she enjoyed his society, she rather dreaded him just then, for he was an
incorrigible tease, and she feared he would coax her secret from her.

Page 265

She was quite right, for the mischief-loving lad no sooner suspected a mystery than
he set himself to find it out, and led Jo a trying life of it. He wheedled, bribed,
ridiculed, threatened, and scolded; affected indifference, that he might surprise the
truth from her; declared he knew, then that he didn't care; and, at last, by dint of
perseverance, he satisfied himself that it concerned Meg and Mr. Brooke. Feeling
indignant that he was not taken into his tutor's confidence, he set his wits to work to
devise some proper retaliation for the slight.
Meg meanwhile had apparently forgotten the matter, and was absorbed in
preparations for her father's return; but all of a sudden a change seemed to come over
her, and, for a day or two, she was quite unlike herself. She started when spoken to,
blushed when looked at, was very quiet, and sat over her sewing, with a timid,
troubled look on her face. To her mother's inquiries she answered that she was quite
well, and Jo's she silenced by begging to be let alone.
"She feels it in the air—love, I mean—and she's going very fast. She's got most of
the symptoms,—is twittery and cross, doesn't eat, lies awake, and mopes in corners. I
caught her singing that song he gave her, and once she said 'John,' as you do, and then
turned as red as a poppy. Whatever shall we do?" said Jo, looking ready for any
measures, however violent.
"Nothing but wait. Let her alone, be kind and patient, and father's coming will settle
everything," replied her mother.
"Here's a note to you, Meg, all sealed up. How odd! Teddy never seals mine," said
Jo, next day, as she distributed the contents of the little post-office.
Mrs. March and Jo were deep in their own affairs, when a sound from Meg made
them look up to see her staring at her note, with a frightened face.
"My child, what is it?" cried her mother, running to her, while Jo tried to take the
paper which had done the mischief.
"It's all a mistake—he didn't send it. O Jo, how could you do it?" and Meg hid her
face in her hands, crying as if her heart was quite broken.
"Me! I've done nothing! What's she talking about?" cried Jo, bewildered.
Meg's mild eyes kindled with anger as she pulled a crumpled note from her pocket,
and threw it at Jo, saying reproachfully,—
"You wrote it, and that bad boy helped you. How could you be so rude, so mean,
and cruel to us both?"
Jo hardly heard her, for she and her mother were reading the note, which was
written in a peculiar hand.

Page 266

"My Dearest Margaret,—
"I can no longer restrain my passion, and must know my fate before I
return. I dare not tell your parents yet, but I think they would consent if they
knew that we adored one another. Mr. Laurence will help me to some good
place, and then, my sweet girl, you will make me happy. I implore you to say
nothing to your family yet, but to send one word of hope through Laurie to
"Your devoted John."

"Oh, the little villain! that's the way he meant to pay me for keeping my word to
mother. I'll give him a hearty scolding, and bring him over to beg pardon," cried Jo,
burning to execute immediate justice. But her mother held her back, saying, with a
look she seldom wore,—
"Stop, Jo, you must clear yourself first. You have played so many pranks, that I am
afraid you have had a hand in this."
"On my word, mother, I haven't! I never saw that note before, and don't know
anything about it, as true as I live!" said Jo, so earnestly that they believed her. "If I
had taken a part in it I'd have done it better than this, and have written a sensible note.
I should think you'd have known Mr. Brooke wouldn't write such stuff as that," she
added, scornfully tossing down the paper.

Page 267

"It's like his writing," faltered Meg, comparing it with the note in her hand.
"O Meg, you didn't answer it?" cried Mrs. March quickly.
"Yes, I did!" and Meg hid her face again, overcome with shame.
"Here's a scrape! Do let me bring that wicked boy over to explain, and be lectured. I
can't rest till I get hold of him;" and Jo made for the door again.
"Hush! let me manage this, for it is worse than I thought. Margaret, tell me the
whole story," commanded Mrs. March, sitting down by Meg, yet keeping hold of Jo,
lest she should fly off.
"I received the first letter from Laurie, who didn't look as if he knew anything about
it," began Meg, without looking up. "I was worried at first, and meant to tell you; then
I remembered how you liked Mr. Brooke, so I thought you wouldn't mind if I kept my
little secret for a few days. I'm so silly that I liked to think no one knew; and, while I
was deciding what to say, I felt like the girls in books, who have such things to do.
Forgive me, mother, I'm paid for my silliness now; I never can look him in the face
again."
"What did you say to him?" asked Mrs. March.
"I only said I was too young to do anything about it yet; that I didn't wish to have
secrets from you, and he must speak to father. I was very grateful for his kindness, and
would be his friend, but nothing more, for a long while."
Mrs. March smiled, as if well pleased, and Jo clapped her hands, exclaiming, with a
laugh,—
"You are almost equal to Caroline Percy, who was a pattern of prudence! Tell on,
Meg. What did he say to that?"
"He writes in a different way entirely, telling me that he never sent any love-letter at
all, and is very sorry that my roguish sister, Jo, should take such liberties with our
names. It's very kind and respectful, but think how dreadful for me!"
Meg leaned against her mother, looking the image of despair, and Jo tramped about
the room, calling Laurie names. All of a sudden she stopped, caught up the two notes,
and, after looking at them closely, said decidedly, "I don't believe Brooke ever saw
either of these letters. Teddy wrote both, and keeps yours to crow over me with,
because I wouldn't tell him my secret."
"Don't have any secrets, Jo; tell it to mother, and keep out of trouble, as I should
have done," said Meg warningly.
"Bless you, child! Mother told me."
"That will do, Jo. I'll comfort Meg while you go and get Laurie. I shall sift the
matter to the bottom, and put a stop to such pranks at once."
Away ran Jo, and Mrs. March gently told Meg Mr. Brooke's real feelings. "Now,
dear, what are your own? Do you love him enough to wait till he can make a home for
you, or will you keep yourself quite free for the present?"

Page 268

"I've been so scared and worried, I don't want to have anything to do with lovers for
a long while,—perhaps never," answered Meg petulantly. "If John doesn't know
anything about this nonsense, don't tell him, and make Jo and Laurie hold their
tongues. I won't be deceived and plagued and made a fool of,—it's a shame!"
Seeing that Meg's usually gentle temper was roused and her pride hurt by this
mischievous joke, Mrs. March soothed her by promises of entire silence, and great
discretion for the future. The instant Laurie's step was heard in the hall, Meg fled into
the study, and Mrs. March received the culprit alone. Jo had not told him why he was
wanted, fearing he wouldn't come; but he knew the minute he saw Mrs. March's face,
and stood twirling his hat, with a guilty air which convicted him at once. Jo was
dismissed, but chose to march up and down the hall like a sentinel, having some fear
that the prisoner might bolt. The sound of voices in the parlor rose and fell for half an
hour; but what happened during that interview the girls never knew.
When they were called in, Laurie was standing by their mother, with such a penitent
face that Jo forgave him on the spot, but did not think it wise to betray the fact. Meg
received his humble apology, and was much comforted by the assurance that Brooke
knew nothing of the joke.
"I'll never tell him to my dying day,—wild horses sha'n't drag it out of me; so you'll
forgive me, Meg, and I'll do anything to show how out-and-out sorry I am," he added,
looking very much ashamed of himself.
"I'll try; but it was a very ungentlemanly thing to do. I didn't think you could be so
sly and malicious, Laurie," replied Meg, trying to hide her maidenly confusion under a
gravely reproachful air.
"It was altogether abominable, and I don't deserve to be spoken to for a month; but
you will, though, won't you?" and Laurie folded his hands together with such an
imploring gesture, as he spoke in his irresistibly persuasive tone, that it was
impossible to frown upon him, in spite of his scandalous behavior. Meg pardoned him,
and Mrs. March's grave face relaxed, in spite of her efforts to keep sober, when she
heard him declare that he would atone for his sins by all sorts of penances, and abase
himself like a worm before the injured damsel.
Jo stood aloof, meanwhile, trying to harden her heart against him, and succeeding
only in primming up her face into an expression of entire disapprobation. Laurie
looked at her once or twice, but, as she showed no sign of relenting, he felt injured,
and turned his back on her till the others were done with him, when he made her a low
bow, and walked off without a word.
As soon as he had gone, she wished she had been more forgiving; and when Meg
and her mother went upstairs, she felt lonely, and longed for Teddy. After resisting for
some time, she yielded to the impulse, and, armed with a book to return, went over to
the big house.
"Is Mr. Laurence in?" asked Jo, of a housemaid, who was coming down stairs.

Page 269

"Yes, miss; but I don't believe he's seeable just yet."
"Why not? is he ill?"
"La, no, miss, but he's had a scene with Mr. Laurie, who is in one of his tantrums
about something, which vexes the old gentleman, so I dursn't go nigh him."
"Where is Laurie?"
"Shut up in his room, and he won't answer, though I've been a-tapping. I don't know
what's to become of the dinner, for it's ready, and there's no one to eat it."
"I'll go and see what the matter is. I'm not afraid of either of them."
Up went Jo, and knocked smartly on the door of Laurie's little study.
"Stop that, or I'll open the door and make you!" called out the young gentleman, in
a threatening tone.
Jo immediately knocked again; the door flew open, and in she bounced, before
Laurie could recover from his surprise. Seeing that he really was out of temper, Jo,
who knew how to manage him, assumed a contrite expression, and going artistically
down upon her knees, said meekly, "Please forgive me for being so cross. I came to
make it up, and can't go away till I have."
"It's all right. Get up, and don't be a goose, Jo," was the cavalier reply to her
petition.

Page 270

"Thank you; I will. Could I ask what's the matter? You don't look exactly easy in
your mind."
"I've been shaken, and I won't bear it!" growled Laurie indignantly.
"Who did it?" demanded Jo.
"Grandfather; if it had been any one else I'd have—" and the injured youth finished
his sentence by an energetic gesture of the right arm.
"That's nothing; I often shake you, and you don't mind," said Jo soothingly.
"Pooh! you're a girl, and it's fun; but I'll allow no man to shake me."
"I don't think any one would care to try it, if you looked as much like a thunder-
cloud as you do now. Why were you treated so?"
"Just because I wouldn't say what your mother wanted me for. I'd promised not to
tell, and of course I wasn't going to break my word."
"Couldn't you satisfy your grandpa in any other way?"
"No; he would have the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth. I'd have
told my part of the scrape, if I could without bringing Meg in. As I couldn't, I held my
tongue, and bore the scolding till the old gentleman collared me. Then I got angry, and
bolted, for fear I should forget myself."
"It wasn't nice, but he's sorry, I know; so go down and make up. I'll help you."
"Hanged if I do! I'm not going to be lectured and pummelled by every one, just for
a bit of a frolic. I was sorry about Meg, and begged pardon like a man; but I won't do
it again, when I wasn't in the wrong."
"He didn't know that."
"He ought to trust me, and not act as if I was a baby. It's no use, Jo; he's got to learn
that I'm able to take care of myself, and don't need any one's apron-string to hold on
by."
"What pepper-pots you are!" sighed Jo. "How do you mean to settle this affair?"
"Well, he ought to beg pardon, and believe me when I say I can't tell him what the
fuss's about."
"Bless you! he won't do that."
"I won't go down till he does."
"Now, Teddy, be sensible; let it pass, and I'll explain what I can. You can't stay here,
so what's the use of being melodramatic?"
"I don't intend to stay here long, any way. I'll slip off and take a journey
somewhere, and when grandpa misses me he'll come round fast enough."
"I dare say; but you ought not to go and worry him."
"Don't preach. I'll go to Washington and see Brooke; it's gay there, and I'll enjoy
myself after the troubles."

Page 271

"What fun you'd have! I wish I could run off too," said Jo, forgetting her part of
Mentor in lively visions of martial life at the capital.
"Come on, then! Why not? You go and surprise your father, and I'll stir up old
Brooke. It would be a glorious joke; let's do it, Jo. We'll leave a letter saying we are all
right, and trot off at once. I've got money enough; it will do you good, and be no
harm, as you go to your father."
For a moment Jo looked as if she would agree; for, wild as the plan was, it just
suited her. She was tired of care and confinement, longed for change, and thoughts of
her father blended temptingly with the novel charms of camps and hospitals, liberty
and fun. Her eyes kindled as they turned wistfully toward the window, but they fell on
the old house opposite, and she shook her head with sorrowful decision.
"If I was a boy, we'd run away together, and have a capital time; but as I'm a
miserable girl, I must be proper, and stop at home. Don't tempt me, Teddy, it's a crazy
plan."
"That's the fun of it," began Laurie, who had got a wilful fit on him, and was
possessed to break out of bounds in some way.
"Hold your tongue!" cried Jo, covering her ears. "'Prunes and prisms' are my doom,
and I may as well make up my mind to it. I came here to moralize, not to hear about
things that make me skip to think of."

"I know Meg would wet-blanket such a proposal, but I thought you had more
spirit," began Laurie insinuatingly.

Page 272

"Bad boy, be quiet! Sit down and think of your own sins, don't go making me add to
mine. If I get your grandpa to apologize for the shaking, will you give up running
away?" asked Jo seriously.
"Yes, but you won't do it," answered Laurie, who wished "to make up," but felt that
his outraged dignity must be appeased first.
"If I can manage the young one I can the old one," muttered Jo, as she walked away,
leaving Laurie bent over a railroad map, with his head propped up on both hands.
"Come in!" and Mr. Laurence's gruff voice sounded gruffer than ever, as Jo tapped
at his door.
"It's only me, sir, come to return a book," she said blandly, as she entered.
"Want any more?" asked the old gentleman, looking grim and vexed, but trying not
to show it.
"Yes, please. I like old Sam so well, I think I'll try the second volume," returned Jo,
hoping to propitiate him by accepting a second dose of Boswell's "Johnson," as he had
recommended that lively work.
The shaggy eyebrows unbent a little, as he rolled the steps toward the shelf where
the Johnsonian literature was placed. Jo skipped up, and, sitting on the top step,
affected to be searching for her book, but was really wondering how best to introduce
the dangerous object of her visit. Mr. Laurence seemed to suspect that something was
brewing in her mind; for, after taking several brisk turns about the room, he faced
round on her, speaking so abruptly that "Rasselas" tumbled face downward on the
floor.
"What has that boy been about? Don't try to shield him. I know he has been in
mischief by the way he acted when he came home. I can't get a word from him; and
when I threatened to shake the truth out of him he bolted upstairs, and locked himself
into his room."
"He did do wrong, but we forgave him, and all promised not to say a word to any
one," began Jo reluctantly.
"That won't do; he shall not shelter himself behind a promise from you soft-hearted
girls. If he's done anything amiss, he shall confess, beg pardon, and be punished. Out
with it, Jo, I won't be kept in the dark."
Mr. Laurence looked so alarming and spoke so sharply that Jo would have gladly
run away, if she could, but she was perched aloft on the steps, and he stood at the foot,
a lion in the path, so she had to stay and brave it out.

Page 273

"Indeed, sir, I cannot tell; mother forbade it. Laurie has confessed, asked pardon,
and been punished quite enough. We don't keep silence to shield him, but some one
else, and it will make more trouble if you interfere. Please don't; it was partly my
fault, but it's all right now; so let's forget it, and talk about the 'Rambler,' or something
pleasant."
"Hang the 'Rambler!' come down and give me your word that this harum-scarum
boy of mine hasn't done anything ungrateful or impertinent. If he has, after all your
kindness to him, I'll thrash him with my own hands."
The threat sounded awful, but did not alarm Jo, for she knew the irascible old
gentleman would never lift a finger against his grandson, whatever he might say to the
contrary. She obediently descended, and made as light of the prank as she could
without betraying Meg or forgetting the truth.
"Hum—ha—well, if the boy held his tongue because he promised, and not from
obstinacy, I'll forgive him. He's a stubborn fellow, and hard to manage," said Mr.
Laurence, rubbing up his hair till it looked as if he had been out in a gale, and
smoothing the frown from his brow with an air of relief.

Page 274

"So am I; but a kind word will govern me when all the king's horses and all the
king's men couldn't," said Jo, trying to say a kind word for her friend, who seemed to
get out of one scrape only to fall into another.
"You think I'm not kind to him, hey?" was the sharp answer.
"Oh, dear, no, sir; you are rather too kind sometimes, and then just a trifle hasty
when he tries your patience. Don't you think you are?"
Jo was determined to have it out now, and tried to look quite placid, though she
quaked a little after her bold speech. To her great relief and surprise, the old
gentleman only threw his spectacles on to the table with a rattle, and exclaimed
frankly,—
"You're right, girl, I am! I love the boy, but he tries my patience past bearing, and I
don't know how it will end, if we go on so."
"I'll tell you, he'll run away." Jo was sorry for that speech the minute it was made;
she meant to warn him that Laurie would not bear much restraint, and hoped he would
be more forbearing with the lad.
Mr. Laurence's ruddy face changed suddenly, and he sat down, with a troubled
glance at the picture of a handsome man, which hung over his table. It was Laurie's
father, who had run away in his youth, and married against the imperious old man's
will. Jo fancied he remembered and regretted the past, and she wished she had held
her tongue.
"He won't do it unless he is very much worried, and only threatens it sometimes,
when he gets tired of studying. I often think I should like to, especially since my hair
was cut; so, if you ever miss us, you may advertise for two boys, and look among the
ships bound for India."
She laughed as she spoke, and Mr. Laurence looked relieved, evidently taking the
whole as a joke.
"You hussy, how dare you talk in that way? Where's your respect for me, and your
proper bringing up? Bless the boys and girls! What torments they are; yet we can't do
without them," he said, pinching her cheeks good-humoredly. "Go and bring that boy
down to his dinner, tell him it's all right, and advise him not to put on tragedy airs with
his grandfather. I won't bear it."
"He won't come, sir; he feels badly because you didn't believe him when he said he
couldn't tell. I think the shaking hurt his feelings very much."
Jo tried to look pathetic, but must have failed, for Mr. Laurence began to laugh, and
she knew the day was won.
"I'm sorry for that, and ought to thank him for not shaking me, I suppose. What the
dickens does the fellow expect?" and the old gentleman looked a trifle ashamed of his
own testiness.

Page 275

"If I were you, I'd write him an apology, sir. He says he won't come down till he has
one, and talks about Washington, and goes on in an absurd way. A formal apology will
make him see how foolish he is, and bring him down quite amiable. Try it; he likes
fun, and this way is better than talking. I'll carry it up, and teach him his duty."
Mr. Laurence gave her a sharp look, and put on his spectacles, saying slowly,
"You're a sly puss, but I don't mind being managed by you and Beth. Here, give me a
bit of paper, and let us have done with this nonsense."
The note was written in the terms which one gentleman would use to another after
offering some deep insult. Jo dropped a kiss on the top of Mr. Laurence's bald head,
and ran up to slip the apology under Laurie's door, advising him, through the key-hole,
to be submissive, decorous, and a few other agreeable impossibilities. Finding the
door locked again, she left the note to do its work, and was going quietly away, when
the young gentleman slid down the banisters, and waited for her at the bottom, saying,
with his most virtuous expression of countenance, "What a good fellow you are, Jo!
Did you get blown up?" he added, laughing.
"No; he was pretty mild, on the whole."
"Ah! I got it all round; even you cast me off over there, and I felt just ready to go to
the deuce," he began apologetically.
"Don't talk in that way; turn over a new leaf and begin again, Teddy, my son."
"I keep turning over new leaves, and spoiling them, as I used to spoil my copy-
books; and I make so many beginnings there never will be an end," he said dolefully.
"Go and eat your dinner; you'll feel better after it. Men always croak when they are
hungry," and Jo whisked out at the front door after that.
"That's a 'label' on my 'sect,'" answered Laurie, quoting Amy, as he went to partake
of humble-pie dutifully with his grandfather, who was quite saintly in temper and
overwhelmingly respectful in manner all the rest of the day.
Every one thought the matter ended and the little cloud blown over; but the
mischief was done, for, though others forgot it, Meg remembered. She never alluded
to a certain person, but she thought of him a good deal, dreamed dreams more than
ever; and once Jo, rummaging her sister's desk for stamps, found a bit of paper
scribbled over with the words, "Mrs. John Brooke;" whereat she groaned tragically,
and cast it into the fire, feeling that Laurie's prank had hastened the evil day for her.

Page 276

XXII.
PLEASANT MEADOWS.
Like sunshine after storm were the peaceful weeks which followed. The invalids
improved rapidly, and Mr. March began to talk of returning early in the new year.
Beth was soon able to lie on the study sofa all day, amusing herself with the well-
beloved cats, at first, and, in time, with doll's sewing, which had fallen sadly
behindhand. Her once active limbs were so stiff and feeble that Jo took her a daily
airing about the house in her strong arms. Meg cheerfully blackened and burnt her
white hands cooking delicate messes for "the dear;" while Amy, a loyal slave of the
ring, celebrated her return by giving away as many of her treasures as she could
prevail on her sisters to accept.
As Christmas approached, the usual mysteries began to haunt the house, and Jo
frequently convulsed the family by proposing utterly impossible or magnificently
absurd ceremonies, in honor of this unusually merry Christmas. Laurie was equally
impracticable, and would have had bonfires, sky-rockets, and triumphal arches, if he

Page 277

had had his own way. After many skirmishes and snubbings, the ambitious pair were
considered effectually quenched, and went about with forlorn faces, which were rather
belied by explosions of laughter when the two got together.
Several days of unusually mild weather fitly ushered in a splendid Christmas Day.
Hannah "felt in her bones" that it was going to be an unusually fine day, and she
proved herself a true prophetess, for everybody and everything seemed bound to
produce a grand success. To begin with, Mr. March wrote that he should soon be with
them; then Beth felt uncommonly well that morning, and, being dressed in her
mother's gift,—a soft crimson merino wrapper,—was borne in triumph to the window
to behold the offering of Jo and Laurie. The Unquenchables had done their best to be
worthy of the name, for, like elves, they had worked by night, and conjured up a
comical surprise. Out in the garden stood a stately snow-maiden, crowned with holly,
bearing a basket of fruit and flowers in one hand, a great roll of new music in the
other, a perfect rainbow of an Afghan round her chilly shoulders, and a Christmas
carol issuing from her lips, on a pink paper streamer:—

"THE JUNGFRAU TO BETH.
"God bless you, dear Queen Bess!
May nothing you dismay,
But health and peace and happiness
Be yours, this Christmas Day.

"Here's fruit to feed our busy bee,
And flowers for her nose;

Page 278

Here's music for her pianee,
An Afghan for her toes.

"A portrait of Joanna, see,
By Raphael No. 2,
Who labored with great industry
To make it fair and true.

"Accept a ribbon red, I beg,
For Madam Purrer's tail;
And ice-cream made by lovely Peg,—
A Mont Blanc in a pail.

"Their dearest love my makers laid
Within my breast of snow:
Accept it, and the Alpine maid,
From Laurie and from Jo."
How Beth laughed when she saw it, how Laurie ran up and down to bring in the
gifts, and what ridiculous speeches Jo made as she presented them!
"I'm so full of happiness, that, if father was only here, I couldn't hold one drop
more," said Beth, quite sighing with contentment as Jo carried her off to the study to
rest after the excitement, and to refresh herself with some of the delicious grapes the
"Jungfrau" had sent her.
"So am I," added Jo, slapping the pocket wherein reposed the long-desired Undine
and Sintram.
"I'm sure I am," echoed Amy, poring over the engraved copy of the Madonna and
Child, which her mother had given her, in a pretty frame.
"Of course I am!" cried Meg, smoothing the silvery folds of her first silk dress; for
Mr. Laurence had insisted on giving it.
"How can I be otherwise?" said Mrs. March gratefully, as her eyes went from her
husband's letter to Beth's smiling face, and her hand caressed the brooch made of gray
and golden, chestnut and dark brown hair, which the girls had just fastened on her
breast.
Now and then, in this work-a-day world, things do happen in the delightful story-
book fashion, and what a comfort that is. Half an hour after every one had said they
were so happy they could only hold one drop more, the drop came. Laurie opened the
parlor door, and popped his head in very quietly. He might just as well have turned a
somersault and uttered an Indian war-whoop; for his face was so full of suppressed
excitement and his voice so treacherously joyful, that every one jumped up, though he
only said, in a queer, breathless voice, "Here's another Christmas present for the
March family."

Page 279

Before the words were well out of his mouth, he was whisked away somehow, and
in his place appeared a tall man, muffled up to the eyes, leaning on the arm of another
tall man, who tried to say something and couldn't. Of course there was a general
stampede; and for several minutes everybody seemed to lose their wits, for the
strangest things were done, and no one said a word. Mr. March became invisible in the
embrace of four pairs of loving arms; Jo disgraced herself by nearly fainting away,
and had to be doctored by Laurie in the china-closet; Mr. Brooke kissed Meg entirely
by mistake, as he somewhat incoherently explained; and Amy, the dignified, tumbled
over a stool, and, never stopping to get up, hugged and cried over her father's boots in
the most touching manner. Mrs. March was the first to recover herself, and held up her
hand with a warning, "Hush! remember Beth!"
But it was too late; the study door flew open, the little red wrapper appeared on the
threshold,—joy put strength into the feeble limbs,—and Beth ran straight into her
father's arms. Never mind what happened just after that; for the full hearts overflowed,
washing away the bitterness of the past, and leaving only the sweetness of the present.
It was not at all romantic, but a hearty laugh set everybody straight again, for
Hannah was discovered behind the door, sobbing over the fat turkey, which she had
forgotten to put down when she rushed up from the kitchen. As the laugh subsided,
Mrs. March began to thank Mr. Brooke for his faithful care of her husband, at which
Mr. Brooke suddenly remembered that Mr. March needed rest, and, seizing Laurie, he
precipitately retired. Then the two invalids were ordered to repose, which they did, by
both sitting in one big chair, and talking hard.
Mr. March told how he had longed to surprise them, and how, when the fine
weather came, he had been allowed by his doctor to take advantage of it; how devoted
Brooke had been, and how he was altogether a most estimable and upright young
man. Why Mr. March paused a minute just there, and, after a glance at Meg, who was
violently poking the fire, looked at his wife with an inquiring lift of the eyebrows, I
leave you to imagine; also why Mrs. March gently nodded her head, and asked, rather
abruptly, if he wouldn't have something to eat. Jo saw and understood the look; and
she stalked grimly away to get wine and beef-tea, muttering to herself, as she
slammed the door, "I hate estimable young men with brown eyes!"
There never was such a Christmas dinner as they had that day. The fat turkey was a
sight to behold, when Hannah sent him up, stuffed, browned, and decorated; so was
the plum-pudding, which quite melted in one's mouth; likewise the jellies, in which
Amy revelled like a fly in a honey-pot. Everything turned out well, which was a
mercy, Hannah said, "For my mind was that flustered, mum, that it's a merrycle I
didn't roast the pudding, and stuff the turkey with raisins, let alone bilin' of it in a
cloth."
Mr. Laurence and his grandson dined with them, also Mr. Brooke,—at whom Jo
glowered darkly, to Laurie's infinite amusement. Two easy-chairs stood side by side at
the head of the table, in which sat Beth and her father, feasting modestly on chicken

Page 280

and a little fruit. They drank healths, told stories, sung songs, "reminisced," as the old
folks say, and had a thoroughly good time. A sleigh-ride had been planned, but the
girls would not leave their father; so the guests departed early, and, as twilight
gathered, the happy family sat together round the fire.
"Just a year ago we were groaning over the dismal Christmas we expected to have.
Do you remember?" asked Jo, breaking a short pause which had followed a long
conversation about many things.
"Rather a pleasant year on the whole!" said Meg, smiling at the fire, and
congratulating herself on having treated Mr. Brooke with dignity.
"I think it's been a pretty hard one," observed Amy, watching the light shine on her
ring, with thoughtful eyes.
"I'm glad it's over, because we've got you back," whispered Beth, who sat on her
father's knee.
"Rather a rough road for you to travel, my little pilgrims, especially the latter part
of it. But you have got on bravely; and I think the burdens are in a fair way to tumble
off very soon," said Mr. March, looking with fatherly satisfaction at the four young
faces gathered round him.
"How do you know? Did mother tell you?" asked Jo.
"Not much; straws show which way the wind blows, and I've made several
discoveries to-day."
"Oh, tell us what they are!" cried Meg, who sat beside him.
"Here is one;" and taking up the hand which lay on the arm of his chair, he pointed
to the roughened forefinger, a burn on the back, and two or three little hard spots on
the palm. "I remember a time when this hand was white and smooth, and your first
care was to keep it so. It was very pretty then, but to me it is much prettier now,—for
in these seeming blemishes I read a little history. A burnt-offering has been made of
vanity; this hardened palm has earned something better than blisters; and I'm sure the
sewing done by these pricked fingers will last a long time, so much good-will went
into the stitches. Meg, my dear, I value the womanly skill which keeps home happy
more than white hands or fashionable accomplishments. I'm proud to shake this good,
industrious little hand, and hope I shall not soon be asked to give it away."
If Meg had wanted a reward for hours of patient labor, she received it in the hearty
pressure of her father's hand and the approving smile he gave her.
"What about Jo? Please say something nice; for she has tried so hard, and been so
very, very good to me," said Beth, in her father's ear.
He laughed, and looked across at the tall girl who sat opposite, with an unusually
mild expression in her brown face.
"In spite of the curly crop, I don't see the 'son Jo' whom I left a year ago," said Mr.
March. "I see a young lady who pins her collar straight, laces her boots neatly, and

Page 281

neither whistles, talks slang, nor lies on the rug as she used to do. Her face is rather
thin and pale, just now, with watching and anxiety; but I like to look at it, for it has
grown gentler, and her voice is lower; she doesn't bounce, but moves quietly, and
takes care of a certain little person in a motherly way which delights me. I rather miss
my wild girl; but if I get a strong, helpful, tender-hearted woman in her place, I shall
feel quite satisfied. I don't know whether the shearing sobered our black sheep, but I
do know that in all Washington I couldn't find anything beautiful enough to be bought
with the five-and-twenty dollars which my good girl sent me."
Jo's keen eyes were rather dim for a minute, and her thin face grew rosy in the
firelight, as she received her father's praise, feeling that she did deserve a portion of it.
"Now Beth," said Amy, longing for her turn, but ready to wait.
"There's so little of her, I'm afraid to say much, for fear she will slip away
altogether, though she is not so shy as she used to be," began their father cheerfully;
but recollecting how nearly he had lost her, he held her close, saying tenderly, with
her cheek against his own, "I've got you safe, my Beth, and I'll keep you so, please
God."
After a minute's silence, he looked down at Amy, who sat on the cricket at his feet,
and said, with a caress of the shining hair,—
"I observed that Amy took drumsticks at dinner, ran errands for her mother all the
afternoon, gave Meg her place to-night, and has waited on every one with patience
and good-humor. I also observe that she does not fret much nor look in the glass, and
has not even mentioned a very pretty ring which she wears; so I conclude that she has
learned to think of other people more and of herself less, and has decided to try and
mould her character as carefully as she moulds her little clay figures. I am glad of this;
for though I should be very proud of a graceful statue made by her, I shall be infinitely
prouder of a lovable daughter, with a talent for making life beautiful to herself and
others."
"What are you thinking of, Beth?" asked Jo, when Amy had thanked her father and
told about her ring.
"I read in 'Pilgrim's Progress' to-day, how, after many troubles, Christian and
Hopeful came to a pleasant green meadow, where lilies bloomed all the year round,
and there they rested happily, as we do now, before they went on to their journey's
end," answered Beth; adding, as she slipped out of her father's arms, and went slowly
to the instrument, "It's singing time now, and I want to be in my old place. I'll try to
sing the song of the shepherd-boy which the Pilgrims heard. I made the music for
father, because he likes the verses."
So, sitting at the dear little piano, Beth softly touched the keys, and, in the sweet
voice they had never thought to hear again, sung to her own accompaniment the
quaint hymn, which was a singularly fitting song for her:—
"He that is down need fear no fall,

Page 282

He that is low no pride;
He that is humble ever shall
Have God to be his guide.

"I am content with what I have,
Little be it or much;
And, Lord! contentment still I crave,
Because Thou savest such.

"Fulness to them a burden is,
That go on pilgrimage;
Here little, and hereafter bliss,
Is best from age to age!"

"He sat in the big chair by Beth's sofa with the other three close by."—Page 277.

Page 283

XXIII.
AUNT MARCH SETTLES THE QUESTION.
Like bees swarming after their queen, mother and daughters hovered about Mr.
March the next day, neglecting everything to look at, wait upon, and listen to the new
invalid, who was in a fair way to be killed by kindness. As he sat propped up in a big
chair by Beth's sofa, with the other three close by, and Hannah popping in her head
now and then, "to peek at the dear man," nothing seemed needed to complete their
happiness. But something was needed, and the elder ones felt it, though none
confessed the fact. Mr. and Mrs. March looked at one another with an anxious
expression, as their eyes followed Meg. Jo had sudden fits of sobriety, and was seen to
shake her fist at Mr. Brooke's umbrella, which had been left in the hall; Meg was
absent-minded, shy, and silent, started when the bell rang, and colored when John's
name was mentioned; Amy said "Every one seemed waiting for something, and
couldn't settle down, which was queer, since father was safe at home," and Beth
innocently wondered why their neighbors didn't run over as usual.
Laurie went by in the afternoon, and, seeing Meg at the window, seemed suddenly
possessed with a melodramatic fit, for he fell down upon one knee in the snow, beat
his breast, tore his hair, and clasped his hands imploringly, as if begging some boon;
and when Meg told him to behave himself and go away, he wrung imaginary tears out
of his handkerchief, and staggered round the corner as if in utter despair.
"What does the goose mean?" said Meg, laughing, and trying to look unconscious.
"He's showing you how your John will go on by and by. Touching, isn't it?"
answered Jo scornfully.
"Don't say my John, it isn't proper or true;" but Meg's voice lingered over the words
as if they sounded pleasant to her. "Please don't plague me, Jo; I've told you I don't
care much about him, and there isn't to be anything said, but we are all to be friendly,
and go on as before."
"We can't, for something has been said, and Laurie's mischief has spoilt you for me.
I see it, and so does mother; you are not like your old self a bit, and seem ever so far
away from me. I don't mean to plague you, and will bear it like a man, but I do wish it
was all settled. I hate to wait; so if you mean ever to do it, make haste and have it over
quickly," said Jo pettishly.

Page 284

"I can't say or do anything till he speaks,
and he won't, because father said I was too
young," began Meg, bending over her work,
with a queer little smile, which suggested that
she did not quite agree with her father on that
point.
"If he did speak, you wouldn't know what to
say, but would cry or blush, or let him have his
own way, instead of giving a good, decided,
No."
"I'm not so silly and weak as you think. I
know just what I should say, for I've planned it
all, so I needn't be taken unawares; there's no
knowing what may happen, and I wished to be
prepared."
Jo couldn't help smiling at the important air
which Meg had unconsciously assumed, and
which was as becoming as the pretty color
varying in her cheeks.
"Would you mind telling me what you'd
say?" asked Jo more respectfully.
"Not at all; you are sixteen now, quite old
enough to be my confidant, and my experience
will be useful to you by and by, perhaps, in
your own affairs of this sort."
"Don't mean to have any; it's fun to watch
other people philander, but I should feel like a
fool doing it myself," said Jo, looking alarmed
at the thought.
"I think not, if you liked any one very
much, and he liked you." Meg spoke as if to
herself, and glanced out at the lane, where she
had often seen lovers walking together in the
summer twilight.
"I thought you were going to tell your speech to that man," said Jo, rudely
shortening her sister's little reverie.
"Oh, I should merely say, quite calmly and decidedly, 'Thank you, Mr. Brooke, you
are very kind, but I agree with father that I am too young to enter into any engagement
at present; so please say no more, but let us be friends as we were.'"

Page 285

"Hum! that's stiff and cool enough. I don't believe you'll ever say it, and I know he
won't be satisfied if you do. If he goes on like the rejected lovers in books, you'll give
in, rather than hurt his feelings."
"No, I won't! I shall tell him I've made up my mind, and shall walk out of the room
with dignity."
Meg rose as she spoke, and was just going to rehearse the dignified exit, when a
step in the hall made her fly into her seat, and begin to sew as if her life depended on
finishing that particular seam in a given time. Jo smothered a laugh at the sudden
change, and, when some one gave a modest tap, opened the door with a grim aspect,
which was anything but hospitable.
"Good afternoon. I came to get my umbrella,—that is, to see how your father finds
himself to-day," said Mr. Brooke, getting a trifle confused as his eye went from one
tell-tale face to the other.
"It's very well, he's in the rack, I'll get him, and tell it you are here," and having
jumbled her father and the umbrella well together in her reply, Jo slipped out of the
room to give Meg a chance to make her speech and air her dignity. But the instant she
vanished, Meg began to sidle towards the door, murmuring,—
"Mother will like to see you. Pray sit down, I'll call her."
"Don't go; are you afraid of me, Margaret?" and Mr. Brooke looked so hurt that
Meg thought she must have done something very rude. She blushed up to the little
curls on her forehead, for he had never called her Margaret before, and she was
surprised to find how natural and sweet it seemed to hear him say it. Anxious to
appear friendly and at her ease, she put out her hand with a confiding gesture, and said
gratefully,—
"How can I be afraid when you have been so kind to father? I only wish I could
thank you for it."

Page 286

"Shall I tell you how?" asked Mr. Brooke, holding the small hand fast in both his
own, and looking down at Meg with so much love in the brown eyes, that her heart
began to flutter, and she both longed to run away and to stop and listen.
"Oh no, please don't—I'd rather not," she said, trying to withdraw her hand, and
looking frightened in spite of her denial.
"I won't trouble you, I only want to know if you care for me a little, Meg. I love you
so much, dear," added Mr. Brooke tenderly.
This was the moment for the calm, proper speech, but Meg didn't make it; she
forgot every word of it, hung her head, and answered, "I don't know," so softly, that
John had to stoop down to catch the foolish little reply.
He seemed to think it was worth the trouble, for he smiled to himself as if quite
satisfied, pressed the plump hand gratefully, and said, in his most persuasive tone,
"Will you try and find out? I want to know so much; for I can't go to work with any
heart until I learn whether I am to have my reward in the end or not."
"I'm too young," faltered Meg, wondering why she was so fluttered, yet rather
enjoying it.
"I'll wait; and in the meantime, you could be learning to like me. Would it be a very
hard lesson, dear?"
"Not if I chose to learn it, but—"
"Please choose to learn, Meg. I love to teach, and this is easier than German," broke
in John, getting possession of the other hand, so that she had no way of hiding her
face, as he bent to look into it.

Page 287

His tone was properly beseeching; but, stealing a shy look at him, Meg saw that his
eyes were merry as well as tender, and that he wore the satisfied smile of one who had
no doubt of his success. This nettled her; Annie Moffat's foolish lessons in coquetry
came into her mind, and the love of power, which sleeps in the bosoms of the best of
little women, woke up all of a sudden and took possession of her. She felt excited and
strange, and, not knowing what else to do, followed a capricious impulse, and,
withdrawing her hands, said petulantly, "I don't choose. Please go away and let me
be!"
Poor Mr. Brooke looked as if his lovely castle in the air was tumbling about his
ears, for he had never seen Meg in such a mood before, and it rather bewildered him.
"Do you really mean that?" he asked anxiously, following her as she walked away.
"Yes, I do; I don't want to be worried about such things. Father says I needn't; it's
too soon and I'd rather not."
"Mayn't I hope you'll change your mind by and by? I'll wait, and say nothing till
you have had more time. Don't play with me, Meg. I didn't think that of you."
"Don't think of me at all. I'd rather you wouldn't," said Meg, taking a naughty
satisfaction in trying her lover's patience and her own power.
He was grave and pale now, and looked decidedly more like the novel heroes whom
she admired; but he neither slapped his forehead nor tramped about the room, as they
did; he just stood looking at her so wistfully, so tenderly, that she found her heart
relenting in spite of her. What would have happened next I cannot say, if Aunt March
had not come hobbling in at this interesting minute.
The old lady couldn't resist her longing to see her nephew; for she had met Laurie
as she took her airing, and, hearing of Mr. March's arrival, drove straight out to see
him. The family were all busy in the back part of the house, and she had made her
way quietly in, hoping to surprise them. She did surprise two of them so much that
Meg started as if she had seen a ghost, and Mr. Brooke vanished into the study.
"Bless me, what's all this?" cried the old lady, with a rap of her cane, as she glanced
from the pale young gentleman to the scarlet young lady.
"It's father's friend. I'm so surprised to see you!" stammered Meg, feeling that she
was in for a lecture now.
"That's evident," returned Aunt March, sitting down. "But what is father's friend
saying to make you look like a peony? There's mischief going on, and I insist upon
knowing what it is," with another rap.
"We were merely talking. Mr. Brooke came for his umbrella," began Meg, wishing
that Mr. Brooke and the umbrella were safely out of the house.
"Brooke? That boy's tutor? Ah! I understand now. I know all about it. Jo blundered
into a wrong message in one of your father's letters, and I made her tell me. You
haven't gone and accepted him, child?" cried Aunt March, looking scandalized.

Page 288

"Hush! he'll hear. Sha'n't I call
mother?" said Meg, much
troubled.
"Not yet. I've something to
say to you, and I must free my
mind at once. Tell me, do you
mean to marry this Cook? If you
do, not one penny of my money
ever goes to you. Remember
that, and be a sensible girl," said
the old lady impressively.
Now Aunt March possessed in
perfection the art of rousing the
spirit of opposition in the
gentlest people, and enjoyed
doing it. The best of us have a
spice of perversity in us,
especially when we are young
and in love. If Aunt March had
begged Meg to accept John
Brooke, she would probably
have declared she couldn't think
of it; but as she was
peremptorily ordered not to like
him, she immediately made up
her mind that she would.
Inclination as well as perversity
made the decision easy, and,
being already much excited,
Meg opposed the old lady with unusual spirit.
"I shall marry whom I please, Aunt March, and you can leave your money to any
one you like," she said, nodding her head with a resolute air.
"Highty tighty! Is that the way you take my advice, miss? You'll be sorry for it, by
and by, when you've tried love in a cottage, and found it a failure."
"It can't be a worse one than some people find in big houses," retorted Meg.
Aunt March put on her glasses and took a look at the girl, for she did not know her
in this new mood. Meg hardly knew herself, she felt so brave and independent,—so
glad to defend John, and assert her right to love him, if she liked. Aunt March saw that
she had begun wrong, and, after a little pause, made a fresh start, saying, as mildly as
she could, "Now, Meg, my dear, be reasonable, and take my advice. I mean it kindly,
and don't want you to spoil your whole life by making a mistake at the beginning. You

Page 289

ought to marry well, and help your family; it's your duty to make a rich match, and it
ought to be impressed upon you."
"Father and mother don't think so; they like John, though he is poor."
"Your parents, my dear, have no more worldly wisdom than two babies."
"I'm glad of it," cried Meg stoutly.
Aunt March took no notice, but went on with her lecture. "This Rook is poor, and
hasn't got any rich relations, has he?"
"No; but he has many warm friends."
"You can't live on friends; try it, and see how cool they'll grow. He hasn't any
business, has he?"
"Not yet; Mr. Laurence is going to help him."
"That won't last long. James Laurence is a crotchety old fellow, and not to be
depended on. So you intend to marry a man without money, position, or business, and
go on working harder than you do now, when you might be comfortable all your days
by minding me and doing better? I thought you had more sense, Meg."
"I couldn't do better if I waited half my life! John is good and wise; he's got heaps
of talent; he's willing to work, and sure to get on, he's so energetic and brave. Every
one likes and respects him, and I'm proud to think he cares for me, though I'm so poor
and young and silly," said Meg, looking prettier than ever in her earnestness.
"He knows you have got rich relations, child; that's the secret of his liking, I
suspect."
"Aunt March, how dare you say such a thing? John is above such meanness, and I
won't listen to you a minute if you talk so," cried Meg indignantly, forgetting
everything but the injustice of the old lady's suspicions. "My John wouldn't marry for
money, anymore than I would. We are willing to work, and we mean to wait. I'm not
afraid of being poor, for I've been happy so far, and I know I shall be with him,
because he loves me, and I—"
Meg stopped there, remembering all of a sudden that she hadn't made up her mind;
that she had told "her John" to go away, and that he might be overhearing her
inconsistent remarks.
Aunt March was very angry, for she had set her heart on having her pretty niece
make a fine match, and something in the girl's happy young face made the lonely old
woman feel both sad and sour.
"Well, I wash my hands of the whole affair! You are a wilful child, and you've lost
more than you know by this piece of folly. No, I won't stop; I'm disappointed in you,
and haven't spirits to see your father now. Don't expect anything from me when you
are married; your Mr. Book's friends must take care of you. I'm done with you
forever."

Page 290

And, slamming the door in Meg's face, Aunt March drove off in high dudgeon. She
seemed to take all the girl's courage with her; for, when left alone, Meg stood a
moment, undecided whether to laugh or cry. Before she could make up her mind, she
was taken possession of by Mr. Brooke, who said, all in one breath, "I couldn't help
hearing, Meg. Thank you for defending me, and Aunt March for proving that you do
care for me a little bit."
"I didn't know how much, till she abused you," began Meg.
"And I needn't go away, but may stay and be happy, may I, dear?"
Here was another fine chance to make the crushing speech and the stately exit, but
Meg never thought of doing either, and disgraced herself forever in Jo's eyes by
meekly whispering, "Yes, John," and hiding her face on Mr. Brooke's waistcoat.
Fifteen minutes after Aunt March's departure, Jo came softly down stairs, paused an
instant at the parlor door, and, hearing no sound within, nodded and smiled, with a
satisfied expression, saying to herself, "She has sent him away as we planned, and that
affair is settled. I'll go and hear the fun, and have a good laugh over it."
But poor Jo never got her laugh, for she was transfixed upon the threshold by a
spectacle which held her there, staring with her mouth nearly as wide open as her
eyes. Going in to exult over a fallen enemy, and to praise a strong-minded sister for
the banishment of an objectionable lover, it certainly was a shock to behold the
aforesaid enemy serenely sitting on the sofa, with the strong-minded sister enthroned
upon his knee, and wearing an expression of the most abject submission. Jo gave a
sort of gasp, as if a cold shower-bath had suddenly fallen upon her,—for such an
unexpected turning of the tables actually took her breath away. At the odd sound, the
lovers turned and saw her. Meg jumped up, looking both proud and shy; but "that
man," as Jo called him, actually laughed, and said coolly, as he kissed the astonished
new-comer, "Sister Jo, congratulate us!"
That was adding insult to injury,—it was altogether too much,—and, making some
wild demonstration with her hands, Jo vanished without a word. Rushing upstairs, she
startled the invalids by exclaiming tragically, as she burst into the room, "Oh, do
somebody go down quick; John Brooke is acting dreadfully, and Meg likes it!"
Mr. and Mrs. March left the room with speed; and, casting herself upon the bed, Jo
cried and scolded tempestuously as she told the awful news to Beth and Amy. The
little girls, however, considered it a most agreeable and interesting event, and Jo got
little comfort from them; so she went up to her refuge in the garret, and confided her
troubles to the rats.
Nobody ever knew what went on in the parlor that afternoon; but a great deal of
talking was done, and quiet Mr. Brooke astonished his friends by the eloquence and
spirit with which he pleaded his suit, told his plans, and persuaded them to arrange
everything just as he wanted it.

Page 291

The tea-bell rang before he had finished describing the paradise which he meant to
earn for Meg, and he proudly took her in to supper, both looking so happy that Jo
hadn't the heart to be jealous or dismal. Amy was very much impressed by John's
devotion and Meg's dignity. Beth beamed at them from a distance, while Mr. and Mrs.
March surveyed the young couple with such tender satisfaction that it was perfectly
evident Aunt March was right in calling them as "unworldly as a pair of babies." No
one ate much, but every one looked very happy, and the old room seemed to brighten
up amazingly when the first romance of the family began there.
"You can't say nothing pleasant ever happens now, can you, Meg?" said Amy, trying
to decide how she would group the lovers in the sketch she was planning to take.
"No, I'm sure I can't. How much has happened since I said that! It seems a year
ago," answered Meg, who was in a blissful dream, lifted far above such common
things as bread and butter.
"The joys come close upon the sorrows this time, and I rather think the changes
have begun," said Mrs. March. "In most families there comes, now and then, a year
full of events; this has been such an one, but it ends well, after all."
"Hope the next will end better," muttered Jo, who found it very hard to see Meg
absorbed in a stranger before her face; for Jo loved a few persons very dearly, and
dreaded to have their affection lost or lessened in any way.
"I hope the third year from this will end better; I mean it shall, if I live to work out
my plans," said Mr. Brooke, smiling at Meg, as if everything had become possible to
him now.
"Doesn't it seem very long to wait?" asked Amy, who was in a hurry for the
wedding.
"I've got so much to learn before I shall be ready, it seems a short time to me,"
answered Meg, with a sweet gravity in her face, never seen there before.
"You have only to wait; I am to do the work," said John, beginning his labors by
picking up Meg's napkin, with an expression which caused Jo to shake her head, and
then say to herself, with an air of relief, as the front door banged, "Here comes Laurie.
Now we shall have a little sensible conversation."
But Jo was mistaken; for Laurie came prancing in, overflowing with spirits, bearing
a great bridal-looking bouquet for "Mrs. John Brooke," and evidently laboring under
the delusion that the whole affair had been brought about by his excellent
management.
"I knew Brooke would have it all his own way, he always does; for when he makes
up his mind to accomplish anything, it's done, though the sky falls," said Laurie, when
he had presented his offering and his congratulations.
"Much obliged for that recommendation. I take it as a good omen for the future, and
invite you to my wedding on the spot," answered Mr. Brooke, who felt at peace with
all mankind, even his mischievous pupil.

Page 292

"I'll come if I'm at the ends of
the earth; for the sight of Jo's
face alone, on that occasion,
would be worth a long journey.
You don't look festive, ma'am;
what's the matter?" asked Laurie,
following her into a corner of the
parlor, whither all had adjourned
to greet Mr. Laurence.
"I don't approve of the match,
but I've made up my mind to
bear it, and shall not say a word
against it," said Jo solemnly.
"You can't know how hard it is
for me to give up Meg," she
continued, with a little quiver in
her voice.
"You don't give her up. You
only go halves," said Laurie
consolingly.
"It never can be the same
again. I've lost my dearest
friend," sighed Jo.
"You've got me, anyhow. I'm
not good for much, I know; but
I'll stand by you, Jo, all the days
of my life; upon my word I
will!" and Laurie meant what he
said.
"I know you will, and I'm ever so much obliged; you are always a great comfort to
me, Teddy," returned Jo, gratefully shaking hands.
"Well, now, don't be dismal, there's a good fellow. It's all right, you see. Meg is
happy; Brooke will fly round and get settled immediately; grandpa will attend to him,
and it will be very jolly to see Meg in her own little house. We'll have capital times
after she is gone, for I shall be through college before long, and then we'll go abroad,
or some nice trip or other. Wouldn't that console you?"
"I rather think it would; but there's no knowing what may happen in three years,"
said Jo thoughtfully.
"That's true. Don't you wish you could take a look forward, and see where we shall
all be then? I do," returned Laurie.

Page 293

"I think not, for I might see something sad; and every one looks so happy now, I
don't believe they could be much improved," and Jo's eyes went slowly round the
room, brightening as they looked, for the prospect was a pleasant one.
Father and mother sat together, quietly re-living the first chapter of the romance
which for them began some twenty years ago. Amy was drawing the lovers, who sat
apart in a beautiful world of their own, the light of which touched their faces with a
grace the little artist could not copy. Beth lay on her sofa, talking cheerily with her old
friend, who held her little hand as if he felt that it possessed the power to lead him
along the peaceful way she walked. Jo lounged in her favorite low seat, with the
grave, quiet look which best became her; and Laurie, leaning on the back of her chair,
his chin on a level with her curly head, smiled with his friendliest aspect, and nodded
at her in the long glass which reflected them both.

So grouped, the curtain falls upon Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy. Whether it ever rises
again, depends upon the reception given to the first act of the domestic drama called
"Little Women."

Page 294

Home of the Little Women

Page 295

The Second Part

The Dove-Cote

XXIV.
GOSSIP.
In order that we may start afresh, and go to Meg's wedding with free minds, it will
be well to begin with a little gossip about the Marches. And here let me premise, that
if any of the elders think there is too much "lovering" in the story, as I fear they may
(I'm not afraid the young folks will make that objection), I can only say with Mrs.
March, "What can you expect when I have four gay girls in the house, and a dashing
young neighbor over the way?"

Page 296

The three years that have passed have brought but few changes to the quiet family.
The war is over, and Mr. March safely at home, busy with his books and the small
parish which found in him a minister by nature as by grace,—a quiet, studious man,
rich in the wisdom that is better than learning, the charity which calls all mankind
"brother," the piety that blossoms into character, making it august and lovely.
These attributes, in spite of poverty and the strict integrity which shut him out from
the more worldly successes, attracted to him many admirable persons, as naturally as
sweet herbs draw bees, and as naturally he gave them the honey into which fifty years
of hard experience had distilled no bitter drop. Earnest young men found the gray-
headed scholar as young at heart as they; thoughtful or troubled women instinctively
brought their doubts and sorrows to him, sure of finding the gentlest sympathy, the
wisest counsel; sinners told their sins to the pure-hearted old man, and were both
rebuked and saved; gifted men found a companion in him; ambitious men caught
glimpses of nobler ambitions than their own; and even worldlings confessed that his
beliefs were beautiful and true, although "they wouldn't pay."
To outsiders, the five energetic women seemed to rule the house, and so they did in
many things; but the quiet scholar, sitting among his books, was still the head of the
family, the household conscience, anchor, and comforter; for to him the busy, anxious
women always turned in troublous times, finding him, in the truest sense of those
sacred words, husband and father.
The girls gave their hearts into their mother's keeping, their souls into their father's;
and to both parents, who lived and labored so faithfully for them, they gave a love that
grew with their growth, and bound them tenderly together by the sweetest tie which
blesses life and outlives death.
Mrs. March is as brisk and cheery, though rather grayer, than when we saw her last,
and just now so absorbed in Meg's affairs that the hospitals and homes, still full of
wounded "boys" and soldiers' widows, decidedly miss the motherly missionary's
visits.
John Brooke did his duty manfully for a year, got wounded, was sent home, and not
allowed to return. He received no stars or bars, but he deserved them, for he cheerfully
risked all he had; and life and love are very precious when both are in full bloom.
Perfectly resigned to his discharge, he devoted himself to getting well, preparing for
business, and earning a home for Meg. With the good sense and sturdy independence
that characterized him, he refused Mr. Laurence's more generous offers, and accepted
the place of book-keeper feeling better satisfied to begin with an honestly-earned
salary, than by running any risks with borrowed money.
Meg had spent the time in working as well as waiting, growing womanly in
character, wise in housewifely arts, and prettier than ever; for love is a great beautifier.
She had her girlish ambitions and hopes, and felt some disappointment at the humble
way in which the new life must begin. Ned Moffat had just married Sallie Gardiner,
and Meg couldn't help contrasting their fine house and carriage, many gifts, and

Page 297

splendid outfit, with her own, and secretly wishing she could have the same. But
somehow envy and discontent soon vanished when she thought of all the patient love
and labor John had put into the little home awaiting her; and when they sat together in
the twilight, talking over their small plans, the future always grew so beautiful and
bright that she forgot Sallie's splendor, and felt herself the richest, happiest girl in
Christendom.
Jo never went back to Aunt March, for the old lady took such a fancy to Amy that
she bribed her with the offer of drawing lessons from one of the best teachers going;
and for the sake of this advantage, Amy would have served a far harder mistress. So
she gave her mornings to duty, her afternoons to pleasure, and prospered finely. Jo,
meantime, devoted herself to literature and Beth, who remained delicate long after the
fever was a thing of the past. Not an invalid exactly, but never again the rosy, healthy
creature she had been; yet always hopeful, happy, and serene, busy with the quiet
duties she loved, every one's friend, and an angel in the house, long before those who
loved her most had learned to know it.
As long as "The Spread Eagle" paid her a dollar a column for her "rubbish," as she
called it, Jo felt herself a woman of means, and spun her little romances diligently. But
great plans fermented in her busy brain and ambitious mind, and the old tin kitchen in
the garret held a slowly increasing pile of blotted manuscript, which was one day to
place the name of March upon the roll of fame.
Laurie, having dutifully gone to college to please his grandfather, was now getting
through it in the easiest possible manner to please himself. A universal favorite, thanks
to money, manners, much talent, and the kindest heart that ever got its owner into
scrapes by trying to get other people out of them, he stood in great danger of being
spoilt, and probably would have been, like many another promising boy, if he had not
possessed a talisman against evil in the memory of the kind old man who was bound
up in his success, the motherly friend who watched over him as if he were her son,
and last, but not least by any means, the knowledge that four innocent girls loved,
admired, and believed in him with all their hearts.
Being only "a glorious human boy," of course he frolicked and flirted, grew
dandified, aquatic, sentimental, or gymnastic, as college fashions ordained; hazed and
was hazed, talked slang, and more than once came perilously near suspension and
expulsion. But as high spirits and the love of fun were the causes of these pranks, he
always managed to save himself by frank confession, honorable atonement, or the
irresistible power of persuasion which he possessed in perfection. In fact, he rather
prided himself on his narrow escapes, and liked to thrill the girls with graphic
accounts of his triumphs over wrathful tutors, dignified professors, and vanquished
enemies. The "men of my class" were heroes in the eyes of the girls, who never
wearied of the exploits of "our fellows," and were frequently allowed to bask in the
smiles of these great creatures, when Laurie brought them home with him.

Page 298

Amy especially enjoyed this high honor, and became quite a belle among them; for
her ladyship early felt and learned to use the gift of fascination with which she was
endowed. Meg was too much absorbed in her private and particular John to care for
any other lords of creation, and Beth too shy to do more than peep at them, and
wonder how Amy dared to order them about so; but Jo felt quite in her element, and
found it very difficult to refrain from imitating the gentlemanly attitudes, phrases, and
feats, which seemed more natural to her than the decorums prescribed for young
ladies. They all liked Jo immensely, but never fell in love with her, though very few
escaped without paying the tribute of a sentimental sigh or two at Amy's shrine. And
speaking of sentiment brings us very naturally to the "Dove-cote."
That was the name of the little brown house which Mr. Brooke had prepared for
Meg's first home. Laurie had christened it, saying it was highly appropriate to the
gentle lovers, who "went on together like a pair of turtle-doves, with first a bill and
then a coo." It was a tiny house, with a little garden behind, and a lawn about as big as
a pocket-handkerchief in front. Here Meg meant to have a fountain, shrubbery, and a
profusion of lovely flowers; though just at present, the fountain was represented by a
weather-beaten urn, very like a dilapidated slop-bowl; the shrubbery consisted of
several young larches, undecided whether to live or die; and the profusion of flowers
was merely hinted by regiments of sticks, to show where seeds were planted. But
inside, it was altogether charming, and the happy bride saw no fault from garret to
cellar. To be sure, the hall was so narrow, it was fortunate that they had no piano, for
one never could have been got in whole; the dining-room was so small that six people
were a tight fit; and the kitchen stairs seemed built for the express purpose of
precipitating both servants and china pell-mell into the coal-bin. But once get used to
these slight blemishes, and nothing could be more complete, for good sense and good
taste had presided over the furnishing, and the result was highly satisfactory. There
were no marble-topped tables, long mirrors, or lace curtains in the little parlor, but
simple furniture, plenty of books, a fine picture or two, a stand of flowers in the bay-
window, and, scattered all about, the pretty gifts which came from friendly hands, and
were the fairer for the loving messages they brought.
I don't think the Parian Psyche Laurie gave lost any of its beauty because John put
up the bracket it stood upon; that any upholsterer could have draped the plain muslin
curtains more gracefully than Amy's artistic hand; or that any store-room was ever
better provided with good wishes, merry words, and happy hopes, than that in which
Jo and her mother put away Meg's few boxes, barrels, and bundles; and I am morally
certain that the spandy-new kitchen never could have looked so cosey and neat if
Hannah had not arranged every pot and pan a dozen times over, and laid the fire all
ready for lighting, the minute "Mis. Brooke came home." I also doubt if any young
matron ever began life with so rich a supply of dusters, holders, and piece-bags; for
Beth made enough to last till the silver wedding came round, and invented three
different kinds of dishcloths for the express service of the bridal china.

Page 299

People who hire all these things done for them never know what they lose; for the
homeliest tasks get beautified if loving hands do them, and Meg found so many proofs
of this, that everything in her small nest, from the kitchen roller to the silver vase on
her parlor table, was eloquent of home love and tender forethought.
What happy times they had planning together, what solemn shopping excursions;
what funny mistakes they made, and what shouts of laughter arose over Laurie's
ridiculous bargains. In his love of jokes, this young gentleman, though nearly through
college, was as much of a boy as ever. His last whim had been to bring with him, on
his weekly visits, some new, useful, and ingenious article for the young housekeeper.
Now a bag of remarkable clothes-pins; next, a wonderful nutmeg-grater, which fell to
pieces at the first trial; a knife-cleaner that spoilt all the knives; or a sweeper that
picked the nap neatly off the carpet, and left the dirt; labor-saving soap that took the
skin off one's hands; infallible cements which stuck firmly to nothing but the fingers
of the deluded buyer; and every kind of tin-ware, from a toy savings-bank for odd
pennies, to a wonderful boiler which would wash articles in its own steam, with every
prospect of exploding in the process.
In vain Meg begged him to stop. John laughed at him, and Jo called him "Mr.
Toodles." He was possessed with a mania for patronizing Yankee ingenuity, and
seeing his friends fitly furnished forth. So each week beheld some fresh absurdity.
Everything was done at last, even to Amy's arranging different colored soaps to
match the different colored rooms, and Beth's setting the table for the first meal.
"Are you satisfied? Does it seem like home, and do you feel as if you should be
happy here?" asked Mrs. March, as she and her daughter went through the new
kingdom, arm-in-arm; for just then they seemed to cling together more tenderly than
ever.
"Yes, mother, perfectly satisfied, thanks to you all, and so happy that I can't talk
about it," answered Meg, with a look that was better than words.
"If she only had a servant or two it would be all right," said Amy, coming out of the
parlor, where she had been trying to decide whether the bronze Mercury looked best
on the whatnot or the mantle-piece.
"Mother and I have talked that over, and I have made up my mind to try her way
first. There will be so little to do, that, with Lotty to run my errands and help me here
and there, I shall only have enough work to keep me from getting lazy or homesick,"
answered Meg tranquilly.
"Sallie Moffat has four," began Amy.
"If Meg had four the house wouldn't hold them, and master and missis would have
to camp in the garden," broke in Jo, who, enveloped in a big blue pinafore, was giving
the last polish to the door-handles.
"Sallie isn't a poor man's wife, and many maids are in keeping with her fine
establishment. Meg and John begin humbly, but I have a feeling that there will be

Page 300

quite as much happiness in the little house as in the big one. It's a great mistake for
young girls like Meg to leave themselves nothing to do but dress, give orders, and
gossip. When I was first married, I used to long for my new clothes to wear out or get
torn, so that I might have the pleasure of mending them; for I got heartily sick of
doing fancy work and tending my pocket handkerchief."
"Why didn't you go into the kitchen and make messes, as Sallie says she does, to
amuse herself, though they never turn out well, and the servants laugh at her," said
Meg.
"I did, after a while; not to 'mess,' but to learn of Hannah how things should be
done, that my servants need not laugh at me. It was play then; but there came a time
when I was truly grateful that I not only possessed the will but the power to cook
wholesome food for my little girls, and help myself when I could no longer afford to
hire help. You begin at the other end, Meg, dear; but the lessons you learn now will be
of use to you by and by, when John is a richer man, for the mistress of a house,
however splendid, should know how work ought to be done, if she wishes to be well
and honestly served."
"Yes, mother, I'm sure of that," said Meg, listening respectfully to the little lecture;
for the best of women will hold forth upon the all-absorbing subject of housekeeping.
"Do you know I like this room most of all in my baby-house," added Meg, a minute
after, as they went upstairs, and she looked into her well-stored linen-closet.
Beth was there, laying the snowy piles smoothly on the shelves, and exulting over
the goodly array. All three laughed as Meg spoke; for that linen-closet was a joke. You
see, having said that if Meg married "that Brooke" she shouldn't have a cent of her
money, Aunt March was rather in a quandary, when time had appeased her wrath and
made her repent her vow. She never broke her word, and was much exercised in her
mind how to get round it, and at last devised a plan whereby she could satisfy herself.
Mrs. Carrol, Florence's mamma, was ordered to buy, have made, and marked, a
generous supply of house and table linen, and send it as her present, all of which was
faithfully done; but the secret leaked out, and was greatly enjoyed by the family; for
Aunt March tried to look utterly unconscious, and insisted that she could give nothing
but the old-fashioned pearls, long promised to the first bride.
"That's a housewifely taste which I am glad to see. I had a young friend who set up
housekeeping with six sheets, but she had finger bowls for company, and that satisfied
her," said Mrs. March, patting the damask table-cloths, with a truly feminine
appreciation of their fineness.
"I haven't a single finger-bowl, but this is a 'set out' that will last me all my days,
Hannah says;" and Meg looked quite contented, as well she might.
"Toodles is coming," cried Jo from below; and they all went down to meet Laurie,
whose weekly visit was an important event in their quiet lives.

Page 301

A tall, broad-shouldered young fellow, with a cropped head, a felt-basin of a hat,
and a fly-away coat, came tramping down the road at a great pace, walked over the
low fence without stopping to open the gate, straight up to Mrs. March, with both
hands out, and a hearty—
"Here I am, mother! Yes, it's all right."
The last words were in answer to the look the elder lady gave him; a kindly
questioning look, which the handsome eyes met so frankly that the little ceremony
closed, as usual, with a motherly kiss.
"For Mrs. John Brooke, with the maker's congratulations and compliments. Bless
you, Beth! What a refreshing spectacle you are, Jo. Amy, you are getting altogether
too handsome for a single lady."
As Laurie spoke, he delivered a brown paper parcel to Meg, pulled Beth's hair-
ribbon, stared at Jo's big pinafore, and fell into an attitude of mock rapture before
Amy, then shook hands all round, and every one began to talk.
"Where is John?" asked Meg anxiously.
"Stopped to get the license for to-morrow, ma'am."
"Which side won the last match, Teddy?" inquired Jo, who persisted in feeling an
interest in manly sports, despite her nineteen years.
"Ours, of course. Wish you'd been there to see."
"How is the lovely Miss Randal?" asked Amy, with a significant smile.
"More cruel than ever; don't you see how I'm pining away?" and Laurie gave his
broad chest a sounding slap and heaved a melodramatic sigh.
"What's the last joke? Undo the bundle and see, Meg," said Beth, eying the knobby
parcel with curiosity.
"It's a useful thing to have in the house in case of fire or thieves," observed Laurie,
as a watchman's rattle appeared, amid the laughter of the girls.

Page 302

"Any time when John is away, and you get frightened, Mrs. Meg, just swing that
out of the front window, and it will rouse the neighborhood in a jiffy. Nice thing, isn't
it?" and Laurie gave them a sample of its powers that made them cover up their ears.
"There's gratitude for you! and speaking of gratitude reminds me to mention that
you may thank Hannah for saving your wedding-cake from destruction. I saw it going
into your house as I came by, and if she hadn't defended it manfully I'd have had a
pick at it, for it looked like a remarkably plummy one."
"I wonder if you will ever grow up, Laurie," said Meg, in a matronly tone.
"I'm doing my best, ma'am, but can't get much higher, I'm afraid, as six feet is about
all men can do in these degenerate days," responded the young gentleman, whose
head was about level with the little chandelier. "I suppose it would be profanation to
eat anything in this spick and span new bower, so, as I'm tremendously hungry, I
propose an adjournment," he added presently.
"Mother and I are going to wait for John. There are some last things to settle," said
Meg, bustling away.
"Beth and I are going over to Kitty Bryant's to get more flowers for to-morrow,"
added Amy, tying a picturesque hat over her picturesque curls, and enjoying the effect
as much as anybody.
"Come, Jo, don't desert a fellow. I'm in such a state of exhaustion I can't get home
without help. Don't take off your apron, whatever you do; it's peculiarly becoming,"
said Laurie, as Jo bestowed his especial aversion in her capacious pocket, and offered
him her arm to support his feeble steps.

Page 303

"Now, Teddy, I want to talk seriously to you about to-morrow," began Jo, as they
strolled away together. "You must promise to behave well, and not cut up any pranks,
and spoil our plans."
"Not a prank."
"And don't say funny things when we ought to be sober."
"I never do; you are the one for that."
"And I implore you not to look at me during the ceremony; I shall certainly laugh if
you do."
"You won't see me; you'll be crying so hard that the thick fog round you will
obscure the prospect."
"I never cry unless for some great affliction."
"Such as fellows going to college, hey?" cut in Laurie, with a suggestive laugh.
"Don't be a peacock. I only moaned a trifle to keep the girls company."
"Exactly. I say, Jo, how is grandpa this week; pretty amiable?"
"Very; why, have you got into a scrape, and want to know how he'll take it?" asked
Jo rather sharply.
"Now, Jo, do you think I'd look your mother in the face, and say 'All right,' if it
wasn't?" and Laurie stopped short, with an injured air.
"No, I don't."
"Then don't go and be suspicious; I only want some money," said Laurie, walking
on again, appeased by her hearty tone.
"You spend a great deal, Teddy."
"Bless you, I don't spend it; it spends itself, somehow, and is gone before I know
it."
"You are so generous and kind-hearted that you let people borrow, and can't say
'No' to any one. We heard about Henshaw, and all you did for him. If you always spent
money in that way, no one would blame you," said Jo warmly.
"Oh, he made a mountain out of a mole-hill. You wouldn't have me let that fine
fellow work himself to death, just for the want of a little help, when he is worth a
dozen of us lazy chaps, would you?"
"Of course not; but I don't see the use of your having seventeen waistcoats, endless
neckties, and a new hat every time you come home. I thought you'd got over the
dandy period; but every now and then it breaks out in a new spot. Just now it's the
fashion to be hideous,—to make your head look like a scrubbing-brush, wear a strait-
jacket, orange gloves, and clumping, square-toed boots. If it was cheap ugliness, I'd
say nothing; but it costs as much as the other, and I don't get any satisfaction out of it."
Laurie threw back his head, and laughed so heartily at this attack, that the felt-basin
fell off, and Jo walked on it, which insult only afforded him an opportunity for

Page 304

expatiating on the advantages of a rough-and-ready costume, as he folded up the
maltreated hat, and stuffed it into his pocket.
"Don't lecture any more, there's a good soul! I have enough all through the week,
and like to enjoy myself when I come home. I'll get myself up regardless of expense,
to-morrow, and be a satisfaction to my friends."
"I'll leave you in peace if you'll only let your hair grow. I'm not aristocratic, but I do
object to being seen with a person who looks like a young prize-fighter," observed Jo
severely.
"This unassuming style promotes study; that's why we adopt it," returned Laurie,
who certainly could not be accused of vanity, having voluntarily sacrificed a
handsome curly crop to the demand for quarter-of-an-inch-long stubble.
"By the way, Jo, I think that little Parker is really getting desperate about Amy. He
talks of her constantly, writes poetry, and moons about in a most suspicious manner.
He'd better nip his little passion in the bud, hadn't he?" added Laurie, in a confidential,
elder-brotherly tone, after a minute's silence.
"Of course he had; we don't want any more marrying in this family for years to
come. Mercy on us, what are the children thinking of?" and Jo looked as much
scandalized as if Amy and little Parker were not yet in their teens.
"It's a fast age, and I don't know what we are coming to, ma'am. You are a mere
infant, but you'll go next, Jo, and we'll be left lamenting," said Laurie, shaking his
head over the degeneracy of the times.
"Don't be alarmed; I'm not one of the agreeable sort. Nobody will want me, and it's
a mercy, for there should always be one old maid in a family."
"You won't give any one a chance," said Laurie, with a sidelong glance, and a little
more color than before in his sunburnt face. "You won't show the soft side of your
character; and if a fellow gets a peep at it by accident, and can't help showing that he
likes it, you treat him as Mrs. Gummidge did her sweetheart,—throw cold water over
him,—and get so thorny no one dares touch or look at you."
"I don't like that sort of thing; I'm too busy to be worried with nonsense, and I think
it's dreadful to break up families so. Now don't say any more about it; Meg's wedding
has turned all our heads, and we talk of nothing but lovers and such absurdities. I don't
wish to get cross, so let's change the subject;" and Jo looked quite ready to fling cold
water on the slightest provocation.
Whatever his feelings might have been, Laurie found a vent for them in a long low
whistle, and the fearful prediction, as they parted at the gate, "Mark my words, Jo,
you'll go next."

Page 305

Page 306

XXV.
THE FIRST WEDDING.
The June roses over the porch were awake bright and early on that morning,
rejoicing with all their hearts in the cloudless sunshine, like friendly little neighbors,
as they were. Quite flushed with excitement were their ruddy faces, as they swung in
the wind, whispering to one another what they had seen; for some peeped in at the
dining-room windows, where the feast was spread, some climbed up to nod and smile
at the sisters as they dressed the bride, others waved a welcome to those who came
and went on various errands in garden, porch, and hall, and all, from the rosiest full-
blown flower to the palest baby-bud, offered their tribute of beauty and fragrance to
the gentle mistress who had loved and tended them so long.
Meg looked very like a rose herself; for all that was best and sweetest in heart and
soul seemed to bloom into her face that day, making it fair and tender, with a charm
more beautiful than beauty. Neither silk, lace, nor orange-flowers would she have. "I
don't want to look strange or fixed up to-day," she said. "I don't want a fashionable

Page 307

wedding, but only those about me whom I love, and to them I wish to look and be my
familiar self."
So she made her wedding gown herself, sewing into it the tender hopes and
innocent romances of a girlish heart. Her sisters braided up her pretty hair, and the
only ornaments she wore were the lilies of the valley, which "her John" liked best of
all the flowers that grew.
"You do look just like our own dear Meg, only so very sweet and lovely that I
should hug you if it wouldn't crumple your dress," cried Amy, surveying her with
delight, when all was done.
"Then I am satisfied. But please hug and kiss me, every one, and don't mind my
dress; I want a great many crumples of this sort put into it to-day;" and Meg opened
her arms to her sisters, who clung about her with April faces for a minute, feeling that
the new love had not changed the old.
"Now I'm going to tie John's cravat for him, and then to stay a few minutes with
father quietly in the study;" and Meg ran down to perform these little ceremonies, and
then to follow her mother wherever she went, conscious that, in spite of the smiles on
the motherly face, there was a secret sorrow hid in the motherly heart at the flight of
the first bird from the nest.
As the younger girls stand together, giving the last touches to their simple toilet, it
may be a good time to tell of a few changes which three years have wrought in their
appearance; for all are looking their best just now.
Jo's angles are much softened; she has learned to carry herself with ease, if not
grace. The curly crop has lengthened into a thick coil, more becoming to the small
head atop of the tall figure. There is a fresh color in her brown cheeks, a soft shine in
her eyes, and only gentle words fall from her sharp tongue to-day.
Beth has grown slender, pale, and more quiet than ever; the beautiful, kind eyes are
larger, and in them lies an expression that saddens one, although it is not sad itself. It
is the shadow of pain which touches the young face with such pathetic patience; but
Beth seldom complains, and always speaks hopefully of "being better soon."
Amy is with truth considered "the flower of the family;" for at sixteen she has the
air and bearing of a full-grown woman—not beautiful, but possessed of that
indescribable charm called grace. One saw it in the lines of her figure, the make and
motion of her hands, the flow of her dress, the droop of her hair,—unconscious, yet
harmonious, and as attractive to many as beauty itself. Amy's nose still afflicted her,
for it never would grow Grecian; so did her mouth, being too wide, and having a
decided chin. These offending features gave character to her whole face, but she never
could see it, and consoled herself with her wonderfully fair complexion, keen blue
eyes, and curls, more golden and abundant than ever.
All three wore suits of thin silver gray (their best gowns for the summer), with
blush-roses in hair and bosom; and all three looked just what they were,—fresh-faced,

Page 308

happy-hearted girls, pausing a moment in their busy lives to read with wistful eyes the
sweetest chapter in the romance of womanhood.
There were to be no ceremonious performances, everything was to be as natural and
homelike as possible; so when Aunt March arrived, she was scandalized to see the
bride come running to welcome and lead her in, to find the bridegroom fastening up a
garland that had fallen down, and to catch a glimpse of the paternal minister marching
upstairs with a grave countenance, and a wine-bottle under each arm.
"Upon my word, here's a state of things!" cried the old lady, taking the seat of honor
prepared for her, and settling the folds of her lavender moire with a great rustle. "You
oughtn't to be seen till the last minute, child."
"I'm not a show, aunty, and no one is coming to stare at me, to criticise my dress, or
count the cost of my luncheon. I'm too happy to care what any one says or thinks, and
I'm going to have my little wedding just as I like it. John, dear, here's your hammer;"
and away went Meg to help "that man" in his highly improper employment.
Mr. Brooke didn't even say "Thank you," but as he stooped for the unromantic tool,
he kissed his little bride behind the folding-door, with a look that made Aunt March
whisk out her pocket-handkerchief, with a sudden dew in her sharp old eyes.
A crash, a cry, and a laugh from Laurie, accompanied by the indecorous
exclamation, "Jupiter Ammon! Jo's upset the cake again!" caused a momentary flurry,
which was hardly over when a flock of cousins arrived, and "the party came in," as
Beth used to say when a child.
"Don't let that young giant come near me; he worries me worse than mosquitoes,"
whispered the old lady to Amy, as the rooms filled, and Laurie's black head towered
above the rest.
"He has promised to be very good to-day, and he can be perfectly elegant if he
likes," returned Amy, gliding away to warn Hercules to beware of the dragon, which
warning caused him to haunt the old lady with a devotion that nearly distracted her.
There was no bridal procession, but a sudden silence fell upon the room as Mr.
March and the young pair took their places under the green arch. Mother and sisters
gathered close, as if loath to give Meg up; the fatherly voice broke more than once,
which only seemed to make the service more beautiful and solemn; the bridegroom's
hand trembled visibly, and no one heard his replies; but Meg looked straight up in her
husband's eyes, and said, "I will!" with such tender trust in her own face and voice
that her mother's heart rejoiced, and Aunt March sniffed audibly.
Jo did not cry, though she was very near it once, and was only saved from a
demonstration by the consciousness that Laurie was staring fixedly at her, with a
comical mixture of merriment and emotion in his wicked black eyes. Beth kept her
face hidden on her mother's shoulder, but Amy stood like a graceful statue, with a
most becoming ray of sunshine touching her white forehead and the flower in her hair.

Page 309

It wasn't at all the thing, I'm afraid, but the minute she was fairly married, Meg
cried, "The first kiss for Marmee!" and, turning, gave it with her heart on her lips.
During the next fifteen minutes she looked more like a rose than ever, for every one
availed themselves of their privileges to the fullest extent, from Mr. Laurence to old
Hannah, who, adorned with a head-dress fearfully and wonderfully made, fell upon
her in the hall, crying, with a sob and a chuckle, "Bless you, deary, a hundred times!
The cake ain't hurt a mite, and everything looks lovely."
Everybody cleared up after that, and said something brilliant, or tried to, which did
just as well, for laughter is ready when hearts are light. There was no display of gifts,
for they were already in the little house, nor was there an elaborate breakfast, but a
plentiful lunch of cake and fruit, dressed with flowers. Mr. Laurence and Aunt March
shrugged and smiled at one another when water, lemonade, and coffee were found to
be the only sorts of nectar which the three Hebes carried round. No one said anything,
however, till Laurie, who insisted on serving the bride, appeared before her, with a
loaded salver in his hand and a puzzled expression on his face.
"Has Jo smashed all the bottles by accident?" he whispered, "or am I merely
laboring under a delusion that I saw some lying about loose this morning?"
"No; your grandfather kindly offered us his best, and Aunt March actually sent
some, but father put away a little for Beth, and despatched the rest to the Soldiers'
Home. You know he thinks that wine should be used only in illness, and mother says
that neither she nor her daughters will ever offer it to any young man under her roof."
Meg spoke seriously, and expected to see Laurie frown or laugh; but he did neither,
for after a quick look at her, he said, in his impetuous way, "I like that! for I've seen
enough harm done to wish other women would think as you do."
"You are not made wise by experience, I hope?" and there was an anxious accent in
Meg's voice.
"No; I give you my word for it. Don't think too well of me, either; this is not one of
my temptations. Being brought up where wine is as common as water, and almost as
harmless, I don't care for it; but when a pretty girl offers it, one doesn't like to refuse,
you see."
"But you will, for the sake of others, if not for your own. Come, Laurie, promise,
and give me one more reason to call this the happiest day of my life."
A demand so sudden and so serious made the young man hesitate a moment, for
ridicule is often harder to bear than self-denial. Meg knew that if he gave the promise
he would keep it at all costs; and, feeling her power, used it as a woman may for her
friend's good. She did not speak, but she looked up at him with a face made very
eloquent by happiness, and a smile which said, "No one can refuse me anything to-
day." Laurie certainly could not; and, with an answering smile, he gave her his hand,
saying heartily, "I promise, Mrs. Brooke!"
"I thank you, very, very much."

Page 310

"And I drink 'long life to your resolution,' Teddy," cried Jo, baptizing him with a
splash of lemonade, as she waved her glass, and beamed approvingly upon him.
So the toast was drunk, the pledge made, and loyally kept, in spite of many
temptations; for, with instinctive wisdom, the girls had seized a happy moment to do
their friend a service, for which he thanked them all his life.
After lunch, people strolled about, by twos and threes, through house and garden,
enjoying the sunshine without and within. Meg and John happened to be standing
together in the middle of the grass-plot, when Laurie was seized with an inspiration
which put the finishing touch to this unfashionable wedding.
"All the married people take hands and dance round the new-made husband and
wife, as the Germans do, while we bachelors and spinsters prance in couples outside!"
cried Laurie, promenading down the path with Amy, with such infectious spirit and
skill that every one else followed their example without a murmur. Mr. and Mrs.
March, Aunt and Uncle Carrol, began it; others rapidly joined in; even Sallie Moffat,
after a moment's hesitation, threw her train over her arm, and whisked Ned into the
ring. But the crowning joke was Mr. Laurence and Aunt March; for when the stately
old gentleman chasséed solemnly up to the old lady, she just tucked her cane under
her arm, and hopped briskly away to join hands with the rest, and dance about the
bridal pair, while the young folks pervaded the garden, like butterflies on a
midsummer day.
Want of breath brought the impromptu ball to a close, and then people began to go.
"I wish you well, my dear, I heartily wish you well; but I think you'll be sorry for
it," said Aunt March to Meg, adding to the bridegroom, as he led her to the carriage,
"You've got a treasure, young man, see that you deserve it."
"That is the prettiest wedding I've been to for an age, Ned, and I don't see why, for
there wasn't a bit of style about it," observed Mrs. Moffat to her husband, as they
drove away.
"Laurie, my lad, if you ever want to indulge in this sort of thing, get one of those
little girls to help you, and I shall be perfectly satisfied," said Mr. Laurence, settling
himself in his easy-chair to rest, after the excitement of the morning.
"I'll do my best to gratify you, sir," was Laurie's unusually dutiful reply, as he
carefully unpinned the posy Jo had put in his button-hole.
The little house was not far away, and the only bridal journey Meg had was the
quiet walk with John, from the old home to the new. When she came down, looking
like a pretty Quakeress in her dove-colored suit and straw bonnet tied with white, they
all gathered about her to say "good-by," as tenderly as if she had been going to make
the grand tour.
"Don't feel that I am separated from you, Marmee dear, or that I love you any the
less for loving John so much," she said, clinging to her mother, with full eyes, for a
moment. "I shall come every day, father, and expect to keep my old place in all your

Page 311

hearts, though I am married. Beth is going to be with me a great deal, and the other
girls will drop in now and then to laugh at my housekeeping struggles. Thank you all
for my happy wedding-day. Good-by, good-by!"
They stood watching her, with faces full of love and hope and tender pride, as she
walked away, leaning on her husband's arm, with her hands full of flowers, and the
June sunshine brightening her happy face,—and so Meg's married life began.

Page 312

XXVI.
ARTISTIC ATTEMPTS.
It takes people a long time to learn the difference between talent and genius,
especially ambitious young men and women. Amy was learning this distinction
through much tribulation; for, mistaking enthusiasm for inspiration, she attempted
every branch of art with youthful audacity. For a long time there was a lull in the
"mud-pie" business, and she devoted herself to the finest pen-and-ink drawing, in
which she showed such taste and skill that her graceful handiwork proved both
pleasant and profitable. But overstrained eyes soon caused pen and ink to be laid aside
for a bold attempt at poker-sketching. While this attack lasted, the family lived in
constant fear of a conflagration; for the odor of burning wood pervaded the house at
all hours; smoke issued from attic and shed with alarming frequency, red-hot pokers
lay about promiscuously, and Hannah never went to bed without a pail of water and
the dinner-bell at her door, in case of fire. Raphael's face was found boldly executed
on the under side of the moulding-board, and Bacchus on the head of a beer-barrel; a

Page 313

chanting cherub adorned the cover of the sugar-bucket, and attempts to portray Romeo
and Juliet supplied kindlings for some time.
From fire to oil was a natural transition for burnt fingers, and Amy fell to painting
with undiminished ardor. An artist friend fitted her out with his cast-off palettes,
brushes, and colors; and she daubed away, producing pastoral and marine views such
as were never seen on land or sea. Her monstrosities in the way of cattle would have
taken prizes at an agricultural fair; and the perilous pitching of her vessels would have
produced sea-sickness in the most nautical observer, if the utter disregard to all known
rules of shipbuilding and rigging had not convulsed him with laughter at the first
glance. Swarthy boys and dark-eyed Madonnas, staring at you from one corner of the
studio, suggested Murillo; oily-brown shadows of faces, with a lurid streak in the
wrong place, meant Rembrandt; buxom ladies and dropsical infants, Rubens; and
Turner appeared in tempests of blue thunder, orange lightning, brown rain, and purple
clouds, with a tomato-colored splash in the middle, which might be the sun or a buoy,
a sailor's shirt or a king's robe, as the spectator pleased.
Charcoal portraits came next; and the entire family hung in a row, looking as wild
and crocky as if just evoked from a coal-bin. Softened into crayon sketches, they did
better; for the likenesses were good, and Amy's hair, Jo's nose, Meg's mouth, and
Laurie's eyes were pronounced "wonderfully fine." A return to clay and plaster
followed, and ghostly casts of her acquaintances haunted corners of the house, or
tumbled off closet-shelves on to people's heads. Children were enticed in as models,
till their incoherent accounts of her mysterious doings caused Miss Amy to be
regarded in the light of a young ogress. Her efforts in this line, however, were brought
to an abrupt close by an untoward accident, which quenched her ardor. Other models
failing her for a time, she undertook to cast her own pretty foot, and the family were
one day alarmed by an unearthly bumping and screaming, and running to the rescue,
found the young enthusiast hopping wildly about the shed, with her foot held fast in a
pan-full of plaster, which had hardened with unexpected rapidity. With much difficulty
and some danger she was dug out; for Jo was so overcome with laughter while she
excavated, that her knife went too far, cut the poor foot, and left a lasting memorial of
one artistic attempt, at least.
After this Amy subsided, till a mania for sketching from nature set her to haunting
river, field, and wood, for picturesque studies, and sighing for ruins to copy. She
caught endless colds sitting on damp grass to book "a delicious bit," composed of a
stone, a stump, one mushroom, and a broken mullein-stalk, or "a heavenly mass of
clouds," that looked like a choice display of feather-beds when done. She sacrificed
her complexion floating on the river in the midsummer sun, to study light and shade,
and got a wrinkle over her nose, trying after "points of sight," or whatever the squint-
and-string performance is called.
If "genius is eternal patience," as Michael Angelo affirms, Amy certainly had some
claim to the divine attribute, for she persevered in spite of all obstacles, failures, and

Page 314

discouragements, firmly
believing that in time she should
do something worthy to be
called "high art."
She was learning, doing, and
enjoying other things,
meanwhile, for she had resolved
to be an attractive and
accomplished woman, even if
she never became a great artist.
Here she succeeded better; for
she was one of those happily
created beings who please
without effort, make friends
everywhere, and take life so
gracefully and easily that less
fortunate souls are tempted to
believe that such are born under
a lucky star. Everybody liked
her, for among her good gifts
was tact. She had an instinctive
sense of what was pleasing and
proper, always said the right
thing to the right person, did just
what suited the time and place,
and was so self-possessed that
her sisters used to say, "If Amy
went to court without any
rehearsal beforehand, she'd
know exactly what to do."
One of her weaknesses was a
desire to move in "our best
society," without being quite sure what the best really was. Money, position,
fashionable accomplishments, and elegant manners were most desirable things in her
eyes, and she liked to associate with those who possessed them, often mistaking the
false for the true, and admiring what was not admirable. Never forgetting that by birth
she was a gentlewoman, she cultivated her aristocratic tastes and feelings, so that
when the opportunity came she might be ready to take the place from which poverty
now excluded her.
"My lady," as her friends called her, sincerely desired to be a genuine lady, and was
so at heart, but had yet to learn that money cannot buy refinement of nature, that rank

Page 315

does not always confer nobility, and that true breeding makes itself felt in spite of
external drawbacks.
"I want to ask a favor of you, mamma," Amy said, coming in, with an important air,
one day.
"Well, little girl, what is it?" replied her mother, in whose eyes the stately young
lady still remained "the baby."
"Our drawing class breaks up next week, and before the girls separate for the
summer, I want to ask them out here for a day. They are wild to see the river, sketch
the broken bridge, and copy some of the things they admire in my book. They have
been very kind to me in many ways, and I am grateful, for they are all rich, and know
I am poor, yet they never made any difference."
"Why should they?" and Mrs. March put the question with what the girls called her
"Maria Theresa air."
"You know as well as I that it does make a difference with nearly every one, so
don't ruffle up, like a dear, motherly hen, when your chickens get pecked by smarter
birds; the ugly duckling turned out a swan, you know;" and Amy smiled without
bitterness, for she possessed a happy temper and hopeful spirit.
Mrs. March laughed, and smoothed down her maternal pride as she asked,—
"Well, my swan, what is your plan?"
"I should like to ask the girls out to lunch next week, to take them a drive to the
places they want to see, a row on the river, perhaps, and make a little artistic fête for
them."
"That looks feasible. What do you want for lunch? Cake, sandwiches, fruit, and
coffee will be all that is necessary, I suppose?"
"Oh dear, no! we must have cold tongue and chicken, French chocolate and ice-
cream, besides. The girls are used to such things, and I want my lunch to be proper
and elegant, though I do work for my living."
"How many young ladies are there?" asked her mother, beginning to look sober.
"Twelve or fourteen in the class, but I dare say they won't all come."
"Bless me, child, you will have to charter an omnibus to carry them about."
"Why, mother, how can you think of such a thing? Not more than six or eight will
probably come, so I shall hire a beach-wagon, and borrow Mr. Laurence's cherry-
bounce." (Hannah's pronunciation of char-à-banc.)
"All this will be expensive, Amy."
"Not very; I've calculated the cost, and I'll pay for it myself."
"Don't you think, dear, that as these girls are used to such things, and the best we
can do will be nothing new, that some simpler plan would be pleasanter to them, as a

Page 316

change, if nothing more, and much better for us than buying or borrowing what we
don't need, and attempting a style not in keeping with our circumstances?"
"If I can't have it as I like, I don't care to have it at all. I know that I can carry it out
perfectly well, if you and the girls will help a little; and I don't see why I can't if I'm
willing to pay for it," said Amy, with the decision which opposition was apt to change
into obstinacy.
Mrs. March knew that experience was an excellent teacher, and when it was
possible she left her children to learn alone the lessons which she would gladly have
made easier, if they had not objected to taking advice as much as they did salts and
senna.
"Very well, Amy; if your heart is set upon it, and you see your way through without
too great an outlay of money, time, and temper, I'll say no more. Talk it over with the
girls, and whichever way you decide, I'll do my best to help you."
"Thanks, mother; you are always so kind;" and away went Amy to lay her plan
before her sisters.
Meg agreed at once, and promised her aid, gladly offering anything she possessed,
from her little house itself to her very best salt-spoons. But Jo frowned upon the whole
project, and would have nothing to do with it at first.
"Why in the world should you spend your money, worry your family, and turn the
house upside down for a parcel of girls who don't care a sixpence for you? I thought
you had too much pride and sense to truckle to any mortal woman just because she
wears French boots and rides in a coupé," said Jo, who, being called from the tragical
climax of her novel, was not in the best mood for social enterprises.
"I don't truckle, and I hate being patronized as much as you do!" returned Amy
indignantly, for the two still jangled when such questions arose. "The girls do care for
me, and I for them, and there's a great deal of kindness and sense and talent among
them, in spite of what you call fashionable nonsense. You don't care to make people
like you, to go into good society, and cultivate your manners and tastes. I do, and I
mean to make the most of every chance that comes. You can go through the world
with your elbows out and your nose in the air, and call it independence, if you like.
That's not my way."
When Amy whetted her tongue and freed her mind she usually got the best of it, for
she seldom failed to have common sense on her side, while Jo carried her love of
liberty and hate of conventionalities to such an unlimited extent that she naturally
found herself worsted in an argument. Amy's definition of Jo's idea of independence
was such a good hit that both burst out laughing, and the discussion took a more
amiable turn. Much against her will, Jo at length consented to sacrifice a day to Mrs.
Grundy, and help her sister through what she regarded as "a nonsensical business."
The invitations were sent, nearly all accepted, and the following Monday was set
apart for the grand event. Hannah was out of humor because her week's work was

Page 317

deranged, and prophesied that "ef the washin' and ironin' warn't done reg'lar nothin'
would go well anywheres." This hitch in the mainspring of the domestic machinery
had a bad effect upon the whole concern; but Amy's motto was "Nil desperandum,"
and having made up her mind what to do, she proceeded to do it in spite of all
obstacles. To begin with, Hannah's cooking didn't turn out well: the chicken was
tough, the tongue too salt, and the chocolate wouldn't froth properly. Then the cake
and ice cost more than Amy expected, so did the wagon; and various other expenses,
which seemed trifling at the outset, counted up rather alarmingly afterward. Beth got
cold and took to her bed, Meg had an unusual number of callers to keep her at home,
and Jo was in such a divided state of mind that her breakages, accidents, and mistakes
were uncommonly numerous, serious, and trying.
"If it hadn't been for mother I never should have got through," as Amy declared
afterward, and gratefully remembered when "the best joke of the season" was entirely
forgotten by everybody else.
If it was not fair on Monday, the young ladies were to come on Tuesday,—an
arrangement which aggravated Jo and Hannah to the last degree. On Monday morning
the weather was in that undecided state which is more exasperating than a steady pour.
It drizzled a little, shone a little, blew a little, and didn't make up its mind till it was
too late for any one else to make up theirs. Amy was up at dawn, hustling people out
of their beds and through their breakfasts, that the house might be got in order. The
parlor struck her as looking uncommonly shabby; but without stopping to sigh for
what she had not, she skilfully made the best of what she had, arranging chairs over
the worn places in the carpet, covering stains on the walls with pictures framed in ivy,
and filling up empty corners with home-made statuary, which gave an artistic air to
the room, as did the lovely vases of flowers Jo scattered about.
The lunch looked charmingly; and as she surveyed it, she sincerely hoped it would
taste well, and that the borrowed glass, china, and silver would get safely home again.
The carriages were promised, Meg and mother were all ready to do the honors, Beth
was able to help Hannah behind the scenes, Jo had engaged to be as lively and
amiable as an absent mind, an aching head, and a very decided disapproval of
everybody and everything would allow, and, as she wearily dressed, Amy cheered
herself with anticipations of the happy moment, when, lunch safely over, she should
drive away with her friends for an afternoon of artistic delights; for the "cherry-
bounce" and the broken bridge were her strong points.
Then came two hours of suspense, during which she vibrated from parlor to porch,
while public opinion varied like the weathercock. A smart shower at eleven had
evidently quenched the enthusiasm of the young ladies who were to arrive at twelve,
for nobody came; and at two the exhausted family sat down in a blaze of sunshine to
consume the perishable portions of the feast, that nothing might be lost.
"No doubt about the weather to-day; they will certainly come, so we must fly round
and be ready for them," said Amy, as the sun woke her next morning. She spoke

Page 318

briskly, but in her secret soul she wished she had said nothing about Tuesday, for her
interest, like her cake, was getting a little stale.
"I can't get any lobsters, so you will have to do without salad to-day," said Mr.
March, coming in half an hour later, with an expression of placid despair.
"Use the chicken, then; the toughness won't matter in a salad," advised his wife.
"Hannah left it on the kitchen-table a minute, and the kittens got at it. I'm very
sorry, Amy," added Beth, who was still a patroness of cats.
"Then I must have a lobster, for tongue alone won't do," said Amy decidedly.
"Shall I rush into town and demand one?" asked Jo, with the magnanimity of a
martyr.
"You'd come bringing it home under your arm, without any paper, just to try me. I'll
go myself," answered Amy, whose temper was beginning to fail.
Shrouded in a thick veil and armed with a genteel travelling-basket, she departed,
feeling that a cool drive would soothe her ruffled spirit, and fit her for the labors of the
day. After some delay, the object of her desire was procured, likewise a bottle of
dressing, to prevent further loss of time at home, and off she drove again, well pleased
with her own forethought.
As the omnibus contained only one other passenger, a sleepy old lady, Amy
pocketed her veil, and beguiled the tedium of the way by trying to find out where all
her money had gone to. So busy was she with her card full of refractory figures that
she did not observe a new-comer, who entered without stopping the vehicle, till a
masculine voice said, "Good-morning, Miss March," and, looking up, she beheld one
of Laurie's most elegant college friends. Fervently hoping that he would get out before
she did, Amy utterly ignored the basket at her feet, and, congratulating herself that she
had on her new travelling dress, returned the young man's greeting with her usual
suavity and spirit.
They got on excellently; for Amy's chief care was soon set at rest by learning that
the gentleman would leave first, and she was chatting away in a peculiarly lofty strain,
when the old lady got out. In stumbling to the door, she upset the basket, and—oh,
horror!—the lobster, in all its vulgar size and brilliancy, was revealed to the highborn
eyes of a Tudor.
"By Jove, she's forgotten her dinner!" cried the unconscious youth, poking the
scarlet monster into its place with his cane, and preparing to hand out the basket after
the old lady.
"Please don't—it's—it's mine," murmured Amy, with a face nearly as red as her
fish.

Page 319

"Oh, really, I beg pardon; it's an uncommonly fine one, isn't it?" said Tudor, with
great presence of mind, and an air of sober interest that did credit to his breeding.
Amy recovered herself in a breath, set her basket boldly on the seat, and said,
laughing,—
"Don't you wish you were to have some of the salad he's to make, and to see the
charming young ladies who are to eat it?"
Now that was tact, for two of the ruling foibles of the masculine mind were
touched: the lobster was instantly surrounded by a halo of pleasing reminiscences, and
curiosity about "the charming young ladies" diverted his mind from the comical
mishap.
"I suppose he'll laugh and joke over it with Laurie, but I sha'n't see them; that's a
comfort," thought Amy, as Tudor bowed and departed.
She did not mention this meeting at home (though she discovered that, thanks to the
upset, her new dress was much damaged by the rivulets of dressing that meandered
down the skirt), but went through with the preparations which now seemed more
irksome than before; and at twelve o'clock all was ready again. Feeling that the
neighbors were interested in her movements, she wished to efface the memory of
yesterday's failure by a grand success to-day; so she ordered the "cherry-bounce," and
drove away in state to meet and escort her guests to the banquet.
"There's the rumble, they're coming! I'll go into the porch to meet them; it looks
hospitable, and I want the poor child to have a good time after all her trouble," said
Mrs. March, suiting the action to the word. But after one glance, she retired, with an

Page 320

indescribable expression, for, looking quite lost in the big carriage, sat Amy and one
young lady.
"Run, Beth, and help Hannah clear half the things off the table; it will be too absurd
to put a luncheon for twelve before a single girl," cried Jo, hurrying away to the lower
regions, too excited to stop even for a laugh.
In came Amy, quite calm, and delightfully cordial to the one guest who had kept her
promise; the rest of the family, being of a dramatic turn, played their parts equally
well, and Miss Eliott found them a most hilarious set; for it was impossible to entirely
control the merriment which possessed them. The remodelled lunch being gayly
partaken of, the studio and garden visited, and art discussed with enthusiasm, Amy
ordered a buggy (alas for the elegant cherry-bounce!) and drove her friend quietly
about the neighborhood till sunset, when "the party went out."
As she came walking in, looking very tired, but as composed as ever, she observed
that every vestige of the unfortunate fête had disappeared, except a suspicious pucker
about the corners of Jo's mouth.
"You've had a lovely afternoon for your drive, dear," said her mother, as
respectfully as if the whole twelve had come.
"Miss Eliott is a very sweet girl, and seemed to enjoy herself, I thought," observed
Beth, with unusual warmth.
"Could you spare me some of your cake? I really need some, I have so much
company, and I can't make such delicious stuff as yours," asked Meg soberly.
"Take it all; I'm the only one here who likes sweet things, and it will mould before I
can dispose of it," answered Amy, thinking with a sigh of the generous store she had
laid in for such an end as this.
"It's a pity Laurie isn't here to help us," began Jo, as they sat down to ice-cream and
salad for the second time in two days.
A warning look from her mother checked any further remarks, and the whole family
ate in heroic silence, till Mr. March mildly observed, "Salad was one of the favorite
dishes of the ancients, and Evelyn"—here a general explosion of laughter cut short the
"history of sallets," to the great surprise of the learned gentleman.
"Bundle everything into a basket and send it to the Hummels: Germans like messes.
I'm sick of the sight of this; and there's no reason you should all die of a surfeit
because I've been a fool," cried Amy, wiping her eyes.
"I thought I should have died when I saw you two girls rattling about in the what-
you-call-it, like two little kernels in a very big nutshell, and mother waiting in state to
receive the throng," sighed Jo, quite spent with laughter.
"I'm very sorry you were disappointed, dear, but we all did our best to satisfy you,"
said Mrs. March, in a tone full of motherly regret.

Page 321

"I am satisfied; I've done what I undertook, and it's not my fault that it failed; I
comfort myself with that," said Amy, with a little quiver in her voice. "I thank you all
very much for helping me, and I'll thank you still more if you won't allude to it for a
month, at least."
No one did for several months; but the word "fête" always produced a general
smile, and Laurie's birthday gift to Amy was a tiny coral lobster in the shape of a
charm for her watch-guard.

Page 322

XXVII.
LITERARY LESSONS.
Fortune suddenly smiled upon Jo, and dropped a good-luck penny in her path. Not
a golden penny, exactly, but I doubt if half a million would have given more real
happiness than did the little sum that came to her in this wise.
Every few weeks she would shut herself up in her room, put on her scribbling suit,
and "fall into a vortex," as she expressed it, writing away at her novel with all her
heart and soul, for till that was finished she could find no peace. Her "scribbling suit"
consisted of a black woollen pinafore on which she could wipe her pen at will, and a
cap of the same material, adorned with a cheerful red bow, into which she bundled her
hair when the decks were cleared for action. This cap was a beacon to the inquiring
eyes of her family, who during these periods kept their distance, merely popping in
their heads semi-occasionally, to ask, with interest, "Does genius burn, Jo?" They did
not always venture even to ask this question, but took an observation of the cap, and
judged accordingly. If this expressive article of dress was drawn low upon the

Page 323

forehead, it was a sign that hard work was going on; in exciting moments it was
pushed rakishly askew; and when despair seized the author it was plucked wholly off,
and cast upon the floor. At such times the intruder silently withdrew; and not until the
red bow was seen gayly erect upon the gifted brow, did any one dare address Jo.
She did not think herself a genius by any means; but when the writing fit came on,
she gave herself up to it with entire abandon, and led a blissful life, unconscious of
want, care, or bad weather, while she sat safe and happy in an imaginary world, full of
friends almost as real and dear to her as any in the flesh. Sleep forsook her eyes, meals
stood untasted, day and night were all too short to enjoy the happiness which blessed
her only at such times, and made these hours worth living, even if they bore no other
fruit. The divine afflatus usually lasted a week or two, and then she emerged from her
"vortex," hungry, sleepy, cross, or despondent.
She was just recovering from one of these attacks when she was prevailed upon to
escort Miss Crocker to a lecture, and in return for her virtue was rewarded with a new
idea. It was a People's Course, the lecture on the Pyramids, and Jo rather wondered at
the choice of such a subject for such an audience, but took it for granted that some
great social evil would be remedied or some great want supplied by unfolding the
glories of the Pharaohs to an audience whose thoughts were busy with the price of
coal and flour, and whose lives were spent in trying to solve harder riddles than that of
the Sphinx.
They were early; and while Miss Crocker set the heel of her stocking, Jo amused
herself by examining the faces of the people who occupied the seat with them. On her
left were two matrons, with massive foreheads, and bonnets to match, discussing
Woman's Rights and making tatting. Beyond sat a pair of humble lovers, artlessly
holding each other by the hand, a sombre spinster eating peppermints out of a paper
bag, and an old gentleman taking his preparatory nap behind a yellow bandanna. On
her right, her only neighbor was a studious-looking lad absorbed in a newspaper.
It was a pictorial sheet, and Jo examined the work of art nearest her, idly wondering
what unfortuitous concatenation of circumstances needed the melodramatic
illustration of an Indian in full war costume, tumbling over a precipice with a wolf at
his throat, while two infuriated young gentlemen, with unnaturally small feet and big
eyes, were stabbing each other close by, and a dishevelled female was flying away in
the background with her mouth wide open. Pausing to turn a page, the lad saw her
looking, and, with boyish good-nature, offered half his paper, saying bluntly, "Want to
read it? That's a first-rate story."
Jo accepted it with a smile, for she had never outgrown her liking for lads, and soon
found herself involved in the usual labyrinth of love, mystery, and murder, for the
story belonged to that class of light literature in which the passions have a holiday,
and when the author's invention fails, a grand catastrophe clears the stage of one half
the dramatis personæ, leaving the other half to exult over their downfall.

Page 324

"Prime, isn't it?" asked the boy, as her eye went down the last paragraph of her
portion.
"I think you and I could do as well as that if we tried," returned Jo, amused at his
admiration of the trash.
"I should think I was a pretty lucky chap if I could. She makes a good living out of
such stories, they say;" and he pointed to the name of Mrs. S. L. A. N. G. Northbury,
under the title of the tale.
"Do you know her?" asked Jo, with sudden interest.
"No; but I read all her pieces, and I know a fellow who works in the office where
this paper is printed."
"Do you say she makes a good living out of stories like this?" and Jo looked more
respectfully at the agitated group and thickly-sprinkled exclamation-points that
adorned the page.
"Guess she does! She knows just what folks like, and gets paid well for writing it."
Here the lecture began, but Jo heard very little of it, for while Prof. Sands was
prosing away about Belzoni, Cheops, scarabei, and hieroglyphics, she was covertly
taking down the address of the paper, and boldly resolving to try for the hundred-
dollar prize offered in its columns for a sensational story. By the time the lecture
ended and the audience awoke, she had built up a splendid fortune for herself (not the
first founded upon paper), and was already deep in the concoction of her story, being
unable to decide whether the duel should come before the elopement or after the
murder.
She said nothing of her plan at home, but fell to work next day, much to the disquiet
of her mother, who always looked a little anxious when "genius took to burning." Jo
had never tried this style before, contenting herself with very mild romances for the
"Spread Eagle." Her theatrical experience and miscellaneous reading were of service
now, for they gave her some idea of dramatic effect, and supplied plot, language, and
costumes. Her story was as full of desperation and despair as her limited acquaintance
with those uncomfortable emotions enabled her to make it, and, having located it in
Lisbon, she wound up with an earthquake, as a striking and appropriate dénouement.
The manuscript was privately despatched, accompanied by a note, modestly saying
that if the tale didn't get the prize, which the writer hardly dared expect, she would be
very glad to receive any sum it might be considered worth.
Six weeks is a long time to wait, and a still longer time for a girl to keep a secret;
but Jo did both, and was just beginning to give up all hope of ever seeing her
manuscript again, when a letter arrived which almost took her breath away; for on
opening it, a check for a hundred dollars fell into her lap. For a minute she stared at it
as if it had been a snake, then she read her letter and began to cry. If the amiable
gentleman who wrote that kindly note could have known what intense happiness he
was giving a fellow-creature, I think he would devote his leisure hours, if he has any,

Page 325

to that amusement; for Jo valued
the letter more than the money,
because it was encouraging; and
after years of effort it was so
pleasant to find that she had
learned to do something, though
it was only to write a sensation
story.
A prouder young woman was
seldom seen than she, when,
having composed herself, she
electrified the family by
appearing before them with the
letter in one hand, the check in
the other, announcing that she
had won the prize. Of course
there was a great jubilee, and
when the story came every one
read and praised it; though after
her father had told her that the
language was good, the romance
fresh and hearty, and the tragedy
quite thrilling, he shook his
head, and said in his unworldly
way,—
"You can do better than this, Jo. Aim at the highest, and never mind the money."
"I think the money is the best part of it. What will you do with such a fortune?"
asked Amy, regarding the magic slip of paper with a reverential eye.
"Send Beth and mother to the seaside for a month or two," answered Jo promptly.
"Oh, how splendid! No, I can't do it, dear, it would be so selfish," cried Beth, who
had clapped her thin hands, and taken a long breath, as if pining for fresh ocean-
breezes; then stopped herself, and motioned away the check which her sister waved
before her.
"Ah, but you shall go, I've set my heart on it; that's what I tried for, and that's why I
succeeded. I never get on when I think of myself alone, so it will help me to work for
you, don't you see? Besides, Marmee needs the change, and she won't leave you, so
you must go. Won't it be fun to see you come home plump and rosy again? Hurrah for
Dr. Jo, who always cures her patients!"
To the sea side they went, after much discussion; and though Beth didn't come
home as plump and rosy as could be desired, she was much better, while Mrs. March
declared she felt ten years younger; so Jo was satisfied with the investment of her

Page 326

prize money, and fell to work with a cheery spirit, bent on earning more of those
delightful checks. She did earn several that year, and began to feel herself a power in
the house; for by the magic of a pen, her "rubbish" turned into comforts for them all.
"The Duke's Daughter" paid the butcher's bill, "A Phantom Hand" put down a new
carpet, and the "Curse of the Coventrys" proved the blessing of the Marches in the
way of groceries and gowns.
Wealth is certainly a most desirable thing, but poverty has its sunny side, and one of
the sweet uses of adversity is the genuine satisfaction which comes from hearty work
of head or hand; and to the inspiration of necessity, we owe half the wise, beautiful,
and useful blessings of the world. Jo enjoyed a taste of this satisfaction, and ceased to
envy richer girls, taking great comfort in the knowledge that she could supply her own
wants, and need ask no one for a penny.
Little notice was taken of her stories, but they found a market; and, encouraged by
this fact, she resolved to make a bold stroke for fame and fortune. Having copied her
novel for the fourth time, read it to all her confidential friends, and submitted it with
fear and trembling to three publishers, she at last disposed of it, on condition that she
would cut it down one third, and omit all the parts which she particularly admired.
"Now I must either bundle it back into my tin-kitchen to mould, pay for printing it
myself, or chop it up to suit purchasers, and get what I can for it. Fame is a very good
thing to have in the house, but cash is more convenient; so I wish to take the sense of
the meeting on this important subject," said Jo, calling a family council.
"Don't spoil your book, my girl, for there is more in it than you know, and the idea
is well worked out. Let it wait and ripen," was her father's advice; and he practised as
he preached, having waited patiently thirty years for fruit of his own to ripen, and
being in no haste to gather it, even now, when it was sweet and mellow.
"It seems to me that Jo will profit more by making the trial than by waiting," said
Mrs. March. "Criticism is the best test of such work, for it will show her both
unsuspected merits and faults, and help her to do better next time. We are too partial;
but the praise and blame of outsiders will prove useful, even if she gets but little
money."
"Yes," said Jo, knitting her brows, "that's just it; I've been fussing over the thing so
long, I really don't know whether it's good, bad, or indifferent. It will be a great help
to have cool, impartial persons take a look at it, and tell me what they think of it."
"I wouldn't leave out a word of it; you'll spoil it if you do, for the interest of the
story is more in the minds than in the actions of the people, and it will be all a muddle
if you don't explain as you go on," said Meg, who firmly believed that this book was
the most remarkable novel ever written.
"But Mr. Allen says, 'Leave out the explanations, make it brief and dramatic, and let
the characters tell the story,'" interrupted Jo, turning to the publisher's note.

Page 327

"Do as he tells you; he knows what will sell, and we don't. Make a good, popular
book, and get as much money as you can. By and by, when, you've got a name, you
can afford to digress, and have philosophical and metaphysical people in your novels,"
said Amy, who took a strictly practical view of the subject.
"Well," said Jo, laughing, "if my people are 'philosophical and metaphysical,' it isn't
my fault, for I know nothing about such things, except what I hear father say,
sometimes. If I've got some of his wise ideas jumbled up with my romance, so much
the better for me. Now, Beth, what do you say?"
"I should so like to see it printed soon," was all Beth said, and smiled in saying it;
but there was an unconscious emphasis on the last word, and a wistful look in the eyes
that never lost their childlike candor, which chilled Jo's heart, for a minute, with a
foreboding fear, and decided her to make her little venture "soon."
So, with Spartan firmness, the young authoress laid her first-born on her table, and
chopped it up as ruthlessly as any ogre. In the hope of pleasing every one, she took
every one's advice; and, like the old man and his donkey in the fable, suited nobody.
Her father liked the metaphysical streak which had unconsciously got into it; so that
was allowed to remain, though she had her doubts about it. Her mother thought that
there was a trifle too much description; out, therefore, it nearly all came, and with it
many necessary links in the story. Meg admired the tragedy; so Jo piled up the agony
to suit her, while Amy objected to the fun, and, with the best intentions in life, Jo
quenched the sprightly scenes which relieved the sombre character of the story. Then,
to complete the ruin, she cut it down one third, and confidingly sent the poor little
romance, like a picked robin, out into the big, busy world, to try its fate.
Well, it was printed, and she got three hundred dollars for it; likewise plenty of
praise and blame, both so much greater than she expected that she was thrown into a
state of bewilderment, from which it took her some time to recover.
"You said, mother, that criticism would help me; but how can it, when it's so
contradictory that I don't know whether I've written a promising book or broken all the
ten commandments?" cried poor Jo, turning over a heap of notices, the perusal of
which filled her with pride and joy one minute, wrath and dire dismay the next. "This
man says 'An exquisite book, full of truth, beauty, and earnestness; all is sweet, pure,
and healthy,'" continued the perplexed authoress. "The next, 'The theory of the book is
bad, full of morbid fancies, spiritualistic ideas, and unnatural characters.' Now, as I
had no theory of any kind, don't believe in Spiritualism, and copied my characters
from life, I don't see how this critic can be right. Another says, 'It's one of the best
American novels which has appeared for years' (I know better than that); and the next
asserts that 'though it is original, and written with great force and feeling, it is a
dangerous book.' 'Tisn't! Some make fun of it, some over-praise, and nearly all insist
that I had a deep theory to expound, when I only wrote it for the pleasure and the
money. I wish I'd printed it whole or not at all, for I do hate to be so misjudged."

Page 328

Her family and friends administered comfort and commendation liberally; yet it
was a hard time for sensitive, high-spirited Jo, who meant so well, and had apparently
done so ill. But it did her good, for those whose opinion had real value gave her the
criticism which is an author's best education; and when the first soreness was over, she
could laugh at her poor little book, yet believe in it still, and feel herself the wiser and
stronger for the buffeting she had received.
"Not being a genius, like Keats, it won't kill me," she said stoutly; "and I've got the
joke on my side, after all; for the parts that were taken straight out of real life are
denounced as impossible and absurd, and the scenes that I made up out of my own
silly head are pronounced 'charmingly natural, tender, and true.' So I'll comfort myself
with that; and when I'm ready, I'll up again and take another."

Page 329

XXVIII.
DOMESTIC EXPERIENCES.
Like most other young matrons, Meg began her married life with the determination
to be a model housekeeper. John should find home a paradise; he should always see a
smiling face, should fare sumptuously every day, and never know the loss of a button.
She brought so much love, energy, and cheerfulness to the work that she could not but
succeed, in spite of some obstacles. Her paradise was not a tranquil one; for the little
woman fussed, was over-anxious to please, and bustled about like a true Martha,
cumbered with many cares. She was too tired, sometimes, even to smile; John grew
dyspeptic after a course of dainty dishes, and ungratefully demanded plain fare. As for
buttons, she soon learned to wonder where they went, to shake her head over the
carelessness of men, and to threaten to make him sew them on himself, and then see if
his work would stand impatient tugs and clumsy fingers any better than hers.
They were very happy, even after they discovered that they couldn't live on love
alone. John did not find Meg's beauty diminished, though she beamed at him from
behind the familiar coffee-pot; nor did Meg miss any of the romance from the daily

Page 330

parting, when her husband followed up his kiss with the tender inquiry, "Shall I send
home veal or mutton for dinner, darling?" The little house ceased to be a glorified
bower, but it became a home, and the young couple soon felt that it was a change for
the better. At first they played keep-house, and frolicked over it like children; then
John took steadily to business, feeling the cares of the head of a family upon his
shoulders; and Meg laid by her cambric wrappers, put on a big apron, and fell to work,
as before said, with more energy than discretion.
While the cooking mania lasted she went through Mrs. Cornelius's Receipt Book as
if it were a mathematical exercise, working out the problems with patience and care.
Sometimes her family were invited in to help eat up a too bounteous feast of
successes, or Lotty would be privately despatched with a batch of failures, which were
to be concealed from all eyes in the convenient stomachs of the little Hummels. An
evening with John over the account-books usually produced a temporary lull in the
culinary enthusiasm, and a frugal fit would ensue, during which the poor man was put
through a course of bread-pudding, hash, and warmed-over coffee, which tried his
soul, although he bore it with praiseworthy fortitude. Before the golden mean was
found, however, Meg added to her domestic possessions what young couples seldom
get on long without,—a family jar.
Fired with a housewifely wish to see her store-room stocked with home-made
preserves, she undertook to put up her own currant jelly. John was requested to order
home a dozen or so of little pots, and an extra quantity of sugar, for their own currants
were ripe, and were to be attended to at once. As John firmly believed that "my wife"
was equal to anything, and took a natural pride in her skill, he resolved that she should
be gratified, and their only crop of fruit laid by in a most pleasing form for winter use.
Home came four dozen delightful little pots, half a barrel of sugar, and a small boy to
pick the currants for her. With her pretty hair tucked into a little cap, arms bared to the
elbow, and a checked apron which had a coquettish look in spite of the bib, the young
housewife fell to work, feeling no doubts about her success; for hadn't she seen
Hannah do it hundreds of times? The array of pots rather amazed her at first, but John
was so fond of jelly, and the nice little jars would look so well on the top shelf, that
Meg resolved to fill them all, and spent a long day picking, boiling, straining, and
fussing over her jelly. She did her best; she asked advice of Mrs. Cornelius; she racked
her brain to remember what Hannah did that she had left undone; she reboiled,
resugared, and restrained, but that dreadful stuff wouldn't "jell."
She longed to run home, bib and all, and ask mother to lend a hand, but John and
she had agreed that they would never annoy any one with their private worries,
experiments, or quarrels. They had laughed over that last word as if the idea it
suggested was a most preposterous one; but they had held to their resolve, and
whenever they could get on without help they did so, and no one interfered, for Mrs.
March had advised the plan. So Meg wrestled alone with the refractory sweetmeats all

Page 331

that hot summer day, and at five o'clock sat down in her topsy-turvy kitchen, wrung
her bedaubed hands, lifted up her voice and wept.
Now, in the first flush of the new life, she had often said,—
"My husband shall always feel free to bring a friend home whenever he likes. I
shall always be prepared; there shall be no flurry, no scolding, no discomfort, but a
neat house, a cheerful wife, and a good dinner. John, dear, never stop to ask my leave,
invite whom you please, and be sure of a welcome from me."
How charming that was, to be sure! John quite glowed with pride to hear her say it,
and felt what a blessed thing it was to have a superior wife. But, although they had
had company from time to time, it never happened to be unexpected, and Meg had
never had an opportunity to distinguish herself till now. It always happens so in this
vale of tears; there is an inevitability about such things which we can only wonder at,
deplore, and bear as we best can.
If John had not forgotten all about the jelly, it really would have been unpardonable
in him to choose that day, of all the days in the year, to bring a friend home to dinner
unexpectedly. Congratulating himself that a handsome repast had been ordered that
morning, feeling sure that it would be ready to the minute, and indulging in pleasant
anticipations of the charming effect it would produce, when his pretty wife came
running out to meet him, he escorted his friend to his mansion, with the irrepressible
satisfaction of a young host and husband.
It is a world of disappointments, as John discovered when he reached the Dove-
cote. The front door usually stood hospitably open; now it was not only shut, but
locked, and yesterday's mud still adorned the steps. The parlor-windows were closed
and curtained, no picture of the pretty wife sewing on the piazza, in white, with a
distracting little bow in her hair, or a bright-eyed hostess, smiling a shy welcome as
she greeted her guest. Nothing of the sort, for not a soul appeared, but a sanguinary-
looking boy asleep under the currant-bushes.
"I'm afraid something has happened. Step into the garden, Scott, while I look up
Mrs. Brooke," said John, alarmed at the silence and solitude.
Round the house he hurried, led by a pungent smell of burnt sugar, and Mr. Scott
strolled after him, with a queer look on his face. He paused discreetly at a distance
when Brooke disappeared; but he could both see and hear, and, being a bachelor,
enjoyed the prospect mightily.
In the kitchen reigned confusion and despair; one edition of jelly was trickled from
pot to pot, another lay upon the floor, and a third was burning gayly on the stove.
Lotty, with Teutonic phlegm, was calmly eating bread and currant wine, for the jelly
was still in a hopelessly liquid state, while Mrs. Brooke, with her apron over her head,
sat sobbing dismally.
"My dearest girl, what is the matter?" cried John, rushing in, with awful visions of
scalded hands, sudden news of affliction, and secret consternation at the thought of the

Page 332

guest in the garden.
"O John, I am so tired and hot and cross and worried! I've been at it till I'm all worn
out. Do come and help me or I shall die!" and the exhausted housewife cast herself
upon his breast, giving him a sweet welcome in every sense of the word, for her
pinafore had been baptized at the same time as the floor.
"What worries you, dear? Has anything dreadful happened?" asked the anxious
John, tenderly kissing the crown of the little cap, which was all askew.
"Yes," sobbed Meg despairingly.
"Tell me quick, then. Don't cry, I can bear anything better than that. Out with it,
love."
"The—the jelly won't jell and I don't know what to do!"
John Brooke laughed then as he never dared to laugh afterward; and the derisive
Scott smiled involuntarily as he heard the hearty peal, which put the finishing stroke
to poor Meg's woe.
"Is that all? Fling it out of window, and don't bother any more about it. I'll buy you
quarts if you want it; but for heaven's sake don't have hysterics, for I've brought Jack
Scott home to dinner, and—"
John got no further, for Meg cast him off, and clasped her hands with a tragic
gesture as she fell into a chair, exclaiming in a tone of mingled indignation, reproach,
and dismay,—
"A man to dinner, and everything in a mess! John Brooke, how could you do such a
thing?"
"Hush, he's in the garden! I forgot the confounded jelly, but it can't be helped now,"
said John, surveying the prospect with an anxious eye.
"You ought to have sent word, or told me this morning, and you ought to have
remembered how busy I was," continued Meg petulantly; for even turtle-doves will
peck when ruffled.
"I didn't know it this morning, and there was no time to send word, for I met him on
the way out. I never thought of asking leave, when you have always told me to do as I
liked. I never tried it before, and hang me if I ever do again!" added John, with an
aggrieved air.
"I should hope not! Take him away at once; I can't see him, and there isn't any
dinner."
"Well, I like that! Where's the beef and vegetables I sent home, and the pudding you
promised?" cried John, rushing to the larder.
"I hadn't time to cook anything; I meant to dine at mother's. I'm sorry, but I was so
busy;" and Meg's tears began again.
John was a mild man, but he was human; and after a long day's work, to come
home tired, hungry, and hopeful, to find a chaotic house, an empty table, and a cross

Page 333

wife was not exactly conducive to repose of mind or manner. He restrained himself,
however, and the little squall would have blown over, but for one unlucky word.
"It's a scrape, I acknowledge; but if you will lend a hand, we'll pull through, and
have a good time yet. Don't cry, dear, but just exert yourself a bit, and knock us up
something to eat. We're both as hungry as hunters, so we sha'n't mind what it is. Give
us the cold meat, and bread and cheese; we won't ask for jelly."
He meant it for a good-natured joke; but that one word sealed his fate. Meg thought
it was too cruel to hint about her sad failure, and the last atom of patience vanished as
he spoke.
"You must get yourself out of the scrape as you can; I'm too used up to 'exert'
myself for any one. It's like a man to propose a bone and vulgar bread and cheese for
company. I won't have anything of the sort in my house. Take that Scott up to
mother's, and tell him I'm away, sick, dead,—anything. I won't see him, and you two
can laugh at me and my jelly as much as you like: you won't have anything else here;"
and having delivered her defiance all in one breath, Meg cast away her pinafore, and
precipitately left the field to bemoan herself in her own room.
What those two creatures did in her absence, she never knew; but Mr. Scott was not
taken "up to mother's," and when Meg descended, after they had strolled away
together, she found traces of a promiscuous lunch which filled her with horror. Lotty
reported that they had eaten "a much, and greatly laughed, and the master bid her
throw away all the sweet stuff, and hide the pots."
Meg longed to go and tell mother; but a sense of shame at her own short-comings,
of loyalty to John, "who might be cruel, but nobody should know it," restrained her;
and after a summary clearing up, she dressed herself prettily, and sat down to wait for
John to come and be forgiven.
Unfortunately, John didn't come, not seeing the matter in that light. He had carried
it off as a good joke with Scott, excused his little wife as well as he could, and played
the host so hospitably that his friend enjoyed the impromptu dinner, and promised to
come again. But John was angry, though he did not show it; he felt that Meg had got
him into a scrape, and then deserted him in his hour of need. "It wasn't fair to tell a
man to bring folks home any time, with perfect freedom, and when he took you at
your word, to flame up and blame him, and leave him in the lurch, to be laughed at or
pitied. No, by George, it wasn't! and Meg must know it." He had fumed inwardly
during the feast, but when the flurry was over, and he strolled home, after seeing Scott
off, a milder mood came over him. "Poor little thing! it was hard upon her when she
tried so heartily to please me. She was wrong, of course, but then she was young. I
must be patient and teach her." He hoped she had not gone home—he hated gossip
and interference. For a minute he was ruffled again at the mere thought of it; and then
the fear that Meg would cry herself sick softened his heart, and sent him on at a
quicker pace, resolving to be calm and kind, but firm, quite firm, and show her where
she had failed in her duty to her spouse.

Page 334

Meg likewise resolved to be "calm and kind, but firm," and show him his duty. She
longed to run to meet him, and beg pardon, and be kissed and comforted, as she was
sure of being; but, of course, she did nothing of the sort, and when she saw John
coming, began to hum quite naturally, as she rocked and sewed, like a lady of leisure
in her best parlor.
John was a little disappointed not to find a tender Niobe; but, feeling that his
dignity demanded the first apology, he made none, only came leisurely in, and laid
himself upon the sofa, with the singularly relevant remark,—
"We are going to have a new moon, my dear."
"I've no objection," was Meg's equally soothing remark.
A few other topics of general interest were introduced by Mr. Brooke, and wet-
blanketed by Mrs. Brooke, and conversation languished. John went to one window,
unfolded his paper, and wrapped himself in it, figuratively speaking. Meg went to the
other window, and sewed as if new rosettes for her slippers were among the
necessaries of life. Neither spoke; both looked quite "calm and firm," and both felt
desperately uncomfortable.

Page 335

"Oh dear," thought Meg, "married life is very trying, and does need infinite patience, as
well as love, as mother says." The word "mother" suggested other maternal counsels,
given long ago, and received with unbelieving protests.
"John is a good man, but he has his faults, and you must learn to see and bear with
them, remembering your own. He is very decided, but never will be obstinate, if you
reason kindly, not oppose impatiently. He is very accurate, and particular about the truth
—a good trait, though you call him 'fussy.' Never deceive him by look or word, Meg, and
he will give you the confidence you deserve, the support you need. He has a temper, not
like ours,—one flash, and then all over,—but the white, still anger, that is seldom stirred,
but once kindled, is hard to quench. Be careful, very careful, not to wake this anger
against yourself, for peace and happiness depend on keeping his respect. Watch yourself,
be the first to ask pardon if you both err, and guard against the little piques,
misunderstandings, and hasty words that often pave the way for bitter sorrow and regret."
These words came back to Meg, as she sat sewing in the sunset, especially the last. This
was the first serious disagreement; her own hasty speeches sounded both silly and unkind,
as she recalled them, her own anger looked childish now, and thoughts of poor John
coming home to such a scene quite melted her heart. She glanced at him with tears in her
eyes, but he did not see them; she put down her work and got up, thinking, "I will be the
first to say, 'Forgive me,'" but he did not seem to hear her; she went very slowly across the
room, for pride was hard to swallow, and stood by him, but he did not turn his head. For a
minute she felt as if she really couldn't do it; then came the thought, "This is the
beginning, I'll do my part, and have nothing to reproach myself with," and stooping down,
she softly kissed her husband on the forehead. Of course that settled it; the penitent kiss
was better than a world of words, and John had her on his knee in a minute, saying
tenderly,—

Page 336

"It was too bad to laugh at the poor little jelly-pots. Forgive me, dear, I never will
again!"
But he did, oh bless you, yes, hundreds of times, and so did Meg, both declaring that it
was the sweetest jelly they ever made; for family peace was preserved in that little family
jar.
After this, Meg had Mr. Scott to dinner by special invitation, and served him up a
pleasant feast without a cooked wife for the first course; on which occasion she was so
gay and gracious, and made everything go off so charmingly, that Mr. Scott told John he
was a happy fellow, and shook his head over the hardships of bachelorhood all the way
home.
In the autumn, new trials and experiences came to Meg. Sallie Moffat renewed her
friendship, was always running out for a dish of gossip at the little house, or inviting "that
poor dear" to come in and spend the day at the big house. It was pleasant, for in dull
weather Meg often felt lonely; all were busy at home, John absent till night, and nothing
to do but sew, or read, or potter about. So it naturally fell out that Meg got into the way of
gadding and gossiping with her friend. Seeing Sallie's pretty things made her long for
such, and pity herself because she had not got them. Sallie was very kind, and often
offered her the coveted trifles; but Meg declined them, knowing that John wouldn't like it;
and then this foolish little woman went and did what John disliked infinitely worse.
She knew her husband's income, and she loved to feel that he trusted her, not only with
his happiness, but what some men seem to value more,—his money. She knew where it
was, was free to take what she liked, and all he asked was that she should keep account of
every penny, pay bills once a month, and remember that she was a poor man's wife. Till
now, she had done well, been prudent and exact, kept her little account-books neatly, and
showed them to him monthly without fear. But that autumn the serpent got into Meg's
paradise, and tempted her, like many a modern Eve, not with apples, but with dress. Meg
didn't like to be pitied and made to feel poor; it irritated her, but she was ashamed to
confess it, and now and then she tried to console herself by buying something pretty, so
that Sallie needn't think she had to economize. She always felt wicked after it, for the
pretty things were seldom necessaries; but then they cost so little, it wasn't worth
worrying about; so the trifles increased unconsciously, and in the shopping excursions she
was no longer a passive looker-on.
But the trifles cost more than one would imagine; and when she cast up her accounts at
the end of the month, the sum total rather scared her. John was busy that month, and left
the bills to her; the next month he was absent; but the third he had a grand quarterly
settling up, and Meg never forgot it. A few days before she had done a dreadful thing, and
it weighed upon her conscience. Sallie had been buying silks, and Meg longed for a new
one,—just a handsome light one for parties, her black silk was so common, and thin
things for evening wear were only proper for girls. Aunt March usually gave the sisters a
present of twenty-five dollars apiece at New Year; that was only a month to wait, and here
was a lovely violet silk going at a bargain, and she had the money, if she only dared to
take it. John always said what was his was hers; but would he think it right to spend not
only the prospective five-and-twenty, but another five-and-twenty out of the household

Page 337

fund? That was the question. Sallie had urged her to do it, had offered to loan the money,
and with the best intentions in life, had tempted Meg beyond her strength. In an evil
moment the shopman held up the lovely, shimmering folds, and said, "A bargain, I assure
you, ma'am." She answered, "I'll take it;" and it was cut off and paid for, and Sallie had
exulted, and she had laughed as if it were a thing of no consequence, and driven away,
feeling as if she had stolen something, and the police were after her.

When she got home, she tried to assuage the pangs of remorse by spreading forth the
lovely silk; but it looked less silvery now, didn't become her, after all, and the words "fifty
dollars" seemed stamped like a pattern down each breadth. She put it away; but it haunted
her, not delightfully, as a new dress should, but dreadfully, like the ghost of a folly that
was not easily laid. When John got out his books that night, Meg's heart sank, and for the
first time in her married life, she was afraid of her husband. The kind, brown eyes looked
as if they could be stern; and though he was unusually merry, she fancied he had found
her out, but didn't mean to let her know it. The house-bills were all paid, the books all in
order. John had praised her, and was undoing the old pocket-book which they called the
"bank," when Meg, knowing that it was quite empty, stopped his hand, saying nervously,

"You haven't seen my private expense book yet."
John never asked to see it; but she always insisted on his doing so, and used to enjoy
his masculine amazement at the queer things women wanted, and made him guess what
"piping" was, demand fiercely the meaning of a "hug-me-tight," or wonder how a little
thing composed of three rosebuds, a bit of velvet, and a pair of strings, could possibly be a
bonnet, and cost five or six dollars. That night he looked as if he would like the fun of
quizzing her figures and pretending to be horrified at her extravagance, as he often did,
being particularly proud of his prudent wife.

Page 338

The little book was brought slowly out, and laid down before him. Meg got behind his
chair under pretence of smoothing the wrinkles out of his tired forehead, and standing
there, she said, with her panic increasing with every word,—
"John, dear, I'm ashamed to show you my book, for I've really been dreadfully
extravagant lately. I go about so much I must have things, you know, and Sallie advised
my getting it, so I did; and my New-Year's money will partly pay for it: but I was sorry
after I'd done it, for I knew you'd think it wrong in me."
John laughed, and drew her round beside him, saying good-humoredly, "Don't go and
hide. I won't beat you if you have got a pair of killing boots; I'm rather proud of my wife's
feet, and don't mind if she does pay eight or nine dollars for her boots, if they are good
ones."
That had been one of her last "trifles," and John's eye had fallen on it as he spoke. "Oh,
what will he say when he comes to that awful fifty dollars!" thought Meg, with a shiver.
"It's worse than boots, it's a silk dress," she said, with the calmness of desperation, for
she wanted the worst over.
"Well, dear, what is the 'dem'd total,' as Mr. Mantalini says?"
That didn't sound like John, and she knew he was looking up at her with the
straightforward look that she had always been ready to meet and answer with one as frank
till now. She turned the page and her head at the same time, pointing to the sum which
would have been bad enough without the fifty, but which was appalling to her with that
added. For a minute the room was very still; then John said slowly,—but she could feel it
cost him an effort to express no displeasure,—
"Well, I don't know that fifty is much for a dress, with all the furbelows and notions you
have to have to finish it off these days."
"It isn't made or trimmed," sighed Meg faintly, for a sudden recollection of the cost still
to be incurred quite overwhelmed her.
"Twenty-five yards of silk seems a good deal to cover one small woman, but I've no
doubt my wife will look as fine as Ned Moffat's when she gets it on," said John dryly.
"I know you are angry, John, but I can't help it. I don't mean to waste your money, and I
didn't think those little things would count up so. I can't resist them when I see Sallie
buying all she wants, and pitying me because I don't. I try to be contented, but it is hard,
and I'm tired of being poor."
The last words were spoken so low she thought he did not hear them, but he did, and
they wounded him deeply, for he had denied himself many pleasures for Meg's sake. She
could have bitten her tongue out the minute she had said it, for John pushed the books
away, and got up, saying, with a little quiver in his voice, "I was afraid of this; I do my
best, Meg." If he had scolded her, or even shaken her, it would not have broken her heart
like those few words. She ran to him and held him close, crying, with repentant tears, "O
John, my dear, kind, hard-working boy, I didn't mean it! It was so wicked, so untrue and
ungrateful, how could I say it! Oh, how could I say it!"

Page 339

He was very kind, forgave her readily, and did not utter one reproach; but Meg knew
that she had done and said a thing which would not be forgotten soon, although he might
never allude to it again. She had promised to love him for better for worse; and then she,
his wife, had reproached him with his poverty, after spending his earnings recklessly. It
was dreadful; and the worst of it was John went on so quietly afterward, just as if nothing
had happened, except that he stayed in town later, and worked at night when she had gone
to cry herself to sleep. A week of remorse nearly made Meg sick; and the discovery that
John had countermanded the order for his new great-coat reduced her to a state of despair
which was pathetic to behold. He had simply said, in answer to her surprised inquiries as
to the change, "I can't afford it, my dear."
Meg said no more, but a few minutes after he found her in the hall, with her face buried
in the old great-coat, crying as if her heart would break.
They had a long talk that night, and Meg learned to love her husband better for his
poverty, because it seemed to have made a man of him, given him the strength and
courage to fight his own way, and taught him a tender patience with which to bear and
comfort the natural longings and failures of those he loved.
Next day she put her pride in her pocket, went to Sallie, told the truth, and asked her to
buy the silk as a favor. The good-natured Mrs. Moffat willingly did so, and had the
delicacy not to make her a present of it immediately afterward. Then Meg ordered home
the great-coat, and, when John arrived, she put it on, and asked him how he liked her new
silk gown. One can imagine what answer he made, how he received his present, and what
a blissful state of things ensued. John came home early, Meg gadded no more; and that
great-coat was put on in the morning by a very happy husband, and taken off at night by a
most devoted little wife. So the year rolled round, and at midsummer there came to Meg a
new experience,—the deepest and tenderest of a woman's life.
Laurie came sneaking into the kitchen of the Dove-cote, one Saturday, with an excited
face, and was received with the clash of cymbals; for Hannah clapped her hands with a
saucepan in one and the cover in the other.
"How's the little mamma? Where is everybody? Why didn't you tell me before I came
home?" began Laurie, in a loud whisper.
"Happy as a queen, the dear! Every soul of 'em is upstairs a worshipin'; we didn't want
no hurrycanes round. Now you go into the parlor, and I'll send 'em down to you," with
which somewhat involved reply Hannah vanished, chuckling ecstatically.
Presently Jo appeared, proudly bearing a flannel bundle laid forth upon a large pillow.
Jo's face was very sober, but her eyes twinkled, and there was an odd sound in her voice
of repressed emotion of some sort.
"Shut your eyes and hold out your arms," she said invitingly.
Laurie backed precipitately into a corner, and put his hands behind him with an
imploring gesture: "No, thank you, I'd rather not. I shall drop it or smash it, as sure as
fate."
"Then you sha'n't see your nevvy," said Jo decidedly, turning as if to go.

Page 340

"I will, I will! only you must be responsible for damages;" and, obeying orders, Laurie
heroically shut his eyes while something was put into his arms. A peal of laughter from Jo,
Amy, Mrs. March, Hannah, and John caused him to open them the next minute, to find
himself invested with two babies instead of one.

No wonder they laughed, for the expression of his face was droll enough to convulse a
Quaker, as he stood and stared wildly from the unconscious innocents to the hilarious
spectators, with such dismay that Jo sat down on the floor and screamed.
"Twins, by Jupiter!" was all he said for a minute; then, turning to the women with an
appealing look that was comically piteous, he added, "Take 'em quick, somebody! I'm
going to laugh, and I shall drop 'em."
John rescued his babies, and marched up and down, with one on each arm, as if already
initiated into the mysteries of baby-tending, while Laurie laughed till the tears ran down
his cheeks.
"It's the best joke of the season, isn't it? I wouldn't have you told, for I set my heart on
surprising you, and I flatter myself I've done it," said Jo, when she got her breath.
"I never was more staggered in my life. Isn't it fun? Are they boys? What are you going
to name them? Let's have another look. Hold me up, Jo; for upon my life it's one too many
for me," returned Laurie, regarding the infants with the air of a big, benevolent
Newfoundland looking at a pair of infantile kittens.
"Boy and girl. Aren't they beauties?" said the proud papa, beaming upon the little, red
squirmers as if they were unfledged angels.
"Most remarkable children I ever saw. Which is which?" and Laurie bent like a well-
sweep to examine the prodigies.

Page 341

"Amy put a blue ribbon on the boy and a pink on the girl, French fashion, so you can
always tell. Besides, one has blue eyes and one brown. Kiss them, Uncle Teddy," said
wicked Jo.
"I'm afraid they mightn't like it," began Laurie, with unusual timidity in such matters.
"Of course they will; they are used to it now. Do it this minute, sir!" commanded Jo,
fearing he might propose a proxy.
Laurie screwed up his face, and obeyed with a gingerly peck at each little cheek that
produced another laugh, and made the babies squeal.
"There, I knew they didn't like it! That's the boy; see him kick; he hits out with his fists
like a good one. Now then, young Brooke, pitch into a man of your own size, will you?"
cried Laurie, delighted with a poke in the face from a tiny fist, flapping aimlessly about.
"He's to be named John Laurence, and the girl Margaret, after mother and grandmother.
We shall call her Daisy, so as not to have two Megs, and I suppose the mannie will be
Jack, unless we find a better name," said Amy, with aunt-like interest.
"Name him Demijohn, and call him 'Demi' for short," said Laurie.
"Daisy and Demi,—just the thing! I knew Teddy would do it," cried Jo, clapping her
hands.
Teddy certainly had done it that time, for the babies were "Daisy" and "Demi" to the
end of the chapter.

Page 342

XXIX.
CALLS.
"Come, Jo, it's time."
"For what?"
"You don't mean to say you have
forgotten that you promised to make
half a dozen calls with me to-day?"
"I've done a good many rash and
foolish things in my life, but I don't
think I ever was mad enough to say
I'd make six calls in one day, when a
single one upsets me for a week."
"Yes, you did; it was a bargain
between us. I was to finish the
crayon of Beth for you, and you
were to go properly with me, and
return our neighbors' visits."
"If it was fair—that was in the
bond; and I stand to the letter of my
bond, Shylock. There is a pile of
clouds in the east; it's not fair, and I
don't go."
"Now, that's shirking. It's a lovely
day, no prospect of rain, and you
pride yourself on keeping promises;
so be honorable; come and do your
duty, and then be at peace for
another six months."
At that minute Jo was particularly
absorbed in dressmaking; for she
was mantua-maker general to the
family, and took especial credit to
herself because she could use a
needle as well as a pen. It was very provoking to be arrested in the act of a first trying-on,
and ordered out to make calls in her best array, on a warm July day. She hated calls of the

Page 343

formal sort, and never made any till Amy compelled her with a bargain, bribe, or promise.
In the present instance, there was no escape; and having clashed her scissors rebelliously,
while protesting that she smelt thunder, she gave in, put away her work, and taking up her
hat and gloves with an air of resignation, told Amy the victim was ready.
"Jo March, you are perverse enough to provoke a saint! You don't intend to make calls
in that state, I hope," cried Amy, surveying her with amazement.
"Why not? I'm neat and cool and comfortable; quite proper for a dusty walk on a warm
day. If people care more for my clothes than they do for me, I don't wish to see them. You
can dress for both, and be as elegant as you please: it pays for you to be fine; it doesn't for
me, and furbelows only worry me."
"Oh dear!" sighed Amy; "now she's in a contrary fit, and will drive me distracted before
I can get her properly ready. I'm sure it's no pleasure to me to go to-day, but it's a debt we
owe society, and there's no one to pay it but you and me. I'll do anything for you, Jo, if
you'll only dress yourself nicely, and come and help me do the civil. You can talk so well,
look so aristocratic in your best things, and behave so beautifully, if you try, that I'm
proud of you. I'm afraid to go alone; do come and take care of me."
"You're an artful little puss to flatter and wheedle your cross old sister in that way. The
idea of my being aristocratic and well-bred, and your being afraid to go anywhere alone! I
don't know which is the most absurd. Well, I'll go if I must, and do my best. You shall be
commander of the expedition, and I'll obey blindly; will that satisfy you?" said Jo, with a
sudden change from perversity to lamb-like submission.
"You're a perfect cherub! Now put on all your best things, and I'll tell you how to
behave at each place, so that you will make a good impression. I want people to like you,
and they would if you'd only try to be a little more agreeable. Do your hair the pretty way,
and put the pink rose in your bonnet; it's becoming, and you look too sober in your plain
suit. Take your light gloves and the embroidered handkerchief. We'll stop at Meg's, and
borrow her white sunshade, and then you can have my dove-colored one."
While Amy dressed, she issued her orders, and Jo obeyed them; not without entering
her protest, however, for she sighed as she rustled into her new organdie, frowned darkly
at herself as she tied her bonnet strings in an irreproachable bow, wrestled viciously with
pins as she put on her collar, wrinkled up her features generally as she shook out the
handkerchief, whose embroidery was as irritating to her nose as the present mission was
to her feelings; and when she had squeezed her hands into tight gloves with three buttons
and a tassel, as the last touch of elegance, she turned to Amy with an imbecile expression
of countenance, saying meekly,—
"I'm perfectly miserable; but if you consider me presentable, I die happy."
"You are highly satisfactory; turn slowly round, and let me get a careful view." Jo
revolved, and Amy gave a touch here and there, then fell back, with her head on one side,
observing graciously, "Yes, you'll do; your head is all I could ask, for that white bonnet
with the rose is quite ravishing. Hold back your shoulders, and carry your hands easily, no
matter if your gloves do pinch. There's one thing you can do well, Jo, that is, wear a shawl
—I can't; but it's very nice to see you, and I'm so glad Aunt March gave you that lovely

Page 344

one; it's simple, but handsome, and those folds over the arm are really artistic. Is the point
of my mantle in the middle, and have I looped my dress evenly? I like to show my boots,
for my feet are pretty, though my nose isn't."
"You are a thing of beauty and a joy forever," said Jo, looking through her hand with
the air of a connoisseur at the blue feather against the gold hair. "Am I to drag my best
dress through the dust, or loop it up, please, ma'am?"
"Hold it up when you walk, but drop it in the house; the sweeping style suits you best,
and you must learn to trail your skirts gracefully. You haven't half buttoned one cuff; do it
at once. You'll never look finished if you are not careful about the little details, for they
make up the pleasing whole."
Jo sighed, and proceeded to burst the buttons off her glove, in doing up her cuff; but at
last both were ready, and sailed away, looking as "pretty as picters," Hannah said, as she
hung out of the upper window to watch them.
"Now, Jo dear, the Chesters consider themselves very elegant people, so I want you to
put on your best deportment. Don't make any of your abrupt remarks, or do anything odd,
will you? Just be calm, cool, and quiet,—that's safe and ladylike; and you can easily do it
for fifteen minutes," said Amy, as they approached the first place, having borrowed the
white parasol and been inspected by Meg, with a baby on each arm.
"Let me see. 'Calm, cool, and quiet,'—yes, I think I can promise that. I've played the
part of a prim young lady on the stage, and I'll try it off. My powers are great, as you shall
see; so be easy in your mind, my child."
Amy looked relieved, but naughty Jo took her at her word; for, during the first call, she
sat with every limb gracefully composed, every fold correctly draped, calm as a summer
sea, cool as a snow-bank, and as silent as a sphinx. In vain Mrs. Chester alluded to her
"charming novel," and the Misses Chester introduced parties, picnics, the opera, and the
fashions; each and all were answered by a smile, a bow, and a demure "Yes" or "No," with
the chill on. In vain Amy telegraphed the word "Talk," tried to draw her out, and
administered covert pokes with her foot. Jo sat as if blandly unconscious of it all, with
deportment like Maud's face, "icily regular, splendidly null."
"What a haughty, uninteresting creature that oldest Miss March is!" was the
unfortunately audible remark of one of the ladies, as the door closed upon their guests. Jo
laughed noiselessly all through the hall, but Amy looked disgusted at the failure of her
instructions, and very naturally laid the blame upon Jo.
"How could you mistake me so? I merely meant you to be properly dignified and
composed, and you made yourself a perfect stock and stone. Try to be sociable at the
Lambs', gossip as other girls do, and be interested in dress and flirtations and whatever
nonsense comes up. They move in the best society, are valuable persons for us to know,
and I wouldn't fail to make a good impression there for anything."
"I'll be agreeable; I'll gossip and giggle, and have horrors and raptures over any trifle
you like. I rather enjoy this, and now I'll imitate what is called 'a charming girl;' I can do
it, for I have May Chester as a model, and I'll improve upon her. See if the Lambs don't
say, 'What a lively, nice creature that Jo March is!'"

Page 345

Amy felt anxious, as well she might, for when Jo turned freakish there was no knowing
where she would stop. Amy's face was a study when she saw her sister skim into the next
drawing-room, kiss all the young ladies with effusion, beam graciously upon the young
gentlemen, and join in the chat with a spirit which amazed the beholder. Amy was taken
possession of by Mrs. Lamb, with whom she was a favorite, and forced to hear a long
account of Lucretia's last attack, while three delightful young gentlemen hovered near,
waiting for a pause when they might rush in and rescue her. So situated, she was
powerless to check Jo, who seemed possessed by a spirit of mischief, and talked away as
volubly as the old lady. A knot of heads gathered about her, and Amy strained her ears to
hear what was going on; for broken sentences filled her with alarm, round eyes and
uplifted hands tormented her with curiosity, and frequent peals of laughter made her wild
to share the fun. One may imagine her suffering on overhearing fragments of this sort of
conversation:—
"She rides splendidly,—who taught her?"
"No one; she used to practise mounting, holding the reins, and sitting straight on an old
saddle in a tree. Now she rides anything, for she doesn't know what fear is, and the stable-
man lets her have horses cheap, because she trains them to carry ladies so well. She has
such a passion for it, I often tell her if everything else fails she can be a horse-breaker, and
get her living so."
At this awful speech Amy contained herself with difficulty, for the impression was
being given that she was rather a fast young lady, which was her especial aversion. But
what could she do? for the old lady was in the middle of her story, and long before it was
done Jo was off again, making more droll revelations, and committing still more fearful
blunders.
"Yes, Amy was in despair that day, for all the good beasts were gone, and of three left,
one was lame, one blind, and the other so balky that you had to put dirt in his mouth
before he would start. Nice animal for a pleasure party, wasn't it?"
"Which did she choose?" asked one of the laughing gentlemen, who enjoyed the
subject.
"None of them; she heard of a young horse at the farmhouse over the river, and, though
a lady had never ridden him, she resolved to try, because he was handsome and spirited.
Her struggles were really pathetic; there was no one to bring the horse to the saddle, so
she took the saddle to the horse. My dear creature, she actually rowed it over the river, put
it on her head, and marched up to the barn to the utter amazement of the old man!"

Page 346

"Did she ride the horse?"
"Of course she did, and had a capital time. I expected to see her brought home in
fragments, but she managed him perfectly, and was the life of the party."
"Well, I call that plucky!" and young Mr. Lamb turned an approving glance upon Amy,
wondering what his mother could be saying to make the girl look so red and
uncomfortable.
She was still redder and more uncomfortable a moment after, when a sudden turn in the
conversation introduced the subject of dress. One of the young ladies asked Jo where she
got the pretty drab hat she wore to the picnic; and stupid Jo, instead of mentioning the
place where it was bought two years ago, must needs answer, with unnecessary frankness,
"Oh, Amy painted it; you can't buy those soft shades, so we paint ours any color we like.
It's a great comfort to have an artistic sister."
"Isn't that an original idea?" cried Miss Lamb, who found Jo great fun.
"That's nothing compared to some of her brilliant performances. There's nothing the
child can't do. Why, she wanted a pair of blue boots for Sallie's party, so she just painted
her soiled white ones the loveliest shade of sky-blue you ever saw, and they looked
exactly like satin," added Jo, with an air of pride in her sister's accomplishments that
exasperated Amy till she felt that it would be a relief to throw her card-case at her.
"We read a story of yours the other day, and enjoyed it very much," observed the elder
Miss Lamb, wishing to compliment the literary lady, who did not look the character just
then, it must be confessed.
Any mention of her "works" always had a bad effect upon Jo, who either grew rigid and
looked offended, or changed the subject with a brusque remark, as now. "Sorry you could

Page 347

find nothing better to read. I write that rubbish because it sells, and ordinary people like it.
Are you going to New York this winter?"
As Miss Lamb had "enjoyed" the story, this speech was not exactly grateful or
complimentary. The minute it was made Jo saw her mistake; but, fearing to make the
matter worse, suddenly remembered that it was for her to make the first move toward
departure, and did so with an abruptness that left three people with half-finished sentences
in their mouths.
"Amy, we must go. Good-by, dear; do come and see us; we are pining for a visit. I don't
dare to ask you, Mr. Lamb; but if you should come, I don't think I shall have the heart to
send you away."
Jo said this with such a droll imitation of May Chester's gushing style that Amy got out
of the room as rapidly as possible, feeling a strong desire to laugh and cry at the same
time.
"Didn't I do that well?" asked Jo, with a satisfied air, as they walked away.
"Nothing could have been worse," was Amy's crushing reply. "What possessed you to
tell those stories about my saddle, and the hats and boots, and all the rest of it?"
"Why, it's funny, and amuses people. They know we are poor, so it's no use pretending
that we have grooms, buy three or four hats a season, and have things as easy and fine as
they do."
"You needn't go and tell them all our little shifts, and expose our poverty in that
perfectly unnecessary way. You haven't a bit of proper pride, and never will learn when to
hold your tongue and when to speak," said Amy despairingly.
Poor Jo looked abashed, and silently chafed the end of her nose with the stiff
handkerchief, as if performing a penance for her misdemeanors.
"How shall I behave here?" she asked, as they approached the third mansion.
"Just as you please; I wash my hands of you," was Amy's short answer.
"Then I'll enjoy myself. The boys are at home, and we'll have a comfortable time.
Goodness knows I need a little change, for elegance has a bad effect upon my
constitution," returned Jo gruffly, being disturbed by her failures to suit.
An enthusiastic welcome from three big boys and several pretty children speedily
soothed her ruffled feelings; and, leaving Amy to entertain the hostess and Mr. Tudor, who
happened to be calling likewise, Jo devoted herself to the young folks, and found the
change refreshing. She listened to college stories with deep interest, caressed pointers and
poodles without a murmur, agreed heartily that "Tom Brown was a brick," regardless of
the improper form of praise; and when one lad proposed a visit to his turtle-tank, she went
with an alacrity which caused mamma to smile upon her, as that motherly lady settled the
cap which was left in a ruinous condition by filial hugs, bear-like but affectionate, and
dearer to her than the most faultless coiffure from the hands of an inspired Frenchwoman.
Leaving her sister to her own devices, Amy proceeded to enjoy herself to her heart's
content. Mr. Tudor's uncle had married an English lady who was third cousin to a living
lord, and Amy regarded the whole family with great respect; for, in spite of her American

Page 348

birth and breeding, she possessed that reverence for titles which haunts the best of us,—
that unacknowledged loyalty to the early faith in kings which set the most democratic
nation under the sun in a ferment at the coming of a royal yellow-haired laddie, some
years ago, and which still has something to do with the love the young country bears the
old, like that of a big son for an imperious little mother, who held him while she could,
and let him go with a farewell scolding when he rebelled. But even the satisfaction of
talking with a distant connection of the British nobility did not render Amy forgetful of
time; and when the proper number of minutes had passed, she reluctantly tore herself
from this aristocratic society, and looked about for Jo, fervently hoping that her
incorrigible sister would not be found in any position which should bring disgrace upon
the name of March.

It might have been worse, but Amy considered it bad; for Jo sat on the grass, with an
encampment of boys about her, and a dirty-footed dog reposing on the skirt of her state
and festival dress, as she related one of Laurie's pranks to her admiring audience. One
small child was poking turtles with Amy's cherished parasol, a second was eating
gingerbread over Jo's best bonnet, and a third playing ball with her gloves. But all were
enjoying themselves; and when Jo collected her damaged property to go, her escort
accompanied her, begging her to come again, "it was such fun to hear about Laurie's
larks."
"Capital boys, aren't they? I feel quite young and brisk again after that," said Jo,
strolling along with her hands behind her, partly from habit, partly to conceal the
bespattered parasol.
"Why do you always avoid Mr. Tudor?" asked Amy, wisely refraining from any
comment upon Jo's dilapidated appearance.

Page 349

"Don't like him; he puts on airs, snubs his sisters, worries his father, and doesn't speak
respectfully of his mother. Laurie says he is fast, and I don't consider him a desirable
acquaintance; so I let him alone."
"You might treat him civilly, at least. You gave him a cool nod; and just now you
bowed and smiled in the politest way to Tommy Chamberlain, whose father keeps a
grocery store. If you had just reversed the nod and the bow, it would have been right," said
Amy reprovingly.
"No, it wouldn't," returned perverse Jo; "I neither like, respect, nor admire Tudor,
though his grandfather's uncle's nephew's niece was third cousin to a lord. Tommy is poor
and bashful and good and very clever; I think well of him, and like to show that I do, for
he is a gentleman in spite of the brown-paper parcels."
"It's no use trying to argue with you," began Amy.
"Not the least, my dear," interrupted Jo; "so let us look amiable, and drop a card here,
as the Kings are evidently out, for which I'm deeply grateful."
The family card-case having done its duty, the girls walked on, and Jo uttered another
thanksgiving on reaching the fifth house, and being told that the young ladies were
engaged.
"Now let us go home, and never mind Aunt March to-day. We can run down there any
time, and it's really a pity to trail through the dust in our best bibs and tuckers, when we
are tired and cross."
"Speak for yourself, if you please. Aunt likes to have us pay her the compliment of
coming in style, and making a formal call; it's a little thing to do, but it gives her pleasure,
and I don't believe it will hurt your things half so much as letting dirty dogs and clumping
boys spoil them. Stoop down, and let me take the crumbs off of your bonnet."
"What a good girl you are, Amy!" said Jo, with a repentant glance from her own
damaged costume to that of her sister, which was fresh and spotless still. "I wish it was as
easy for me to do little things to please people as it is for you. I think of them, but it takes
too much time to do them; so I wait for a chance to confer a great favor, and let the small
ones slip; but they tell best in the end, I fancy."
Amy smiled, and was mollified at once, saying with a maternal air,—
"Women should learn to be agreeable, particularly poor ones; for they have no other
way of repaying the kindnesses they receive. If you'd remember that, and practise it, you'd
be better liked than I am, because there is more of you."
"I'm a crotchety old thing, and always shall be, but I'm willing to own that you are
right; only it's easier for me to risk my life for a person than to be pleasant to him when I
don't feel like it. It's a great misfortune to have such strong likes and dislikes, isn't it?"
"It's a greater not to be able to hide them. I don't mind saying that I don't approve of
Tudor any more than you do; but I'm not called upon to tell him so; neither are you, and
there is no use in making yourself disagreeable because he is."
"But I think girls ought to show when they disapprove of young men; and how can they
do it except by their manners? Preaching does not do any good, as I know to my sorrow,

Page 350

since I've had Teddy to manage; but there are many little ways in which I can influence
him without a word, and I say we ought to do it to others if we can."
"Teddy is a remarkable boy, and can't be taken as a sample of other boys," said Amy, in
a tone of solemn conviction, which would have convulsed the "remarkable boy," if he had
heard it. "If we were belles, or women of wealth and position, we might do something,
perhaps; but for us to frown at one set of young gentlemen because we don't approve of
them, and smile upon another set because we do, wouldn't have a particle of effect, and
we should only be considered odd and puritanical."
"So we are to countenance things and people which we detest, merely because we are
not belles and millionaires, are we? That's a nice sort of morality."
"I can't argue about it, I only know that it's the way of the world; and people who set
themselves against it only get laughed at for their pains. I don't like reformers, and I hope
you will never try to be one."
"I do like them, and I shall be one if I can; for in spite of the laughing, the world would
never get on without them. We can't agree about that, for you belong to the old set, and I
to the new: you will get on the best, but I shall have the liveliest time of it. I should rather
enjoy the brickbats and hooting, I think."
"Well, compose yourself now, and don't worry aunt with your new ideas."
"I'll try not to, but I'm always possessed to burst out with some particularly blunt
speech or revolutionary sentiment before her; it's my doom, and I can't help it."
They found Aunt Carrol with the old lady, both absorbed in some very interesting
subject; but they dropped it as the girls came in, with a conscious look which betrayed
that they had been talking about their nieces. Jo was not in a good humor, and the perverse
fit returned; but Amy, who had virtuously done her duty, kept her temper, and pleased
everybody, was in a most angelic frame of mind. This amiable spirit was felt at once, and
both the aunts "my deared" her affectionately, looking what they afterwards said
emphatically,—"That child improves every day."
"Are you going to help about the fair, dear?" asked Mrs. Carrol, as Amy sat down
beside her with the confiding air elderly people like so well in the young.
"Yes, aunt. Mrs. Chester asked me if I would, and I offered to tend a table, as I have
nothing but my time to give."
"I'm not," put in Jo decidedly. "I hate to be patronized, and the Chesters think it's a great
favor to allow us to help with their highly connected fair. I wonder you consented, Amy:
they only want you to work."
"I am willing to work: it's for the freedmen as well as the Chesters, and I think it very
kind of them to let me share the labor and the fun. Patronage does not trouble me when it
is well meant."
"Quite right and proper. I like your grateful spirit, my dear; it's a pleasure to help people
who appreciate our efforts: some do not, and that is trying," observed Aunt March,
looking over her spectacles at Jo, who sat apart, rocking herself, with a somewhat morose
expression.

Page 351

If Jo had only known what a great happiness was wavering in the balance for one of
them, she would have turned dovelike in a minute; but, unfortunately, we don't have
windows in our breasts, and cannot see what goes on in the minds of our friends; better
for us that we cannot as a general thing, but now and then it would be such a comfort,
such a saving of time and temper. By her next speech, Jo deprived herself of several years
of pleasure, and received a timely lesson in the art of holding her tongue.
"I don't like favors; they oppress and make me feel like a slave. I'd rather do everything
for myself, and be perfectly independent."
"Ahem!" coughed Aunt Carrol softly, with a look at Aunt March.
"I told you so," said Aunt March, with a decided nod to Aunt Carrol.
Mercifully unconscious of what she had done, Jo sat with her nose in the air, and a
revolutionary aspect which was anything but inviting.
"Do you speak French, dear?" asked Mrs. Carrol, laying her hand on Amy's.
"Pretty well, thanks to Aunt March, who lets Esther talk to me as often as I like,"
replied Amy, with a grateful look, which caused the old lady to smile affably.
"How are you about languages?" asked Mrs. Carrol of Jo.
"Don't know a word; I'm very stupid about studying anything; can't bear French, it's
such a slippery, silly sort of language," was the brusque reply.
Another look passed between the ladies, and Aunt March said to Amy, "You are quite
strong and well, now, dear, I believe? Eyes don't trouble you any more, do they?"
"Not at all, thank you, ma'am. I'm very well, and mean to do great things next winter, so
that I may be ready for Rome, whenever that joyful time arrives."

Page 352

"Good girl! You deserve to go, and I'm sure you will some day," said Aunt March, with
an approving pat on the head, as Amy picked up her ball for her.
"Cross-patch, draw the latch,
Sit by the fire and spin,"
squalled Polly, bending down from his perch on the back of her chair to peep into Jo's
face, with such a comical air of impertinent inquiry that it was impossible to help
laughing.
"Most observing bird," said the old lady.
"Come and take a walk, my dear?" cried Polly, hopping toward the china-closet, with a
look suggestive of lump-sugar.
"Thank you, I will. Come, Amy;" and Jo brought the visit to an end, feeling more
strongly than ever that calls did have a bad effect upon her constitution. She shook hands
in a gentlemanly manner, but Amy kissed both the aunts, and the girls departed, leaving
behind them the impression of shadow and sunshine; which impression caused Aunt
March to say, as they vanished,—
"You'd better do it, Mary; I'll supply the money," and Aunt Carrol to reply decidedly, "I
certainly will, if her father and mother consent."

Page 353

XXX.
CONSEQUENCES.
Mrs. Chester's fair was so very elegant and select that it was considered a great honor
by the young ladies of the neighborhood to be invited to take a table, and every one was
much interested in the matter. Amy was asked, but Jo was not, which was fortunate for all
parties, as her elbows were decidedly akimbo at this period of her life, and it took a good
many hard knocks to teach her how to get on easily. The "haughty, uninteresting creature"
was let severely alone; but Amy's talent and taste were duly complimented by the offer of
the art-table, and she exerted herself to prepare and secure appropriate and valuable
contributions to it.
Everything went on smoothly till the day before the fair opened; then there occurred
one of the little skirmishes which it is almost impossible to avoid, when some five and
twenty women, old and young, with all their private piques and prejudices, try to work
together.
May Chester was rather jealous of Amy because the latter was a greater favorite than
herself, and, just at this time, several trifling circumstances occurred to increase the
feeling. Amy's dainty pen-and-ink work entirely eclipsed May's painted vases,—that was

Page 354

one thorn; then the all-conquering Tudor had danced four times with Amy, at a late party,
and only once with May,—that was thorn number two; but the chief grievance that
rankled in her soul, and gave her an excuse for her unfriendly conduct, was a rumor which
some obliging gossip had whispered to her, that the March girls had made fun of her at the
Lambs'. All the blame of this should have fallen upon Jo, for her naughty imitation had
been too lifelike to escape detection, and the frolicsome Lambs had permitted the joke to
escape. No hint of this had reached the culprits, however, and Amy's dismay can be
imagined, when, the very evening before the fair, as she was putting the last touches to her
pretty table, Mrs. Chester, who, of course, resented the supposed ridicule of her daughter,
said, in a bland tone, but with a cold look,—
"I find, dear, that there is some feeling among the young ladies about my giving this
table to any one but my girls. As this is the most prominent, and some say the most
attractive table of all, and they are the chief getters-up of the fair, it is thought best for
them to take this place. I'm sorry, but I know you are too sincerely interested in the cause
to mind a little personal disappointment, and you shall have another table if you like."
Mrs. Chester had fancied beforehand that it would be easy to deliver this little speech;
but when the time came, she found it rather difficult to utter it naturally, with Amy's
unsuspicious eyes looking straight at her, full of surprise and trouble.
Amy felt that there was something behind this, but could not guess what, and said
quietly, feeling hurt, and showing that she did,—
"Perhaps you had rather I took no table at all?"
"Now, my dear, don't have any ill feeling, I beg; it's merely a matter of expediency, you
see; my girls will naturally take the lead, and this table is considered their proper place. I
think it very appropriate to you, and feel very grateful for your efforts to make it so pretty;
but we must give up our private wishes, of course, and I will see that you have a good
place elsewhere. Wouldn't you like the flower-table? The little girls undertook it, but they
are discouraged. You could make a charming thing of it, and the flower-table is always
attractive, you know."
"Especially to gentlemen," added May, with a look which enlightened Amy as to one
cause of her sudden fall from favor. She colored angrily, but took no other notice of that
girlish sarcasm, and answered, with unexpected amiability,—
"It shall be as you please, Mrs. Chester. I'll give up my place here at once, and attend to
the flowers, if you like."
"You can put your own things on your own table, if you prefer," began May, feeling a
little conscience-stricken, as she looked at the pretty racks, the painted shells, and quaint
illuminations Amy had so carefully made and so gracefully arranged. She meant it kindly,
but Amy mistook her meaning, and said quickly,—
"Oh, certainly, if they are in your way;" and sweeping her contributions into her apron,
pell-mell, she walked off, feeling that herself and her works of art had been insulted past
forgiveness.
"Now she's mad. Oh, dear, I wish I hadn't asked you to speak, mamma," said May,
looking disconsolately at the empty spaces on her table.

Page 355

"Girls' quarrels are soon over," returned her mother, feeling a trifle ashamed of her own
part in this one, as well she might.
The little girls hailed Amy and her treasures with delight, which cordial reception
somewhat soothed her perturbed spirit, and she fell to work, determined to succeed
florally, if she could not artistically. But everything seemed against her: it was late, and
she was tired; every one was too busy with their own affairs to help her; and the little girls
were only hindrances, for the dears fussed and chattered like so many magpies, making a
great deal of confusion in their artless efforts to preserve the most perfect order. The
evergreen arch wouldn't stay firm after she got it up, but wiggled and threatened to tumble
down on her head when the hanging baskets were filled; her best tile got a splash of water,
which left a sepia tear on the Cupid's cheek; she bruised her hands with hammering, and
got cold working in a draught, which last affliction filled her with apprehensions for the
morrow. Any girl-reader who has suffered like afflictions will sympathize with poor Amy,
and wish her well through with her task.
There was great indignation at home when she told her story that evening. Her mother
said it was a shame, but told her she had done right; Beth declared she wouldn't go to the
fair at all; and Jo demanded why she didn't take all her pretty things and leave those mean
people to get on without her.
"Because they are mean is no reason why I should be. I hate such things, and though I
think I've a right to be hurt, I don't intend to show it. They will feel that more than angry
speeches or huffy actions, won't they, Marmee?"
"That's the right spirit, my dear; a kiss for a blow is always best, though it's not very
easy to give it sometimes," said her mother, with the air of one who had learned the
difference between preaching and practising.
In spite of various very natural temptations to resent and retaliate, Amy adhered to her
resolution all the next day, bent on conquering her enemy by kindness. She began well,
thanks to a silent reminder that came to her unexpectedly, but most opportunely. As she
arranged her table that morning, while the little girls were in an ante-room filling the
baskets, she took up her pet production,—a little book, the antique cover of which her
father had found among his treasures, and in which, on leaves of vellum, she had
beautifully illuminated different texts. As she turned the pages, rich in dainty devices,
with very pardonable pride, her eye fell upon one verse that made her stop and think.
Framed in a brilliant scroll-work of scarlet, blue, and gold, with little spirits of good-will
helping one another up and down among the thorns and flowers, were the words, "Thou
shalt love thy neighbor as thyself."
"I ought, but I don't," thought Amy, as her eye went from the bright page to May's
discontented face behind the big vases, that could not hide the vacancies her pretty work
had once filled. Amy stood a minute, turning the leaves in her hand, reading on each some
sweet rebuke for all heart-burnings and uncharitableness of spirit. Many wise and true
sermons are preached us every day by unconscious ministers in street, school, office, or
home; even a fair-table may become a pulpit, if it can offer the good and helpful words
which are never out of season. Amy's conscience preached her a little sermon from that

Page 356

text, then and there; and she did what many of us do not always do,—took the sermon to
heart, and straightway put it in practice.
A group of girls were standing about May's table, admiring the pretty things, and
talking over the change of saleswomen. They dropped their voices, but Amy knew they
were speaking of her, hearing one side of the story, and judging accordingly. It was not
pleasant, but a better spirit had come over her, and presently a chance offered for proving
it. She heard May say sorrowfully,—
"It's too bad, for there is no time to make other things, and I don't want to fill up with
odds and ends. The table was just complete then: now it's spoilt."
"I dare say she'd put them back if you asked her," suggested some one.
"How could I after all the fuss?" began May, but she did not finish, for Amy's voice
came across the hall, saying pleasantly,—
"You may have them, and welcome, without asking, if you want them. I was just
thinking I'd offer to put them back, for they belong to your table rather than mine. Here
they are; please take them, and forgive me if I was hasty in carrying them away last
night."
As she spoke, Amy returned her contribution, with a nod and a smile, and hurried away
again, feeling that it was easier to do a friendly thing than it was to stay and be thanked
for it.
"Now, I call that lovely of her, don't you?" cried one girl.
May's answer was inaudible; but another young lady, whose temper was evidently a
little soured by making lemonade, added, with a disagreeable laugh, "Very lovely; for she
knew she wouldn't sell them at her own table."
Now, that was hard; when we make little sacrifices we like to have them appreciated, at
least; and for a minute Amy was sorry she had done it, feeling that virtue was not always
its own reward. But it is,—as she presently discovered; for her spirits began to rise, and
her table to blossom under her skilful hands; the girls were very kind, and that one little
act seemed to have cleared the atmosphere amazingly.
It was a very long day, and a hard one to Amy, as she sat behind her table, often quite
alone, for the little girls deserted very soon: few cared to buy flowers in summer, and her
bouquets began to droop long before night.
The art-table was the most attractive in the room; there was a crowd about it all day
long, and the tenders were constantly flying to and fro with important faces and rattling
money-boxes. Amy often looked wistfully across, longing to be there, where she felt at
home and happy, instead of in a corner with nothing to do. It might seem no hardship to
some of us; but to a pretty, blithe young girl, it was not only tedious, but very trying; and
the thought of being found there in the evening by her family, and Laurie and his friends,
made it a real martyrdom.
She did not go home till night, and then she looked so pale and quiet that they knew the
day had been a hard one, though she made no complaint, and did not even tell what she
had done. Her mother gave her an extra cordial cup of tea, Beth helped her dress, and

Page 357

made a charming little wreath for her hair, while Jo astonished her family by getting
herself up with unusual care, and hinting darkly that the tables were about to be turned.
"Don't do anything rude, pray, Jo. I won't have any fuss made, so let it all pass, and
behave yourself," begged Amy, as she departed early, hoping to find a reinforcement of
flowers to refresh her poor little table.
"I merely intend to make myself entrancingly agreeable to every one I know, and to
keep them in your corner as long as possible. Teddy and his boys will lend a hand, and
we'll have a good time yet," returned Jo, leaning over the gate to watch for Laurie.
Presently the familiar tramp was heard in the dusk, and she ran out to meet him.
"Is that my boy?"
"As sure as this is my girl!" and Laurie tucked her hand under his arm, with the air of a
man whose every wish was gratified.
"O Teddy, such doings!" and Jo told Amy's wrongs with sisterly zeal.
"A flock of our fellows are going to drive over by and by, and I'll be hanged if I don't
make them buy every flower she's got, and camp down before her table afterward," said
Laurie, espousing her cause with warmth.
"The flowers are not at all nice, Amy says, and the fresh ones may not arrive in time. I
don't wish to be unjust or suspicious, but I shouldn't wonder if they never came at all.
When people do one mean thing they are very likely to do another," observed Jo, in a
disgusted tone.
"Didn't Hayes give you the best out of our gardens? I told him to."
"I didn't know that; he forgot, I suppose; and, as your grandpa was poorly, I didn't like
to worry him by asking, though I did want some."
"Now, Jo, how could you think there was any need of asking! They are just as much
yours as mine. Don't we always go halves in everything?" began Laurie, in the tone that
always made Jo turn thorny.
"Gracious, I hope not! half of some of your things wouldn't suit me at all. But we
mustn't stand philandering here; I've got to help Amy, so you go and make yourself
splendid; and if you'll be so very kind as to let Hayes take a few nice flowers up to the
Hall, I'll bless you forever."
"Couldn't you do it now?" asked Laurie, so suggestively that Jo shut the gate in his face
with inhospitable haste, and called through the bars, "Go away, Teddy; I'm busy."
Thanks to the conspirators, the tables were turned that night; for Hayes sent up a
wilderness of flowers, with a lovely basket, arranged in his best manner, for a centre-
piece; then the March family turned out en masse, and Jo exerted herself to some purpose,
for people not only came, but stayed, laughing at her nonsense, admiring Amy's taste, and
apparently enjoying themselves very much. Laurie and his friends gallantly threw
themselves into the breach, bought up the bouquets, encamped before the table, and made
that corner the liveliest spot in the room. Amy was in her element now, and, out of
gratitude, if nothing more, was as sprightly and gracious as possible,—coming to the
conclusion, about that time, that virtue was its own reward, after all.

Page 358

Jo behaved herself with exemplary propriety; and when Amy was happily surrounded
by her guard of honor, Jo circulated about the hall, picking up various bits of gossip,
which enlightened her upon the subject of the Chester change of base. She reproached
herself for her share of the ill-feeling, and resolved to exonerate Amy as soon as possible;
she also discovered what Amy had done about the things in the morning, and considered
her a model of magnanimity. As she passed the art-table, she glanced over it for her
sister's things, but saw no signs of them. "Tucked away out of sight, I dare say," thought
Jo, who could forgive her own wrongs, but hotly resented any insult offered to her family.
"Good evening, Miss Jo. How does Amy get on?" asked May, with a conciliatory air,
for she wanted to show that she also could be generous.
"She has sold everything she had that was worth selling, and now she is enjoying
herself. The flower-table is always attractive, you know, 'especially to gentlemen.'"
Jo couldn't resist giving that little slap, but May took it so meekly she regretted it a
minute after, and fell to praising the great vases, which still remained unsold.
"Is Amy's illumination anywhere about? I took a fancy to buy that for father," said Jo,
very anxious to learn the fate of her sister's work.
"Everything of Amy's sold long ago; I took care that the right people saw them, and
they made a nice little sum of money for us," returned May, who had overcome sundry
small temptations, as well as Amy, that day.
Much gratified, Jo rushed back to tell the good news; and Amy looked both touched
and surprised by the report of May's words and manner.
"Now, gentlemen, I want you to go and do your duty by the other tables as generously
as you have by mine—especially the art-table," she said, ordering out "Teddy's Own," as
the girls called the college friends.

Page 359

"'Charge, Chester, charge!' is the motto for that table; but do your duty like men, and
you'll get your money's worth of art in every sense of the word," said the irrepressible Jo,
as the devoted phalanx prepared to take the field.
"To hear is to obey, but March is fairer far than May," said little Parker, making a
frantic effort to be both witty and tender, and getting promptly quenched by Laurie, who
said, "Very well, my son, for a small boy!" and walked him off, with a paternal pat on the
head.
"Buy the vases," whispered Amy to Laurie, as a final heaping of coals of fire on her
enemy's head.
To May's great delight, Mr. Laurence not only bought the vases, but pervaded the hall
with one under each arm. The other gentlemen speculated with equal rashness in all sorts
of frail trifles, and wandered helplessly about afterward, burdened with wax flowers,
painted fans, filigree portfolios, and other useful and appropriate purchases.
Aunt Carrol was there, heard the story, looked pleased, and said something to Mrs.
March in a corner, which made the latter lady beam with satisfaction, and watch Amy
with a face full of mingled pride and anxiety, though she did not betray the cause of her
pleasure till several days later.
The fair was pronounced a success; and when May bade Amy good night, she did not
"gush" as usual, but gave her an affectionate kiss, and a look which said, "Forgive and
forget." That satisfied Amy; and when she got home she found the vases paraded on the
parlor chimney-piece, with a great bouquet in each. "The reward of merit for a
magnanimous March," as Laurie announced with a flourish.
"You've a deal more principle and generosity and nobleness of character than I ever
gave you credit for, Amy. You've behaved sweetly, and I respect you with all my heart,"
said Jo warmly, as they brushed their hair together late that night.
"Yes, we all do, and love her for being so ready to forgive. It must have been dreadfully
hard, after working so long, and setting your heart on selling your own pretty things. I
don't believe I could have done it as kindly as you did," added Beth from her pillow.
"Why, girls, you needn't praise me so; I only did as I'd be done by. You laugh at me
when I say I want to be a lady, but I mean a true gentlewoman in mind and manners, and I
try to do it as far as I know how. I can't explain exactly, but I want to be above the little
meannesses and follies and faults that spoil so many women. I'm far from it now, but I do
my best, and hope in time to be what mother is."
Amy spoke earnestly, and Jo said, with a cordial hug,—
"I understand now what you mean, and I'll never laugh at you again. You are getting on
faster than you think, and I'll take lessons of you in true politeness, for you've learned the
secret, I believe. Try away, deary; you'll get your reward some day, and no one will be
more delighted than I shall."
A week later Amy did get her reward, and poor Jo found it hard to be delighted. A letter
came from Aunt Carrol, and Mrs. March's face was illuminated to such a degree, when
she read it, that Jo and Beth, who were with her, demanded what the glad tidings were.

Page 360

"Aunt Carrol is going abroad next month, and wants—"
"Me to go with her!" burst in Jo, flying out of her chair in an uncontrollable rapture.
"No, dear, not you; it's Amy."
"O mother! she's too young; it's my turn first. I've wanted it so long—it would do me so
much good, and be so altogether splendid—I must go."
"I'm afraid it's impossible, Jo. Aunt says Amy, decidedly, and it is not for us to dictate
when she offers such a favor."
"It's always so. Amy has all the fun and I have all the work. It isn't fair, oh, it isn't fair!"
cried Jo passionately.
"I'm afraid it is partly your own fault, dear. When Aunt spoke to me the other day, she
regretted your blunt manners and too independent spirit; and here she writes, as if quoting
something you had said,—'I planned at first to ask Jo; but as "favors burden her," and she
"hates French," I think I won't venture to invite her. Amy is more docile, will make a good
companion for Flo, and receive gratefully any help the trip may give her.'"
"Oh, my tongue, my abominable tongue! why can't I learn to keep it quiet?" groaned Jo,
remembering words which had been her undoing. When she had heard the explanation of
the quoted phrases, Mrs. March said sorrowfully,—
"I wish you could have gone, but there is no hope of it this time; so try to bear it
cheerfully, and don't sadden Amy's pleasure by reproaches or regrets."
"I'll try," said Jo, winking hard, as she knelt down to pick up the basket she had joyfully
upset. "I'll take a leaf out of her book, and try not only to seem glad, but to be so, and not
grudge her one minute of happiness; but it won't be easy, for it is a dreadful
disappointment;" and poor Jo bedewed the little fat pincushion she held with several very
bitter tears.
"Jo, dear, I'm very selfish, but I couldn't spare you, and I'm glad you are not going quite
yet," whispered Beth, embracing her, basket and all, with such a clinging touch and loving
face, that Jo felt comforted in spite of the sharp regret that made her want to box her own
ears, and humbly beg Aunt Carrol to burden her with this favor, and see how gratefully
she would bear it.
By the time Amy came in, Jo was able to take her part in the family jubilation; not quite
as heartily as usual, perhaps, but without repinings at Amy's good fortune. The young lady
herself received the news as tidings of great joy, went about in a solemn sort of rapture,
and began to sort her colors and pack her pencils that evening, leaving such trifles as
clothes, money, and passports to those less absorbed in visions of art than herself.
"It isn't a mere pleasure trip to me, girls," she said impressively, as she scraped her best
palette. "It will decide my career; for if I have any genius, I shall find it out in Rome, and
will do something to prove it."
"Suppose you haven't?" said Jo, sewing away, with red eyes, at the new collars which
were to be handed over to Amy.
"Then I shall come home and teach drawing for my living," replied the aspirant for
fame, with philosophic composure; but she made a wry face at the prospect, and scratched

Page 361

away at her palette as if bent on vigorous measures before she gave up her hopes.
"No, you won't; you hate hard work, and you'll marry some rich man, and come home
to sit in the lap of luxury all your days," said Jo.
"Your predictions sometimes come to pass, but I don't believe that one will. I'm sure I
wish it would, for if I can't be an artist myself, I should like to be able to help those who
are," said Amy, smiling, as if the part of Lady Bountiful would suit her better than that of
a poor drawing-teacher.
"Hum!" said Jo, with a sigh; "if you wish it you'll have it, for your wishes are always
granted—mine never."
"Would you like to go?" asked Amy, thoughtfully patting her nose with her knife.
"Rather!"
"Well, in a year or two I'll send for you, and we'll dig in the Forum for relics, and carry
out all the plans we've made so many times."
"Thank you; I'll remind you of your promise when that joyful day comes, if it ever
does," returned Jo, accepting the vague but magnificent offer as gratefully as she could.
There was not much time for preparation, and the house was in a ferment till Amy was
off. Jo bore up very well till the last flutter of blue ribbon vanished, when she retired to
her refuge, the garret, and cried till she couldn't cry any more. Amy likewise bore up
stoutly till the steamer sailed; then, just as the gangway was about to be withdrawn, it
suddenly came over her that a whole ocean was soon to roll between her and those who
loved her best, and she clung to Laurie, the last lingerer, saying with a sob,—
"Oh, take care of them for me; and if anything should happen—"
"I will, dear, I will; and if anything happens, I'll come and comfort you," whispered
Laurie, little dreaming that he would be called upon to keep his word.
So Amy sailed away to find the old world, which is always new and beautiful to young
eyes, while her father and friend watched her from the shore, fervently hoping that none
but gentle fortunes would befall the happy-hearted girl, who waved her hand to them till
they could see nothing but the summer sunshine dazzling on the sea.

Page 362

Page 363

XXXI.
OUR FOREIGN CORRESPONDENT.
"London.
"Dearest People,—
"Here I really sit at a front window of the Bath Hotel, Piccadilly. It's not a
fashionable place, but uncle stopped here years ago, and won't go anywhere else;
however, we don't mean to stay long, so it's no great matter. Oh, I can't begin to
tell you how I enjoy it all! I never can, so I'll only give you bits out of my note-
book, for I've done nothing but sketch and scribble since I started.
"I sent a line from Halifax, when I felt pretty miserable, but after that I got on
delightfully, seldom ill, on deck all day, with plenty of pleasant people to amuse
me. Every one was very kind to me, especially the officers. Don't laugh, Jo;
gentlemen really are very necessary aboard ship, to hold on to, or to wait upon
one; and as they have nothing to do, it's a mercy to make them useful, otherwise
they would smoke themselves to death, I'm afraid.

Page 364

"Every one was very kind, especially the officers."—Page 378.

"Aunt and Flo were poorly all the way, and liked to be let alone, so when I had
done what I could for them, I went and enjoyed myself. Such walks on deck,
such sunsets, such splendid air and waves! It was almost as exciting as riding a
fast horse, when we went rushing on so grandly. I wish Beth could have come, it
would have done her so much good; as for Jo, she would have gone up and sat on
the main-top jib, or whatever the high thing is called, made friends with the
engineers, and tooted on the captain's speaking-trumpet, she'd have been in such
a state of rapture.
"It was all heavenly, but I was glad to see the Irish coast, and found it very
lovely, so green and sunny, with brown cabins here and there, ruins on some of
the hills, and gentlemen's country-seats in the valleys, with deer feeding in the
parks. It was early in the morning, but I didn't regret getting up to see it, for the
bay was full of little boats, the shore so picturesque, and a rosy sky overhead. I
never shall forget it.
"At Queenstown one of my new acquaintances left us,—Mr. Lennox,—and
when I said something about the Lakes of Killarney, he sighed and sung, with a
look at me,—
'Oh, have you e'er heard of Kate Kearney?
She lives on the banks of Killarney;
From the glance of her eye,
Shun danger and fly,
For fatal's the glance of Kate Kearney.'
Wasn't that nonsensical?

Page 365

"We only stopped at Liverpool a few hours. It's a dirty, noisy place, and I was
glad to leave it. Uncle rushed out and bought a pair of dog-skin gloves, some
ugly, thick shoes, and an umbrella, and got shaved à la mutton-chop, the first
thing. Then he flattered himself that he looked like a true Briton; but the first
time he had the mud cleaned off his shoes, the little bootblack knew that an
American stood in them, and said, with a grin, 'There yer har, sir. I've give 'em
the latest Yankee shine.' It amused uncle immensely. Oh, I must tell you what that
absurd Lennox did! He got his friend Ward, who came on with us, to order a
bouquet for me, and the first thing I saw in my room was a lovely one, with
'Robert Lennox's compliments,' on the card. Wasn't that fun, girls? I like
travelling.
"I never shall get to London if I don't hurry. The trip was like riding through a
long picture-gallery, full of lovely landscapes. The farmhouses were my delight;
with thatched roofs, ivy up to the eaves, latticed windows, and stout women with
rosy children at the doors. The very cattle looked more tranquil than ours, as they
stood knee-deep in clover, and the hens had a contented cluck, as if they never
got nervous, like Yankee biddies. Such perfect color I never saw,—the grass so
green, sky so blue, grain so yellow, woods so dark,—I was in a rapture all the
way. So was Flo; and we kept bouncing from one side to the other, trying to see
everything while we were whisking along at the rate of sixty miles an hour. Aunt
was tired and went to sleep, but uncle read his guide-book, and wouldn't be
astonished at anything. This is the way we went on: Amy, flying up,—'Oh, that
must be Kenilworth, that gray place among the trees!' Flo, darting to my window,
—'How sweet! We must go there some time, won't we, papa?' Uncle, calmly
admiring his boots,—'No, my dear, not unless you want beer; that's a brewery.'
"A pause,—then Flo cried out, 'Bless me, there's a gallows and a man going
up.' 'Where, where?' shrieks Amy, staring out at two tall posts with a cross-beam
and some dangling chains. 'A colliery,' remarks uncle, with a twinkle of the eye.
'Here's a lovely flock of lambs all lying down,' says Amy. 'See, papa, aren't they
pretty!' added Flo sentimentally. 'Geese, young ladies,' returns uncle, in a tone
that keeps us quiet till Flo settles down to enjoy 'The Flirtations of Capt.
Cavendish,' and I have the scenery all to myself.
"Of course it rained when we got to London, and there was nothing to be seen
but fog and umbrellas. We rested, unpacked, and shopped a little between the
showers. Aunt Mary got me some new things, for I came off in such a hurry I
wasn't half ready. A white hat and blue feather, a muslin dress to match, and the
loveliest mantle you ever saw. Shopping in Regent Street is perfectly splendid;
things seem so cheap—nice ribbons only sixpence a yard. I laid in a stock, but
shall get my gloves in Paris. Doesn't that sound sort of elegant and rich?
"Flo and I, for the fun of it, ordered a hansom cab, while aunt and uncle were
out, and went for a drive, though we learned afterward that it wasn't the thing for
young ladies to ride in them alone. It was so droll! for when we were shut in by
the wooden apron, the man drove so fast that Flo was frightened, and told me to

Page 366

stop him. But he was up outside behind somewhere, and I couldn't get at him. He
didn't hear me call, nor see me flap my parasol in front, and there we were, quite
helpless, rattling away, and whirling around corners at a break-neck pace. At last,
in my despair, I saw a little door in the roof, and on poking it open, a red eye
appeared, and a beery voice said,—
"'Now then, mum?'
"I gave my order as soberly as I could, and slamming down the door, with an
'Aye, aye, mum,' the man made his horse walk, as if going to a funeral. I poked
again, and said, 'A little faster;' then off he went, helter-skelter, as before, and we
resigned ourselves to our fate.
"To-day was fair and we went to Hyde Park, close by, for we are more
aristocratic than we look. The Duke of Devonshire lives near. I often see his
footmen lounging at the back gate; and the Duke of Wellington's house is not far
off. Such sights as I saw, my dear! It was as good as Punch, for there were fat
dowagers rolling about in their red and yellow coaches, with gorgeous Jeameses
in silk stockings and velvet coats, up behind, and powdered coachmen in front.
Smart maids, with the rosiest children I ever saw; handsome girls, looking half
asleep; dandies, in queer English hats and lavender kids, lounging about, and tall
soldiers, in short red jackets and muffin caps stuck on one side, looking so funny
I longed to sketch them.
"Rotten Row means 'Route de Roi,' or the king's way; but now it's more like a
riding-school than anything else. The horses are splendid, and the men,
especially the grooms, ride well; but the women are stiff, and bounce, which isn't
according to our rules. I longed to show them a tearing American gallop, for they
trotted solemnly up and down, in their scant habits and high hats, looking like the
women in a toy Noah's Ark. Every one rides,—old men, stout ladies, little
children,—and the young folks do a deal of flirting here; I saw a pair exchange
rosebuds, for it's the thing to wear one in the button-hole, and I thought it rather a
nice little idea.
"In the p.m. to Westminster Abbey; but don't expect me to describe it, that's
impossible—so I'll only say it was sublime! This evening we are going to see
Fechter, which will be an appropriate end to the happiest day of my life.

"Midnight.
"It's very late, but I can't let my letter go in the morning without telling you
what happened last evening. Who do you think came in, as we were at tea?
Laurie's English friends, Fred and Frank Vaughn! I was so surprised, for I
shouldn't have known them but for the cards. Both are tall fellows, with
whiskers; Fred handsome in the English style, and Frank much better, for he only
limps slightly, and uses no crutches. They had heard from Laurie where we were
to be, and came to ask us to their house; but uncle won't go, so we shall return
the call, and see them as we can. They went to the theatre with us, and we did
have such a good time, for Frank devoted himself to Flo, and Fred and I talked

Page 367

over past, present, and future fun as if we had known each other all our days. Tell
Beth Frank asked for her, and was sorry to hear of her ill health. Fred laughed
when I spoke of Jo, and sent his 'respectful compliments to the big hat.' Neither
of them had forgotten Camp Laurence, or the fun we had there. What ages ago it
seems, doesn't it?
"Aunt is tapping on the wall for the third time, so I must stop. I really feel like
a dissipated London fine lady, writing here so late, with my room full of pretty
things, and my head a jumble of parks, theatres, new gowns, and gallant
creatures who say 'Ah!' and twirl their blond mustaches with the true English
lordliness. I long to see you all, and in spite of my nonsense am, as ever, your
loving
Amy."

"Paris"
"Dear Girls,—
"In my last I told you about our London visit,—how kind the Vaughns were,
and what pleasant parties they made for us. I enjoyed the trips to Hampton Court
and the Kensington Museum more than anything else,—for at Hampton I saw
Raphael's cartoons, and, at the Museum, rooms full of pictures by Turner,
Lawrence, Reynolds, Hogarth, and the other great creatures. The day in
Richmond Park was charming, for we had a regular English picnic, and I had
more splendid oaks and groups of deer than I could copy; also heard a
nightingale, and saw larks go up. We 'did' London to our hearts' content, thanks
to Fred and Frank, and were sorry to go away; for, though English people are
slow to take you in, when they once make up their minds to do it they cannot be
outdone in hospitality, I think. The Vaughns hope to meet us in Rome next
winter, and I shall be dreadfully disappointed if they don't, for Grace and I are
great friends, and the boys very nice fellows,—especially Fred.
"Well, we were hardly settled here, when he turned up again, saying he had
come for a holiday, and was going to Switzerland. Aunt looked sober at first, but
he was so cool about it she couldn't say a word; and now we get on nicely, and
are very glad he came, for he speaks French like a native, and I don't know what
we should do without him. Uncle doesn't know ten words, and insists on talking
English very loud, as if that would make people understand him. Aunt's
pronunciation is old-fashioned, and Flo and I, though we flattered ourselves that
we knew a good deal, find we don't, and are very grateful to have Fred do the
'parley vooing,' as uncle calls it.
"Such delightful times as we are having! sight-seeing from morning till night,
stopping for nice lunches in the gay cafés, and meeting with all sorts of droll
adventures. Rainy days I spend in the Louvre, revelling in pictures. Jo would turn
up her naughty nose at some of the finest, because she has no soul for art; but I
have, and I'm cultivating eye and taste as fast as I can. She would like the relics

Page 368

of great people better, for I've seen her Napoleon's cocked hat and gray coat, his
baby's cradle and his old toothbrush; also Marie Antoinette's little shoe, the ring
of Saint Denis, Charlemagne's sword, and many other interesting things. I'll talk
for hours about them when I come, but haven't time to write.
"The Palais Royale is a heavenly place,—so full of bijouterie and lovely
things that I'm nearly distracted because I can't buy them. Fred wanted to get me
some, but of course I didn't allow it. Then the Bois and the Champs Elysées are
très magnifique. I've seen the imperial family several times,—the emperor an
ugly, hard-looking man, the empress pale and pretty, but dressed in bad taste, I
thought,—purple dress, green hat, and yellow gloves. Little Nap. is a handsome
boy, who sits chatting to his tutor, and kisses his hand to the people as he passes
in his four-horse barouche, with postilions in red satin jackets, and a mounted
guard before and behind.

"We often walk in the Tuileries Gardens, for they are lovely, though the
antique Luxembourg Gardens suit me better. Père la Chaise is very curious, for
many of the tombs are like small rooms, and, looking in, one sees a table, with
images or pictures of the dead, and chairs for the mourners to sit in when they
come to lament. That is so Frenchy.
"Our rooms are on the Rue de Rivoli, and, sitting in the balcony, we look up
and down the long, brilliant street. It is so pleasant that we spend our evenings
talking there, when too tired with our day's work to go out. Fred is very
entertaining, and is altogether the most agreeable young man I ever knew,—
except Laurie, whose manners are more charming. I wish Fred was dark, for I
don't fancy light men; however, the Vaughns are very rich, and come of an

Page 369

excellent family, so I won't find fault with their yellow hair, as my own is
yellower.
"Next week we are off to Germany and Switzerland; and, as we shall travel
fast, I shall only be able to give you hasty letters. I keep my diary, and try to
'remember correctly and describe clearly all that I see and admire,' as father
advised. It is good practice for me, and, with my sketch-book, will give you a
better idea of my tour than these scribbles.
"Adieu; I embrace you tenderly.
Votre Amie."

"Heidelberg.
"My dear Mamma,—
"Having a quiet hour before we leave for Berne, I'll try to tell you what has
happened, for some of it is very important, as you will see.
"The sail up the Rhine was perfect, and I just sat and enjoyed it with all my
might. Get father's old guide-books, and read about it; I haven't words beautiful
enough to describe it. At Coblentz we had a lovely time, for some students from
Bonn, with whom Fred got acquainted on the boat, gave us a serenade. It was a
moonlight night, and, about one o'clock, Flo and I were waked by the most
delicious music under our windows. We flew up, and hid behind the curtains; but
sly peeps showed us Fred and the students singing away down below. It was the
most romantic thing I ever saw,—the river, the bridge of boats, the great fortress
opposite, moonlight everywhere, and music fit to melt a heart of stone.
"When they were done we threw down some flowers, and saw them scramble
for them, kiss their hands to the invisible ladies, and go laughing away,—to
smoke and drink beer, I suppose. Next morning Fred showed me one of the
crumpled flowers in his vest-pocket, and looked very sentimental. I laughed at
him, and said I didn't throw it, but Flo, which seemed to disgust him, for he
tossed it out of the window, and turned sensible again. I'm afraid I'm going to
have trouble with that boy, it begins to look like it.
"The baths at Nassau were very gay, so was Baden-Baden, where Fred lost
some money, and I scolded him. He needs some one to look after him when
Frank is not with him. Kate said once she hoped he'd marry soon, and I quite
agree with her that it would be well for him. Frankfort was delightful; I saw
Goethe's house, Schiller's statue, and Dannecker's famous 'Ariadne.' It was very
lovely, but I should have enjoyed it more if I had known the story better. I didn't
like to ask, as every one knew it, or pretended they did. I wish Jo would tell me
all about it; I ought to have read more, for I find I don't know anything, and it
mortifies me.
"Now comes the serious part,—for it happened here, and Fred is just gone. He
has been so kind and jolly that we all got quite fond of him; I never thought of

Page 370

anything but a travelling friendship, till the serenade night. Since then I've begun
to feel that the moonlight walks, balcony talks, and daily adventures were
something more to him than fun. I haven't flirted, mother, truly, but remembered
what you said to me, and have done my very best. I can't help it if people like
me; I don't try to make them, and it worries me if I don't care for them, though Jo
says I haven't got any heart. Now I know mother will shake her head, and the
girls say, 'Oh, the mercenary little wretch!' but I've made up my mind, and, if
Fred asks me, I shall accept him, though I'm not madly in love. I like him, and
we get on comfortably together. He is handsome, young, clever enough, and very
rich,—ever so much richer than the Laurences. I don't think his family would
object, and I should be very happy, for they are all kind, well-bred, generous
people, and they like me. Fred, as the eldest twin, will have the estate, I suppose,
and such a splendid one as it is! A city house in a fashionable street, not so
showy as our big houses, but twice as comfortable, and full of solid luxury, such
as English people believe in. I like it, for it's genuine. I've seen the plate, the
family jewels, the old servants, and pictures of the country place, with its park,
great house, lovely grounds, and fine horses. Oh, it would be all I should ask!
and I'd rather have it than any title such as girls snap up so readily, and find
nothing behind. I may be mercenary, but I hate poverty, and don't mean to bear it
a minute longer than I can help. One of us must marry well; Meg didn't, Jo won't,
Beth can't yet, so I shall, and make everything cosey all round. I wouldn't marry
a man I hated or despised. You may be sure of that; and, though Fred is not my
model hero, he does very well, and, in time, I should get fond enough of him if
he was very fond of me, and let me do just as I liked. So I've been turning the
matter over in my mind the last week, for it was impossible to help seeing that
Fred liked me. He said nothing, but little things showed it; he never goes with
Flo, always gets on my side of the carriage, table, or promenade, looks
sentimental when we are alone, and frowns at any one else who ventures to
speak to me. Yesterday, at dinner, when an Austrian officer stared at us, and then
said something to his friend,—a rakish-looking baron,—about 'ein
wonderschönes Blöndchen,' Fred looked as fierce as a lion, and cut his meat so
savagely, it nearly flew off his plate. He isn't one of the cool, stiff Englishmen,
but is rather peppery, for he has Scotch blood in him, as one might guess from
his bonnie blue eyes.
"Well, last evening we went up to the castle about sunset,—at least all of us
but Fred, who was to meet us there, after going to the Post Restante for letters.
We had a charming time poking about the ruins, the vaults where the monster tun
is, and the beautiful gardens made by the elector, long ago, for his English wife. I
liked the great terrace best, for the view was divine; so, while the rest went to see
the rooms inside, I sat there trying to sketch the gray stone lion's head on the
wall, with scarlet woodbine sprays hanging round it. I felt as if I'd got into a
romance, sitting there, watching the Neckar rolling through the valley, listening
to the music of the Austrian band below, and waiting for my lover, like a real
story-book girl. I had a feeling that something was going to happen, and I was

Page 371

ready for it. I didn't feel blushy or
quakey, but quite cool, and only a
little excited.

"By and by I heard Fred's
voice, and then he came hurrying
through the great arch to find me.
He looked so troubled that I
forgot all about myself, and asked
what the matter was. He said he'd
just got a letter begging him to
come home, for Frank was very
ill; so he was going at once, in the
night train, and only had time to
say good-by. I was very sorry for
him, and disappointed for myself,
but only for a minute, because he
said, as he shook hands,—and
said it in a way that I could not
mistake,—'I shall soon come
back; you won't forget me, Amy?'
"I didn't promise, but I looked
at him, and he seemed satisfied,
and there was no time for
anything but messages and good-
byes, for he was off in an hour,
and we all miss him very much. I
know he wanted to speak, but I
think, from something he once
hinted, that he had promised his father not to do anything of the sort yet awhile,
for he is a rash boy, and the old gentleman dreads a foreign daughter-in-law. We
shall soon meet in Rome; and then, if I don't change my mind, I'll say 'Yes, thank
you,' when he says 'Will you, please?'
"Of course this is all very private, but I wished you to know what was going
on. Don't be anxious about me; remember I am your 'prudent Amy,' and be sure I
will do nothing rashly. Send me as much advice as you like; I'll use it if I can. I
wish I could see you for a good talk, Marmee. Love and trust me.
"Ever your
Amy."

Page 372

XXXII.
TENDER TROUBLES.
"Jo, I'm anxious about Beth."
"Why, mother, she has seemed unusually well since the babies came."
"It's not her health that troubles me now; it's her spirits. I'm sure there is something on
her mind, and I want you to discover what it is."
"What makes you think so, mother?"
"She sits alone a good deal, and doesn't talk to her father as much as she used. I found
her crying over the babies the other day. When she sings, the songs are always sad ones,
and now and then I see a look in her face that I don't understand. This isn't like Beth, and
it worries me."
"Have you asked her about it?"
"I have tried once or twice; but she either evaded my questions, or looked so distressed
that I stopped. I never force my children's confidence, and I seldom have to wait for it
long."
Mrs. March glanced at Jo as she spoke, but the face opposite seemed quite unconscious
of any secret disquietude but Beth's; and, after sewing thoughtfully for a minute, Jo said,

"I think she is growing up, and so begins to dream dreams, and have hopes and fears
and fidgets, without knowing why, or being able to explain them. Why, mother, Beth's
eighteen, but we don't realize it, and treat her like a child, forgetting she's a woman."
"So she is. Dear heart, how fast you do grow up," returned her mother, with a sigh and a
smile.
"Can't be helped, Marmee, so you must resign yourself to all sorts of worries, and let
your birds hop out of the nest, one by one. I promise never to hop very far, if that is any
comfort to you."
"It is a great comfort, Jo; I always feel strong when you are at home, now Meg is gone.
Beth is too feeble and Amy too young to depend upon; but when the tug comes, you are
always ready."
"Why, you know I don't mind hard jobs much, and there must always be one scrub in a
family. Amy is splendid in fine works, and I'm not; but I feel in my element when all the
carpets are to be taken up, or half the family fall sick at once. Amy is distinguishing
herself abroad; but if anything is amiss at home, I'm your man."

Page 373

"I leave Beth to your hands, then, for she will open her tender little heart to her Jo
sooner than to any one else. Be very kind, and don't let her think any one watches or talks
about her. If she only would get quite strong and cheerful again, I shouldn't have a wish in
the world."
"Happy woman! I've got heaps."
"My dear, what are they?"
"I'll settle Bethy's troubles, and then I'll tell you mine. They are not very wearing, so
they'll keep;" and Jo stitched away, with a wise nod which set her mother's heart at rest
about her, for the present at least.
While apparently absorbed in her own affairs, Jo watched Beth; and, after many
conflicting conjectures, finally settled upon one which seemed to explain the change in
her. A slight incident gave Jo the clue to the mystery, she thought, and lively fancy, loving
heart did the rest. She was affecting to write busily one Saturday afternoon, when she and
Beth were alone together; yet as she scribbled, she kept her eye on her sister, who seemed
unusually quiet. Sitting at the window, Beth's work often dropped into her lap, and she
leaned her head upon her hand, in a dejected attitude, while her eyes rested on the dull,
autumnal landscape. Suddenly some one passed below, whistling like an operatic
blackbird, and a voice called out,—

"All serene! Coming in to-night."

Page 374

Beth started, leaned forward, smiled and nodded, watched the passer-by till his quick
tramp died away, then said softly, as if to herself,—
"How strong and well and happy that dear boy looks."
"Hum!" said Jo, still intent upon her sister's face; for the bright color faded as quickly
as it came, the smile vanished, and presently a tear lay shining on the window-ledge. Beth
whisked it off, and glanced apprehensively at Jo; but she was scratching away at a
tremendous rate, apparently engrossed in "Olympia's Oath." The instant Beth turned, Jo
began her watch again, saw Beth's hand go quietly to her eyes more than once, and, in her
half-averted face, read a tender sorrow that made her own eyes fill. Fearing to betray
herself, she slipped away, murmuring something about needing more paper.
"Mercy on me, Beth loves Laurie!" she said, sitting down in her own room, pale with
the shock of the discovery which she believed she had just made. "I never dreamt of such
a thing. What will mother say? I wonder if he—" there Jo stopped, and turned scarlet with
a sudden thought. "If he shouldn't love back again, how dreadful it would be. He must; I'll
make him!" and she shook her head threateningly at the picture of the mischievous-
looking boy laughing at her from the wall. "Oh dear, we are growing up with a
vengeance. Here's Meg married and a mamma, Amy flourishing away at Paris, and Beth
in love. I'm the only one that has sense enough to keep out of mischief." Jo thought
intently for a minute, with her eyes fixed on the picture; then she smoothed out her
wrinkled forehead, and said, with a decided nod at the face opposite, "No, thank you, sir;
you're very charming, but you've no more stability than a weathercock; so you needn't
write touching notes, and smile in that insinuating way, for it won't do a bit of good, and I
won't have it."
Then she sighed, and fell into a reverie, from which she did not wake till the early
twilight sent her down to take new observations, which only confirmed her suspicion.
Though Laurie flirted with Amy and joked with Jo, his manner to Beth had always been
peculiarly kind and gentle, but so was everybody's; therefore, no one thought of imagining
that he cared more for her than for the others. Indeed, a general impression had prevailed
in the family, of late, that "our boy" was getting fonder than ever of Jo, who, however,
wouldn't hear a word upon the subject, and scolded violently if any one dared to suggest
it. If they had known the various tender passages of the past year, or rather attempts at
tender passages which had been nipped in the bud, they would have had the immense
satisfaction of saying, "I told you so." But Jo hated "philandering," and wouldn't allow it,
always having a joke or a smile ready at the least sign of impending danger.
When Laurie first went to college, he fell in love about once a month; but these small
flames were as brief as ardent, did no damage, and much amused Jo, who took great
interest in the alternations of hope, despair, and resignation, which were confided to her in
their weekly conferences. But there came a time when Laurie ceased to worship at many
shrines, hinted darkly at one all-absorbing passion, and indulged occasionally in Byronic
fits of gloom. Then he avoided the tender subject altogether, wrote philosophical notes to
Jo, turned studious, and gave out that he was going to "dig," intending to graduate in a
blaze of glory. This suited the young lady better than twilight confidences, tender
pressures of the hand, and eloquent glances of the eye; for with Jo, brain developed earlier

Page 375

than heart, and she preferred imaginary heroes to real ones, because, when tired of them,
the former could be shut up in the tin-kitchen till called for, and the latter were less
manageable.
Things were in this state when the grand discovery was made, and Jo watched Laurie
that night as she had never done before. If she had not got the new idea into her head, she
would have seen nothing unusual in the fact that Beth was very quiet, and Laurie very
kind to her. But having given the rein to her lively fancy, it galloped away with her at a
great pace; and common sense, being rather weakened by a long course of romance
writing, did not come to the rescue. As usual, Beth lay on the sofa, and Laurie sat in a low
chair close by, amusing her with all sorts of gossip; for she depended on her weekly
"spin," and he never disappointed her. But that evening, Jo fancied that Beth's eyes rested
on the lively, dark face beside her with peculiar pleasure, and that she listened with
intense interest to an account of some exciting cricket-match, though the phrases, "caught
off a tice," "stumped off his ground," and "the leg hit for three," were as intelligible to her
as Sanscrit. She also fancied, having set her heart upon seeing it, that she saw a certain
increase of gentleness in Laurie's manner, that he dropped his voice now and then,
laughed less than usual, was a little absent-minded, and settled the afghan over Beth's feet
with an assiduity that was really almost tender.
"Who knows? stranger things have happened," thought Jo, as she fussed about the
room. "She will make quite an angel of him, and he will make life delightfully easy and
pleasant for the dear, if they only love each other. I don't see how he can help it; and I do
believe he would if the rest of us were out of the way."
As every one was out of the way but herself, Jo began to feel that she ought to dispose
of herself with all speed. But where should she go? and burning to lay herself upon the
shrine of sisterly devotion, she sat down to settle that point.
Now, the old sofa was a regular patriarch of a sofa,—long, broad, well-cushioned, and
low; a trifle shabby, as well it might be, for the girls had slept and sprawled on it as
babies, fished over the back, rode on the arms, and had menageries under it as children,
and rested tired heads, dreamed dreams, and listened to tender talk on it as young women.
They all loved it, for it was a family refuge, and one corner had always been Jo's favorite
lounging-place. Among the many pillows that adorned the venerable couch was one, hard,
round, covered with prickly horsehair, and furnished with a knobby button at each end;
this repulsive pillow was her especial property, being used as a weapon of defence, a
barricade, or a stern preventive of too much slumber.
Laurie knew this pillow well, and had cause to regard it with deep aversion, having
been unmercifully pummelled with it in former days, when romping was allowed, and
now frequently debarred by it from taking the seat he most coveted, next to Jo in the sofa
corner. If "the sausage" as they called it, stood on end, it was a sign that he might
approach and repose; but if it lay flat across the sofa, woe to the man, woman, or child
who dared disturb it! That evening Jo forgot to barricade her corner, and had not been in
her seat five minutes, before a massive form appeared beside her, and, with both arms
spread over the sofa-back, both long legs stretched out before him, Laurie exclaimed, with
a sigh of satisfaction,—

Page 376

"Now, this is filling at the price."

"No slang," snapped Jo, slamming down the pillow. But it was too late, there was no
room for it; and, coasting on to the floor, it disappeared in a most mysterious manner.
"Come, Jo, don't be thorny. After studying himself to a skeleton all the week, a fellow
deserves petting, and ought to get it."
"Beth will pet you; I'm busy."
"No, she's not to be bothered with me; but you like that sort of thing, unless you've
suddenly lost your taste for it. Have you? Do you hate your boy, and want to fire pillows
at him?"
Anything more wheedlesome than that touching appeal was seldom heard, but Jo
quenched "her boy" by turning on him with the stern query,—
"How many bouquets have you sent Miss Randal this week?"
"Not one, upon my word. She's engaged. Now then."
"I'm glad of it; that's one of your foolish extravagances,—sending flowers and things to
girls for whom you don't care two pins," continued Jo reprovingly.
"Sensible girls, for whom I do care whole papers of pins, won't let me send them
'flowers and things,' so what can I do? My feelings must have a went."
"Mother doesn't approve of flirting, even in fun; and you do flirt desperately, Teddy."
"I'd give anything if I could answer, 'So do you.' As I can't, I'll merely say that I don't
see any harm in that pleasant little game, if all parties understand that it's only play."
"Well, it does look pleasant, but I can't learn how it's done. I've tried, because one feels
awkward in company, not to do as everybody else is doing; but I don't seem to get on,"
said Jo, forgetting to play Mentor.

Page 377

"Take lessons of Amy; she has a regular talent for it."
"Yes, she does it very prettily, and never seems to go too far. I suppose it's natural to
some people to please without trying, and others to always say and do the wrong thing in
the wrong place."
"I'm glad you can't flirt; it's really refreshing to see a sensible, straightforward girl, who
can be jolly and kind without making a fool of herself. Between ourselves, Jo, some of the
girls I know really do go on at such a rate I'm ashamed of them. They don't mean any
harm, I'm sure; but if they knew how we fellows talked about them afterward, they'd
mend their ways, I fancy."
"They do the same; and, as their tongues are the sharpest, you fellows get the worst of
it, for you are as silly as they, every bit. If you behaved properly, they would; but,
knowing you like their nonsense, they keep it up, and then you blame them."
"Much you know about it, ma'am," said Laurie, in a superior tone. "We don't like romps
and flirts, though we may act as if we did sometimes. The pretty, modest girls are never
talked about, except respectfully, among gentlemen. Bless your innocent soul! If you
could be in my place for a month you'd see things that would astonish you a trifle. Upon
my word, when I see one of those harum-scarum girls, I always want to say with our
friend Cock Robin,—
"'Out upon you, fie upon you,
Bold-faced jig!'"
It was impossible to help laughing at the funny conflict between Laurie's chivalrous
reluctance to speak ill of womankind, and his very natural dislike of the unfeminine folly
of which fashionable society showed him many samples. Jo knew that "young Laurence"
was regarded as a most eligible parti by worldly mammas, was much smiled upon by their
daughters, and flattered enough by ladies of all ages to make a coxcomb of him; so she
watched him rather jealously, fearing he would be spoilt, and rejoiced more than she
confessed to find that he still believed in modest girls. Returning suddenly to her
admonitory tone, she said, dropping her voice, "If you must have a 'went,' Teddy, go and
devote yourself to one of the 'pretty, modest girls' whom you do respect, and not waste
your time with the silly ones."
"You really advise it?" and Laurie looked at her with an odd mixture of anxiety and
merriment in his face.
"Yes, I do; but you'd better wait till you are through college, on the whole, and be
fitting yourself for the place meantime. You're not half good enough for—well, whoever
the modest girl may be," and Jo looked a little queer likewise, for a name had almost
escaped her.
"That I'm not!" acquiesced Laurie, with an expression of humility quite new to him, as
he dropped his eyes, and absently wound Jo's apron-tassel round his finger.
"Mercy on us, this will never do," thought Jo; adding aloud, "Go and sing to me. I'm
dying for some music, and always like yours."
"I'd rather stay here, thank you."

Page 378

"Well, you can't; there isn't room. Go and make yourself useful, since you are too big to
be ornamental. I thought you hated to be tied to a woman's apron-string?" retorted Jo,
quoting certain rebellious words of his own.
"Ah, that depends on who wears the apron!" and Laurie gave an audacious tweak at the
tassel.
"Are you going?" demanded Jo, diving for the pillow.
He fled at once, and the minute it was well "Up with the bonnets of bonnie Dundee,"
she slipped away, to return no more till the young gentleman had departed in high
dudgeon.

Jo lay long awake that night, and was just dropping off when the sound of a stifled sob
made her fly to Beth's bedside, with the anxious inquiry, "What is it, dear?"
"I thought you were asleep," sobbed Beth.
"Is it the old pain, my precious?"
"No; it's a new one; but I can bear it," and Beth tried to check her tears.
"Tell me all about it, and let me cure it as I often did the other."
"You can't; there is no cure." There Beth's voice gave way, and, clinging to her sister,
she cried so despairingly that Jo was frightened.

Page 379

"Where is it? Shall I call mother?"
Beth did not answer the first question; but in the dark one hand went involuntarily to
her heart, as if the pain were there; with the other she held Jo fast, whispering eagerly,
"No, no, don't call her, don't tell her. I shall be better soon. Lie down here and 'poor' my
head. I'll be quiet, and go to sleep; indeed I will."
Jo obeyed; but as her hand went softly to and fro across Beth's hot forehead and wet
eyelids, her heart was very full, and she longed to speak. But young as she was, Jo had
learned that hearts, like flowers, cannot be rudely handled, but must open naturally; so,
though she believed she knew the cause of Beth's new pain, she only said, in her tenderest
tone, "Does anything trouble you, deary?"
"Yes, Jo," after a long pause.
"Wouldn't it comfort you to tell me what it is?"
"Not now, not yet."
"Then I won't ask; but remember, Bethy, that mother and Jo are always glad to hear and
help you, if they can."
"I know it. I'll tell you by and by."
"Is the pain better now?"
"Oh, yes, much better; you are so comfortable, Jo!"
"Go to sleep, dear; I'll stay with you."
So cheek to cheek they fell asleep, and on the morrow Beth seemed quite herself again;
for at eighteen, neither heads nor hearts ache long, and a loving word can medicine most
ills.
But Jo had made up her mind, and, after pondering over a project for some days, she
confided it to her mother.
"You asked me the other day what my wishes were. I'll tell you one of them, Marmee,"
she began, as they sat alone together. "I want to go away somewhere this winter for a
change."
"Why, Jo?" and her mother looked up quickly, as if the words suggested a double
meaning.
With her eyes on her work, Jo answered soberly, "I want something new; I feel restless,
and anxious to be seeing, doing, and learning more than I am. I brood too much over my
own small affairs, and need stirring up, so, as I can be spared this winter, I'd like to hop a
little way, and try my wings."
"Where will you hop?"
"To New York. I had a bright idea yesterday, and this is it. You know Mrs. Kirke wrote
to you for some respectable young person to teach her children and sew. It's rather hard to
find just the thing, but I think I should suit if I tried."
"My dear, go out to service in that great boarding-house!" and Mrs. March looked
surprised, but not displeased.

Page 380

"It's not exactly going out to service; for Mrs. Kirke is your friend,—the kindest soul
that ever lived,—and would make things pleasant for me, I know. Her family is separate
from the rest, and no one knows me there. Don't care if they do; it's honest work, and I'm
not ashamed of it."
"Nor I; but your writing?"
"All the better for the change. I shall see and hear new things, get new ideas, and, even
if I haven't much time there, I shall bring home quantities of material for my rubbish."
"I have no doubt of it; but are these your only reasons for this sudden fancy?"
"No, mother."
"May I know the others?"
Jo looked up and Jo looked down, then said slowly, with sudden color in her cheeks, "It
may be vain and wrong to say it, but—I'm afraid—Laurie is getting too fond of me."
"Then you don't care for him in the way it is evident he begins to care for you?" and
Mrs. March looked anxious as she put the question.
"Mercy, no! I love the dear boy, as I always have, and am immensely proud of him; but
as for anything more, it's out of the question."
"I'm glad of that, Jo."
"Why, please?"
"Because, dear, I don't think you suited to one another. As friends you are very happy,
and your frequent quarrels soon blow over; but I fear you would both rebel if you were
mated for life. You are too much alike and too fond of freedom, not to mention hot
tempers and strong wills, to get on happily together, in a relation which needs infinite
patience and forbearance, as well as love."
"That's just the feeling I had, though I couldn't express it. I'm glad you think he is only
beginning to care for me. It would trouble me sadly to make him unhappy; for I couldn't
fall in love with the dear old fellow merely out of gratitude, could I?"
"You are sure of his feeling for you?"
The color deepened in Jo's cheeks, as she answered, with the look of mingled pleasure,
pride, and pain which young girls wear when speaking of first lovers,—
"I'm afraid it is so, mother; he hasn't said anything, but he looks a great deal. I think I
had better go away before it comes to anything."
"I agree with you, and if it can be managed you shall go."
Jo looked relieved, and, after a pause, said, smiling, "How Mrs. Moffat would wonder
at your want of management, if she knew; and how she will rejoice that Annie still may
hope."
"Ah, Jo, mothers may differ in their management, but the hope is the same in all,—the
desire to see their children happy. Meg is so, and I am content with her success. You I
leave to enjoy your liberty till you tire of it; for only then will you find that there is
something sweeter. Amy is my chief care now, but her good sense will help her. For Beth,

Page 381

I indulge no hopes except that she may be well. By the way, she seems brighter this last
day or two. Have you spoken to her?"
"Yes; she owned she had a trouble, and promised to tell me by and by. I said no more,
for I think I know it;" and Jo told her little story.
Mrs. March shook her head, and did not take so romantic a view of the case, but looked
grave, and repeated her opinion that, for Laurie's sake, Jo should go away for a time.
"Let us say nothing about it to him till the plan is settled; then I'll run away before he
can collect his wits and be tragical. Beth must think I'm going to please myself, as I am,
for I can't talk about Laurie to her; but she can pet and comfort him after I'm gone, and so
cure him of this romantic notion. He's been through so many little trials of the sort, he's
used to it, and will soon get over his love-lornity."
Jo spoke hopefully, but could not rid herself of the foreboding fear that this "little trial"
would be harder than the others, and that Laurie would not get over his "love-lornity" as
easily as heretofore.
The plan was talked over in a family council, and agreed upon; for Mrs. Kirke gladly
accepted Jo, and promised to make a pleasant home for her. The teaching would render
her independent; and such leisure as she got might be made profitable by writing, while
the new scenes and society would be both useful and agreeable. Jo liked the prospect and
was eager to be gone, for the home-nest was growing too narrow for her restless nature
and adventurous spirit. When all was settled, with fear and trembling she told Laurie; but
to her surprise he took it very quietly. He had been graver than usual of late, but very
pleasant; and, when jokingly accused of turning over a new leaf, he answered soberly, "So
I am; and I mean this one shall stay turned."
Jo was very much relieved that one of his virtuous fits should come on just then, and
made her preparations with a lightened heart,—for Beth seemed more cheerful,—and
hoped she was doing the best for all.
"One thing I leave to your especial care," she said, the night before she left.
"You mean your papers?" asked Beth.
"No, my boy. Be very good to him, won't you?"
"Of course I will; but I can't fill your place, and he'll miss you sadly."
"It won't hurt him; so remember, I leave him in your charge, to plague, pet, and keep in
order."
"I'll do my best, for your sake," promised Beth, wondering why Jo looked at her so
queerly.
When Laurie said "Good-by," he whispered significantly, "It won't do a bit of good, Jo.
My eye is on you; so mind what you do, or I'll come and bring you home."

Page 382

XXXIII.
JO'S JOURNAL.
"New York, November.
"Dear Marmee and Beth,—
"I'm going to write you a regular volume, for I've got heaps to tell, though I'm
not a fine young lady travelling on the continent. When I lost sight of father's
dear old face, I felt a trifle blue, and might have shed a briny drop or two, if an
Irish lady with four small children, all crying more or less, hadn't diverted my
mind; for I amused myself by dropping gingerbread nuts over the seat every time
they opened their mouths to roar.
"Soon the sun came out, and taking it as a good omen, I cleared up likewise,
and enjoyed my journey with all my heart.
"Mrs. Kirke welcomed me so kindly I felt at home at once, even in that big
house full of strangers. She gave me a funny little sky-parlor—all she had; but
there is a stove in it, and a nice table in a sunny window, so I can sit here and
write whenever I like. A fine view and a church-tower opposite atone for the

Page 383

many stairs, and I took a fancy to my den on the spot. The nursery, where I am to
teach and sew, is a pleasant room next Mrs. Kirke's private parlor, and the two
little girls are pretty children,—rather spoilt, I fancy, but they took to me after
telling them 'The Seven Bad Pigs;' and I've no doubt I shall make a model
governess.
"I am to have my meals with the children, if I prefer it to the great table, and
for the present I do, for I am bashful, though no one will believe it.
"'Now, my dear, make yourself at home,' said Mrs. K. in her motherly way;
'I'm on the drive from morning to night, as you may suppose with such a family;
but a great anxiety will be off my mind if I know the children are safe with you.
My rooms are always open to you, and your own shall be as comfortable as I can
make it. There are some pleasant people in the house if you feel sociable, and
your evenings are always free. Come to me if anything goes wrong, and be as
happy as you can. There's the tea-bell; I must run and change my cap;' and off
she bustled, leaving me to settle myself in my new nest.
"As I went downstairs, soon after, I saw something I liked. The flights are very
long in this tall house, and as I stood waiting at the head of the third one for a
little servant girl to lumber up, I saw a gentleman come along behind her, take
the heavy hod of coal out of her hand, carry it all the way up, put it down at a
door near by, and walk away, saying, with a kind nod and a foreign accent,—
"'It goes better so. The little back is too young to haf such heaviness.'
"Wasn't it good of him? I like such things, for, as father says, trifles show
character. When I mentioned it to Mrs. K., that evening, she laughed, and said,—
"'That must have been Professor Bhaer; he's always doing things of that sort.'
"Mrs. K. told me he was from Berlin; very learned and good, but poor as a
church-mouse, and gives lessons to support himself and two little orphan
nephews whom he is educating here, according to the wishes of his sister, who
married an American. Not a very romantic story, but it interested me; and I was
glad to hear that Mrs. K. lends him her parlor for some of his scholars. There is a
glass door between it and the nursery, and I mean to peep at him, and then I'll tell
you how he looks. He's almost forty, so it's no harm, Marmee.
"After tea and a go-to-bed romp with the little girls, I attacked the big work-
basket, and had a quiet evening chatting with my new friend. I shall keep a
journal-letter, and send it once a week; so good-night, and more to-morrow."

"Tuesday Eve.
"Had a lively time in my seminary, this morning, for the children acted like
Sancho; and at one time I really thought I should shake them all round. Some
good angel inspired me to try gymnastics, and I kept it up till they were glad to
sit down and keep still. After luncheon, the girl took them out for a walk, and I
went to my needle-work, like little Mabel, 'with a willing mind.' I was thanking

Page 384

my stars that I'd learned to make nice button-holes, when the parlor-door opened
and shut, and some one began to hum,—
'Kennst du das land,'
like a big bumble-bee. It was dreadfully improper, I know, but I couldn't resist
the temptation; and lifting one end of the curtain before the glass door, I peeped
in. Professor Bhaer was there; and while he arranged his books, I took a good
look at him. A regular German,—rather stout, with brown hair tumbled all over
his head, a bushy beard, good nose, the kindest eyes I ever saw, and a splendid
big voice that does one's ears good, after our sharp or slipshod American gabble.
His clothes were rusty, his hands were large, and he hadn't a really handsome
feature in his face, except his beautiful teeth; yet I liked him, for he had a fine
head; his linen was very nice, and he looked like a gentleman, though two
buttons were off his coat, and there was a patch on one shoe. He looked sober in
spite of his humming, till he went to the window to turn the hyacinth bulbs
toward the sun, and stroke the cat, who received him like an old friend. Then he
smiled; and when a tap came at the door, called out in a loud, brisk tone,—
"'Herein!'
"I was just going to run, when I caught sight of a morsel of a child carrying a
big book, and stopped to see what was going on.
"'Me wants my Bhaer,' said the mite, slamming down her book, and running to
meet him.

"'Thou shalt haf thy Bhaer; come, then, and take a goot hug from him, my
Tina,' said the Professor, catching her up, with a laugh, and holding her so high
over his head that she had to stoop her little face to kiss him.
"'Now me mus tuddy my lessin,' went on the funny little thing; so he put her
up at the table, opened the great dictionary she had brought, and gave her a paper
and pencil, and she scribbled away, turning a leaf now and then, and passing her
little fat finger down the page, as if finding a word, so soberly that I nearly
betrayed myself by a laugh, while Mr. Bhaer stood stroking her pretty hair, with
a fatherly look, that made me think she must be his own, though she looked more
French than German.
"Another knock and the appearance of two young ladies sent me back to my
work, and there I virtuously remained through all the noise and gabbling that
went on next door. One of the girls kept laughing affectedly, and saying 'Now
Professor,' in a coquettish tone, and the other pronounced her German with an
accent that must have made it hard for him to keep sober.
"Both seemed to try his patience sorely; for more than once I heard him say
emphatically, 'No, no, it is not so; you haf not attend to what I say;' and once
there was a loud rap, as if he struck the table with his book, followed by the
despairing exclamation, 'Prut! it all goes bad this day.'

Page 385

"Poor man, I pitied him; and
when the girls were gone, took
just one more peep, to see if he
survived it. He seemed to have
thrown himself back in his
chair, tired out, and sat there
with his eyes shut till the clock
struck two, when he jumped up,
put his books in his pocket, as if
ready for another lesson, and,
taking little Tina, who had
fallen asleep on the sofa, in his
arms, he carried her quietly
away. I fancy he has a hard life
of it.
"Mrs. Kirke asked me if I
wouldn't go down to the five
o'clock dinner; and, feeling a
little bit homesick, I thought I
would, just to see what sort of
people are under the same roof
with me. So I made myself
respectable, and tried to slip in
behind Mrs. Kirke; but as she is
short, and I'm tall, my efforts at
concealment were rather a
failure. She gave me a seat by
her, and after my face cooled
off, I plucked up courage, and
looked about me. The long table
was full, and every one intent
on getting their dinner,—the
gentlemen especially, who seemed to be eating on time, for they bolted in every
sense of the word, vanishing as soon as they were done. There was the usual
assortment of young men absorbed in themselves; young couples absorbed in
each other; married ladies in their babies, and old gentlemen in politics. I don't
think I shall care to have much to do with any of them, except one sweet-faced
maiden lady, who looks as if she had something in her.
"Cast away at the very bottom of the table was the Professor, shouting answers
to the questions of a very inquisitive, deaf old gentleman on one side, and talking
philosophy with a Frenchman on the other. If Amy had been here, she'd have
turned her back on him forever, because, sad to relate, he had a great appetite,
and shovelled in his dinner in a manner which would have horrified 'her

Page 386

ladyship.' I didn't mind, for I like 'to see folks eat with a relish,' as Hannah says,
and the poor man must have needed a deal of food after teaching idiots all day.
"As I went upstairs after dinner, two of the young men were settling their hats
before the hall-mirror, and I heard one say low to the other, 'Who's the new
party?'
"'Governess, or something of that sort.'
"'What the deuce is she at our table for?'
"'Friend of the old lady's.'
"'Handsome head, but no style.'
"'Not a bit of it. Give us a light and come on.'
"I felt angry at first, and then I didn't care, for a governess is as good as a
clerk, and I've got sense, if I haven't style, which is more than some people have,
judging from the remarks of the elegant beings who clattered away, smoking like
bad chimneys. I hate ordinary people!"

"Thursday.
"Yesterday was a quiet day, spent in teaching, sewing, and writing in my little
room, which is very cosey, with a light and fire. I picked up a few bits of news,
and was introduced to the Professor. It seems that Tina is the child of the
Frenchwoman who does the fine ironing in the laundry here. The little thing has
lost her heart to Mr. Bhaer, and follows him about the house like a dog whenever
he is at home, which delights him, as he is very fond of children, though a
'bacheldore.' Kitty and Minnie Kirke likewise regard him with affection, and tell
all sorts of stories about the plays he invents, the presents he brings, and the
splendid tales he tells. The young men quiz him, it seems, call him Old Fritz,
Lager Beer, Ursa Major, and make all manner of jokes on his name. But he
enjoys it like a boy, Mrs. K. says, and takes it so good-naturedly that they all like
him, in spite of his foreign ways.
"The maiden lady is a Miss Norton,—rich, cultivated, and kind. She spoke to
me at dinner to-day (for I went to table again, it's such fun to watch people), and
asked me to come and see her at her room. She has fine books and pictures,
knows interesting persons, and seems friendly; so I shall make myself agreeable,
for I do want to get into good society, only it isn't the same sort that Amy likes.
"I was in our parlor last evening, when Mr. Bhaer came in with some
newspapers for Mrs. Kirke. She wasn't there, but Minnie, who is a little old
woman, introduced me very prettily: 'This is mamma's friend, Miss March.'
"'Yes; and she's jolly and we like her lots,' added Kitty, who is an enfant
terrible.
"We both bowed, and then we laughed, for the prim introduction and the blunt
addition were rather a comical contrast.

Page 387

"'Ah, yes, I hear these naughty ones go to vex you, Mees Marsch. If so again,
call at me and I come,' he said, with a threatening frown that delighted the little
wretches.
"I promised I would, and
he departed; but it seems as
if I was doomed to see a
good deal of him, for to-
day, as I passed his door on
my way out, by accident I
knocked against it with my
umbrella. It flew open, and
there he stood in his
dressing gown, with a big
blue sock on one hand, and
a darning-needle in the
other; he didn't seem at all
ashamed of it, for when I
explained and hurried on,
he waved his hand, sock
and all, saying in his loud,
cheerful way,—
"'You haf a fine day to
make your walk. Bon
voyage, mademoiselle.'
"I laughed all the way
downstairs; but it was a
little pathetic, also, to think
of the poor man having to mend his own clothes. The German gentlemen
embroider, I know; but darning hose is another thing, and not so pretty."

"Saturday.
"Nothing has happened to write about, except a call on Miss Norton, who has
a room full of lovely things, and who was very charming, for she showed me all
her treasures, and asked me if I would sometimes go with her to lectures and
concerts, as her escort,—if I enjoyed them. She put it as a favor, but I'm sure
Mrs. Kirke has told her about us, and she does it out of kindness to me. I'm as
proud as Lucifer, but such favors from such people don't burden me, and I
accepted gratefully.
"When I got back to the nursery there was such an uproar in the parlor that I
looked in; and there was Mr. Bhaer down on his hands and knees, with Tina on
his back, Kitty leading him with a jump-rope, and Minnie feeding two small
boys with seed-cakes, as they roared and ramped in cages built of chairs.
"'We are playing nargerie,' explained Kitty.

Page 388

"'Dis is mine effalunt!' added Tina, holding on by the Professor's hair.

"'Mamma always allows us to do what we like Saturday afternoon, when
Franz and Emil come, doesn't she, Mr. Bhaer?' said Minnie.
"The 'effalunt' sat up, looking as much in earnest as any of them, and said
soberly to me,—
"'I gif you my wort it is so. If we make too large a noise you shall say "Hush!"
to us, and we go more softly.'
"I promised to do so, but left the door open, and enjoyed the fun as much as
they did,—for a more glorious frolic I never witnessed. They played tag and
soldiers, danced and sung, and when it began to grow dark they all piled on to
the sofa about the Professor, while he told charming fairy stories of the storks on
the chimney-tops, and the little 'kobolds,' who ride the snow-flakes as they fall. I
wish Americans were as simple and natural as Germans, don't you?
"I'm so fond of writing, I should go spinning on forever if motives of economy
didn't stop me, for though I've used thin paper and written fine, I tremble to think
of the stamps this long letter will need. Pray forward Amy's as soon as you can
spare them. My small news will sound very flat after her splendors, but you will
like them, I know. Is Teddy studying so hard that he can't find time to write to his
friends? Take good care of him for me, Beth, and tell me all about the babies, and
give heaps of love to every one.
"From your faithful
Jo.
"P. S. On reading over my letter it strikes me as rather Bhaery; but I am always
interested in odd people, and I really had nothing else to write about. Bless you!"

Page 389

"December.
"My Precious Betsey,—
"As this is to be a scribble-scrabble letter, I direct it to you, for it may amuse
you, and give you some idea of my goings on; for, though quiet, they are rather
amusing, for which, oh, be joyful! After what Amy would call Herculaneum
efforts, in the way of mental and moral agriculture, my young ideas begin to
shoot and my little twigs to bend as I could wish. They are not so interesting to
me as Tina and the boys, but I do my duty by them, and they are fond of me.
Franz and Emil are jolly little lads, quite after my own heart; for the mixture of
German and American spirit in them produces a constant state of effervescence.
Saturday afternoons are riotous times, whether spent in the house or out; for on
pleasant days they all go to walk, like a seminary, with the Professor and myself
to keep order; and then such fun!
"We are very good friends now, and I've begun to take lessons. I really
couldn't help it, and it all came about in such a droll way that I must tell you. To
begin at the beginning, Mrs. Kirke called to me, one day, as I passed Mr. Bhaer's
room, where she was rummaging.
"'Did you ever see such a den, my dear? Just come and help me put these
books to rights, for I've turned everything upside down, trying to discover what
he has done with the six new handkerchiefs I gave him not long ago.'
"I went in, and while we worked I looked about me, for it was 'a den,' to be
sure. Books and papers everywhere; a broken meerschaum, and an old flute over
the mantel-piece as if done with; a ragged bird, without any tail, chirped on one
window-seat, and a box of white mice adorned the other; half-finished boats and
bits of string lay among the manuscripts; dirty little boots stood drying before the
fire; and traces of the dearly beloved boys, for whom he makes a slave of
himself, were to be seen all over the room. After a grand rummage three of the
missing articles were found,—one over the bird-cage, one covered with ink, and
a third burnt brown, having been used as a holder.
"'Such a man!' laughed good-natured Mrs. K., as she put the relics in the rag-
bag. 'I suppose the others are torn up to rig ships, bandage cut fingers, or make
kite-tails. It's dreadful, but I can't scold him: he's so absent-minded and good-
natured, he lets those boys ride over him rough-shod. I agreed to do his washing
and mending, but he forgets to give out his things and I forget to look them over,
so he comes to a sad pass sometimes.'
"'Let me mend them,' said I. 'I don't mind it, and he needn't know. I'd like to,—
he's so kind to me about bringing my letters and lending books.'
"So I have got his things in order, and knit heels into two pairs of the socks,—
for they were boggled out of shape with his queer darns. Nothing was said, and I
hoped he wouldn't find it out, but one day last week he caught me at it. Hearing
the lessons he gives to others has interested and amused me so much that I took a

Page 390

fancy to learn; for Tina runs in and out, leaving the door open, and I can hear. I
had been sitting near this door, finishing off the last sock, and trying to
understand what he said to a new scholar, who is as stupid as I am. The girl had
gone, and I thought he had also, it was so still, and I was busily gabbling over a
verb, and rocking to and fro in a most absurd way, when a little crow made me
look up, and there was Mr. Bhaer looking and laughing quietly, while he made
signs to Tina not to betray him.
"'So!' he said, as I stopped and stared like a goose, 'you peep at me, I peep at
you, and that is not bad; but see, I am not pleasanting when I say, haf you a wish
for German?'
"'Yes; but you are too busy. I am too stupid to learn,' I blundered out, as red as
a peony.
"'Prut! we will make the time, and we fail not to find the sense. At efening I
shall gif a little lesson with much gladness; for, look you, Mees Marsch, I haf
this debt to pay,' and he pointed to my work. 'Yes, they say to one another, these
so kind ladies, "he is a stupid old fellow; he will see not what we do; he will
never opserve that his sock-heels go not in holes any more, he will think his
buttons grow out new when they fall, and believe that strings make theirselves."
Ah! but I haf an eye, and I see much. I haf a heart, and I feel the thanks for this.
Come, a little lesson then and now, or no more good fairy works for me and
mine.'
"Of course I couldn't say anything after that, and as it really is a splendid
opportunity, I made the bargain, and we began. I took four lessons, and then I
stuck fast in a grammatical bog. The Professor was very patient with me, but it
must have been torment to him, and now and then he'd look at me with such an
expression of mild despair that it was a toss-up with me whether to laugh or cry.
I tried both ways; and when it came to a sniff of utter mortification and woe, he
just threw the grammar on to the floor, and marched out of the room. I felt
myself disgraced and deserted forever, but didn't blame him a particle, and was
scrambling my papers together, meaning to rush upstairs and shake myself hard,
when in he came, as brisk and beaming as if I'd covered myself with glory.
"'Now we shall try a new way. You and I will read these pleasant little
Märchen together, and dig no more in that dry book, that goes in the corner for
making us trouble.'
"He spoke so kindly, and opened Hans Andersen's fairy tales so invitingly
before me, that I was more ashamed than ever, and went at my lesson in a neck-
or-nothing style that seemed to amuse him immensely. I forgot my bashfulness,
and pegged away (no other word will express it) with all my might, tumbling
over long words, pronouncing according to the inspiration of the minute, and
doing my very best. When I finished reading my first page, and stopped for
breath, he clapped his hands and cried out, in his hearty way, 'Das ist gute! Now
we go well! My turn. I do him in German; gif me your ear.' And away he went,
rumbling out the words with his strong voice, and a relish which was good to see

Page 391

as well as hear. Fortunately the story was the 'Constant Tin Soldier,' which is
droll, you know, so I could laugh,—and I did,—though I didn't understand half
he read, for I couldn't help it, he was so earnest, I so excited, and the whole thing
so comical.
"After that we got on better, and now I read my lessons pretty well; for this
way of studying suits me, and I can see that the grammar gets tucked into the
tales and poetry as one gives pills in jelly. I like it very much, and he doesn't
seem tired of it yet,—which is very good of him, isn't it? I mean to give him
something on Christmas, for I dare not offer money. Tell me something nice,
Marmee.
"I'm glad Laurie seems so happy and busy, that he has given up smoking, and
lets his hair grow. You see Beth manages him better than I did. I'm not jealous,
dear; do your best, only don't make a saint of him. I'm afraid I couldn't like him
without a spice of human naughtiness. Read him bits of my letters. I haven't time
to write much, and that will do just as well. Thank Heaven Beth continues so
comfortable."

"January.
"A Happy New Year to you all, my dearest family, which of course includes
Mr. L. and a young man by the name of Teddy. I can't tell you how much I
enjoyed your Christmas bundle, for I didn't get it till night, and had given up
hoping. Your letter came in the morning, but you said nothing about a parcel,
meaning it for a surprise; so I was disappointed, for I'd had a 'kind of a feeling'
that you wouldn't forget me. I felt a little low in my mind, as I sat up in my room,
after tea; and when the big, muddy, battered-looking bundle was brought to me, I
just hugged it, and pranced. It was so homey and refreshing, that I sat down on
the floor and read and looked and ate and laughed and cried, in my usual absurd
way. The things were just what I wanted, and all the better for being made
instead of bought. Beth's new 'ink-bib' was capital; and Hannah's box of hard
gingerbread will be a treasure. I'll be sure and wear the nice flannels you sent,
Marmee, and read carefully the books father has marked. Thank you all, heaps
and heaps!

Page 392

"Speaking of books reminds me that I'm getting rich in that line for,
on New Year's Day, Mr. Bhaer gave me a fine Shakespeare. It is one he
values much, and I've often admired it, set up in the place of honor,
with his German Bible, Plato, Homer, and Milton; so you may imagine
how I felt when he brought it down, without its cover, and showed me
my name in it, 'from my friend Friedrich Bhaer.'
"'You say often you wish a library: here I gif you one; for between
these lids (he meant covers) is many books in one. Read him well, and
he will help you much; for the study of character in this book will help
you to read it in the world and paint it with your pen.'
"I thanked him as well as I could, and talk now about 'my library,' as
if I had a hundred books. I never knew how much there was in
Shakespeare before; but then I never had a Bhaer to explain it to me.
Now don't laugh at his horrid name; it isn't pronounced either Bear or
Beer, as people will say it, but something between the two, as only
Germans can give it. I'm glad you both like what I tell you about him,
and hope you will know him some day. Mother would admire his warm
heart, father his wise head. I admire both, and feel rich in my new
'friend Friedrich Bhaer.'

Page 393

"Not having much money, or knowing what he'd like, I got several
little things, and put them about the room, where he would find them
unexpectedly. They were useful, pretty, or funny,—a new standish on
his table, a little vase for his flower,—he always has one, or a bit of
green in a glass, to keep him fresh, he says,—and a holder for his
blower, so that he needn't burn up what Amy calls 'mouchoirs.' I made it
like those Beth invented,—a big butterfly with a fat body, and black and
yellow wings, worsted feelers, and bead eyes. It took his fancy
immensely, and he put it on his mantel-piece as an article of vertu; so it
was rather a failure after all. Poor as he is, he didn't forget a servant or a
child in the house; and not a soul here, from the French laundry-woman
to Miss Norton, forgot him. I was so glad of that.
"They got up a masquerade, and had a gay time New Year's Eve. I
didn't mean to go down, having no dress; but at the last minute, Mrs.
Kirke remembered some old brocades, and Miss Norton lent me lace
and feathers; so I dressed up as Mrs. Malaprop, and sailed in with a
mask on. No one knew me, for I disguised my voice, and no one
dreamed of the silent, haughty Miss March (for they think I am very
stiff and cool, most of them; and so I am to whipper-snappers) could
dance and dress, and burst out into a 'nice derangement of epitaphs, like
an allegory on the banks of the Nile.' I enjoyed it very much; and when
we unmasked, it was fun to see them stare at me. I heard one of the
young men tell another that he knew I'd been an actress; in fact, he
thought he remembered seeing me at one of the minor theatres. Meg
will relish that joke. Mr. Bhaer was Nick Bottom, and Tina was Titania,
—a perfect little fairy in his arms. To see them dance was 'quite a
landscape,' to use a Teddyism.
"I had a very happy New Year, after all; and when I thought it over in
my room, I felt as if I was getting on a little in spite of my many
failures; for I'm cheerful all the time now, work with a will, and take
more interest in other people than I used to, which is satisfactory. Bless
you all! Ever your loving
Jo."

Page 394

Page 395

XXXIV.
A FRIEND.
Though very happy in the social atmosphere about her, and very busy with
the daily work that earned her bread, and made it sweeter for the effort, Jo still
found time for literary labors. The purpose which now took possession of her
was a natural one to a poor and ambitious girl; but the means she took to gain
her end were not the best. She saw that money conferred power: money and
power, therefore, she resolved to have; not to be used for herself alone, but for
those whom she loved more than self.
The dream of filling home with comforts, giving Beth everything she wanted,
from strawberries in winter to an organ in her bedroom; going abroad herself,

Page 396

and always having more than enough, so that she might indulge in the luxury of
charity, had been for years Jo's most cherished castle in the air.
The prize-story experience had seemed to open a way which might, after
long travelling and much up-hill work lead to this delightful château en
Espagne. But the novel disaster quenched her courage for a time, for public
opinion is a giant which has frightened stouter-hearted Jacks on bigger bean-
stalks than hers. Like that immortal hero, she reposed awhile after the first
attempt, which resulted in a tumble, and the least lovely of the giant's treasures,
if I remember rightly. But the "up again and take another" spirit was as strong in
Jo as in Jack; so she scrambled up, on the shady side this time, and got more
booty, but nearly left behind her what was far more precious than the money-
bags.
She took to writing sensation stories; for in those dark ages, even all-perfect
America read rubbish. She told no one, but concocted a "thrilling tale," and
boldly carried it herself to Mr. Dashwood, editor of the "Weekly Volcano." She
had never read "Sartor Resartus," but she had a womanly instinct that clothes
possess an influence more powerful over many than the worth of character or
the magic of manners. So she dressed herself in her best, and, trying to persuade
herself that she was neither excited nor nervous, bravely climbed two pairs of
dark and dirty stairs to find herself in a disorderly room, a cloud of cigar-
smoke, and the presence of three gentlemen, sitting with their heels rather
higher than their hats, which articles of dress none of them took the trouble to
remove on her appearance. Somewhat daunted by this reception, Jo hesitated on
the threshold, murmuring in much embarrassment,—
"Excuse me, I was looking for the 'Weekly Volcano' office; I wished to see
Mr. Dashwood."
Down went the highest pair of heels, up rose the smokiest gentleman, and,
carefully cherishing his cigar between his fingers, he advanced, with a nod, and
a countenance expressive of nothing but sleep. Feeling that she must get
through the matter somehow, Jo produced her manuscript, and, blushing redder
and redder with each sentence, blundered out fragments of the little speech
carefully prepared for the occasion.
"A friend of mine desired me to offer—a story—just as an experiment—
would like your opinion—be glad to write more if this suits."
While she blushed and blundered, Mr. Dashwood had taken the manuscript,
and was turning over the leaves with a pair of rather dirty fingers, and casting
critical glances up and down the neat pages.

Page 397

"Not a first attempt, I take it?" observing that the pages were numbered,
covered only on one side, and not tied up with a ribbon,—sure sign of a novice.
"No, sir; she has had some experience, and got a prize for a tale in the
'Blarneystone Banner.'"
"Oh, did she?" and Mr. Dashwood gave Jo a quick look, which seemed to
take note of everything she had on, from the bow in her bonnet to the buttons
on her boots. "Well, you can leave it, if you like. We've more of this sort of
thing on hand than we know what to do with at present; but I'll run my eye over
it, and give you an answer next week."
Now, Jo did not like to leave it, for Mr. Dashwood didn't suit her at all; but,
under the circumstances, there was nothing for her to do but bow and walk
away, looking particularly tall and dignified, as she was apt to do when nettled
or abashed. Just then she was both; for it was perfectly evident, from the
knowing glances exchanged among the gentlemen, that her little fiction of "my
friend" was considered a good joke; and a laugh, produced by some inaudible
remark of the editor, as he closed the door, completed her discomfiture. Half
resolving never to return, she went home, and worked off her irritation by
stitching pinafores vigorously; and in an hour or two was cool enough to laugh
over the scene, and long for next week.
When she went again, Mr. Dashwood was alone, whereat she rejoiced; Mr.
Dashwood was much wider awake than before, which was agreeable; and Mr.
Dashwood was not too deeply absorbed in a cigar to remember his manners: so
the second interview was much more comfortable than the first.
"We'll take this" (editors never say I), "if you don't object to a few alterations.
It's too long, but omitting the passages I've marked will make it just the right
length," he said, in a business-like tone.
Jo hardly knew her own MS. again, so crumpled and underscored were its
pages and paragraphs; but, feeling as a tender parent might on being asked to
cut off her baby's legs in order that it might fit into a new cradle, she looked at
the marked passages, and was surprised to find that all the moral reflections—
which she had carefully put in as ballast for much romance—had been stricken
out.
"But, sir, I thought every story should have some sort of a moral, so I took
care to have a few of my sinners repent."
Mr. Dashwood's editorial gravity relaxed into a smile, for Jo had forgotten
her "friend," and spoken as only an author could.

Page 398

"People want to be amused, not preached at, you know. Morals don't sell
nowadays;" which was not quite a correct statement, by the way.
"You think it would do with these alterations, then?"
"Yes; it's a new plot, and pretty well worked up—language good, and so on,"
was Mr. Dashwood's affable reply.
"What do you—that is, what compensation—" began Jo, not exactly
knowing how to express herself.
"Oh, yes, well, we give from twenty-five to thirty for things of this sort. Pay
when it comes out," returned Mr. Dashwood, as if that point had escaped him;
such trifles often do escape the editorial mind, it is said.
"Very well; you can have it," said Jo, handing back the story, with a satisfied
air; for, after the dollar-a-column work, even twenty-five seemed good pay.
"Shall I tell my friend you will take another if she has one better than this?"
asked Jo, unconscious of her little slip of the tongue, and emboldened by her
success.
"Well, we'll look at it; can't promise to take it. Tell her to make it short and
spicy, and never mind the moral. What name would your friend like to put to
it?" in a careless tone.
"None at all, if you please; she doesn't wish her name to appear, and has no
nom de plume," said Jo, blushing in spite of herself.
"Just as she likes, of course. The tale will be out next week; will you call for
the money, or shall I send it?" asked Mr. Dashwood, who felt a natural desire to
know who his new contributor might be.
"I'll call. Good morning, sir."
As she departed, Mr. Dashwood put up his feet, with the graceful remark,
"Poor and proud, as usual, but she'll do."
Following Mr. Dashwood's directions, and making Mrs. Northbury her
model, Jo rashly took a plunge into the frothy sea of sensational literature; but,
thanks to the life-preserver thrown her by a friend, she came up again, not much
the worse for her ducking.
Like most young scribblers, she went abroad for her characters and scenery;
and banditti, counts, gypsies, nuns, and duchesses appeared upon her stage, and
played their parts with as much accuracy and spirit as could be expected. Her
readers were not particular about such trifles as grammar, punctuation, and
probability, and Mr. Dashwood graciously permitted her to fill his columns at
the lowest prices, not thinking it necessary to tell her that the real cause of his

Page 399

hospitality was the fact that one of his hacks, on being offered higher wages,
had basely left him in the lurch.
She soon became interested in her work, for her emaciated purse grew stout,
and the little hoard she was making to take Beth to the mountains next summer
grew slowly but surely as the weeks passed. One thing disturbed her
satisfaction, and that was that she did not tell them at home. She had a feeling
that father and mother would not approve, and preferred to have her own way
first, and beg pardon afterward. It was easy to keep her secret, for no name
appeared with her stories; Mr. Dashwood had, of course, found it out very soon,
but promised to be dumb; and, for a wonder, kept his word.
She thought it would do her no harm, for she sincerely meant to write
nothing of which she should be ashamed, and quieted all pricks of conscience
by anticipations of the happy minute when she should show her earnings and
laugh over her well-kept secret.
But Mr. Dashwood rejected any but thrilling tales; and, as thrills could not be
produced except by harrowing up the souls of the readers, history and romance,
land and sea, science and art, police records and lunatic asylums, had to be
ransacked for the purpose. Jo soon found that her innocent experience had
given her but few glimpses of the tragic world which underlies society; so,
regarding it in a business light, she set about supplying her deficiencies with
characteristic energy. Eager to find material for stories, and bent on making
them original in plot, if not masterly in execution, she searched newspapers for
accidents, incidents, and crimes; she excited the suspicions of public librarians
by asking for works on poisons; she studied faces in the street, and characters,
good, bad, and indifferent, all about her; she delved in the dust of ancient times
for facts or fictions so old that they were as good as new, and introduced herself
to folly, sin, and misery, as well as her limited opportunities allowed. She
thought she was prospering finely; but, unconsciously, she was beginning to
desecrate some of the womanliest attributes of a woman's character. She was
living in bad society; and, imaginary though it was, its influence affected her,
for she was feeding heart and fancy on dangerous and unsubstantial food, and
was fast brushing the innocent bloom from her nature by a premature
acquaintance with the darker side of life, which comes soon enough to all of us.
She was beginning to feel rather than see this, for much describing of other
people's passions and feelings set her to studying and speculating about her
own,—a morbid amusement, in which healthy young minds do not voluntarily
indulge. Wrong-doing always brings its own punishment; and, when Jo most
needed hers, she got it.

Page 400

I don't know whether the study of Shakespeare helped her to read character,
or the natural instinct of a woman for what was honest, brave, and strong; but
while endowing her imaginary heroes with every perfection under the sun, Jo
was discovering a live hero, who interested her in spite of many human
imperfections. Mr. Bhaer, in one of their conversations, had advised her to
study simple, true, and lovely characters, wherever she found them, as good
training for a writer. Jo took him at his word, for she coolly turned round and
studied him,—a proceeding which would have much surprised him, had he
known it, for the worthy Professor was very humble in his own conceit.
Why everybody liked him was what puzzled Jo, at first. He was neither rich
nor great, young nor handsome; in no respect what is called fascinating,
imposing, or brilliant; and yet he was as attractive as a genial fire, and people
seemed to gather about him as naturally as about a warm hearth. He was poor,
yet always appeared to be giving something away; a stranger, yet every one was
his friend; no longer young, but as happy-hearted as a boy; plain and peculiar,
yet his face looked beautiful to many, and his oddities were freely forgiven for
his sake. Jo often watched him, trying to discover the charm, and, at last,
decided that it was benevolence which worked the miracle. If he had any
sorrow, "it sat with its head under its wing," and he turned only his sunny side
to the world. There were lines upon his forehead, but Time seemed to have
touched him gently, remembering how kind he was to others. The pleasant
curves about his mouth were the memorials of many friendly words and cheery
laughs; his eyes were never cold or hard, and his big hand had a warm, strong
grasp that was more expressive than words.
His very clothes seemed to partake of the hospitable nature of the wearer.
They looked as if they were at ease, and liked to make him comfortable; his
capacious waistcoat was suggestive of a large heart underneath; his rusty coat
had a social air, and the baggy pockets plainly proved that little hands often
went in empty and came out full; his very boots were benevolent, and his
collars never stiff and raspy like other people's.
"That's it!" said Jo to herself, when she at length discovered that genuine
good-will towards one's fellow-men could beautify and dignify even a stout
German teacher, who shovelled in his dinner, darned his own socks, and was
burdened with the name of Bhaer.
Jo valued goodness highly, but she also possessed a most feminine respect
for intellect, and a little discovery which she made about the Professor added
much to her regard for him. He never spoke of himself, and no one ever knew
that in his native city he had been a man much honored and esteemed for

Page 401

learning and integrity, till a countryman came to see him, and, in a conversation
with Miss Norton, divulged the pleasing fact. From her Jo learned it, and liked
it all the better because Mr. Bhaer had never told it. She felt proud to know that
he was an honored Professor in Berlin, though only a poor language-master in
America; and his homely, hard-working life was much beautified by the spice
of romance which this discovery gave it.
Another and a better gift than intellect was shown her in a most unexpected
manner. Miss Norton had the entrée into literary society, which Jo would have
had no chance of seeing but for her. The solitary woman felt an interest in the
ambitious girl, and kindly conferred many favors of this sort both on Jo and the
Professor. She took them with her, one night, to a select symposium, held in
honor of several celebrities.

Jo went prepared to bow down and adore the mighty ones whom she had
worshipped with youthful enthusiasm afar off. But her reverence for genius
received a severe shock that night, and it took her some time to recover from
the discovery that the great creatures were only men and women after all.
Imagine her dismay, on stealing a glance of timid admiration at the poet whose
lines suggested an ethereal being fed on "spirit, fire, and dew," to behold him
devouring his supper with an ardor which flushed his intellectual countenance.
Turning as from a fallen idol, she made other discoveries which rapidly

Page 402

dispelled her romantic illusions. The great novelist vibrated between two
decanters with the regularity of a pendulum; the famous divine flirted openly
with one of the Madame de Staëls of the age, who looked daggers at another
Corinne, who was amiably satirizing her, after out-manœuvring her in efforts to
absorb the profound philosopher, who imbibed tea Johnsonianly and appeared
to slumber, the loquacity of the lady rendering speech impossible. The scientific
celebrities, forgetting their mollusks and glacial periods, gossiped about art,
while devoting themselves to oysters and ices with characteristic energy; the
young musician, who was charming the city like a second Orpheus, talked
horses; and the specimen of the British nobility present happened to be the most
ordinary man of the party.
Before the evening was half over, Jo felt so completely désillusionée, that she
sat down in a corner to recover herself. Mr. Bhaer soon joined her, looking
rather out of his element, and presently several of the philosophers, each
mounted on his hobby, came ambling up to hold an intellectual tournament in
the recess. The conversation was miles beyond Jo's comprehension, but she
enjoyed it, though Kant and Hegel were unknown gods, the Subjective and
Objective unintelligible terms; and the only thing "evolved from her inner
consciousness," was a bad headache after it was all over. It dawned upon her
gradually that the world was being picked to pieces, and put together on new,
and, according to the talkers, on infinitely better principles than before; that
religion was in a fair way to be reasoned into nothingness, and intellect was to
be the only God. Jo knew nothing about philosophy or metaphysics of any sort,
but a curious excitement, half pleasurable, half painful, came over her, as she
listened with a sense of being turned adrift into time and space, like a young
balloon out on a holiday.
She looked round to see how the Professor liked it, and found him looking at
her with the grimmest expression she had ever seen him wear. He shook his
head, and beckoned her to come away; but she was fascinated, just then, by the
freedom of Speculative Philosophy, and kept her seat, trying to find out what
the wise gentlemen intended to rely upon after they had annihilated all the old
beliefs.
Now, Mr. Bhaer was a diffident man, and slow to offer his own opinions, not
because they were unsettled, but too sincere and earnest to be lightly spoken. As
he glanced from Jo to several other young people, attracted by the brilliancy of
the philosophic pyrotechnics, he knit his brows, and longed to speak, fearing
that some inflammable young soul would be led astray by the rockets, to find,

Page 403

when the display was over, that they had only an empty stick or a scorched
hand.
He bore it as long as he could; but when he was appealed to for an opinion,
he blazed up with honest indignation, and defended religion with all the
eloquence of truth,—an eloquence which made his broken English musical, and
his plain face beautiful. He had a hard fight, for the wise men argued well; but
he didn't know when he was beaten, and stood to his colors like a man.
Somehow, as he talked, the world got right again to Jo; the old beliefs, that had
lasted so long, seemed better than the new; God was not a blind force, and
immortality was not a pretty fable, but a blessed fact. She felt as if she had solid
ground under her feet again; and when Mr. Bhaer paused, out-talked, but not
one whit convinced, Jo wanted to clap her hands and thank him.
She did neither; but she remembered this scene, and gave the Professor her
heartiest respect, for she knew it cost him an effort to speak out then and there,
because his conscience would not let him be silent. She began to see that
character is a better possession than money, rank, intellect, or beauty; and to
feel that if greatness is what a wise man has defined it to be, "truth, reverence,
and good-will," then her friend Friedrich Bhaer was not only good, but great.
This belief strengthened daily. She valued his esteem, she coveted his
respect, she wanted to be worthy of his friendship; and, just when the wish was
sincerest, she came near losing everything. It all grew out of a cocked hat; for
one evening the Professor came in to give Jo her lesson, with a paper soldier-
cap on his head, which Tina had put there, and he had forgotten to take off.
"It's evident he doesn't look in his glass before coming down," thought Jo,
with a smile, as he said "Goot efening," and sat soberly down, quite
unconscious of the ludicrous contrast between his subject and his head-gear, for
he was going to read her the "Death of Wallenstein."

Page 404

She said nothing at first, for she liked to hear him laugh out his big, hearty
laugh, when anything funny happened, so she left him to discover it for himself,
and presently forgot all about it; for to hear a German read Schiller is rather an
absorbing occupation. After the reading came the lesson, which was a lively
one, for Jo was in a gay mood that night, and the cocked-hat kept her eyes
dancing with merriment. The Professor didn't know what to make of her, and
stopped at last, to ask, with an air of mild surprise that was irresistible,—
"Mees Marsch, for what do you laugh in your master's face? Haf you no
respect for me, that you go on so bad?"
"How can I be respectful, sir, when you forget to take your hat off?" said Jo.
Lifting his hand to his head, the absent-minded Professor gravely felt and
removed the little cocked-hat, looked at it a minute, and then threw back his

Page 405

head, and laughed like a merry bass-viol.
"Ah! I see him now; it is that imp Tina who makes me a fool with my cap.
Well, it is nothing; but see you, if this lesson goes not well, you too shall wear
him."
But the lesson did not go at all for a few minutes, because Mr. Bhaer caught
sight of a picture on the hat, and, unfolding it, said, with an air of great disgust,

"I wish these papers did not come in the house; they are not for children to
see, nor young people to read. It is not well, and I haf no patience with those
who make this harm."
Jo glanced at the sheet, and saw a pleasing illustration composed of a lunatic,
a corpse, a villain, and a viper. She did not like it; but the impulse that made her
turn it over was not one of displeasure, but fear, because, for a minute, she
fancied the paper was the "Volcano." It was not, however, and her panic
subsided as she remembered that, even if it had been, and one of her own tales
in it, there would have been no name to betray her. She had betrayed herself,
however, by a look and a blush; for, though an absent man, the Professor saw a
good deal more than people fancied. He knew that Jo wrote, and had met her
down among the newspaper offices more than once; but as she never spoke of
it, he asked no questions, in spite of a strong desire to see her work. Now it
occurred to him that she was doing what she was ashamed to own, and it
troubled him. He did not say to himself, "It is none of my business; I've no right
to say anything," as many people would have done; he only remembered that
she was young and poor, a girl far away from mother's love and father's care;
and he was moved to help her with an impulse as quick and natural as that
which would prompt him to put out his hand to save a baby from a puddle. All
this flashed through his mind in a minute, but not a trace of it appeared in his
face; and by the time the paper was turned, and Jo's needle threaded, he was
ready to say quite naturally, but very gravely,—
"Yes, you are right to put it from you. I do not like to think that good young
girls should see such things. They are made pleasant to some, but I would more
rather give my boys gunpowder to play with than this bad trash."
"All may not be bad, only silly, you know; and if there is a demand for it, I
don't see any harm in supplying it. Many very respectable people make an
honest living out of what are called sensation stories," said Jo, scratching
gathers so energetically that a row of little slits followed her pin.

Page 406

"There is a demand for whiskey, but I think you and I do not care to sell it. If
the respectable people knew what harm they did, they would not feel that the
living was honest. They haf no right to put poison in the sugar-plum, and let the
small ones eat it. No; they should think a little, and sweep mud in the street
before they do this thing."
Mr. Bhaer spoke warmly, and walked to the fire, crumpling the paper in his
hands. Jo sat still, looking as if the fire had come to her; for her cheeks burned
long after the cocked hat had turned to smoke, and gone harmlessly up the
chimney.
"I should like much to send all the rest after him," muttered the Professor,
coming back with a relieved air.
Jo thought what a blaze her pile of papers upstairs would make, and her hard-
earned money lay rather heavily on her conscience at that minute. Then she
thought consolingly to herself, "Mine are not like that; they are only silly, never
bad, so I won't be worried;" and taking up her book, she said, with a studious
face,—
"Shall we go on, sir? I'll be very good and proper now."
"I shall hope so," was all he said, but he meant more than she imagined; and
the grave, kind look he gave her made her feel as if the words "Weekly
Volcano" were printed in large type on her forehead.
As soon as she went to her room, she got out her papers, and carefully re-
read every one of her stories. Being a little short-sighted, Mr. Bhaer sometimes
used eye-glasses, and Jo had tried them once, smiling to see how they
magnified the fine print of her book; now she seemed to have got on the
Professor's mental or moral spectacles also; for the faults of these poor stories
glared at her dreadfully, and filled her with dismay.
"They are trash, and will soon be worse than trash if I go on; for each is more
sensational than the last. I've gone blindly on, hurting myself and other people,
for the sake of money; I know it's so, for I can't read this stuff in sober earnest
without being horribly ashamed of it; and what should I do if they were seen at
home, or Mr. Bhaer got hold of them?"
Jo turned hot at the bare idea, and stuffed the whole bundle into her stove,
nearly setting the chimney afire with the blaze.

Page 407

"Yes, that's the best place for such inflammable nonsense; I'd better burn the
house down, I suppose, than let other people blow themselves up with my
gunpowder," she thought, as she watched the "Demon of the Jura" whisk away,
a little black cinder with fiery eyes.
But when nothing remained of all her three months' work except a heap of
ashes, and the money in her lap, Jo looked sober, as she sat on the floor,
wondering what she ought to do about her wages.
"I think I haven't done much harm yet, and may keep this to pay for my
time," she said, after a long meditation, adding impatiently, "I almost wish I
hadn't any conscience, it's so inconvenient. If I didn't care about doing right,
and didn't feel uncomfortable when doing wrong, I should get on capitally. I
can't help wishing sometimes, that father and mother hadn't been so particular
about such things."
Ah, Jo, instead of wishing that, thank God that "father and mother were
particular," and pity from your heart those who have no such guardians to hedge
them round with principles which may seem like prison-walls to impatient
youth, but which will prove sure foundations to build character upon in
womanhood.
Jo wrote no more sensational stories, deciding that the money did not pay for
her share of the sensation; but, going to the other extreme, as is the way with

Page 408

people of her stamp, she took a course of Mrs. Sherwood, Miss Edgeworth, and
Hannah More; and then produced a tale which might have been more properly
called an essay or a sermon, so intensely moral was it. She had her doubts about
it from the beginning; for her lively fancy and girlish romance felt as ill at ease
in the new style as she would have done masquerading in the stiff and
cumbrous costume of the last century. She sent this didactic gem to several
markets, but it found no purchaser; and she was inclined to agree with Mr.
Dashwood, that morals didn't sell.
Then she tried a child's story, which she could easily have disposed of if she
had not been mercenary enough to demand filthy lucre for it. The only person
who offered enough to make it worth her while to try juvenile literature was a
worthy gentleman who felt it his mission to convert all the world to his
particular belief. But much as she liked to write for children, Jo could not
consent to depict all her naughty boys as being eaten by bears or tossed by mad
bulls, because they did not go to a particular Sabbath-school, nor all the good
infants, who did go, as rewarded by every kind of bliss, from gilded
gingerbread to escorts of angels, when they departed this life with psalms or
sermons on their lisping tongues. So nothing came of these trials; and Jo corked
up her inkstand, and said, in a fit of very wholesome humility,—
"I don't know anything; I'll wait till I do before I try again, and, meantime,
'sweep mud in the street,' if I can't do better; that's honest, at least;" which
decision proved that her second tumble down the bean-stalk had done her some
good.
While these internal revolutions were going on, her external life had been as
busy and uneventful as usual; and if she sometimes looked serious or a little sad
no one observed it but Professor Bhaer. He did it so quietly that Jo never knew
he was watching to see if she would accept and profit by his reproof; but she
stood the test, and he was satisfied; for, though no words passed between them,
he knew that she had given up writing. Not only did he guess it by the fact that
the second finger of her right hand was no longer inky, but she spent her
evenings downstairs now, was met no more among newspaper offices, and
studied with a dogged patience, which assured him that she was bent on
occupying her mind with something useful, if not pleasant.
He helped her in many ways, proving himself a true friend, and Jo was
happy; for, while her pen lay idle, she was learning other lessons beside
German, and laying a foundation for the sensation story of her own life.
It was a pleasant winter and a long one, for she did not leave Mrs. Kirke till
June. Every one seemed sorry when the time came; the children were

Page 409

inconsolable, and Mr. Bhaer's hair stuck straight up all over his head, for he
always rumpled it wildly when disturbed in mind.
"Going home? Ah, you are happy that you haf a home to go in," he said,
when she told him, and sat silently pulling his beard, in the corner, while she
held a little levee on that last evening.
She was going early, so she bade them all good-by over night; and when his
turn came, she said warmly,—
"Now, sir, you won't forget to come and see us, if you ever travel our way,
will you? I'll never forgive you if you do, for I want them all to know my
friend."
"Do you? Shall I come?" he asked, looking down at her with an eager
expression which she did not see.
"Yes, come next month; Laurie graduates then, and you'd enjoy
Commencement as something new."
"That is your best friend, of whom you speak?" he said, in an altered tone.
"Yes, my boy Teddy; I'm very proud of him, and should like you to see him."
Jo looked up then, quite unconscious of anything but her own pleasure in the
prospect of showing them to one another. Something in Mr. Bhaer's face
suddenly recalled the fact that she might find Laurie more than a "best friend,"
and, simply because she particularly wished not to look as if anything was the
matter, she involuntarily began to blush; and the more she tried not to, the
redder she grew. If it had not been for Tina on her knee, she didn't know what
would have become of her. Fortunately, the child was moved to hug her; so she
managed to hide her face an instant, hoping the Professor did not see it. But he
did, and his own changed again from that momentary anxiety to its usual
expression, as he said cordially,—
"I fear I shall not make the time for that, but I wish the friend much success,
and you all happiness. Gott bless you!" and with that, he shook hands warmly,
shouldered Tina, and went away.
But after the boys were abed, he sat long before his fire, with the tired look
on his face, and the "heimweh," or homesickness, lying heavy at his heart.
Once, when he remembered Jo, as she sat with the little child in her lap and that
new softness in her face, he leaned his head on his hands a minute, and then
roamed about the room, as if in search of something that he could not find.
"It is not for me; I must not hope it now," he said to himself, with a sigh that
was almost a groan; then, as if reproaching himself for the longing that he could

Page 410

not repress, he went and kissed the two towzled heads upon the pillow, took
down his seldom-used meerschaum, and opened his Plato.
He did his best, and did it manfully; but I don't think he found that a pair of
rampant boys, a pipe, or even the divine Plato, were very satisfactory
substitutes for wife and child and home.
Early as it was, he was at the station, next morning, to see Jo off; and, thanks
to him, she began her solitary journey with the pleasant memory of a familiar
face smiling its farewell, a bunch of violets to keep her company, and, best of
all, the happy thought,—
"Well, the winter's gone, and I've written no books, earned no fortune; but
I've made a friend worth having, and I'll try to keep him all my life."

Page 411

XXXV.
HEARTACHE.
Whatever his motive might have been, Laurie studied to some purpose that
year, for he graduated with honor, and gave the Latin oration with the grace of a
Phillips and the eloquence of a Demosthenes, so his friends said. They were all
there, his grandfather,—oh, so proud!—Mr. and Mrs. March, John and Meg, Jo
and Beth, and all exulted over him with the sincere admiration which boys
make light of at the time, but fail to win from the world by any after-triumphs.
"I've got to stay for this confounded supper, but I shall be home early to-
morrow; you'll come and meet me as usual, girls?" Laurie said, as he put the
sisters into the carriage after the joys of the day were over. He said "girls," but
he meant Jo, for she was the only one who kept up the old custom; she had not

Page 412

the heart to refuse her splendid, successful boy anything, and answered warmly,

"I'll come, Teddy, rain or shine, and march before you, playing 'Hail the
conquering hero comes,' on a jews-harp."
Laurie thanked her with a look that made her think, in a sudden panic, "Oh,
deary me! I know he'll say something, and then what shall I do?"
Evening meditation and morning work somewhat allayed her fears, and
having decided that she wouldn't be vain enough to think people were going to
propose when she had given them every reason to know what her answer would
be, she set forth at the appointed time, hoping Teddy wouldn't do anything to
make her hurt his poor little feelings. A call at Meg's, and a refreshing sniff and
sip at the Daisy and Demijohn, still further fortified her for the tête-à-tête, but
when she saw a stalwart figure looming in the distance, she had a strong desire
to turn about and run away.
"Where's the jews-harp, Jo?" cried Laurie, as soon as he was within speaking
distance.
"I forgot it;" and Jo took heart again, for that salutation could not be called
lover-like.
She always used to take his arm on these occasions; now she did not, and he
made no complaint, which was a bad sign, but talked on rapidly about all sorts
of far-away subjects, till they turned from the road into the little path that led
homeward through the grove. Then he walked more slowly, suddenly lost his
fine flow of language, and, now and then, a dreadful pause occurred. To rescue
the conversation from one of the wells of silence into which it kept falling, Jo
said hastily,—
"Now you must have a good long holiday!"
"I intend to."
Something in his resolute tone made Jo look up quickly to find him looking
down at her with an expression that assured her the dreaded moment had come,
and made her put out her hand with an imploring,—
"No, Teddy, please don't!"
"I will, and you must hear me. It's no use, Jo; we've got to have it out, and the
sooner the better for both of us," he answered, getting flushed and excited all at
once.
"Say what you like, then; I'll listen," said Jo, with a desperate sort of
patience.

Page 413

Laurie was a young lover, but he was in earnest, and meant to "have it out," if
he died in the attempt; so he plunged into the subject with characteristic
impetuosity, saying in a voice that would get choky now and then, in spite of
manful efforts to keep it steady,—
"I've loved you ever since I've known you, Jo; couldn't help it, you've been so
good to me. I've tried to show it, but you wouldn't let me; now I'm going to
make you hear, and give me an answer, for I can't go on so any longer."
"I wanted to save you this; I thought you'd understand—" began Jo, finding it
a great deal harder than she expected.
"I know you did; but girls are so queer you never know what they mean.
They say No when they mean Yes, and drive a man out of his wits just for the
fun of it," returned Laurie, entrenching himself behind an undeniable fact.
"I don't. I never wanted to make you care for me so, and I went away to keep
you from it if I could."
"I thought so; it was like you, but it was no use. I only loved you all the
more, and I worked hard to please you, and I gave up billiards and everything
you didn't like, and waited and never complained, for I hoped you'd love me,
though I'm not half good enough—" here there was a choke that couldn't be
controlled, so he decapitated buttercups while he cleared his "confounded
throat."
"Yes, you are; you're a great deal too good for me, and I'm so grateful to you,
and so proud and fond of you, I don't see why I can't love you as you want me
to. I've tried, but I can't change the feeling, and it would be a lie to say I do
when I don't."
"Really, truly, Jo?"
He stopped short, and caught both her hands as he put his question with a
look that she did not soon forget.
"Really, truly, dear."
They were in the grove now, close by the stile; and when the last words fell
reluctantly from Jo's lips, Laurie dropped her hands and turned as if to go on,
but for once in his life that fence was too much for him; so he just laid his head
down on the mossy post, and stood so still that Jo was frightened.

Page 414

"O Teddy, I'm so sorry, so desperately sorry, I could kill myself if it would do
any good! I wish you wouldn't take it so hard. I can't help it; you know it's
impossible for people to make themselves love other people if they don't," cried
Jo inelegantly but remorsefully, as she softly patted his shoulder, remembering
the time when he had comforted her so long ago.
"They do sometimes," said a muffled voice from the post.
"I don't believe it's the right sort of love, and I'd rather not try it," was the
decided answer.
There was a long pause, while a blackbird sung blithely on the willow by the
river, and the tall grass rustled in the wind. Presently Jo said very soberly, as
she sat down on the step of the stile,—
"Laurie, I want to tell you something."
He started as if he had been shot, threw up his head, and cried out, in a fierce
tone—
"Don't tell me that, Jo; I can't bear it now!"
"Tell what?" she asked, wondering at his violence.
"That you love that old man."
"What old man?" demanded Jo, thinking he must mean his grandfather.

Page 415

"That devilish Professor you were always writing about. If you say you love
him, I know I shall do something desperate;" and he looked as if he would keep
his word, as he clenched his hands, with a wrathful spark in his eyes.
Jo wanted to laugh, but restrained herself, and said warmly, for she, too, was
getting excited with all this,—
"Don't swear, Teddy! He isn't old, nor anything bad, but good and kind, and
the best friend I've got, next to you. Pray, don't fly into a passion; I want to be
kind, but I know I shall get angry if you abuse my Professor. I haven't the least
idea of loving him or anybody else."
"But you will after a while, and then what will become of me?"
"You'll love some one else too, like a sensible boy, and forget all this
trouble."
"I can't love any one else; and I'll never forget you, Jo, never! never!" with a
stamp to emphasize his passionate words.
"What shall I do with him?" sighed Jo, finding that emotions were more
unmanageable than she expected. "You haven't heard what I wanted to tell you.
Sit down and listen; for indeed I want to do right and make you happy," she
said, hoping to soothe him with a little reason, which proved that she knew
nothing about love.
Seeing a ray of hope in that last speech, Laurie threw himself down on the
grass at her feet, leaned his arm on the lower step of the stile, and looked up at
her with an expectant face. Now that arrangement was not conducive to calm
speech or clear thought on Jo's part; for how could she say hard things to her
boy while he watched her with eyes full of love and longing, and lashes still
wet with the bitter drop or two her hardness of heart had wrung from him? She
gently turned his head away, saying, as she stroked the wavy hair which had
been allowed to grow for her sake,—how touching that was, to be sure!—
"I agree with mother that you and I are not suited to each other, because our
quick tempers and strong wills would probably make us very miserable, if we
were so foolish as to—" Jo paused a little over the last word, but Laurie uttered
it with a rapturous expression,—
"Marry,—no, we shouldn't! If you loved me, Jo, I should be a perfect saint,
for you could make me anything you like."
"No, I can't. I've tried it and failed, and I won't risk our happiness by such a
serious experiment. We don't agree and we never shall; so we'll be good friends
all our lives, but we won't go and do anything rash."
"Yes, we will if we get the chance," muttered Laurie rebelliously.

Page 416

"Now do be reasonable, and take a sensible view of the case," implored Jo,
almost at her wit's end.
"I won't be reasonable; I don't want to take what you call 'a sensible view;' it
won't help me, and it only makes you harder. I don't believe you've got any
heart."
"I wish I hadn't!"
There was a little quiver in Jo's voice, and, thinking it a good omen, Laurie
turned round, bringing all his persuasive powers to bear as he said, in the
wheedlesome tone that had never been so dangerously wheedlesome before,—
"Don't disappoint us, dear! Every one expects it. Grandpa has set his heart
upon it, your people like it, and I can't get on without you. Say you will, and
let's be happy. Do, do!"
Not until months afterward did Jo understand how she had the strength of
mind to hold fast to the resolution she had made when she decided that she did
not love her boy, and never could. It was very hard to do, but she did it,
knowing that delay was both useless and cruel.
"I can't say 'Yes' truly, so I won't say it at all. You'll see that I'm right, by and
by, and thank me for it"—she began solemnly.
"I'll be hanged if I do!" and Laurie bounced up off the grass, burning with
indignation at the bare idea.
"Yes, you will!" persisted Jo; "you'll get over this after a while, and find
some lovely, accomplished girl, who will adore you, and make a fine mistress
for your fine house. I shouldn't. I'm homely and awkward and odd and old, and
you'd be ashamed of me, and we should quarrel,—we can't help it even now,
you see,—and I shouldn't like elegant society and you would, and you'd hate
my scribbling, and I couldn't get on without it, and we should be unhappy, and
wish we hadn't done it, and everything would be horrid!"
"Anything more?" asked Laurie, finding it hard to listen patiently to this
prophetic burst.
"Nothing more, except that I don't believe I shall ever marry. I'm happy as I
am, and love my liberty too well to be in any hurry to give it up for any mortal
man."
"I know better!" broke in Laurie. "You think so now; but there'll come a time
when you will care for somebody, and you'll love him tremendously, and live
and die for him. I know you will, it's your way, and I shall have to stand by and
see it;" and the despairing lover cast his hat upon the ground with a gesture that
would have seemed comical, if his face had not been so tragical.

Page 417

"Yes, I will live and die for him, if he ever comes and makes me love him in
spite of myself, and you must do the best you can!" cried Jo, losing patience
with poor Teddy. "I've done my best, but you won't be reasonable, and it's
selfish of you to keep teasing for what I can't give. I shall always be fond of
you, very fond indeed, as a friend, but I'll never marry you; and the sooner you
believe it, the better for both of us,—so now!"
That speech was like fire to gunpowder. Laurie looked at her a minute as if
he did not quite know what to do with himself, then turned sharply away,
saying, in a desperate sort of tone,—
"You'll be sorry some day, Jo."
"Oh, where are you going?" she cried, for his face frightened her.
"To the devil!" was the consoling answer.
For a minute Jo's heart stood still, as he swung himself down the bank,
toward the river; but it takes much folly, sin, or misery to send a young man to a
violent death, and Laurie was not one of the weak sort who are conquered by a
single failure. He had no thought of a melodramatic plunge, but some blind
instinct led him to fling hat and coat into his boat, and row away with all his
might, making better time up the river than he had done in many a race. Jo drew
a long breath and unclasped her hands as she watched the poor fellow trying to
outstrip the trouble which he carried in his heart.
"That will do him good, and he'll come home in such a tender, penitent state
of mind, that I sha'n't dare to see him," she said; adding, as she went slowly
home, feeling as if she had murdered some innocent thing, and buried it under
the leaves,—
"Now I must go and prepare Mr. Laurence to be very kind to my poor boy. I
wish he'd love Beth; perhaps he may, in time, but I begin to think I was
mistaken about her. Oh dear! how can girls like to have lovers and refuse them.
I think it's dreadful."
Being sure that no one could do it so well as herself, she went straight to Mr.
Laurence, told the hard story bravely through, and then broke down, crying so
dismally over her own insensibility that the kind old gentleman, though sorely
disappointed, did not utter a reproach. He found it difficult to understand how
any girl could help loving Laurie, and hoped she would change her mind, but he
knew even better than Jo that love cannot be forced, so he shook his head sadly,
and resolved to carry his boy out of harm's way; for Young Impetuosity's
parting words to Jo disturbed him more than he would confess.

Page 418

When Laurie came home, dead tired, but quite composed, his grandfather
met him as if he knew nothing, and kept up the delusion very successfully for
an hour or two. But when they sat together in the twilight, the time they used to
enjoy so much, it was hard work for the old man to ramble on as usual, and
harder still for the young one to listen to praises of the last year's success, which
to him now seemed love's labor lost. He bore it as long as he could, then went
to his piano, and began to play. The windows were open; and Jo, walking in the
garden with Beth, for once understood music better than her sister, for he
played the "Sonata Pathétique," and played it as he never did before.
"That's very fine, I dare say, but it's sad enough to make one cry; give us
something gayer, lad," said Mr. Laurence, whose kind old heart was full of
sympathy, which he longed to show, but knew not how.
Laurie dashed into a livelier strain, played stormily for several minutes, and
would have got through bravely, if, in a momentary lull, Mrs. March's voice had
not been heard calling,—
"Jo, dear, come in; I want you."
Just what Laurie longed to say, with a different meaning! As he listened, he
lost his place; the music ended with a broken chord, and the musician sat silent
in the dark.
"I can't stand this," muttered the old gentleman. Up he got, groped his way to
the piano, laid a kind hand on either of the broad shoulders, and said, as gently
as a woman,—
"I know, my boy, I know."
No answer for an instant; then Laurie asked sharply,—
"Who told you?"
"Jo herself."
"Then there's an end of it!" and he shook off his grandfather's hands with an
impatient motion; for, though grateful for the sympathy, his man's pride could
not bear a man's pity.
"Not quite; I want to say one thing, and then there shall be an end of it,"
returned Mr. Laurence, with unusual mildness. "You won't care to stay at home
just now, perhaps?"
"I don't intend to run away from a girl. Jo can't prevent my seeing her, and I
shall stay and do it as long as I like," interrupted Laurie, in a defiant tone.
"Not if you are the gentleman I think you. I'm disappointed, but the girl can't
help it; and the only thing left for you to do is to go away for a time. Where will

Page 419

you go?"
"Anywhere. I don't care what becomes of me;" and Laurie got up, with a
reckless laugh, that grated on his grandfather's ear.
"Take it like a man, and don't do anything rash, for God's sake. Why not go
abroad, as you planned, and forget it?"
"I can't."
"But you've been wild to go, and I promised you should when you got
through college."
"Ah, but I didn't mean to go alone!" and Laurie walked fast through the
room, with an expression which it was well his grandfather did not see.
"I don't ask you to go alone; there's some one ready and glad to go with you,
anywhere in the world."
"Who, sir?" stopping to listen.
"Myself."
Laurie came back as quickly as he went, and put out his hand, saying huskily,

"I'm a selfish brute; but—you know—grandfather—"
"Lord help me, yes, I do know, for I've been through it all before, once in my
own young days, and then with your father. Now, my dear boy, just sit quietly
down, and hear my plan. It's all settled, and can be carried out at once," said Mr.
Laurence, keeping hold of the young man, as if fearful that he would break
away, as his father had done before him.
"Well, sir, what is it?" and Laurie sat down, without a sign of interest in face
or voice.
"There is business in London that needs looking after; I meant you should
attend to it; but I can do it better myself, and things here will get on very well
with Brooke to manage them. My partners do almost everything; I'm merely
holding on till you take my place, and can be off at any time."
"But you hate travelling, sir; I can't ask it of you at your age," began Laurie,
who was grateful for the sacrifice, but much preferred to go alone, if he went at
all.
The old gentleman knew that perfectly well, and particularly desired to
prevent it; for the mood in which he found his grandson assured him that it
would not be wise to leave him to his own devices. So, stifling a natural regret
at the thought of the home comforts he would leave behind him, he said stoutly,

Page 420

"Bless your soul, I'm not superannuated yet. I quite enjoy the idea; it will do
me good, and my old bones won't suffer, for travelling nowadays is almost as
easy as sitting in a chair."
A restless movement from Laurie suggested that his chair was not easy, or
that he did not like the plan, and made the old man add hastily,—
"I don't mean to be a marplot or a burden; I go because I think you'd feel
happier than if I was left behind. I don't intend to gad about with you, but leave
you free to go where you like, while I amuse myself in my own way. I've
friends in London and Paris, and should like to visit them; meantime you can go
to Italy, Germany, Switzerland, where you will, and enjoy pictures, music,
scenery, and adventures to your heart's content."
Now, Laurie felt just then that his heart was entirely broken, and the world a
howling wilderness; but at the sound of certain words which the old gentleman
artfully introduced into his closing sentence, the broken heart gave an
unexpected leap, and a green oasis or two suddenly appeared in the howling
wilderness. He sighed, and then said, in a spiritless tone,—
"Just as you like, sir; it doesn't matter where I go or what I do."
"It does to me, remember that, my lad; I give you entire liberty, but I trust
you to make an honest use of it. Promise me that, Laurie."
"Anything you like, sir."
"Good," thought the old gentleman. "You don't care now, but there'll come a
time when that promise will keep you out of mischief, or I'm much mistaken."
Being an energetic individual, Mr. Laurence struck while the iron was hot;
and before the blighted being recovered spirit enough to rebel, they were off.
During the time necessary for preparation, Laurie bore himself as young
gentlemen usually do in such cases. He was moody, irritable, and pensive by
turns; lost his appetite, neglected his dress, and devoted much time to playing
tempestuously on his piano; avoided Jo, but consoled himself by staring at her
from his window, with a tragical face that haunted her dreams by night, and
oppressed her with a heavy sense of guilt by day. Unlike some sufferers, he
never spoke of his unrequited passion, and would allow no one, not even Mrs.
March, to attempt consolation or offer sympathy. On some accounts, this was a
relief to his friends; but the weeks before his departure were very
uncomfortable, and every one rejoiced that the "poor, dear fellow was going
away to forget his trouble, and come home happy." Of course, he smiled darkly
at their delusion, but passed it by, with the sad superiority of one who knew that
his fidelity, like his love, was unalterable.

Page 421

When the parting came he affected high spirits, to conceal certain
inconvenient emotions which seemed inclined to assert themselves. This gayety
did not impose upon anybody, but they tried to look as if it did, for his sake, and
he got on very well till Mrs. March kissed him, with a whisper full of motherly
solicitude; then, feeling that he was going very fast, he hastily embraced them
all round, not forgetting the afflicted Hannah, and ran downstairs as if for his
life. Jo followed a minute after to wave her hand to him if he looked round. He
did look round, came back, put his arms about her, as she stood on the step
above him, and looked up at her with a face that made his short appeal both
eloquent and pathetic.
"O Jo, can't you?"

Page 422

"Teddy, dear, I wish I could!"
That was all, except a little pause; then Laurie straightened himself up, said
"It's all right, never mind," and went away without another word. Ah, but it
wasn't all right, and Jo did mind; for while the curly head lay on her arm a
minute after her hard answer, she felt as if she had stabbed her dearest friend;
and when he left her without a look behind him, she knew that the boy Laurie
never would come again.

Page 423

Page 424

XXXVI.
BETH'S SECRET.
When Jo came home that spring, she had been struck with the change in
Beth. No one spoke of it or seemed aware of it, for it had come too gradually to
startle those who saw her daily; but to eyes sharpened by absence, it was very
plain; and a heavy weight fell on Jo's heart as she saw her sister's face. It was no
paler and but little thinner than in the autumn; yet there was a strange,
transparent look about it, as if the mortal was being slowly refined away, and
the immortal shining through the frail flesh with an indescribably pathetic
beauty. Jo saw and felt it, but said nothing at the time, and soon the first
impression lost much of its power; for Beth seemed happy, no one appeared to
doubt that she was better; and, presently, in other cares, Jo for a time forgot her
fear.
But when Laurie was gone, and peace prevailed again, the vague anxiety
returned and haunted her. She had confessed her sins and been forgiven; but
when she showed her savings and proposed the mountain trip, Beth had thanked
her heartily, but begged not to go so far away from home. Another little visit to
the seashore would suit her better, and, as grandma could not be prevailed upon
to leave the babies, Jo took Beth down to the quiet place, where she could live
much in the open air, and let the fresh sea-breezes blow a little color into her
pale cheeks.
It was not a fashionable place, but, even among the pleasant people there, the
girls made few friends, preferring to live for one another. Beth was too shy to
enjoy society, and Jo too wrapped up in her to care for any one else; so they
were all in all to each other, and came and went, quite unconscious of the
interest they excited in those about them, who watched with sympathetic eyes
the strong sister and the feeble one, always together, as if they felt instinctively
that a long separation was not far away.
They did feel it, yet neither spoke of it; for often between ourselves and those
nearest and dearest to us there exists a reserve which it is very hard to
overcome. Jo felt as if a veil had fallen between her heart and Beth's; but when

Page 425

she put out her hand to lift it up, there seemed something sacred in the silence,
and she waited for Beth to speak. She wondered, and was thankful also, that her
parents did not seem to see what she saw; and, during the quiet weeks, when the
shadow grew so plain to her, she said nothing of it to those at home, believing
that it would tell itself when Beth came back no better. She wondered still more
if her sister really guessed the hard truth, and what thoughts were passing
through her mind during the long hours when she lay on the warm rocks, with
her head in Jo's lap, while the winds blew healthfully over her, and the sea
made music at her feet.

One day Beth told her. Jo thought she was asleep, she lay so still; and,
putting down her book, sat looking at her with wistful eyes, trying to see signs
of hope in the faint color on Beth's cheeks. But she could not find enough to
satisfy her, for the cheeks were very thin, and the hands seemed too feeble to
hold even the rosy little shells they had been gathering. It came to her then
more bitterly than ever that Beth was slowly drifting away from her, and her
arms instinctively tightened their hold upon the dearest treasure she possessed.
For a minute her eyes were too dim for seeing, and, when they cleared, Beth
was looking up at her so tenderly that there was hardly any need for her to say,

"Jo, dear, I'm glad you know it. I've tried to tell you, but I couldn't."

Page 426

There was no answer except her sister's cheek against her own, not even
tears; for when most deeply moved, Jo did not cry. She was the weaker, then,
and Beth tried to comfort and sustain her, with her arms about her, and the
soothing words she whispered in her ear.
"I've known it for a good while, dear, and, now I'm used to it, it isn't hard to
think of or to bear. Try to see it so, and don't be troubled about me, because it's
best; indeed it is."
"Is this what made you so unhappy in the autumn, Beth? You did not feel it
then, and keep it to yourself so long, did you?" asked Jo, refusing to see or say
that it was best, but glad to know that Laurie had no part in Beth's trouble.
"Yes, I gave up hoping then, but I didn't like to own it. I tried to think it was a
sick fancy, and would not let it trouble any one. But when I saw you all so well
and strong, and full of happy plans, it was hard to feel that I could never be like
you, and then I was miserable, Jo."
"O Beth, and you didn't tell me, didn't let me comfort and help you! How
could you shut me out, and bear it all alone?"
Jo's voice was full of tender reproach, and her heart ached to think of the
solitary struggle that must have gone on while Beth learned to say good-by to
health, love, and life, and take up her cross so cheerfully.
"Perhaps it was wrong, but I tried to do right; I wasn't sure, no one said
anything, and I hoped I was mistaken. It would have been selfish to frighten
you all when Marmee was so anxious about Meg, and Amy away, and you so
happy with Laurie,—at least, I thought so then."
"And I thought that you loved him, Beth, and I went away because I
couldn't," cried Jo, glad to say all the truth.
Beth looked so amazed at the idea that Jo smiled in spite of her pain, and
added softly,—
"Then you didn't, deary? I was afraid it was so, and imagined your poor little
heart full of love-lornity all that while."
"Why, Jo, how could I, when he was so fond of you?" asked Beth, as
innocently as a child. "I do love him dearly; he is so good to me, how can I help
it? But he never could be anything to me but my brother. I hope he truly will be,
sometime."
"Not through me," said Jo decidedly. "Amy is left for him, and they would
suit excellently; but I have no heart for such things, now. I don't care what
becomes of anybody but you, Beth. You must get well."

Page 427

"I want to, oh, so much! I try, but every day I lose a little, and feel more sure
that I shall never gain it back. It's like the tide, Jo, when it turns, it goes slowly,
but it can't be stopped."
"It shall be stopped, your tide must not turn so soon, nineteen is too young.
Beth, I can't let you go. I'll work and pray and fight against it. I'll keep you in
spite of everything; there must be ways, it can't be too late. God won't be so
cruel as to take you from me," cried poor Jo rebelliously, for her spirit was far
less piously submissive than Beth's.
Simple, sincere people seldom speak much of their piety; it shows itself in
acts, rather than in words, and has more influence than homilies or
protestations. Beth could not reason upon or explain the faith that gave her
courage and patience to give up life, and cheerfully wait for death. Like a
confiding child, she asked no questions, but left everything to God and nature,
Father and mother of us all, feeling sure that they, and they only, could teach
and strengthen heart and spirit for this life and the life to come. She did not
rebuke Jo with saintly speeches, only loved her better for her passionate
affection, and clung more closely to the dear human love, from which our
Father never means us to be weaned, but through which He draws us closer to
Himself. She could not say, "I'm glad to go," for life was very sweet to her; she
could only sob out, "I try to be willing," while she held fast to Jo, as the first
bitter wave of this great sorrow broke over them together.
By and by Beth said, with recovered serenity,—
"You'll tell them this when we go home?"
"I think they will see it without words," sighed Jo; for now it seemed to her
that Beth changed every day.
"Perhaps not; I've heard that the people who love best are often blindest to
such things. If they don't see it, you will tell them for me. I don't want any
secrets, and it's kinder to prepare them. Meg has John and the babies to comfort
her, but you must stand by father and mother, won't you, Jo?"
"If I can; but, Beth, I don't give up yet; I'm going to believe that it is a sick
fancy, and not let you think it's true," said Jo, trying to speak cheerfully.
Beth lay a minute thinking, and then said in her quiet way,—
"I don't know how to express myself, and shouldn't try, to any one but you,
because I can't speak out, except to my Jo. I only mean to say that I have a
feeling that it never was intended I should live long. I'm not like the rest of you;
I never made any plans about what I'd do when I grew up; I never thought of
being married, as you all did. I couldn't seem to imagine myself anything but

Page 428

stupid little Beth, trotting about at home, of no use anywhere but there. I never
wanted to go away, and the hard part now is the leaving you all. I'm not afraid,
but it seems as if I should be homesick for you even in heaven."
Jo could not speak; and for several minutes there was no sound but the sigh
of the wind and the lapping of the tide. A white-winged gull flew by, with the
flash of sunshine on its silvery breast; Beth watched it till it vanished, and her
eyes were full of sadness. A little gray-coated sand-bird came tripping over the
beach, "peeping" softly to itself, as if enjoying the sun and sea; it came quite
close to Beth, looked at her with a friendly eye, and sat upon a warm stone,
dressing its wet feathers, quite at home. Beth smiled, and felt comforted, for the
tiny thing seemed to offer its small friendship, and remind her that a pleasant
world was still to be enjoyed.
"Dear little bird! See, Jo, how tame it is. I like peeps better than the gulls:
they are not so wild and handsome, but they seem happy, confiding little things.
I used to call them my birds, last summer; and mother said they reminded her of
me,—busy, quaker-colored creatures, always near the shore, and always
chirping that contented little song of theirs. You are the gull, Jo, strong and
wild, fond of the storm and the wind, flying far out to sea, and happy all alone.
Meg is the turtle-dove, and Amy is like the lark she writes about, trying to get
up among the clouds, but always dropping down into its nest again. Dear little
girl! she's so ambitious, but her heart is good and tender; and no matter how
high she flies, she never will forget home. I hope I shall see her again, but she
seems so far away."
"She is coming in the spring, and I mean that you shall be all ready to see and
enjoy her. I'm going to have you well and rosy by that time," began Jo, feeling
that of all the changes in Beth, the talking change was the greatest, for it
seemed to cost no effort now, and she thought aloud in a way quite unlike
bashful Beth.
"Jo, dear, don't hope any more; it won't do any good, I'm sure of that. We
won't be miserable, but enjoy being together while we wait. We'll have happy
times, for I don't suffer much, and I think the tide will go out easily, if you help
me."
Jo leaned down to kiss the tranquil face; and with that silent kiss, she
dedicated herself soul and body to Beth.
She was right: there was no need of any words when they got home, for
father and mother saw plainly, now, what they had prayed to be saved from
seeing. Tired with her short journey, Beth went at once to bed, saying how glad
she was to be at home; and when Jo went down, she found that she would be

Page 429

spared the hard task of telling Beth's secret. Her father stood leaning his head
on the mantel-piece, and did not turn as she came in; but her mother stretched
out her arms as if for help, and Jo went to comfort her without a word.

Page 430

XXXVII.
NEW IMPRESSIONS.
At three o'clock in the afternoon, all the fashionable world at Nice may be
seen on the Promenade des Anglais,—a charming place; for the wide walk,
bordered with palms, flowers, and tropical shrubs, is bounded on one side by
the sea, on the other by the grand drive, lined with hotels and villas, while
beyond lie orange-orchards and the hills. Many nations are represented, many
languages spoken, many costumes worn; and, on a sunny day, the spectacle is
as gay and brilliant as a carnival. Haughty English, lively French, sober
Germans, handsome Spaniards, ugly Russians, meek Jews, free-and-easy
Americans, all drive, sit, or saunter here, chatting over the news, and criticising
the latest celebrity who has arrived,—Ristori or Dickens, Victor Emmanuel or

Page 431

the Queen of the Sandwich Islands. The equipages are as varied as the
company, and attract as much attention, especially the low basket-barouches in
which ladies drive themselves, with a pair of dashing ponies, gay nets to keep
their voluminous flounces from overflowing the diminutive vehicles, and little
grooms on the perch behind.
Along this walk, on Christmas Day, a tall young man walked slowly, with his
hands behind him, and a somewhat absent expression of countenance. He
looked like an Italian, was dressed like an Englishman, and had the independent
air of an American,—a combination which caused sundry pairs of feminine
eyes to look approvingly after him, and sundry dandies in black velvet suits,
with rose-colored neckties, buff gloves, and orange-flowers in their button-
holes, to shrug their shoulders, and then envy him his inches. There were plenty
of pretty faces to admire, but the young man took little notice of them, except to
glance, now and then, at some blonde girl, or lady in blue. Presently he strolled
out of the promenade, and stood a moment at the crossing, as if undecided
whether to go and listen to the band in the Jardin Publique, or to wander along
the beach toward Castle Hill. The quick trot of ponies' feet made him look up,
as one of the little carriages, containing a single lady, came rapidly down the
street. The lady was young, blonde, and dressed in blue. He stared a minute,
then his whole face woke up, and, waving his hat like a boy, he hurried forward
to meet her.
"O Laurie, is it really you? I thought you'd never come!" cried Amy,
dropping the reins, and holding out both hands, to the great scandalization of a
French mamma, who hastened her daughter's steps, lest she should be
demoralized by beholding the free manners of these "mad English."
"I was detained by the way, but I promised to spend Christmas with you, and
here I am."
"How is your grandfather? When did you come? Where are you staying?"
"Very well—last night—at the Chauvain. I called at your hotel, but you were
all out."
"I have so much to say, I don't know where to begin! Get in, and we can talk
at our ease; I was going for a drive, and longing for company. Flo's saving up
for to-night."
"What happens then, a ball?"
"A Christmas party at our hotel. There are many Americans there, and they
give it in honor of the day. You'll go with us, of course? Aunt will be charmed."

Page 432

"Thank you. Where now?" asked Laurie, leaning back and folding his arms, a
proceeding which suited Amy, who preferred to drive; for her parasol-whip and
blue reins over the white ponies' backs, afforded her infinite satisfaction.
"I'm going to the banker's first, for letters, and then to Castle Hill; the view is
so lovely, and I like to feed the peacocks. Have you ever been there?"
"Often, years ago; but I don't mind having a look at it."
"Now tell me all about yourself. The last I heard of you, your grandfather
wrote that he expected you from Berlin."
"Yes, I spent a month there, and then joined him in Paris, where he has
settled for the winter. He has friends there, and finds plenty to amuse him; so I
go and come, and we get on capitally."
"That's a sociable arrangement," said Amy, missing something in Laurie's
manner, though she couldn't tell what.
"Why, you see he hates to travel, and I hate to keep still; so we each suit
ourselves, and there is no trouble. I am often with him, and he enjoys my
adventures, while I like to feel that some one is glad to see me when I get back
from my wanderings. Dirty old hole, isn't it?" he added, with a look of disgust,
as they drove along the boulevard to the Place Napoleon, in the old city.
"The dirt is picturesque, so I don't mind. The river and the hills are delicious,
and these glimpses of the narrow cross-streets are my delight. Now we shall
have to wait for that procession to pass; it's going to the Church of St. John."
While Laurie listlessly watched the procession of priests under their
canopies, white-veiled nuns bearing lighted tapers, and some brotherhood in
blue, chanting as they walked, Amy watched him, and felt a new sort of shyness
steal over her; for he was changed, and she could not find the merry-faced boy
she left in the moody-looking man beside her. He was handsomer than ever, and
greatly improved, she thought; but now that the flush of pleasure at meeting her
was over, he looked tired and spiritless,—not sick, nor exactly unhappy, but
older and graver than a year or two of prosperous life should have made him.
She couldn't understand it, and did not venture to ask questions; so she shook
her head, and touched up her ponies, as the procession wound away across the
arches of the Paglioni bridge, and vanished in the church.
"Que pensez vous?" she said, airing her French, which had improved in
quantity, if not in quality, since she came abroad.
"That mademoiselle has made good use of her time, and the result is
charming," replied Laurie, bowing, with his hand on his heart, and an admiring
look.

Page 433

She blushed with pleasure, but somehow the compliment did not satisfy her
like the blunt praises he used to give her at home, when he promenaded round
her on festival occasions, and told her she was "altogether jolly," with a hearty
smile and an approving pat on the head. She didn't like the new tone; for,
though not blasé, it sounded indifferent in spite of the look.
"If that's the way he's going to grow up, I wish he'd stay a boy," she thought,
with a curious sense of disappointment and discomfort, trying meantime to
seem quite easy and gay.
At Avigdor's she found the precious home-letters, and, giving the reins to
Laurie, read them luxuriously as they wound up the shady road between green
hedges, where tea-roses bloomed as freshly as in June.
"Beth is very poorly, mother says. I often think I ought to go home, but they
all say 'stay;' so I do, for I shall never have another chance like this," said Amy,
looking sober over one page.
"I think you are right, there; you could do nothing at home, and it is a great
comfort to them to know that you are well and happy, and enjoying so much,
my dear."
He drew a little nearer, and looked more like his old self, as he said that; and
the fear that sometimes weighed on Amy's heart was lightened, for the look, the
act, the brotherly "my dear," seemed to assure her that if any trouble did come,
she would not be alone in a strange land. Presently she laughed, and showed
him a small sketch of Jo in her scribbling-suit, with the bow rampantly erect
upon her cap, and issuing from her mouth the words, "Genius burns!"
Laurie smiled, took it, put it in his vest-pocket, "to keep it from blowing
away," and listened with interest to the lively letter Amy read him.
"This will be a regularly merry Christmas to me, with presents in the
morning, you and letters in the afternoon, and a party at night," said Amy, as
they alighted among the ruins of the old fort, and a flock of splendid peacocks
came trooping about them, tamely waiting to be fed. While Amy stood laughing
on the bank above him as she scattered crumbs to the brilliant birds, Laurie
looked at her as she had looked at him, with a natural curiosity to see what
changes time and absence had wrought. He found nothing to perplex or
disappoint, much to admire and approve; for, overlooking a few little
affectations of speech and manner, she was as sprightly and graceful as ever,
with the addition of that indescribable something in dress and bearing which we
call elegance. Always mature for her age, she had gained a certain aplomb in
both carriage and conversation, which made her seem more of a woman of the

Page 434

world than she was; but her old petulance now and then showed itself, her
strong will still held its own, and her native frankness was unspoiled by foreign
polish.
Laurie did not read all this while he watched her feed the peacocks, but he
saw enough to satisfy and interest him, and carried away a pretty little picture
of a bright-faced girl standing in the sunshine, which brought out the soft hue of
her dress, the fresh color of her cheeks, the golden gloss of her hair, and made
her a prominent figure in the pleasant scene.
As they came up on to the stone plateau that crowns the hill, Amy waved her
hand as if welcoming him to her favorite haunt, and said, pointing here and
there,—
"Do you remember the Cathedral and the Corso, the fishermen dragging their
nets in the bay, and the lovely road to Villa Franca, Schubert's Tower, just
below, and, best of all, that speck far out to sea which they say is Corsica?"
"I remember; it's not much changed," he answered, without enthusiasm.
"What Jo would give for a sight of that famous speck!" said Amy, feeling in
good spirits, and anxious to see him so also.
"Yes," was all he said, but he turned and strained his eyes to see the island
which a greater usurper than even Napoleon now made interesting in his sight.
"Take a good look at it for her sake, and then come and tell me what you
have been doing with yourself all this while," said Amy, seating herself, ready
for a good talk.
But she did not get it; for, though he joined her, and answered all her
questions freely, she could only learn that he had roved about the continent and
been to Greece. So, after idling away an hour, they drove home again; and,
having paid his respects to Mrs. Carrol, Laurie left them, promising to return in
the evening.
It must be recorded of Amy that she deliberately "prinked" that night. Time
and absence had done its work on both the young people; she had seen her old
friend in a new light, not as "our boy," but as a handsome and agreeable man,
and she was conscious of a very natural desire to find favor in his sight. Amy
knew her good points, and made the most of them, with the taste and skill
which is a fortune to a poor and pretty woman.
Tarlatan and tulle were cheap at Nice, so she enveloped herself in them on
such occasions, and, following the sensible English fashion of simple dress for
young girls, got up charming little toilettes with fresh flowers, a few trinkets,
and all manner of dainty devices, which were both inexpensive and effective. It

Page 435

must be confessed that the artist sometimes got possession of the woman, and
indulged in antique coiffures, statuesque attitudes, and classic draperies. But,
dear heart, we all have our little weaknesses, and find it easy to pardon such in
the young, who satisfy our eyes with their comeliness, and keep our hearts
merry with their artless vanities.
"I do want him to think I look well, and tell them so at home," said Amy to
herself, as she put on Flo's old white silk ball-dress, and covered it with a cloud
of fresh illusion, out of which her white shoulders and golden head emerged
with a most artistic effect. Her hair she had the sense to let alone, after
gathering up the thick waves and curls into a Hebe-like knot at the back of her
head.
"It's not the fashion, but it's becoming, and I can't afford to make a fright of
myself," she used to say, when advised to frizzle, puff, or braid, as the latest
style commanded.
Having no ornaments fine enough for this important occasion, Amy looped
her fleecy skirts with rosy clusters of azalea, and framed the white shoulders in
delicate green vines. Remembering the painted boots, she surveyed her white
satin slippers with girlish satisfaction, and chasséed down the room, admiring
her aristocratic feet all by herself.
"My new fan just matches my flowers, my gloves fit to a charm, and the real
lace on aunt's mouchoir gives an air to my whole dress. If I only had a classical
nose and mouth I should be perfectly happy," she said, surveying herself with a
critical eye, and a candle in each hand.
In spite of this affliction, she looked unusually gay and graceful as she glided
away; she seldom ran,—it did not suit her style, she thought, for, being tall, the
stately and Junoesque was more appropriate than the sportive or piquante. She
walked up and down the long saloon while waiting for Laurie, and once
arranged herself under the chandelier, which had a good effect upon her hair;
then she thought better of it, and went away to the other end of the room, as if
ashamed of the girlish desire to have the first view a propitious one. It so
happened that she could not have done a better thing, for Laurie came in so
quietly she did not hear him; and, as she stood at the distant window, with her
head half turned, and one hand gathering up her dress, the slender, white figure
against the red curtains was as effective as a well-placed statue.
"Good evening, Diana!" said Laurie, with the look of satisfaction she liked to
see in his eyes when they rested on her.

Page 436

"Good evening, Apollo!" she answered, smiling back at him, for he, too,
looked unusually debonnaire, and the thought of entering the ball-room on the
arm of such a personable man caused Amy to pity the four plain Misses Davis
from the bottom of her heart.
"Here are your flowers; I arranged them myself, remembering that you didn't
like what Hannah calls a 'sot-bookay,'" said Laurie, handing her a delicate
nosegay, in a holder that she had long coveted as she daily passed it in
Cardiglia's window.

"How kind you are!" she exclaimed gratefully. "If I'd known you were
coming I'd have had something ready for you to-day, though not as pretty as
this, I'm afraid."
"Thank you; it isn't what it should be, but you have improved it," he added,
as she snapped the silver bracelet on her wrist.
"Please don't."
"I thought you liked that sort of thing?"
"Not from you; it doesn't sound natural, and I like your old bluntness better."
"I'm glad of it," he answered, with a look of relief; then buttoned her gloves
for her, and asked if his tie was straight, just as he used to do when they went to
parties together, at home.

Page 437

The company assembled in the long salle à manger, that evening, was such
as one sees nowhere but on the Continent. The hospitable Americans had
invited every acquaintance they had in Nice, and, having no prejudice against
titles, secured a few to add lustre to their Christmas ball.
A Russian prince condescended to sit in a corner for an hour, and talk with a
massive lady, dressed like Hamlet's mother, in black velvet, with a pearl bridle
under her chin. A Polish count, aged eighteen, devoted himself to the ladies,
who pronounced him "a fascinating dear," and a German Serene Something,
having come for the supper alone, roamed vaguely about, seeking what he
might devour. Baron Rothschild's private secretary, a large-nosed Jew, in tight
boots, affably beamed upon the world, as if his master's name crowned him
with a golden halo; a stout Frenchman, who knew the Emperor, came to indulge
his mania for dancing, and Lady de Jones, a British matron, adorned the scene
with her little family of eight. Of course, there were many light-footed, shrill-
voiced American girls, handsome, lifeless-looking English ditto, and a few
plain but piquante French demoiselles; likewise the usual set of travelling
young gentlemen, who disported themselves gayly, while mammas of all
nations lined the walls, and smiled upon them benignly when they danced with
their daughters.
Any young girl can imagine Amy's state of mind when she "took the stage"
that night, leaning on Laurie's arm. She knew she looked well, she loved to
dance, she felt that her foot was on her native heath in a ball-room, and enjoyed
the delightful sense of power which comes when young girls first discover the
new and lovely kingdom they are born to rule by virtue of beauty, youth, and
womanhood. She did pity the Davis girls, who were awkward, plain, and
destitute of escort, except a grim papa and three grimmer maiden aunts, and she
bowed to them in her friendliest manner as she passed; which was good of her,
as it permitted them to see her dress, and burn with curiosity to know who her
distinguished-looking friend might be. With the first burst of the band, Amy's
color rose, her eyes began to sparkle, and her feet to tap the floor impatiently;
for she danced well, and wanted Laurie to know it: therefore the shock she
received can better be imagined than described, when he said, in a perfectly
tranquil tone,—
"Do you care to dance?"
"One usually does at a ball."
Her amazed look and quick answer caused Laurie to repair his error as fast as
possible.
"I meant the first dance. May I have the honor?"

Page 438

"I can give you one if I put off the Count. He dances divinely; but he will
excuse me, as you are an old friend," said Amy, hoping that the name would
have a good effect, and show Laurie that she was not to be trifled with.
"Nice little boy, but rather a short Pole to support
"'A daughter of the gods,
Divinely tall, and most divinely fair,'"
was all the satisfaction she got, however.
The set in which they found themselves was composed of English, and Amy
was compelled to walk decorously through a cotillon, feeling all the while as if
she could dance the Tarantula with a relish. Laurie resigned her to the "nice
little boy," and went to do his duty to Flo, without securing Amy for the joys to
come, which reprehensible want of forethought was properly punished, for she
immediately engaged herself till supper, meaning to relent if he then gave any
signs of penitence. She showed him her ball-book with demure satisfaction
when he strolled, instead of rushing, up to claim her for the next, a glorious
polka-redowa; but his polite regrets didn't impose upon her, and when she
gallopaded away with the Count, she saw Laurie sit down by her aunt with an
actual expression of relief.
That was unpardonable; and Amy took no more notice of him for a long
while, except a word now and then, when she came to her chaperon, between
the dances, for a necessary pin or a moment's rest. Her anger had a good effect,
however, for she hid it under a smiling face, and seemed unusually blithe and
brilliant. Laurie's eyes followed her with pleasure, for she neither romped nor
sauntered, but danced with spirit and grace, making the delightsome pastime
what it should be. He very naturally fell to studying her from this new point of
view; and, before the evening was half over, had decided that "little Amy was
going to make a very charming woman."
It was a lively scene, for soon the spirit of the social season took possession
of every one, and Christmas merriment made all faces shine, hearts happy, and
heels light. The musicians fiddled, tooted, and banged as if they enjoyed it;
everybody danced who could, and those who couldn't admired their neighbors
with uncommon warmth. The air was dark with Davises, and many Joneses
gambolled like a flock of young giraffes. The golden secretary darted through
the room like a meteor, with a dashing Frenchwoman, who carpeted the floor
with her pink satin train. The Serene Teuton found the supper-table, and was
happy, eating steadily through the bill of fare, and dismayed the garçons by the
ravages he committed. But the Emperor's friend covered himself with glory, for
he danced everything, whether he knew it or not, and introduced impromptu

Page 439

pirouettes when the figures bewildered him. The boyish abandon of that stout
man was charming to behold; for, though he "carried weight," he danced like an
india-rubber ball. He ran, he flew, he pranced; his face glowed, his bald head
shone; his coat-tails waved wildly, his pumps actually twinkled in the air, and
when the music stopped, he wiped the drops from his brow, and beamed upon
his fellow-men like a French Pickwick without glasses.
Amy and her Pole distinguished themselves by equal enthusiasm, but more
graceful agility; and Laurie found himself involuntarily keeping time to the
rhythmic rise and fall of the white slippers as they flew by as indefatigably as if
winged. When little Vladimir finally relinquished her, with assurances that he
was "desolated to leave so early," she was ready to rest, and see how her
recreant knight had borne his punishment.
It had been successful; for, at three-and-twenty, blighted affections find a
balm in friendly society, and young nerves will thrill, young blood dance, and
healthy young spirits rise, when subjected to the enchantment of beauty, light,
music, and motion. Laurie had a waked-up look as he rose to give her his seat;
and when he hurried away to bring her some supper, she said to herself, with a
satisfied smile,—
"Ah, I thought that would do him good!"
"You look like Balzac's 'Femme peinte par elle-même,'" he said, as he fanned
her with one hand, and held her coffee-cup in the other.
"My rouge won't come off;" and Amy rubbed her brilliant cheek, and showed
him her white glove with a sober simplicity that made him laugh outright.
"What do you call this stuff?" he asked, touching a fold of her dress that had
blown over his knee.
"Illusion."
"Good name for it; it's very pretty—new thing, isn't it?"
"It's as old as the hills; you have seen it on dozens of girls, and you never
found out that it was pretty till now—stupide!"
"I never saw it on you before, which accounts for the mistake, you see."
"None of that, it is forbidden; I'd rather take coffee than compliments just
now. No, don't lounge, it makes me nervous."
Laurie sat bolt upright, and meekly took her empty plate, feeling an odd sort
of pleasure in having "little Amy" order him about; for she had lost her shyness
now, and felt an irresistible desire to trample on him, as girls have a delightful
way of doing when lords of creation show any signs of subjection.

Page 440

"Where did you learn all this sort of thing?" he asked, with a quizzical look.
"As 'this sort of thing' is rather a vague expression, would you kindly
explain?" returned Amy, knowing perfectly well what he meant, but wickedly
leaving him to describe what is indescribable.
"Well—the general air, the style, the self-possession, the—the—illusion—
you know," laughed Laurie, breaking down, and helping himself out of his
quandary with the new word.
Amy was gratified, but, of course, didn't show it, and demurely answered,
"Foreign life polishes one in spite of one's self; I study as well as play; and as
for this"—with a little gesture toward her dress—"why, tulle is cheap, posies to
be had for nothing, and I am used to making the most of my poor little things."
Amy rather regretted that last sentence, fearing it wasn't in good taste; but
Laurie liked her the better for it, and found himself both admiring and
respecting the brave patience that made the most of opportunity, and the
cheerful spirit that covered poverty with flowers. Amy did not know why he
looked at her so kindly, nor why he filled up her book with his own name, and
devoted himself to her for the rest of the evening, in the most delightful
manner; but the impulse that wrought this agreeable change was the result of
one of the new impressions which both of them were unconsciously giving and
receiving.

Page 441

XXXVIII.
ON THE SHELF.
In France the young girls have a dull time of it till they are married, when
"Vive la liberté" becomes their motto. In America, as every one knows, girls
early sign the declaration of independence, and enjoy their freedom with
republican zest; but the young matrons usually abdicate with the first heir to the
throne, and go into a seclusion almost as close as a French nunnery, though by
no means as quiet. Whether they like it or not, they are virtually put upon the
shelf as soon as the wedding excitement is over, and most of them might
exclaim, as did a very pretty woman the other day, "I'm as handsome as ever,
but no one takes any notice of me because I'm married."

Page 442

Not being a belle or even a fashionable lady, Meg did not experience this
affliction till her babies were a year old, for in her little world primitive customs
prevailed, and she found herself more admired and beloved than ever.
As she was a womanly little woman, the maternal instinct was very strong,
and she was entirely absorbed in her children, to the utter exclusion of
everything and everybody else. Day and night she brooded over them with
tireless devotion and anxiety, leaving John to the tender mercies of the help, for
an Irish lady now presided over the kitchen department. Being a domestic man,
John decidedly missed the wifely attentions he had been accustomed to receive;
but, as he adored his babies, he cheerfully relinquished his comfort for a time,
supposing, with masculine ignorance, that peace would soon be restored. But
three months passed, and there was no return of repose; Meg looked worn and
nervous, the babies absorbed every minute of her time, the house was
neglected, and Kitty, the cook, who took life "aisy," kept him on short
commons. When he went out in the morning he was bewildered by small
commissions for the captive mamma; if he came gayly in at night, eager to
embrace his family, he was quenched by a "Hush! they are just asleep after
worrying all day." If he proposed a little amusement at home, "No, it would
disturb the babies." If he hinted at a lecture or concert, he was answered with a
reproachful look, and a decided "Leave my children for pleasure, never!" His
sleep was broken by infant wails and visions of a phantom figure pacing
noiselessly to and fro in the watches of the night; his meals were interrupted by
the frequent flight of the presiding genius, who deserted him, half-helped, if a
muffled chirp sounded from the nest above; and when he read his paper of an
evening, Demi's colic got into the shipping-list, and Daisy's fall affected the
price of stocks, for Mrs. Brooke was only interested in domestic news.
The poor man was very uncomfortable, for the children had bereft him of his
wife; home was merely a nursery, and the perpetual "hushing" made him feel
like a brutal intruder whenever he entered the sacred precincts of Babyland. He
bore it very patiently for six months, and, when no signs of amendment
appeared, he did what other paternal exiles do,—tried to get a little comfort
elsewhere. Scott had married and gone to housekeeping not far off, and John
fell into the way of running over for an hour or two of an evening, when his
own parlor was empty, and his own wife singing lullabies that seemed to have
no end. Mrs. Scott was a lively, pretty girl, with nothing to do but be agreeable,
and she performed her mission most successfully. The parlor was always bright
and attractive, the chess-board ready, the piano in tune, plenty of gay gossip,
and a nice little supper set forth in tempting style.

Page 443

John would have preferred his own fireside if it had not been so lonely; but
as it was, he gratefully took the next best thing, and enjoyed his neighbor's
society.
Meg rather approved of the new arrangement at first, and found it a relief to
know that John was having a good time instead of dozing in the parlor, or
tramping about the house and waking the children. But by and by, when the
teething worry was over, and the idols went to sleep at proper hours, leaving
mamma time to rest, she began to miss John, and find her work-basket dull
company, when he was not sitting opposite in his old dressing-gown,
comfortably scorching his slippers on the fender. She would not ask him to stay
at home, but felt injured because he did not know that she wanted him without
being told, entirely forgetting the many evenings he had waited for her in vain.
She was nervous and worn out with watching and worry, and in that
unreasonable frame of mind which the best of mothers occasionally experience
when domestic cares oppress them. Want of exercise robs them of cheerfulness,
and too much devotion to that idol of American women, the teapot, makes them
feel as if they were all nerve and no muscle.
"Yes," she would say, looking in the glass, "I'm getting old and ugly; John
doesn't find me interesting any longer, so he leaves his faded wife and goes to
see his pretty neighbor, who has no incumbrances. Well, the babies love me;
they don't care if I am thin and pale, and haven't time to crimp my hair; they are
my comfort, and some day John will see what I've gladly sacrificed for them,
won't he, my precious?"
To which pathetic appeal Daisy would answer with a coo, or Demi with a
crow, and Meg would put by her lamentations for a maternal revel, which
soothed her solitude for the time being. But the pain increased as politics
absorbed John, who was always running over to discuss interesting points with
Scott, quite unconscious that Meg missed him. Not a word did she say,
however, till her mother found her in tears one day, and insisted on knowing
what the matter was, for Meg's drooping spirits had not escaped her
observation.
"I wouldn't tell any one except you, mother; but I really do need advice, for,
if John goes on so much longer I might as well be widowed," replied Mrs.
Brooke, drying her tears on Daisy's bib, with an injured air.
"Goes on how, my dear?" asked her mother anxiously.
"He's away all day, and at night, when I want to see him, he is continually
going over to the Scotts'. It isn't fair that I should have the hardest work, and
never any amusement. Men are very selfish, even the best of them."

Page 444

"So are women; don't blame John till you see where you are wrong yourself."
"But it can't be right for him to neglect me."
"Don't you neglect him?"
"Why, mother, I thought you'd take my part!"
"So I do, as far as sympathizing goes; but I think the fault is yours, Meg."
"I don't see how."
"Let me show you. Did John ever neglect you, as you call it, while you made
it a point to give him your society of an evening, his only leisure time?"
"No; but I can't do it now, with two babies to tend."
"I think you could, dear; and I think you ought. May I speak quite freely, and
will you remember that it's mother who blames as well as mother who
sympathizes?"
"Indeed I will! Speak to me as if I were little Meg again. I often feel as if I
needed teaching more than ever since these babies look to me for everything."
Meg drew her low chair beside her mother's, and, with a little interruption in
either lap, the two women rocked and talked lovingly together, feeling that the
tie of motherhood made them more one than ever.
"You have only made the mistake that most young wives make,—forgotten
your duty to your husband in your love for your children. A very natural and
forgivable mistake, Meg, but one that had better be remedied before you take to
different ways; for children should draw you nearer than ever, not separate you,
as if they were all yours, and John had nothing to do but support them. I've seen
it for some weeks, but have not spoken, feeling sure it would come right in
time."
"I'm afraid it won't. If I ask him to stay, he'll think I'm jealous; and I wouldn't
insult him by such an idea. He doesn't see that I want him, and I don't know
how to tell him without words."
"Make it so pleasant he won't want to go away. My dear, he's longing for his
little home; but it isn't home without you, and you are always in the nursery."
"Oughtn't I to be there?"
"Not all the time; too much confinement makes you nervous, and then you
are unfitted for everything. Besides, you owe something to John as well as to
the babies; don't neglect husband for children, don't shut him out of the nursery,
but teach him how to help in it. His place is there as well as yours, and the
children need him; let him feel that he has his part to do, and he will do it gladly
and faithfully, and it will be better for you all."

Page 445

"You really think so, mother?"
"I know it, Meg, for I've tried it; and I seldom give advice unless I've proved
its practicability. When you and Jo were little, I went on just as you are, feeling
as if I didn't do my duty unless I devoted myself wholly to you. Poor father
took to his books, after I had refused all offers of help, and left me to try my
experiment alone. I struggled along as well as I could, but Jo was too much for
me. I nearly spoilt her by indulgence. You were poorly, and I worried about you
till I fell sick myself. Then father came to the rescue, quietly managed
everything, and made himself so helpful that I saw my mistake, and never have
been able to get on without him since. That is the secret of our home happiness:
he does not let business wean him from the little cares and duties that affect us
all, and I try not to let domestic worries destroy my interest in his pursuits. Each
do our part alone in many things, but at home we work together, always."
"It is so, mother; and my great wish is to be to my husband and children what
you have been to yours. Show me how; I'll do anything you say."
"You always were my docile daughter. Well, dear, if I were you, I'd let John
have more to do with the management of Demi, for the boy needs training, and
it's none too soon to begin. Then I'd do what I have often proposed, let Hannah
come and help you; she is a capital nurse, and you may trust the precious babies
to her while you do more housework. You need the exercise, Hannah would
enjoy the rest, and John would find his wife again. Go out more; keep cheerful
as well as busy, for you are the sunshine-maker of the family, and if you get
dismal there is no fair weather. Then I'd try to take an interest in whatever John
likes,—talk with him, let him read to you, exchange ideas, and help each other
in that way. Don't shut yourself up in a bandbox because you are a woman, but
understand what is going on, and educate yourself to take your part in the
world's work, for it all affects you and yours."
"John is so sensible, I'm afraid he will think I'm stupid if I ask questions
about politics and things."
"I don't believe he would; love covers a multitude of sins, and of whom could
you ask more freely than of him? Try it, and see if he doesn't find your society
far more agreeable than Mrs. Scott's suppers."
"I will. Poor John! I'm afraid I have neglected him sadly, but I thought I was
right, and he never said anything."
"He tried not to be selfish, but he has felt rather forlorn, I fancy. This is just
the time, Meg, when young married people are apt to grow apart, and the very
time when they ought to be most together; for the first tenderness soon wears

Page 446

off, unless care is taken to preserve it; and no time is so beautiful and precious
to parents as the first years of the little lives given them to train. Don't let John
be a stranger to the babies, for they will do more to keep him safe and happy in
this world of trial and temptation than anything else, and through them you will
learn to know and love one another as you should. Now, dear, good-by; think
over mother's preachment, act upon it if it seems good, and God bless you all!"
Meg did think it over, found it good, and acted upon it, though the first
attempt was not made exactly as she planned to have it. Of course the children
tyrannized over her, and ruled the house as so on as they found out that kicking
and squalling brought them whatever they wanted. Mamma was an abject slave
to their caprices, but papa was not so easily subjugated, and occasionally
afflicted his tender spouse by an attempt at paternal discipline with his
obstreperous son. For Demi inherited a trifle of his sire's firmness of character,
—we won't call it obstinacy,—and when he made up his little mind to have or
to do anything, all the king's horses and all the king's men could not change that
pertinacious little mind. Mamma thought the dear too young to be taught to
conquer his prejudices, but papa believed that it never was too soon to learn
obedience; so Master Demi early discovered that when he undertook to
"wrastle" with "parpar," he always got the worst of it; yet, like the Englishman,
Baby respected the man who conquered him, and loved the father whose grave
"No, no," was more impressive than all mamma's love-pats.
A few days after the talk with her mother, Meg resolved to try a social
evening with John; so she ordered a nice supper, set the parlor in order, dressed
herself prettily, and put the children to bed early, that nothing should interfere
with her experiment. But, unfortunately, Demi's most unconquerable prejudice
was against going to bed, and that night he decided to go on a rampage; so poor
Meg sung and rocked, told stories and tried every sleep-provoking wile she
could devise, but all in vain, the big eyes wouldn't shut; and long after Daisy
had gone to byelow, like the chubby little bunch of good-nature she was,
naughty Demi lay staring at the light, with the most discouragingly wide-awake
expression of countenance.
"Will Demi lie still like a good boy, while mamma runs down and gives poor
papa his tea?" asked Meg, as the hall-door softly closed, and the well-known
step went tiptoeing into the dining-room.
"Me has tea!" said Demi, preparing to join in the revel.
"No; but I'll save you some little cakies for breakfast, if you'll go bye-by like
Daisy. Will you, lovey?"

Page 447

"Iss!" and Demi shut his eyes tight, as if to catch sleep and hurry the desired
day.
Taking advantage of the propitious moment, Meg slipped away, and ran
down to greet her husband with a smiling face, and the little blue bow in her
hair which was his especial admiration. He saw it at once, and said, with
pleased surprise,—
"Why, little mother, how gay we are to-night. Do you expect company?"
"Only you, dear."
"Is it a birthday, anniversary, or anything?"
"No; I'm tired of being a dowdy, so I dressed up as a change. You always
make yourself nice for table, no matter how tired you are; so why shouldn't I
when I have the time?"
"I do it out of respect to you, my dear," said old-fashioned John.
"Ditto, ditto, Mr. Brooke," laughed Meg, looking young and pretty again, as
she nodded to him over the teapot.
"Well, it's altogether delightful, and like old times. This tastes right. I drink
your health, dear." And John sipped his tea with an air of reposeful rapture,
which was of very short duration, however; for, as he put down his cup, the
door-handle rattled mysteriously, and a little voice was heard, saying
impatiently,—
"Opy doy; me's tummin!"
"It's that naughty boy. I told him to go to sleep alone, and here he is,
downstairs, getting his death a-cold pattering over that canvas," said Meg,
answering the call.
"Mornin' now," announced Demi, in a joyful tone, as he entered, with his
long night-gown gracefully festooned over his arm, and every curl bobbing
gayly as he pranced about the table, eying the "cakies" with loving glances.
"No, it isn't morning yet. You must go to bed, and not trouble poor mamma;
then you can have the little cake with sugar on it."
"Me loves parpar," said the artful one, preparing to climb the paternal knee,
and revel in forbidden joys. But John shook his head, and said to Meg,—
"If you told him to stay up there, and go to sleep alone, make him do it, or he
will never learn to mind you."
"Yes, of course. Come, Demi;" and Meg led her son away, feeling a strong
desire to spank the little marplot who hopped beside her, laboring under the

Page 448

delusion that the bribe was to be
administered as soon as they reached the
nursery.
Nor was he disappointed; for that short-
sighted woman actually gave him a lump of
sugar, tucked him into his bed, and forbade
any more promenades till morning.
"Iss!" said Demi the perjured, blissfully
sucking his sugar, and regarding his first
attempt as eminently successful.
Meg returned to her place, and supper was
progressing pleasantly, when the little ghost
walked again, and exposed the maternal
delinquencies by boldly demanding,—
"More sudar, marmar."
"Now this won't do," said John, hardening
his heart against the engaging little sinner.
"We shall never know any peace till that
child learns to go to bed properly. You have
made a slave of yourself long enough; give
him one lesson, and then there will be an end
of it. Put him in his bed and leave him,
Meg."
"He won't stay there; he never does,
unless I sit by him."
"I'll manage him. Demi, go upstairs, and get into your bed, as mamma bids
you."
"S'ant!" replied the young rebel, helping himself to the coveted "cakie," and
beginning to eat the same with calm audacity.
"You must never say that to papa; I shall carry you if you don't go yourself."
"Go 'way; me don't love parpar;" and Demi retired to his mother's skirts for
protection.
But even that refuge proved unavailing, for he was delivered over to the
enemy, with a "Be gentle with him, John," which struck the culprit with dismay;
for when mamma deserted him, then the judgment-day was at hand. Bereft of
his cake, defrauded of his frolic, and borne away by a strong hand to that
detested bed, poor Demi could not restrain his wrath, but openly defied papa,

Page 449

and kicked and screamed lustily all the way upstairs. The minute he was put
into bed on one side, he rolled out on the other, and made for the door, only to
be ignominiously caught up by the tail of his little toga, and put back again,
which lively performance was kept up till the young man's strength gave out,
when he devoted himself to roaring at the top of his voice. This vocal exercise
usually conquered Meg; but John sat as unmoved as the post which is popularly
believed to be deaf. No coaxing, no sugar, no lullaby, no story; even the light
was put out, and only the red glow of the fire enlivened the "big dark" which
Demi regarded with curiosity rather than fear. This new order of things
disgusted him, and he howled dismally for "marmar," as his angry passions
subsided, and recollections of his tender bondwoman returned to the captive
autocrat. The plaintive wail which succeeded the passionate roar went to Meg's
heart, and she ran up to say beseechingly,—
"Let me stay with him; he'll be good, now, John."
"No, my dear, I've told him he must go to sleep, as you bid him; and he must,
if I stay here all night."
"But he'll cry himself sick," pleaded Meg, reproaching herself for deserting
her boy.
"No, he won't, he's so tired he will soon drop off, and then the matter is
settled; for he will understand that he has got to mind. Don't interfere; I'll
manage him."
"He's my child, and I can't have his spirit broken by harshness."
"He's my child, and I won't have his temper spoilt by indulgence. Go down,
my dear, and leave the boy to me."
When John spoke in that masterful tone, Meg always obeyed, and never
regretted her docility.
"Please let me kiss him once, John?"
"Certainly. Demi, say 'good-night' to mamma, and let her go and rest, for she
is very tired with taking care of you all day."
Meg always insisted upon it that the kiss won the victory; for after it was
given, Demi sobbed more quietly, and lay quite still at the bottom of the bed,
whither he had wriggled in his anguish of mind.
"Poor little man, he's worn out with sleep and crying. I'll cover him up, and
then go and set Meg's heart at rest," thought John, creeping to the bedside,
hoping to find his rebellious heir asleep.

Page 450

But he wasn't; for the moment his father peeped at him, Demi's eyes opened,
his little chin began to quiver, and he put up his arms, saying, with a penitent
hiccough, "Me's dood, now."
Sitting on the stairs, outside, Meg wondered at the long silence which
followed the uproar; and, after imagining all sorts of impossible accidents, she
slipped into the room, to set her fears at rest. Demi lay fast asleep; not in his
usual spread-eagle attitude, but in a subdued bunch, cuddled close in the circle
of his father's arm and holding his father's finger, as if he felt that justice was
tempered with mercy, and had gone to sleep a sadder and a wiser baby. So held,
John had waited with womanly patience till the little hand relaxed its hold; and,
while waiting, had fallen asleep, more tired by that tussle with his son than with
his whole day's work.
As Meg stood watching the two faces on the pillow, she smiled to herself,
and then slipped away again, saying, in a satisfied tone,—
"I never need fear that John will be too harsh with my babies: he does know
how to manage them, and will be a great help, for Demi is getting too much for
me."
When John came down at last, expecting to find a pensive or reproachful
wife, he was agreeably surprised to find Meg placidly trimming a bonnet, and
to be greeted with the request to read something about the election, if he was
not too tired. John saw in a minute that a revolution of some kind was going on,
but wisely asked no questions, knowing that Meg was such a transparent little
person, she couldn't keep a secret to save her life, and therefore the clew would
soon appear. He read a long debate with the most amiable readiness, and then
explained it in his most lucid manner, while Meg tried to look deeply interested,
to ask intelligent questions, and keep her thoughts from wandering from the
state of the nation to the state of her bonnet. In her secret soul, however, she
decided that politics were as bad as mathematics, and that the mission of
politicians seemed to be calling each other names; but she kept these feminine
ideas to herself, and when John paused, shook her head, and said with what she
thought diplomatic ambiguity,—
"Well, I really don't see what we are coming to."
John laughed, and watched her for a minute, as she poised a pretty little
preparation of lace and flowers on her hand, and regarded it with the genuine
interest which his harangue had failed to waken.
"She is trying to like politics for my sake, so I'll try and like millinery for
hers, that's only fair," thought John the Just, adding aloud,—

Page 451

"That's very pretty; is it what you call a breakfast-cap?"

"My dear man, it's a bonnet! My very best go-to-concert-and-theatre bonnet."
"I beg your pardon; it was so small, I naturally mistook it for one of the fly-
away things you sometimes wear. How do you keep it on?"
"These bits of lace are fastened under the chin with a rosebud, so;" and Meg
illustrated by putting on the bonnet, and regarding him with an air of calm
satisfaction that was irresistible.
"It's a love of a bonnet, but I prefer the face inside, for it looks young and
happy again," and John kissed the smiling face, to the great detriment of the
rosebud under the chin.
"I'm glad you like it, for I want you to take me to one of the new concerts
some night; I really need some music to put me in tune. Will you, please?"
"Of course I will, with all my heart, or anywhere else you like. You have
been shut up so long, it will do you no end of good, and I shall enjoy it, of all
things. What put it into your head, little mother?"
"Well, I had a talk with Marmee the other day, and told her how nervous and
cross and out of sorts I felt, and she said I needed change and less care; so
Hannah is to help me with the children, and I'm to see to things about the house
more, and now and then have a little fun, just to keep me from getting to be a

Page 452

fidgety, broken-down old woman before my time. It's only an experiment, John,
and I want to try it for your sake as much as for mine, because I've neglected
you shamefully lately, and I'm going to make home what it used to be, if I can.
You don't object, I hope?"
Never mind what John said, or what a very narrow escape the little bonnet
had from utter ruin; all that we have any business to know, is that John did not
appear to object, judging from the changes which gradually took place in the
house and its inmates. It was not all Paradise by any means, but every one was
better for the division of labor system; the children throve under the paternal
rule, for accurate, steadfast John brought order and obedience into Babydom,
while Meg recovered her spirits and composed her nerves by plenty of
wholesome exercise, a little pleasure, and much confidential conversation with
her sensible husband. Home grew home-like again, and John had no wish to
leave it, unless he took Meg with him. The Scotts came to the Brookes' now,
and every one found the little house a cheerful place, full of happiness, content,
and family love. Even gay Sallie Moffatt liked to go there. "It is always so quiet
and pleasant here; it does me good, Meg," she used to say, looking about her
with wistful eyes, as if trying to discover the charm, that she might use it in her
great house, full of splendid loneliness; for there were no riotous, sunny-faced
babies there, and Ned lived in a world of his own, where there was no place for
her.
This household happiness did not come all at once, but John and Meg had
found the key to it, and each year of married life taught them how to use it,
unlocking the treasuries of real home-love and mutual helpfulness, which the
poorest may possess, and the richest cannot buy. This is the sort of shelf on
which young wives and mothers may consent to be laid, safe from the restless
fret and fever of the world, finding loyal lovers in the little sons and daughters
who cling to them, undaunted by sorrow, poverty, or age; walking side by side,
through fair and stormy weather, with a faithful friend, who is, in the true sense
of the good old Saxon word, the "house-band," and learning, as Meg learned,
that a woman's happiest kingdom is home, her highest honor the art of ruling it,
not as a queen, but a wise wife and mother.

Page 453

Page 454

XXXIX.
LAZY LAURENCE.
Laurie went to Nice intending to stay a
week, and remained a month. He was tired of
wandering about alone, and Amy's familiar
presence seemed to give a home-like charm
to the foreign scenes in which she bore a part.
He rather missed the "petting" he used to
receive, and enjoyed a taste of it again; for no
attentions, however flattering, from strangers,
were half so pleasant as the sisterly adoration
of the girls at home. Amy never would pet
him like the others, but she was very glad to
see him now, and quite clung to him, feeling
that he was the representative of the dear
family for whom she longed more than she
would confess. They naturally took comfort
in each other's society, and were much
together, riding, walking, dancing, or

Page 455

dawdling, for, at Nice, no one can be very industrious during the gay season.
But, while apparently amusing themselves in the most careless fashion, they
were half-consciously making discoveries and forming opinions about each
other. Amy rose daily in the estimation of her friend, but he sunk in hers, and
each felt the truth before a word was spoken. Amy tried to please, and
succeeded, for she was grateful for the many pleasures he gave her, and repaid
him with the little services to which womanly women know how to lend an
indescribable charm. Laurie made no effort of any kind, but just let himself drift
along as comfortably as possible, trying to forget, and feeling that all women
owed him a kind word because one had been cold to him. It cost him no effort
to be generous, and he would have given Amy all the trinkets in Nice if she
would have taken them; but, at the same time, he felt that he could not change
the opinion she was forming of him, and he rather dreaded the keen blue eyes
that seemed to watch him with such half-sorrowful, half-scornful surprise.
"All the rest have gone to Monaco for the day; I preferred to stay at home
and write letters. They are done now, and I am going to Valrosa to sketch; will
you come?" said Amy, as she joined Laurie one lovely day when he lounged in
as usual, about noon.
"Well, yes; but isn't it rather warm for such a long walk?" he answered
slowly, for the shaded salon looked inviting, after the glare without.
"I'm going to have the little carriage, and Baptiste can drive, so you'll have
nothing to do but hold your umbrella and keep your gloves nice," returned
Amy, with a sarcastic glance at the immaculate kids, which were a weak point
with Laurie.
"Then I'll go with pleasure;" and he put out his hand for her sketch-book. But
she tucked it under her arm with a sharp—
"Don't trouble yourself; it's no exertion to me, but you don't look equal to it."
Laurie lifted his eyebrows, and followed at a leisurely pace as she ran
downstairs; but when they got into the carriage he took the reins himself, and
left little Baptiste nothing to do but fold his arms and fall asleep on his perch.
The two never quarrelled,—Amy was too well-bred, and just now Laurie was
too lazy; so, in a minute he peeped under her hat-brim with an inquiring air; she
answered with a smile, and they went on together in the most amicable manner.
It was a lovely drive, along winding roads rich in the picturesque scenes that
delight beauty-loving eyes. Here an ancient monastery, whence the solemn
chanting of the monks came down to them. There a bare-legged shepherd, in
wooden shoes, pointed hat, and rough jacket over one shoulder, sat piping on a

Page 456

stone, while his goats skipped among the rocks or lay at his feet. Meek, mouse-
colored donkeys, laden with panniers of freshly-cut grass, passed by, with a
pretty girl in a capaline sitting between the green piles, or an old woman
spinning with a distaff as she went. Brown, soft-eyed children ran out from the
quaint stone hovels to offer nosegays, or bunches of oranges still on the bough.
Gnarled olive-trees covered the hills with their dusky foliage, fruit hung golden
in the orchard, and great scarlet anemones fringed the roadside; while beyond
green slopes and craggy heights, the Maritime Alps rose sharp and white
against the blue Italian sky.
Valrosa well deserved its name, for, in that climate of perpetual summer,
roses blossomed everywhere. They overhung the archway, thrust themselves
between the bars of the great gate with a sweet welcome to passers-by, and
lined the avenue, winding through lemon-trees and feathery palms up to the
villa on the hill. Every shadowy nook, where seats invited one to stop and rest,
was a mass of bloom; every cool grotto had its marble nymph smiling from a
veil of flowers, and every fountain reflected crimson, white, or pale pink roses,
leaning down to smile at their own beauty. Roses covered the walls of the
house, draped the cornices, climbed the pillars, and ran riot over the balustrade
of the wide terrace, whence one looked down on the sunny Mediterranean, and
the white-walled city on its shore.
"This is a regular honeymoon Paradise, isn't it? Did you ever see such
roses?" asked Amy, pausing on the terrace to enjoy the view, and a luxurious
whiff of perfume that came wandering by.
"No, nor felt such thorns," returned Laurie, with his thumb in his mouth, after
a vain attempt to capture a solitary scarlet flower that grew just beyond his
reach.
"Try lower down, and pick those that have no thorns," said Amy, gathering
three of the tiny cream-colored ones that starred the wall behind her. She put
them in his button-hole, as a peace-offering, and he stood a minute looking
down at them with a curious expression, for in the Italian part of his nature
there was a touch of superstition, and he was just then in that state of half-
sweet, half-bitter melancholy, when imaginative young men find significance in
trifles, and food for romance everywhere. He had thought of Jo in reaching after
the thorny red rose, for vivid flowers became her, and she had often worn ones
like that from the greenhouse at home. The pale roses Amy gave him were the
sort that the Italians lay in dead hands, never in bridal wreaths, and, for a
moment, he wondered if the omen was for Jo or for himself; but the next instant

Page 457

his American common-sense got the better of sentimentality, and he laughed a
heartier laugh than Amy had heard since he came.
"It's good advice; you'd better take it and save your fingers," she said,
thinking her speech amused him.
"Thank you, I will," he answered in jest, and a few months later he did it in
earnest.
"Laurie, when are you going to your grandfather?" she asked presently, as
she settled herself on a rustic seat.
"Very soon."
"You have said that a dozen times within the last three weeks."
"I dare say; short answers save trouble."
"He expects you, and you really ought to go."
"Hospitable creature! I know it."
"Then why don't you do it?"
"Natural depravity, I suppose."
"Natural indolence, you mean. It's really dreadful!" and Amy looked severe.
"Not so bad as it seems, for I should only plague him if I went, so I might as
well stay, and plague you a little longer, you can bear it better; in fact, I think it
agrees with you excellently;" and Laurie composed himself for a lounge on the
broad ledge of the balustrade.
Amy shook her head, and opened her sketch-book with an air of resignation;
but she had made up her mind to lecture "that boy," and in a minute she began
again.
"What are you doing just now?"
"Watching lizards."
"No, no; I mean what do you intend and wish to do?"
"Smoke a cigarette, if you'll allow me."
"How provoking you are! I don't approve of cigars, and I will only allow it
on condition that you let me put you into my sketch; I need a figure."
"With all the pleasure in life. How will you have me,—full-length or three-
quarters, on my head or my heels? I should respectfully suggest a recumbent
posture, then put yourself in also, and call it 'Dolce far niente.'"
"Stay as you are, and go to sleep if you like. I intend to work hard," said
Amy, in her most energetic tone.

Page 458

"What delightful enthusiasm!" and he leaned against a tall urn with an air of
entire satisfaction.
"What would Jo say if she saw you now?" asked Amy impatiently, hoping to
stir him up by the mention of her still more energetic sister's name.
"As usual, 'Go away, Teddy, I'm busy!'" He laughed as he spoke, but the
laugh was not natural, and a shade passed over his face, for the utterance of the
familiar name touched the wound that was not healed yet. Both tone and
shadow struck Amy, for she had seen and heard them before, and now she
looked up in time to catch a new expression on Laurie's face,—a hard, bitter
look, full of pain, dissatisfaction, and regret. It was gone before she could study
it, and the listless expression back again. She watched him for a moment with
artistic pleasure, thinking how like an Italian he looked, as he lay basking in the
sun with uncovered head, and eyes full of southern dreaminess; for he seemed
to have forgotten her, and fallen into a reverie.
"You look like the effigy of a young knight asleep on his tomb," she said,
carefully tracing the well-cut profile defined against the dark stone.
"Wish I was!"
"That's a foolish wish, unless you have spoilt your life. You are so changed, I
sometimes think—" there Amy stopped, with a half-timid, half-wistful look,
more significant than her unfinished speech.
Laurie saw and understood the affectionate anxiety which she hesitated to
express, and looking straight into her eyes, said, just as he used to say it to her
mother,—
"It's all right, ma'am."
That satisfied her and set at rest the doubts that had begun to worry her lately.
It also touched her, and she showed that it did, by the cordial tone in which she
said,—
"I'm glad of that! I didn't think you'd been a very bad boy, but I fancied you
might have wasted money at that wicked Baden-Baden, lost your heart to some
charming Frenchwoman with a husband, or got into some of the scrapes that
young men seem to consider a necessary part of a foreign tour. Don't stay out
there in the sun; come and lie on the grass here, and 'let us be friendly,' as Jo
used to say when we got in the sofa-corner and told secrets."

Page 459

Laurie obediently threw himself down on the turf, and began to amuse
himself by sticking daisies into the ribbons of Amy's hat, that lay there.
"I'm all ready for the secrets;" and he glanced up with a decided expression
of interest in his eyes.
"I've none to tell; you may begin."
"Haven't one to bless myself with. I thought perhaps you'd had some news
from home."
"You have heard all that has come lately. Don't you hear often? I fancied Jo
would send you volumes."
"She's very busy; I'm roving about so, it's impossible to be regular, you
know. When do you begin your great work of art, Raphaella?" he asked,
changing the subject abruptly after another pause, in which he had been
wondering if Amy knew his secret, and wanted to talk about it.
"Never," she answered, with a despondent but decided air. "Rome took all
the vanity out of me; for after seeing the wonders there, I felt too insignificant
to live, and gave up all my foolish hopes in despair."
"Why should you, with so much energy and talent?"

Page 460

"That's just why,—because talent isn't genius, and no amount of energy can
make it so. I want to be great, or nothing. I won't be a common-place dauber,
so I don't intend to try any more."
"And what are you going to do with yourself now, if I may ask?"
"Polish up my other talents, and be an ornament to society, if I get the
chance."
It was a characteristic speech, and sounded daring; but audacity becomes
young people, and Amy's ambition had a good foundation. Laurie smiled, but
he liked the spirit with which she took up a new purpose when a long-
cherished one died, and spent no time lamenting.
"Good! and here is where Fred Vaughn comes in, I fancy."
Amy preserved a discreet silence, but there was a conscious look in her
downcast face, that made Laurie sit up and say gravely,—
"Now I'm going to play brother, and ask questions. May I?"
"I don't promise to answer."
"Your face will, if your tongue won't. You aren't woman of the world
enough yet to hide your feelings, my dear. I heard rumors about Fred and you
last year, and it's my private opinion that, if he had not been called home so
suddenly and detained so long, something would have come of it—hey?"
"That's not for me to say," was Amy's prim reply; but her lips would smile,
and there was a traitorous sparkle of the eye, which betrayed that she knew
her power and enjoyed the knowledge.
"You are not engaged, I hope?" and Laurie looked very elder-brotherly and
grave all of a sudden.
"No."
"But you will be, if he comes back and goes properly down upon his knees,
won't you?"
"Very likely."
"Then you are fond of old Fred?"
"I could be, if I tried."
"But you don't intend to try till the proper moment? Bless my soul, what
unearthly prudence! He's a good fellow, Amy, but not the man I fancied you'd
like."

Page 461

"He is rich, a gentleman, and has delightful manners," began Amy, trying to
be quite cool and dignified, but feeling a little ashamed of herself, in spite of
the sincerity of her intentions.
"I understand; queens of society can't get on without money, so you mean
to make a good match, and start in that way? Quite right and proper, as the
world goes, but it sounds odd from the lips of one of your mother's girls."
"True, nevertheless."
A short speech, but the quiet decision with which it was uttered contrasted
curiously with the young speaker. Laurie felt this instinctively, and laid
himself down again, with a sense of disappointment which he could not
explain. His look and silence, as well as a certain inward self-disapproval,
ruffled Amy, and made her resolve to deliver her lecture without delay.
"I wish you'd do me the favor to rouse yourself a little," she said sharply.
"Do it for me, there's a dear girl."
"I could, if I tried;" and she looked as if she would like doing it in the most
summary style.
"Try, then; I give you leave," returned Laurie, who enjoyed having some
one to tease, after his long abstinence from his favorite pastime.
"You'd be angry in five minutes."
"I'm never angry with you. It takes two flints to make a fire: you are as cool
and soft as snow."
"You don't know what I can do; snow produces a glow and a tingle, if
applied rightly. Your indifference is half affectation, and a good stirring up
would prove it."
"Stir away; it won't hurt me and it may amuse you, as the big man said
when his little wife beat him. Regard me in the light of a husband or a carpet,
and beat till you are tired, if that sort of exercise agrees with you."
Being decidedly nettled herself, and longing to see him shake off the
apathy that so altered him, Amy sharpened both tongue and pencil, and began:

"Flo and I have got a new name for you; it's 'Lazy Laurence.' How do you
like it?"
She thought it would annoy him; but he only folded his arms under his
head, with an imperturbable "That's not bad. Thank you, ladies."
"Do you want to know what I honestly think of you?"

Page 462

"Pining to be told."
"Well, I despise you."
If she had even said "I hate you," in a petulant or coquettish tone, he would
have laughed, and rather liked it; but the grave, almost sad, accent of her
voice made him open his eyes, and ask quickly,—
"Why, if you please?"
"Because, with every chance for being good, useful, and happy, you are
faulty, lazy, and miserable."
"Strong language, mademoiselle."
"If you like it, I'll go on."
"Pray, do; it's quite interesting."
"I thought you'd find it so; selfish people always like to talk about
themselves."
"Am I selfish?" The question slipped out involuntarily and in a tone of
surprise, for the one virtue on which he prided himself was generosity.
"Yes, very selfish," continued Amy, in a calm, cool voice, twice as
effective, just then, as an angry one. "I'll show you how, for I've studied you
while we have been frolicking, and I'm not at all satisfied with you. Here you
have been abroad nearly six months, and done nothing but waste time and
money and disappoint your friends."
"Isn't a fellow to have any pleasure after a four-years grind?"
"You don't look as if you'd had much; at any rate, you are none the better
for it, as far as I can see. I said, when we first met, that you had improved.
Now I take it all back, for I don't think you half so nice as when I left you at
home. You have grown abominably lazy; you like gossip, and waste time on
frivolous things; you are contented to be petted and admired by silly people,
instead of being loved and respected by wise ones. With money, talent,
position, health, and beauty,—ah, you like that, Old Vanity! but it's the truth,
so I can't help saying it,—with all these splendid things to use and enjoy, you
can find nothing to do but dawdle; and, instead of being the man you might
and ought to be, you are only—" There she stopped, with a look that had both
pain and pity in it.
"Saint Laurence on a gridiron," added Laurie, blandly finishing the
sentence. But the lecture began to take effect, for there was a wide-awake

Page 463

sparkle in his eyes now, and a half-angry, half-injured expression replaced the
former indifference.
"I supposed you'd take it so. You men tell us we are angels, and say we can
make you what we will; but the instant we honestly try to do you good, you
laugh at us, and won't listen, which proves how much your flattery is worth."
Amy spoke bitterly, and turned her back on the exasperating martyr at her
feet.
In a minute a hand came down over the page, so that she could not draw,
and Laurie's voice said, with a droll imitation of a penitent child,—
"I will be good, oh, I will be good!"
But Amy did not laugh, for she was in earnest; and, tapping on the
outspread hand with her pencil, said soberly,—
"Aren't you ashamed of a hand like that? It's as soft and white as a
woman's, and looks as if it never did anything but wear Jouvin's best gloves,
and pick flowers for ladies. You are not a dandy, thank Heaven! so I'm glad to
see there are no diamonds or big seal-rings on it, only the little old one Jo
gave you so long ago. Dear soul, I wish she was here to help me!"
"So do I!"
The hand vanished as suddenly as it came, and there was energy enough in
the echo of her wish to suit even Amy. She glanced down at him with a new
thought in her mind; but he was lying with his hat half over his face, as if for
shade, and his mustache hid his mouth. She only saw his chest rise and fall,
with a long breath that might have been a sigh, and the hand that wore the
ring nestled down into the grass, as if to hide something too precious or too
tender to be spoken of. All in a minute various hints and trifles assumed shape
and significance in Amy's mind, and told her what her sister never had
confided to her. She remembered that Laurie never spoke voluntarily of Jo;
she recalled the shadow on his face just now, the change in his character, and
the wearing of the little old ring, which was no ornament to a handsome hand.
Girls are quick to read such signs and feel their eloquence. Amy had fancied
that perhaps a love trouble was at the bottom of the alteration, and now she
was sure of it. Her keen eyes filled, and, when she spoke again, it was in a
voice that could be beautifully soft and kind when she chose to make it so.
"I know I have no right to talk so to you, Laurie; and if you weren't the
sweetest-tempered fellow in the world, you'd be very angry with me. But we
are all so fond and proud of you, I couldn't bear to think they should be

Page 464

disappointed in you at home as I have been, though, perhaps, they would
understand the change better than I do."
"I think they would," came from under the hat, in a grim tone, quite as
touching as a broken one.
"They ought to have told me, and not let me go blundering and scolding,
when I should have been more kind and patient than ever. I never did like that
Miss Randal, and now I hate her!" said artful Amy, wishing to be sure of her
facts this time.
"Hang Miss Randal!" and Laurie knocked the hat off his face with a look
that left no doubt of his sentiments toward that young lady.
"I beg pardon; I thought—" and there she paused diplomatically.
"No, you didn't; you knew perfectly well I never cared for any one but Jo."
Laurie said that in his old, impetuous tone, and turned his face away as he
spoke.
"I did think so; but as they never said anything about it, and you came
away, I supposed I was mistaken. And Jo wouldn't be kind to you? Why, I was
sure she loved you dearly."
"She was kind, but not in the right way; and it's lucky for her she didn't
love me, if I'm the good-for-nothing fellow you think me. It's her fault,
though, and you may tell her so."
The hard, bitter look came back again as he said that, and it troubled Amy,
for she did not know what balm to apply.
"I was wrong, I didn't know. I'm very sorry I was so cross, but I can't help
wishing you'd bear it better, Teddy, dear."
"Don't, that's her name for me!" and Laurie put up his hand with a quick
gesture to stop the words spoken in Jo's half-kind, half-reproachful tone.
"Wait till you've tried it yourself," he added, in a low voice, as he pulled up
the grass by the handful.
"I'd take it manfully, and be respected if I couldn't be loved," said Amy,
with the decision of one who knew nothing about it.
Now, Laurie flattered himself that he had borne it remarkably well, making
no moan, asking no sympathy, and taking his trouble away to live it down
alone. Amy's lecture put the matter in a new light, and for the first time it did
look weak and selfish to lose heart at the first failure, and shut himself up in
moody indifference. He felt as if suddenly shaken out of a pensive dream, and

Page 465

found it impossible to go to sleep again. Presently he sat up, and asked
slowly,—
"Do you think Jo would despise me as you do?"
"Yes, if she saw you now. She hates lazy people. Why don't you do
something splendid, and make her love you?"
"I did my best, but it was no use."
"Graduating well, you mean? That was no more than you ought to have
done, for your grandfather's sake. It would have been shameful to fail after
spending so much time and money, when every one knew you could do well."
"I did fail, say what you will, for Jo wouldn't love me," began Laurie,
leaning his head on his hand in a despondent attitude.
"No, you didn't, and you'll say so in the end, for it did you good, and
proved that you could do something if you tried. If you'd only set about
another task of some sort, you'd soon be your hearty, happy self again, and
forget your trouble."
"That's impossible."
"Try it and see. You needn't shrug your shoulders, and think, 'Much she
knows about such things.' I don't pretend to be wise, but I am observing, and I
see a great deal more than you'd imagine. I'm interested in other people's
experiences and inconsistencies; and, though I can't explain, I remember and
use them for my own benefit. Love Jo all your days, if you choose, but don't
let it spoil you, for it's wicked to throw away so many good gifts because you
can't have the one you want. There, I won't lecture any more, for I know
you'll wake up and be a man in spite of that hardhearted girl."
Neither spoke for several minutes. Laurie sat turning the little ring on his
finger, and Amy put the last touches to the hasty sketch she had been working
at while she talked. Presently she put it on his knee, merely saying,—
"How do you like that?"
He looked and then he smiled, as he could not well help doing, for it was
capitally done,—the long, lazy figure on the grass, with listless face, half-shut
eyes, and one hand holding a cigar, from which came the little wreath of
smoke that encircled the dreamer's head.
"How well you draw!" he said, with genuine surprise and pleasure at her
skill, adding, with a half-laugh,—
"Yes, that's me."

Page 466

"As you are: this is as you were;" and Amy laid another sketch beside the
one he held.
It was not nearly so well done, but there was a life and spirit in it which
atoned for many faults, and it recalled the past so vividly that a sudden
change swept over the young man's face as he looked. Only a rough sketch of
Laurie taming a horse; hat and coat were off, and every line of the active
figure, resolute face, and commanding attitude, was full of energy and
meaning. The handsome brute, just subdued, stood arching his neck under the
tightly drawn rein, with one foot impatiently pawing the ground, and ears
pricked up as if listening for the voice that had mastered him. In the ruffled
mane, the rider's breezy hair and erect attitude, there was a suggestion of
suddenly arrested motion, of strength, courage, and youthful buoyancy, that
contrasted sharply with the supine grace of the "Dolce far niente" sketch.
Laurie said nothing; but, as his eye went from one to the other, Amy saw him
flush up and fold his lips together as if he read and accepted the little lesson
she had given him. That satisfied her; and, without waiting for him to speak,
she said, in her sprightly way,—

"Don't you remember the day you played Rarey with Puck, and we all
looked on? Meg and Beth were frightened, but Jo clapped and pranced, and I

Page 467

sat on the fence and drew you. I found that sketch in my portfolio the other
day, touched it up, and kept it to show you."
"Much obliged. You've improved immensely since then, and I congratulate
you. May I venture to suggest in 'a honeymoon Paradise' that five o'clock is
the dinner-hour at your hotel?"
Laurie rose as he spoke, returned the pictures with a smile and a bow, and
looked at his watch, as if to remind her that even moral lectures should have
an end. He tried to resume his former easy, indifferent air, but it was an
affectation now, for the rousing had been more efficacious than he would
confess. Amy felt the shade of coldness in his manner, and said to herself,—
"Now I've offended him. Well, if it does him good, I'm glad; if it makes
him hate me, I'm sorry; but it's true, and I can't take back a word of it."
They laughed and chatted all the way home; and little Baptiste, up behind,
thought that monsieur and mademoiselle were in charming spirits. But both
felt ill at ease; the friendly frankness was disturbed, the sunshine had a
shadow over it, and despite their apparent gayety, there was a secret
discontent in the heart of each.
"Shall we see you this evening, mon frère?" asked Amy as they parted at
her aunt's door.
"Unfortunately I have an engagement. Au revoir, mademoiselle," and
Laurie bent as if to kiss her hand, in the foreign fashion, which became him
better than many men. Something in his face made Amy say quickly and
warmly,—
"No; be yourself with me, Laurie, and part in the good old way. I'd rather
have a hearty English hand-shake than all the sentimental salutations in
France."
"Good-by, dear," and with these words, uttered in the tone she liked, Laurie
left her, after a hand-shake almost painful in its heartiness.
Next morning, instead of the usual call, Amy received a note which made
her smile at the beginning and sigh at the end:—

"My dear Mentor,—
"Please make my adieux to your aunt, and exult within yourself, for
'Lazy Laurence' has gone to his grandpa, like the best of boys. A
pleasant winter to you, and may the gods grant you a blissful

Page 468

honeymoon at Valrosa! I think Fred would be benefited by a rouser.
Tell him so, with my congratulations.
"Yours gratefully,
Telemachus."

"Good boy! I'm glad he's gone," said Amy, with an approving smile; the
next minute her face fell as she glanced about the empty room, adding, with
an involuntary sigh,—
"Yes, I am glad, but how I shall miss him!"

Page 469

XL.
THE VALLEY OF THE SHADOW.
When the first bitterness was over, the family accepted the inevitable, and
tried to bear it cheerfully, helping one another by the increased affection
which comes to bind households tenderly together in times of trouble. They
put away their grief, and each did his or her part toward making that last year
a happy one.
The pleasantest room in the house was set apart for Beth, and in it was
gathered everything that she most loved,—flowers, pictures, her piano, the
little work-table, and the beloved pussies. Father's best books found their way
there, mother's easy-chair, Jo's desk, Amy's finest sketches; and every day

Page 470

Meg brought her babies on a loving pilgrimage, to make sunshine for Aunty
Beth. John quietly set apart a little sum, that he might enjoy the pleasure of
keeping the invalid supplied with the fruit she loved and longed for; old
Hannah never wearied of concocting dainty dishes to tempt a capricious
appetite, dropping tears as she worked; and from across the sea came little
gifts and cheerful letters, seeming to bring breaths of warmth and fragrance
from lands that know no winter.
Here, cherished like a household saint in its shrine, sat Beth, tranquil and
busy as ever; for nothing could change the sweet, unselfish nature, and even
while preparing to leave life, she tried to make it happier for those who
should remain behind. The feeble fingers were never idle, and one of her
pleasures was to make little things for the school-children daily passing to and
fro,—to drop a pair of mittens from her window for a pair of purple hands, a
needle-book for some small mother of many dolls, pen-wipers for young
penmen toiling through forests of pot-hooks, scrap-books for picture-loving
eyes, and all manner of pleasant devices, till the reluctant climbers up the
ladder of learning found their way strewn with flowers, as it were, and came
to regard the gentle giver as a sort of fairy godmother, who sat above there,
and showered down gifts miraculously suited to their tastes and needs. If Beth
had wanted any reward, she found it in the bright little faces always turned up
to her window, with nods and smiles, and the droll little letters which came to
her, full of blots and gratitude.
The first few months were very happy ones, and Beth often used to look
round, and say "How beautiful this is!" as they all sat together in her sunny
room, the babies kicking and crowing on the floor, mother and sisters
working near, and father reading, in his pleasant voice, from the wise old
books which seemed rich in good and comfortable words, as applicable now
as when written centuries ago; a little chapel, where a paternal priest taught
his flock the hard lessons all must learn, trying to show them that hope can
comfort love, and faith make resignation possible. Simple sermons, that went
straight to the souls of those who listened; for the father's heart was in the
minister's religion, and the frequent falter in the voice gave a double
eloquence to the words he spoke or read.
It was well for all that this peaceful time was given them as preparation for
the sad hours to come; for, by and by, Beth said the needle was "so heavy,"
and put it down forever; talking wearied her, faces troubled her, pain claimed
her for its own, and her tranquil spirit was sorrowfully perturbed by the ills

Page 471

that vexed her feeble flesh. Ah me! such heavy days, such long, long nights,
such aching hearts and imploring prayers, when those who loved her best
were forced to see the thin hands stretched out to them beseechingly, to hear
the bitter cry, "Help me, help me!" and to feel that there was no help. A sad
eclipse of the serene soul, a sharp struggle of the young life with death; but
both were mercifully brief, and then, the natural rebellion over, the old peace
returned more beautiful than ever. With the wreck of her frail body, Beth's
soul grew strong; and, though she said little, those about her felt that she was
ready, saw that the first pilgrim called was likewise the fittest, and waited
with her on the shore, trying to see the Shining Ones coming to receive her
when she crossed the river.
Jo never left her for an hour since Beth had said, "I feel stronger when you
are here." She slept on a couch in the room, waking often to renew the fire, to
feed, lift, or wait upon the patient creature who seldom asked for anything,
and "tried not to be a trouble." All day she haunted the room, jealous of any
other nurse, and prouder of being chosen then than of any honor her life ever
brought her. Precious and helpful hours to Jo, for now her heart received the
teaching that it needed; lessons in patience were so sweetly taught her that she
could not fail to learn them; charity for all, the lovely spirit that can forgive
and truly forget unkindness, the loyalty to duty that makes the hardest easy,
and the sincere faith that fears nothing, but trusts undoubtingly.
Often, when she woke, Jo found Beth reading in her well-worn little book,
heard her singing softly, to beguile the sleepless night, or saw her lean her
face upon her hands, while slow tears dropped through the transparent
fingers; and Jo would lie watching her, with thoughts too deep for tears,
feeling that Beth, in her simple, unselfish way, was trying to wean herself
from the dear old life, and fit herself for the life to come, by sacred words of
comfort, quiet prayers, and the music she loved so well.
Seeing this did more for Jo than the wisest sermons, the saintliest hymns,
the most fervent prayers that any voice could utter; for, with eyes made clear
by many tears, and a heart softened by the tenderest sorrow, she recognized
the beauty of her sister's life,—uneventful, unambitious, yet full of the
genuine virtues which "smell sweet, and blossom in the dust," the self-
forgetfulness that makes the humblest on earth remembered soonest in
heaven, the true success which is possible to all.
One night, when Beth looked among the books upon her table, to find
something to make her forget the mortal weariness that was almost as hard to

Page 472

bear as pain, as she turned the leaves of her old favorite Pilgrim's Progress,
she found a little paper, scribbled over in Jo's hand. The name caught her eye,
and the blurred look of the lines made her sure that tears had fallen on it.
"Poor Jo! she's fast asleep, so I won't wake her to ask leave; she shows me
all her things, and I don't think she'll mind if I look at this," thought Beth,
with a glance at her sister, who lay on the rug, with the tongs beside her, ready
to wake up the minute the log fell apart.

"MY BETH.
"Sitting patient in the shadow
Till the blessed light shall come,
A serene and saintly presence
Sanctifies our troubled home.
Earthly joys and hopes and sorrows
Break like ripples on the strand
Of the deep and solemn river
Where her willing feet now stand.

"O my sister, passing from me,
Out of human care and strife,
Leave me, as a gift, those virtues
Which have beautified your life.
Dear, bequeath me that great patience
Which has power to sustain
A cheerful, uncomplaining spirit
In its prison-house of pain.

"Give me, for I need it sorely,
Of that courage, wise and sweet,
Which has made the path of duty
Green beneath your willing feet.
Give me that unselfish nature,
That with charity divine
Can pardon wrong for love's dear sake—
Meek heart, forgive me mine!

"Thus our parting daily loseth
Something of its bitter pain,
And while learning this hard lesson,
My great loss becomes my gain.
For the touch of grief will render
My wild nature more serene,
Give to life new aspirations,
A new trust in the unseen.

"Henceforth, safe across the river,
I shall see forevermore

Page 473

A beloved, household spirit
Waiting for me on the shore.
Hope and faith, born of my sorrow,
Guardian angels shall become,
And the sister gone before me
By their hands shall lead me home."
Blurred and blotted, faulty and feeble, as the lines were, they brought a
look of inexpressible comfort to Beth's face, for her one regret had been that
she had done so little; and this seemed to assure her that her life had not been
useless, that her death would not bring the despair she feared. As she sat with
the paper folded between her hands, the charred log fell asunder. Jo started
up, revived the blaze, and crept to the bedside, hoping Beth slept.
"Not asleep, but so happy, dear. See, I found this and read it; I knew you
wouldn't care. Have I been all that to you, Jo?" she asked, with wistful,
humble earnestness.
"O Beth, so much, so much!" and Jo's head went down upon the pillow,
beside her sister's.
"Then I don't feel as if I'd wasted my life. I'm not so good as you make me,
but I have tried to do right; and now, when it's too late to begin even to do
better, it's such a comfort to know that some one loves me so much, and feels
as if I'd helped them."
"More than any one in the world, Beth. I used to think I couldn't let you go;
but I'm learning to feel that I don't lose you; that you'll be more to me than
ever, and death can't part us, though it seems to."
"I know it cannot, and I don't fear it any longer, for I'm sure I shall be your
Beth still, to love and help you more than ever. You must take my place, Jo,
and be everything to father and mother when I'm gone. They will turn to you,
don't fail them; and if it's hard to work alone, remember that I don't forget
you, and that you'll be happier in doing that than writing splendid books or
seeing all the world; for love is the only thing that we can carry with us when
we go, and it makes the end so easy."
"I'll try, Beth;" and then and there Jo renounced her old ambition, pledged
herself to a new and better one, acknowledging the poverty of other desires,
and feeling the blessed solace of a belief in the immortality of love.
So the spring days came and went, the sky grew clearer, the earth greener,
the flowers were up fair and early, and the birds came back in time to say
good-by to Beth, who, like a tired but trustful child, clung to the hands that

Page 474

had led her all her life, as father and mother guided her tenderly through the
Valley of the Shadow, and gave her up to God.
Seldom, except in books, do the dying utter memorable words, see visions,
or depart with beatified countenances; and those who have sped many parting
souls know that to most the end comes as naturally and simply as sleep. As
Beth had hoped, the "tide went out easily;" and in the dark hour before the
dawn, on the bosom where she had drawn her first breath, she quietly drew
her last, with no farewell but one loving look, one little sigh.
With tears and prayers and tender hands, mother and sisters made her ready
for the long sleep that pain would never mar again, seeing with grateful eyes
the beautiful serenity that soon replaced the pathetic patience that had wrung
their hearts so long, and feeling, with reverent joy, that to their darling death
was a benignant angel, not a phantom full of dread.
When morning came, for the first time in many months the fire was out,
Jo's place was empty, and the room was very still. But a bird sang blithely on
a budding bough, close by, the snow-drops blossomed freshly at the window,
and the spring sunshine streamed in like a benediction over the placid face
upon the pillow,—a face so full of painless peace that those who loved it best
smiled through their tears, and thanked God that Beth was well at last.

Page 475

Page 476

XLI.
LEARNING TO FORGET.
Amy's lecture did Laurie good, though, of course, he did not own it till long
afterward; men seldom do, for when women are the advisers, the lords of
creation don't take the advice till they have persuaded themselves that it is just
what they intended to do; then they act upon it, and, if it succeeds, they give
the weaker vessel half the credit of it; if it fails, they generously give her the
whole. Laurie went back to his grandfather, and was so dutifully devoted for
several weeks that the old gentleman declared the climate of Nice had
improved him wonderfully, and he had better try it again. There was nothing
the young gentleman would have liked better, but elephants could not have
dragged him back after the scolding he had received; pride forbid, and

Page 477

whenever the longing grew very strong, he fortified his resolution by
repeating the words that had made the deepest impression, "I despise you;"
"Go and do something splendid that will make her love you."
Laurie turned the matter over in his mind so often that he soon brought
himself to confess that he had been selfish and lazy; but then when a man has
a great sorrow, he should be indulged in all sorts of vagaries till he has lived it
down. He felt that his blighted affections were quite dead now; and, though he
should never cease to be a faithful mourner, there was no occasion to wear his
weeds ostentatiously. Jo wouldn't love him, but he might make her respect and
admire him by doing something which should prove that a girl's "No" had not
spoilt his life. He had always meant to do something, and Amy's advice was
quite unnecessary. He had only been waiting till the aforesaid blighted
affections were decently interred; that being done, he felt that he was ready to
"hide his stricken heart, and still toil on."
As Goethe, when he had a joy or a grief, put it into a song, so Laurie
resolved to embalm his love-sorrow in music, and compose a Requiem which
should harrow up Jo's soul and melt the heart of every hearer. Therefore the
next time the old gentleman found him getting restless and moody, and
ordered him off, he went to Vienna, where he had musical friends, and fell to
work with the firm determination to distinguish himself. But, whether the
sorrow was too vast to be embodied in music, or music too ethereal to uplift a
mortal woe, he soon discovered that the Requiem was beyond him, just at
present. It was evident that his mind was not in working order yet, and his
ideas needed clarifying; for often in the middle of a plaintive strain, he would
find himself humming a dancing tune that vividly recalled the Christmas ball
at Nice, especially the stout Frenchman, and put an effectual stop to tragic
composition for the time being.
Then he tried an Opera, for nothing seemed impossible in the beginning;
but here, again, unforeseen difficulties beset him. He wanted Jo for his
heroine, and called upon his memory to supply him with tender recollections
and romantic visions of his love. But memory turned traitor; and, as if
possessed by the perverse spirit of the girl, would only recall Jo's oddities,
faults, and freaks, would only show her in the most unsentimental aspects,—
beating mats with her head tied up in a bandanna, barricading herself with the
sofa-pillow, or throwing cold water over his passion à la Gummidge,—and an
irresistible laugh spoilt the pensive picture he was endeavoring to paint. Jo
wouldn't be put into the Opera at any price, and he had to give her up with a

Page 478

"Bless that girl, what a torment she is!" and a clutch at his hair, as became a
distracted composer.
When he looked about him for another and a less intractable damsel to
immortalize in melody, memory produced one with the most obliging
readiness. This phantom wore many faces, but it always had golden hair, was
enveloped in a diaphanous cloud, and floated airily before his mind's eye in a
pleasing chaos of roses, peacocks, white ponies, and blue ribbons. He did not
give the complacent wraith any name, but he took her for his heroine, and
grew quite fond of her, as well he might; for he gifted her with every gift and
grace under the sun, and escorted her, unscathed, through trials which would
have annihilated any mortal woman.
Thanks to this inspiration, he got on swimmingly for a time, but gradually
the work lost its charm, and he forgot to compose, while he sat musing, pen in
hand, or roamed about the gay city to get new ideas and refresh his mind,
which seemed to be in a somewhat unsettled state that winter. He did not do
much, but he thought a great deal and was conscious of a change of some sort
going on in spite of himself. "It's genius simmering, perhaps. I'll let it simmer,
and see what comes of it," he said, with a secret suspicion, all the while, that
it wasn't genius, but something far more common. Whatever it was, it
simmered to some purpose, for he grew more and more discontented with his
desultory life, began to long for some real and earnest work to go at, soul and
body, and finally came to the wise conclusion that every one who loved music
was not a composer. Returning from one of Mozart's grand operas, splendidly
performed at the Royal Theatre, he looked over his own, played a few of the
best parts, sat staring up at the busts of Mendelssohn, Beethoven, and Bach,
who stared benignly back again; then suddenly he tore up his music-sheets,
one by one, and, as the last fluttered out of his hand, he said soberly to
himself,—
"She is right! Talent isn't genius, and you can't make it so. That music has
taken the vanity out of me as Rome took it out of her, and I won't be a
humbug any longer. Now what shall I do?"
That seemed a hard question to answer, and Laurie began to wish he had to
work for his daily bread. Now, if ever, occurred an eligible opportunity for
"going to the devil," as he once forcibly expressed it, for he had plenty of
money and nothing to do, and Satan is proverbially fond of providing
employment for full and idle hands. The poor fellow had temptations enough
from without and from within, but he withstood them pretty well; for, much

Page 479

as he valued liberty, he valued good faith and confidence more, so his
promise to his grandfather, and his desire to be able to look honestly into the
eyes of the women who loved him, and say "All's well," kept him safe and
steady.
Very likely some Mrs. Grundy will observe, "I don't believe it; boys will be
boys, young men must sow their wild oats, and women must not expect
miracles." I dare say you don't, Mrs. Grundy, but it's true nevertheless.
Women work a good many miracles, and I have a persuasion that they may
perform even that of raising the standard of manhood by refusing to echo
such sayings. Let the boys be boys, the longer the better, and let the young
men sow their wild oats if they must; but mothers, sisters, and friends may
help to make the crop a small one, and keep many tares from spoiling the
harvest, by believing, and showing that they believe, in the possibility of
loyalty to the virtues which make men manliest in good women's eyes. If it is
a feminine delusion, leave us to enjoy it while we may, for without it half the
beauty and the romance of life is lost, and sorrowful forebodings would
embitter all our hopes of the brave, tender-hearted little lads, who still love
their mothers better than themselves, and are not ashamed to own it.
Laurie thought that the task of forgetting his love for Jo would absorb all
his powers for years; but, to his great surprise, he discovered it grew easier
every day. He refused to believe it at first, got angry with himself, and
couldn't understand it; but these hearts of ours are curious and contrary things,
and time and nature work their will in spite of us. Laurie's heart wouldn't
ache; the wound persisted in healing with a rapidity that astonished him, and,
instead of trying to forget, he found himself trying to remember. He had not
foreseen this turn of affairs, and was not prepared for it. He was disgusted
with himself, surprised at his own fickleness, and full of a queer mixture of
disappointment and relief that he could recover from such a tremendous blow
so soon. He carefully stirred up the embers of his lost love, but they refused to
burst into a blaze: there was only a comfortable glow that warmed and did
him good without putting him into a fever, and he was reluctantly obliged to
confess that the boyish passion was slowly subsiding into a more tranquil
sentiment, very tender, a little sad and resentful still, but that was sure to pass
away in time, leaving a brotherly affection which would last unbroken to the
end.
As the word "brotherly" passed through his mind in one of these reveries,
he smiled, and glanced up at the picture of Mozart that was before him:—

Page 480

"Well, he was a great man; and when he couldn't have one sister he took the
other, and was happy."
Laurie did not utter the words, but he thought them; and the next instant
kissed the little old ring, saying to himself,—
"No, I won't! I haven't forgotten, I never can. I'll try again, and if that fails,
why, then—"
Leaving his sentence unfinished, he seized pen and paper and wrote to Jo,
telling her that he could not settle to anything while there was the least hope
of her changing her mind. Couldn't she, wouldn't she, and let him come home
and be happy? While waiting for an answer he did nothing, but he did it
energetically, for he was in a fever of impatience. It came at last, and settled
his mind effectually on one point, for Jo decidedly couldn't and wouldn't. She
was wrapped up in Beth, and never wished to hear the word "love" again.
Then she begged him to be happy with somebody else, but always to keep a
little corner of his heart for his loving sister Jo. In a postscript she desired him
not to tell Amy that Beth was worse; she was coming home in the spring, and
there was no need of saddening the remainder of her stay. That would be time
enough, please God, but Laurie must write to her often, and not let her feel
lonely, homesick, or anxious.
"So I will, at once. Poor little girl; it will be a sad going home for her, I'm
afraid;" and Laurie opened his desk, as if writing to Amy had been the proper
conclusion of the sentence left unfinished some weeks before.
But he did not write the letter that day; for, as he rummaged out his best
paper, he came across something which changed his purpose. Tumbling about
in one part of the desk, among bills, passports, and business documents of
various kinds, were several of Jo's letters, and in another compartment were
three notes from Amy, carefully tied up with one of her blue ribbons, and
sweetly suggestive of the little dead roses put away inside. With a half-
repentant, half-amused expression, Laurie gathered up all Jo's letters,
smoothed, folded, and put them neatly into a small drawer of the desk, stood a
minute turning the ring thoughtfully on his finger, then slowly drew it off, laid
it with the letters, locked the drawer, and went out to hear High Mass at Saint
Stefan's, feeling as if there had been a funeral; and, though not overwhelmed
with affliction, this seemed a more proper way to spend the rest of the day
than in writing letters to charming young ladies.

Page 481

The letter went very soon, however, and was promptly answered, for Amy
was homesick, and confessed it in the most delightfully confiding manner.
The correspondence flourished famously, and letters flew to and fro, with
unfailing regularity, all through the early spring. Laurie sold his busts, made
allumettes of his opera, and went back to Paris, hoping somebody would
arrive before long. He wanted desperately to go to Nice, but would not till he
was asked; and Amy would not ask him, for just then she was having little
experiences of her own, which made her rather wish to avoid the quizzical
eyes of "our boy."
Fred Vaughn had returned, and put the question to which she had once
decided to answer "Yes, thank you;" but now she said, "No, thank you,"
kindly but steadily; for, when the time came, her courage failed her, and she
found that something more than money and position was needed to satisfy the
new longing that filled her heart so full of tender hopes and fears. The words,
"Fred is a good fellow, but not at all the man I fancied you would ever like,"
and Laurie's face when he uttered them, kept returning to her as

Page 482

pertinaciously as her own did when she said in look, if not in words, "I shall
marry for money." It troubled her to remember that now, she wished she could
take it back, it sounded so unwomanly. She didn't want Laurie to think her a
heartless, worldly creature; she didn't care to be a queen of society now half
so much as she did to be a lovable woman; she was so glad he didn't hate her
for the dreadful things she said, but took them so beautifully, and was kinder
than ever. His letters were such a comfort, for the home letters were very
irregular, and were not half so satisfactory as his when they did come. It was
not only a pleasure, but a duty to answer them, for the poor fellow was
forlorn, and needed petting, since Jo persisted in being stony-hearted. She
ought to have made an effort, and tried to love him; it couldn't be very hard,
many people would be proud and glad to have such a dear boy care for them;
but Jo never would act like other girls, so there was nothing to do but be very
kind, and treat him like a brother.
If all brothers were treated as well as Laurie was at this period, they would
be a much happier race of beings than they are. Amy never lectured now; she
asked his opinion on all subjects; she was interested in everything he did,
made charming little presents for him, and sent him two letters a week, full of
lively gossip, sisterly confidences, and captivating sketches of the lovely
scenes about her. As few brothers are complimented by having their letters
carried about in their sisters' pockets, read and reread diligently, cried over
when short, kissed when long, and treasured carefully, we will not hint that
Amy did any of these fond and foolish things. But she certainly did grow a
little pale and pensive that spring, lost much of her relish for society, and went
out sketching alone a good deal. She never had much to show when she came
home, but was studying nature, I dare say, while she sat for hours, with her
hands folded, on the terrace at Valrosa, or absently sketched any fancy that
occurred to her,—a stalwart knight carved on a tomb, a young man asleep in
the grass, with his hat over his eyes, or a curly-haired girl in gorgeous array,
promenading down a ball-room on the arm of a tall gentleman, both faces
being left a blur according to the last fashion in art, which was safe, but not
altogether satisfactory.
Her aunt thought that she regretted her answer to Fred; and, finding denials
useless and explanations impossible, Amy left her to think what she liked,
taking care that Laurie should know that Fred had gone to Egypt. That was
all, but he understood it, and looked relieved, as he said to himself, with a
venerable air,—

Page 483

"I was sure she would think better of it. Poor old fellow! I've been through
it all, and I can sympathize."
With that he heaved a great sigh, and then, as if he had discharged his duty
to the past, put his feet up on the sofa, and enjoyed Amy's letter luxuriously.
While these changes were going on abroad, trouble had come at home; but
the letter telling that Beth was failing never reached Amy, and when the next
found her, the grass was green above her sister. The sad news met her at
Vevay, for the heat had driven them from Nice in May, and they had travelled
slowly to Switzerland, by way of Genoa and the Italian lakes. She bore it very
well, and quietly submitted to the family decree that she should not shorten
her visit, for, since it was too late to say good-by to Beth, she had better stay,
and let absence soften her sorrow. But her heart was very heavy; she longed
to be at home, and every day looked wistfully across the lake, waiting for
Laurie to come and comfort her.
He did come very soon; for the same mail brought letters to them both, but
he was in Germany, and it took some days to reach him. The moment he read
it, he packed his knapsack, bade adieu to his fellow-pedestrians, and was off
to keep his promise, with a heart full of joy and sorrow, hope and suspense.
He knew Vevay well; and as soon as the boat touched the little quay, he
hurried along the shore to La Tour, where the Carrols were living en pension.
The garçon was in despair that the whole family had gone to take a
promenade on the lake; but no, the blond mademoiselle might be in the
chateau garden. If monsieur would give himself the pain of sitting down, a
flash of time should present her. But monsieur could not wait even "a flash of
time," and, in the middle of the speech, departed to find mademoiselle
himself.
A pleasant old garden on the borders of the lovely lake, with chestnuts
rustling overhead, ivy climbing everywhere, and the black shadow of the
tower falling far across the sunny water. At one corner of the wide, low wall
was a seat, and here Amy often came to read or work, or console herself with
the beauty all about her. She was sitting here that day, leaning her head on her
hand, with a homesick heart and heavy eyes, thinking of Beth, and wondering
why Laurie did not come. She did not hear him cross the court-yard beyond,
nor see him pause in the archway that led from the subterranean path into the
garden. He stood a minute, looking at her with new eyes, seeing what no one
had ever seen before,—the tender side of Amy's character. Everything about
her mutely suggested love and sorrow,—the blotted letters in her lap, the

Page 484

black ribbon that tied up her hair, the womanly pain and patience in her face;
even the little ebony cross at her throat seemed pathetic to Laurie, for he had
given it to her, and she wore it as her only ornament. If he had any doubts
about the reception she would give him, they were set at rest the minute she
looked up and saw him; for, dropping everything, she ran to him, exclaiming,
in a tone of unmistakable love and longing,—
"O Laurie, Laurie, I knew you'd come to me!"

I think everything was said and settled then; for, as they stood together
quite silent for a moment, with the dark head bent down protectingly over the
light one, Amy felt that no one could comfort and sustain her so well as
Laurie, and Laurie decided that Amy was the only woman in the world who
could fill Jo's place, and make him happy. He did not tell her so; but she was
not disappointed, for both felt the truth, were satisfied, and gladly left the rest
to silence.
In a minute Amy went back to her place; and, while she dried her tears,
Laurie gathered up the scattered papers, finding in the sight of sundry well-
worn letters and suggestive sketches good omens for the future. As he sat
down beside her, Amy felt shy again, and turned rosy red at the recollection
of her impulsive greeting.

Page 485

"I couldn't help it; I felt so lonely and sad, and was so very glad to see you.
It was such a surprise to look up and find you, just as I was beginning to fear
you wouldn't come," she said, trying in vain to speak quite naturally.
"I came the minute I heard. I wish I could say something to comfort you for
the loss of dear little Beth; but I can only feel, and—" He could not get any
further, for he, too, turned bashful all of a sudden, and did not quite know
what to say. He longed to lay Amy's head down on his shoulder, and tell her
to have a good cry, but he did not dare; so took her hand instead, and gave it a
sympathetic squeeze that was better than words.
"You needn't say anything; this comforts me," she said softly. "Beth is well
and happy, and I mustn't wish her back; but I dread the going home, much as I
long to see them all. We won't talk about it now, for it makes me cry, and I
want to enjoy you while you stay. You needn't go right back, need you?"
"Not if you want me, dear."
"I do, so much. Aunt and Flo are very kind; but you seem like one of the
family, and it would be so comfortable to have you for a little while."
Amy spoke and looked so like a homesick child, whose heart was full, that
Laurie forgot his bashfulness all at once, and gave her just what she wanted,
—the petting she was used to and the cheerful conversation she needed.
"Poor little soul, you look as if you'd grieved yourself half-sick! I'm going
to take care of you, so don't cry any more, but come and walk about with me;
the wind is too chilly for you to sit still," he said, in the half-caressing, half-
commanding way that Amy liked, as he tied on her hat, drew her arm through
his, and began to pace up and down the sunny walk, under the new-leaved
chestnuts. He felt more at ease upon his legs; and Amy found it very pleasant
to have a strong arm to lean upon, a familiar face to smile at her, and a kind
voice to talk delightfully for her alone.
The quaint old garden had sheltered many pairs of lovers, and seemed
expressly made for them, so sunny and secluded was it, with nothing but the
tower to overlook them, and the wide lake to carry away the echo of their
words, as it rippled by below. For an hour this new pair walked and talked, or
rested on the wall, enjoying the sweet influences which gave such a charm to
time and place; and when an unromantic dinner-bell warned them away, Amy
felt as if she left her burden of loneliness and sorrow behind her in the
chateau garden.

Page 486

The moment Mrs. Carrol saw the girl's altered face, she was illuminated
with a new idea, and exclaimed to herself, "Now I understand it all,—the
child has been pining for young Laurence. Bless my heart, I never thought of
such a thing!"
With praiseworthy discretion, the good lady said nothing, and betrayed no
sign of enlightenment; but cordially urged Laurie to stay, and begged Amy to
enjoy his society, for it would do her more good than so much solitude. Amy
was a model of docility; and, as her aunt was a good deal occupied with Flo,
she was left to entertain her friend, and did it with more than her usual
success.
At Nice, Laurie had lounged and Amy had scolded; at Vevay, Laurie was
never idle, but always walking, riding, boating, or studying, in the most
energetic manner, while Amy admired everything he did, and followed his
example as far and as fast as she could. He said the change was owing to the
climate, and she did not contradict him, being glad of a like excuse for her
own recovered health and spirits.
The invigorating air did them both good, and much exercise worked
wholesome changes in minds as well as bodies. They seemed to get clearer
views of life and duty up there among the everlasting hills; the fresh winds
blew away desponding doubts, delusive fancies, and moody mists; the warm
spring sunshine brought out all sorts of aspiring ideas, tender hopes, and
happy thoughts; the lake seemed to wash away the troubles of the past, and
the grand old mountains to look benignly down upon them, saying, "Little
children, love one another."
In spite of the new sorrow, it was a very happy time, so happy that Laurie
could not bear to disturb it by a word. It took him a little while to recover
from his surprise at the rapid cure of his first, and, as he had firmly believed,
his last and only love. He consoled himself for the seeming disloyalty by the
thought that Jo's sister was almost the same as Jo's self, and the conviction
that it would have been impossible to love any other woman but Amy so soon
and so well. His first wooing had been of the tempestuous order, and he
looked back upon it as if through a long vista of years, with a feeling of
compassion blended with regret. He was not ashamed of it, but put it away as
one of the bitter-sweet experiences of his life, for which he could be grateful
when the pain was over. His second wooing he resolved should be as calm
and simple as possible; there was no need of having a scene, hardly any need
of telling Amy that he loved her; she knew it without words, and had given

Page 487

him his answer long ago. It all came about so naturally that no one could
complain, and he knew that everybody would be pleased, even Jo. But when
our first little passion has been crushed, we are apt to be wary and slow in
making a second trial; so Laurie let the days pass, enjoying every hour, and
leaving to chance the utterance of the word that would put an end to the first
and sweetest part of his new romance.
He had rather imagined that the dénouement would take place in the
chateau garden by moonlight, and in the most graceful and decorous manner;
but it turned out exactly the reverse, for the matter was settled on the lake, at
noonday, in a few blunt words. They had been floating about all the morning,
from gloomy St. Gingolf to sunny Montreux, with the Alps of Savoy on one
side, Mont St. Bernard and the Dent du Midi on the other, pretty Vevay in the
valley, and Lausanne upon the hill beyond, a cloudless blue sky overhead, and
the bluer lake below, dotted with the picturesque boats that look like white-
winged gulls.
They had been talking of Bonnivard, as they glided past Chillon, and of
Rousseau, as they looked up at Clarens, where he wrote his "Héloise."
Neither had read it, but they knew it was a love-story, and each privately
wondered if it was half as interesting as their own. Amy had been dabbling
her hand in the water during the little pause that fell between them, and, when
she looked up, Laurie was leaning on his oars, with an expression in his eyes
that made her say hastily, merely for the sake of saying something,—
"You must be tired; rest a little, and let me row; it will do me good; for,
since you came, I have been altogether lazy and luxurious."
"I'm not tired; but you may take an oar, if you like. There's room enough,
though I have to sit nearly in the middle, else the boat won't trim," returned
Laurie, as if he rather liked the arrangement.
Feeling that she had not mended matters much, Amy took the offered third
of a seat, shook her hair over her face, and accepted an oar. She rowed as well
as she did many other things; and, though she used both hands, and Laurie but
one, the oars kept time, and the boat went smoothly through the water.

Page 488

"How well we pull together, don't we?" said Amy, who objected to silence
just then.
"So well that I wish we might always pull in the same boat. Will you,
Amy?" very tenderly.
"Yes, Laurie," very low.
Then they both stopped rowing, and unconsciously added a pretty little
tableau of human love and happiness to the dissolving views reflected in the
lake.

Page 489

XLII.
ALL ALONE.
It was easy to promise self-abnegation when self was wrapped up in
another, and heart and soul were purified by a sweet example; but when the
helpful voice was silent, the daily lesson over, the beloved presence gone, and
nothing remained but loneliness and grief, then Jo found her promise very
hard to keep. How could she "comfort father and mother," when her own
heart ached with a ceaseless longing for her sister; how could she "make the
house cheerful," when all its light and warmth and beauty seemed to have
deserted it when Beth left the old home for the new; and where in all the
world could she "find some useful, happy work to do," that would take the
place of the loving service which had been its own reward? She tried in a
blind, hopeless way to do her duty, secretly rebelling against it all the while,
for it seemed unjust that her few joys should be lessened, her burdens made
heavier, and life get harder and harder as she toiled along. Some people
seemed to get all sunshine, and some all shadow; it was not fair, for she tried
more than Amy to be good, but never got any reward, only disappointment,
trouble, and hard work.
Poor Jo, these were dark days to her, for something like despair came over
her when she thought of spending all her life in that quiet house, devoted to
humdrum cares, a few small pleasures, and the duty that never seemed to
grow any easier. "I can't do it. I wasn't meant for a life like this, and I know I
shall break away and do something desperate if somebody don't come and
help me," she said to herself, when her first efforts failed, and she fell into the
moody, miserable state of mind which often comes when strong wills have to
yield to the inevitable.
But some one did come and help her, though Jo did not recognize her good
angels at once, because they wore familiar shapes, and used the simple spells
best fitted to poor humanity. Often she started up at night, thinking Beth
called her; and when the sight of the little empty bed made her cry with the

Page 490

bitter cry of an unsubmissive sorrow, "O Beth, come back! come back!" she
did not stretch out her yearning arms in vain; for, as quick to hear her sobbing
as she had been to hear her sister's faintest whisper, her mother came to
comfort her, not with words only, but the patient tenderness that soothes by a
touch, tears that were mute reminders of a greater grief than Jo's, and broken
whispers, more eloquent than prayers, because hopeful resignation went
hand-in-hand with natural sorrow. Sacred moments, when heart talked to
heart in the silence of the night, turning affliction to a blessing, which
chastened grief and strengthened love. Feeling this, Jo's burden seemed easier
to bear, duty grew sweeter, and life looked more endurable, seen from the safe
shelter of her mother's arms.
When aching heart was a little comforted, troubled mind likewise found
help; for one day she went to the study, and, leaning over the good gray head
lifted to welcome her with a tranquil smile, she said, very humbly,—
"Father, talk to me as you did to Beth. I need it more than she did, for I'm
all wrong."
"My dear, nothing can comfort me like this," he answered, with a falter in
his voice, and both arms round her, as if he, too, needed help, and did not fear
to ask it.

Page 491

Then, sitting in Beth's little chair close beside him, Jo told her troubles,—
the resentful sorrow for her loss, the fruitless efforts that discouraged her, the
want of faith that made life look so dark, and all the sad bewilderment which
we call despair. She gave him entire confidence, he gave her the help she
needed, and both found consolation in the act; for the time had come when
they could talk together not only as father and daughter, but as man and
woman, able and glad to serve each other with mutual sympathy as well as
mutual love. Happy, thoughtful times there in the old study which Jo called
"the church of one member," and from which she came with fresh courage,
recovered cheerfulness, and a more submissive spirit; for the parents who had
taught one child to meet death without fear, were trying now to teach another
to accept life without despondency or distrust, and to use its beautiful
opportunities with gratitude and power.
Other helps had Jo,—humble, wholesome duties and delights that would
not be denied their part in serving her, and which she slowly learned to see
and value. Brooms and dishcloths never could be as distasteful as they once
had been, for Beth had presided over both; and something of her housewifely
spirit seemed to linger round the little mop and the old brush, that was never
thrown away. As she used them, Jo found herself humming the songs Beth
used to hum, imitating Beth's orderly ways, and giving the little touches here
and there that kept everything fresh and cosey, which was the first step toward
making home happy, though she didn't know it, till Hannah said with an
approving squeeze of the hand,—
"You thoughtful creter, you're determined we sha'n't miss that dear lamb ef
you can help it. We don't say much, but we see it, and the Lord will bless you
for't, see ef He don't."
As they sat sewing together, Jo discovered how much improved her sister
Meg was; how well she could talk, how much she knew about good, womanly
impulses, thoughts, and feelings, how happy she was in husband and children,
and how much they were all doing for each other.
"Marriage is an excellent thing, after all. I wonder if I should blossom out
half as well as you have, if I tried it?" said Jo, as she constructed a kite for
Demi, in the topsy-turvy nursery.
"It's just what you need to bring out the tender, womanly half of your
nature, Jo. You are like a chestnut-burr, prickly outside, but silky-soft within,
and a sweet kernel, if one can only get at it. Love will make you show your
heart some day, and then the rough burr will fall off."

Page 492

"Frost opens chestnut-burrs, ma'am, and it takes a good shake to bring them
down. Boys go nutting, and I don't care to be bagged by them," returned Jo,
pasting away at the kite which no wind that blows would ever carry up, for
Daisy had tied herself on as a bob.
Meg laughed, for she was glad to see a glimmer of Jo's old spirit, but she
felt it her duty to enforce her opinion by every argument in her power; and the
sisterly chats were not wasted, especially as two of Meg's most effective
arguments were the babies, whom Jo loved tenderly. Grief is the best opener
for some hearts, and Jo's was nearly ready for the bag: a little more sunshine
to ripen the nut, then, not a boy's impatient shake, but a man's hand reached
up to pick it gently from the burr, and find the kernel sound and sweet. If she
had suspected this, she would have shut up tight, and been more prickly than
ever; fortunately she wasn't thinking about herself, so, when the time came,
down she dropped.
Now, if she had been the heroine of a moral story-book, she ought at this
period of her life to have become quite saintly, renounced the world, and gone
about doing good in a mortified bonnet, with tracts in her pocket. But, you
see, Jo wasn't a heroine; she was only a struggling human girl, like hundreds
of others, and she just acted out her nature, being sad, cross, listless, or
energetic, as the mood suggested. It's highly virtuous to say we'll be good, but
we can't do it all at once, and it takes a long pull, a strong pull, and a pull all
together, before some of us even get our feet set in the right way. Jo had got
so far, she was learning to do her duty, and to feel unhappy if she did not; but
to do it cheerfully—ah, that was another thing! She had often said she wanted
to do something splendid, no matter how hard; and now she had her wish, for
what could be more beautiful than to devote her life to father and mother,
trying to make home as happy to them as they had to her? And, if difficulties
were necessary to increase the splendor of the effort, what could be harder for
a restless, ambitious girl than to give up her own hopes, plans, and desires,
and cheerfully live for others?
Providence had taken her at her word; here was the task, not what she had
expected, but better, because self had no part in it: now, could she do it? She
decided that she would try; and, in her first attempt, she found the helps I
have suggested. Still another was given her, and she took it, not as a reward,
but as a comfort, as Christian took the refreshment afforded by the little arbor
where he rested, as he climbed the hill called Difficulty.

Page 493

"Why don't you write? That always used to make you happy," said her
mother, once, when the desponding fit overshadowed Jo.
"I've no heart to write, and if I had, nobody cares for my things."
"We do; write something for us, and never mind the rest of the world. Try
it, dear; I'm sure it would do you good, and please us very much."
"Don't believe I can;" but Jo got out her desk, and began to overhaul her
half-finished manuscripts.
An hour afterward her mother peeped in, and there she was, scratching
away, with her black pinafore on, and an absorbed expression, which caused
Mrs. March to smile, and slip away, well pleased with the success of her
suggestion. Jo never knew how it happened, but something got into that story
that went straight to the hearts of those who read it; for, when her family had
laughed and cried over it, her father sent it, much against her will, to one of
the popular magazines, and, to her utter surprise, it was not only paid for, but
others requested. Letters from several persons, whose praise was honor,
followed the appearance of the little story, newspapers copied it, and strangers
as well as friends admired it. For a small thing it was a great success; and Jo
was more astonished than when her novel was commended and condemned
all at once.
"I don't understand it. What can there be in a simple little story like that, to
make people praise it so?" she said, quite bewildered.
"There is truth in it, Jo, that's the secret; humor and pathos make it alive,
and you have found your style at last. You wrote with no thought of fame or
money, and put your heart into it, my daughter; you have had the bitter, now
comes the sweet. Do your best, and grow as happy as we are in your success."
"If there is anything good or true in what I write, it isn't mine; I owe it all to
you and mother and to Beth," said Jo, more touched by her father's words
than by any amount of praise from the world.
So, taught by love and sorrow, Jo wrote her little stories, and sent them
away to make friends for themselves and her, finding it a very charitable
world to such humble wanderers; for they were kindly welcomed, and sent
home comfortable tokens to their mother, like dutiful children whom good
fortune overtakes.
When Amy and Laurie wrote of their engagement, Mrs. March feared that
Jo would find it difficult to rejoice over it, but her fears were soon set at rest;
for, though Jo looked grave at first, she took it very quietly, and was full of

Page 494

hopes and plans for "the children" before she read the letter twice. It was a
sort of written duet, wherein each glorified the other in lover-like fashion,
very pleasant to read and satisfactory to think of, for no one had any objection
to make.
"You like it, mother?" said Jo, as they laid down the closely written sheets,
and looked at one another.
"Yes, I hoped it would be so, ever since Amy wrote that she had refused
Fred. I felt sure then that something better than what you call the 'mercenary
spirit' had come over her, and a hint here and there in her letters made me
suspect that love and Laurie would win the day."
"How sharp you are, Marmee, and how silent! You never said a word to
me."
"Mothers have need of sharp eyes and discreet tongues when they have
girls to manage. I was half afraid to put the idea into your head, lest you
should write and congratulate them before the thing was settled."
"I'm not the scatter-brain I was; you may trust me, I'm sober and sensible
enough for any one's confidante now."
"So you are, dear, and I should have made you mine, only I fancied it might
pain you to learn that your Teddy loved any one else."
"Now, mother, did you really think I could be so silly and selfish, after I'd
refused his love, when it was freshest, if not best?"
"I knew you were sincere then, Jo, but lately I have thought that if he came
back, and asked again, you might, perhaps, feel like giving another answer.
Forgive me, dear, I can't help seeing that you are very lonely, and sometimes
there is a hungry look in your eyes that goes to my heart; so I fancied that
your boy might fill the empty place if he tried now."
"No, mother, it is better as it is, and I'm glad Amy has learned to love him.
But you are right in one thing: I am lonely, and perhaps if Teddy had tried
again, I might have said 'Yes,' not because I love him any more, but because I
care more to be loved than when he went away."
"I'm glad of that, Jo, for it shows that you are getting on. There are plenty
to love you, so try to be satisfied with father and mother, sisters and brothers,
friends and babies, till the best lover of all comes to give you your reward."
"Mothers are the best lovers in the world; but I don't mind whispering to
Marmee that I'd like to try all kinds. It's very curious, but the more I try to
satisfy myself with all sorts of natural affections, the more I seem to want. I'd

Page 495

no idea hearts could take in so many; mine is so elastic, it never seems full
now, and I used to be quite contented with my family. I don't understand it."
"I do;" and Mrs. March smiled her wise smile, as Jo turned back the leaves
to read what Amy said of Laurie.
"It is so beautiful to be loved as Laurie loves me; he isn't sentimental,
doesn't say much about it, but I see and feel it in all he says and does, and it
makes me so happy and so humble that I don't seem to be the same girl I was.
I never knew how good and generous and tender he was till now, for he lets
me read his heart, and I find it full of noble impulses and hopes and purposes,
and am so proud to know it's mine. He says he feels as if he 'could make a
prosperous voyage now with me aboard as mate, and lots of love for ballast.' I
pray he may, and try to be all he believes me, for I love my gallant captain
with all my heart and soul and might, and never will desert him, while God
lets us be together. O mother, I never knew how much like heaven this world
could be, when two people love and live for one another!"
"And that's our cool, reserved, and worldly Amy! Truly, love does work
miracles. How very, very happy they must be!" And Jo laid the rustling sheets
together with a careful hand, as one might shut the covers of a lovely
romance, which holds the reader fast till the end comes, and he finds himself
alone in the work-a-day world again.
By and by Jo roamed away upstairs, for it was rainy, and she could not
walk. A restless spirit possessed her, and the old feeling came again, not bitter
as it once was, but a sorrowfully patient wonder why one sister should have
all she asked, the other nothing. It was not true; she knew that, and tried to put
it away, but the natural craving for affection was strong, and Amy's happiness
woke the hungry longing for some one to "love with heart and soul, and cling
to while God let them be together."
Up in the garret, where Jo's unquiet wanderings ended, stood four little
wooden chests in a row, each marked with its owner's name, and each filled
with relics of the childhood and girlhood ended now for all. Jo glanced into
them, and when she came to her own, leaned her chin on the edge, and stared
absently at the chaotic collection, till a bundle of old exercise-books caught
her eye. She drew them out, turned them over, and re-lived that pleasant
winter at kind Mrs. Kirke's. She had smiled at first, then she looked
thoughtful, next sad, and when she came to a little message written in the
Professor's hand, her lips began to tremble, the books slid out of her lap, and

Page 496

she sat looking at the friendly words, as if they took a new meaning, and
touched a tender spot in her heart.
"Wait for me, my friend. I may be a little late, but I shall surely come."
"Oh, if he only would! So kind, so good, so patient with me always; my
dear old Fritz, I didn't value him half enough when I had him, but now how I
should love to see him, for every one seems going away from me, and I'm all
alone."
And holding the little paper fast, as if it were a promise yet to be fulfilled,
Jo laid her head down on a comfortable rag-bag, and cried, as if in opposition
to the rain pattering on the roof.

Was it all self-pity, loneliness, or low spirits? or was it the waking up of a
sentiment which had bided its time as patiently as its inspirer? Who shall say?

Page 497

XLIII.
SURPRISES.
Jo was alone in the twilight, lying on the old sofa, looking at the fire, and
thinking. It was her favorite way of spending the hour of dusk; no one
disturbed her, and she used to lie there on Beth's little red pillow, planning
stories, dreaming dreams, or thinking tender thoughts of the sister who never
seemed far away. Her face looked tired, grave, and rather sad; for to-morrow
was her birthday, and she was thinking how fast the years went by, how old
she was getting, and how little she seemed to have accomplished. Almost
twenty-five, and nothing to show for it. Jo was mistaken in that; there was a
good deal to show, and by and by she saw, and was grateful for it.

Page 498

"An old maid, that's what I'm to be. A literary spinster, with a pen for a
spouse, a family of stories for children, and twenty years hence a morsel of
fame, perhaps; when, like poor Johnson, I'm old, and can't enjoy it, solitary,
and can't share it, independent, and don't need it. Well, I needn't be a sour
saint nor a selfish sinner; and, I dare say, old maids are very comfortable
when they get used to it; but—" and there Jo sighed, as if the prospect was not
inviting.
It seldom is, at first, and thirty seems the end of all things to five-and-
twenty; but it's not so bad as it looks, and one can get on quite happily if one
has something in one's self to fall back upon. At twenty-five, girls begin to
talk about being old maids, but secretly resolve that they never will be; at
thirty they say nothing about it, but quietly accept the fact, and, if sensible,
console themselves by remembering that they have twenty more useful,
happy years, in which they may be learning to grow old gracefully. Don't
laugh at the spinsters, dear girls, for often very tender, tragical romances are
hidden away in the hearts that beat so quietly under the sober gowns, and
many silent sacrifices of youth, health, ambition, love itself, make the faded
faces beautiful in God's sight. Even the sad, sour sisters should be kindly dealt
with, because they have missed the sweetest part of life, if for no other
reason; and, looking at them with compassion, not contempt, girls in their
bloom should remember that they too may miss the blossom time; that rosy
cheeks don't last forever, that silver threads will come in the bonnie brown
hair, and that, by and by, kindness and respect will be as sweet as love and
admiration now.
Gentlemen, which means boys, be courteous to the old maids, no matter
how poor and plain and prim, for the only chivalry worth having is that which
is the readiest to pay deference to the old, protect the feeble, and serve
womankind, regardless of rank, age, or color. Just recollect the good aunts
who have not only lectured and fussed, but nursed and petted, too often
without thanks; the scrapes they have helped you out of, the "tips" they have
given you from their small store, the stitches the patient old fingers have set
for you, the steps the willing old feet have taken, and gratefully pay the dear
old ladies the little attentions that women love to receive as long as they live.
The bright-eyed girls are quick to see such traits, and will like you all the
better for them; and if death, almost the only power that can part mother and
son, should rob you of yours, you will be sure to find a tender welcome and
maternal cherishing from some Aunt Priscilla, who has kept the warmest
corner of her lonely old heart for "the best nevvy in the world."

Page 499

Jo must have fallen asleep (as I dare say my reader has during this little
homily), for suddenly Laurie's ghost seemed to stand before her,—a
substantial, lifelike ghost,—leaning over her, with the very look he used to
wear when he felt a good deal and didn't like to show it. But, like Jenny in the
ballad,—
"She could not think it he,"
and lay staring up at him in startled silence, till he stooped and kissed her.
Then she knew him, and flew up, crying joyfully,—
"O my Teddy! O my Teddy!"
"Dear Jo, you are glad to see me, then?"
"Glad! My blessed boy, words can't express my gladness. Where's Amy?"
"Your mother has got her down at Meg's. We stopped there by the way, and
there was no getting my wife out of their clutches."
"Your what?" cried Jo, for Laurie uttered those two words with an
unconscious pride and satisfaction which betrayed him.
"Oh, the dickens! now I've done it;" and he looked so guilty that Jo was
down upon him like a flash.
"You've gone and got married!"
"Yes, please, but I never will again;" and he went down upon his knees,
with a penitent clasping of hands, and a face full of mischief, mirth, and
triumph.
"Actually married?"
"Very much so, thank you."
"Mercy on us! What dreadful thing will you do next?" and Jo fell into her
seat, with a gasp.
"A characteristic, but not exactly complimentary, congratulation," returned
Laurie, still in an abject attitude, but beaming with satisfaction.
"What can you expect, when you take one's breath away, creeping in like a
burglar, and letting cats out of bags like that? Get up, you ridiculous boy, and
tell me all about it."
"Not a word, unless you let me come in my old place, and promise not to
barricade."
Jo laughed at that as she had not done for many a long day, and patted the
sofa invitingly, as she said, in a cordial tone,—

Page 500

"The old pillow is up garret, and we don't need it now; so, come and 'fess,
Teddy."
"How good it sounds to hear you say 'Teddy'! No one ever calls me that but
you;" and Laurie sat down, with an air of great content.
"What does Amy call you?"
"My lord."
"That's like her. Well, you look it;" and Jo's eyes plainly betrayed that she
found her boy comelier than ever.
The pillow was gone, but there was a barricade, nevertheless,—a natural
one, raised by time, absence, and change of heart. Both felt it, and for a
minute looked at one another as if that invisible barrier cast a little shadow
over them. It was gone directly, however, for Laurie said, with a vain attempt
at dignity,—
"Don't I look like a married man and the head of a family?"
"Not a bit, and you never will. You've grown bigger and bonnier, but you
are the same scapegrace as ever."
"Now, really, Jo, you ought to treat me with more respect," began Laurie,
who enjoyed it all immensely.
"How can I, when the mere idea of you, married and settled, is so
irresistibly funny that I can't keep sober!" answered Jo, smiling all over her
face, so infectiously that they had another laugh, and then settled down for a
good talk, quite in the pleasant old fashion.
"It's no use your going out in the cold to get Amy, for they are all coming
up presently. I couldn't wait; I wanted to be the one to tell you the grand
surprise, and have 'first skim,' as we used to say when we squabbled about the
cream."
"Of course you did, and spoilt your story by beginning at the wrong end.
Now, start right, and tell me how it all happened; I'm pining to know."
"Well, I did it to please Amy," began Laurie, with a twinkle that made Jo
exclaim,—
"Fib number one; Amy did it to please you. Go on, and tell the truth, if you
can, sir."
"Now she's beginning to marm it; isn't it jolly to hear her?" said Laurie to
the fire, and the fire glowed and sparkled as if it quite agreed. "It's all the
same, you know, she and I being one. We planned to come home with the

Page 501

Carrols, a month or more ago, but they suddenly changed their minds, and
decided to pass another winter in Paris. But grandpa wanted to come home;
he went to please me, and I couldn't let him go alone, neither could I leave
Amy; and Mrs. Carrol had got English notions about chaperons and such
nonsense, and wouldn't let Amy come with us. So I just settled the difficulty
by saying, 'Let's be married, and then we can do as we like.'"
"Of course you did; you always have things to suit you."
"Not always;" and something in Laurie's voice made Jo say hastily,—
"How did you ever get aunt to agree?"
"It was hard work; but, between us, we talked her over, for we had heaps of
good reasons on our side. There wasn't time to write and ask leave, but you all
liked it, had consented to it by and by, and it was only 'taking Time by the
fetlock,' as my wife says."
"Aren't we proud of those two words, and don't we like to say them?"
interrupted Jo, addressing the fire in her turn, and watching with delight the
happy light it seemed to kindle in the eyes that had been so tragically gloomy
when she saw them last.
"A trifle, perhaps; she's such a captivating little woman I can't help being
proud of her. Well, then, uncle and aunt were there to play propriety; we were
so absorbed in one another we were of no mortal use apart, and that charming
arrangement would make everything easy all round; so we did it."
"When, where, how?" asked Jo, in a fever of feminine interest and
curiosity, for she could not realize it a particle.
"Six weeks ago, at the American consul's, in Paris; a very quiet wedding, of
course, for even in our happiness we didn't forget dear little Beth."
Jo put her hand in his as he said that, and Laurie gently smoothed the little
red pillow, which he remembered well.
"Why didn't you let us know afterward?" asked Jo, in a quieter tone, when
they had sat quite still a minute.
"We wanted to surprise you; we thought we were coming directly home, at
first; but the dear old gentleman, as soon as we were married, found he
couldn't be ready under a month, at least, and sent us off to spend our
honeymoon wherever we liked. Amy had once called Valrosa a regular
honeymoon home, so we went there, and were as happy as people are but
once in their lives. My faith! wasn't it love among the roses!"

Page 502

Laurie seemed to forget Jo for a minute, and Jo was glad of it; for the fact
that he told her these things so freely and naturally assured her that he had
quite forgiven and forgotten. She tried to draw away her hand; but, as if he
guessed the thought that prompted the half-involuntary impulse, Laurie held it
fast, and said, with a manly gravity she had never seen in him before,—
"Jo, dear, I want to say one thing, and then we'll put it by forever. As I told
you in my letter, when I wrote that Amy had been so kind to me, I never shall
stop loving you; but the love is altered, and I have learned to see that it is
better as it is. Amy and you change places in my heart, that's all. I think it was
meant to be so, and would have come about naturally, if I had waited, as you
tried to make me; but I never could be patient, and so I got a heartache. I was
a boy then, headstrong and violent; and it took a hard lesson to show me my
mistake. For it was one, Jo, as you said, and I found it out, after making a fool
of myself. Upon my word, I was so tumbled up in my mind, at one time, that I
didn't know which I loved best, you or Amy, and tried to love both alike; but I
couldn't, and when I saw her in Switzerland, everything seemed to clear up all
at once. You both got into your right places, and I felt sure that it was well off
with the old love before it was on with the new; that I could honestly share
my heart between sister Jo and wife Amy, and love them both dearly. Will you
believe it, and go back to the happy old times when we first knew one
another?"
"I'll believe it, with all my heart; but, Teddy, we never can be boy and girl
again: the happy old times can't come back, and we mustn't expect it. We are
man and woman now, with sober work to do, for playtime is over, and we
must give up frolicking. I'm sure you feel this; I see the change in you, and
you'll find it in me. I shall miss my boy, but I shall love the man as much, and
admire him more, because he means to be what I hoped he would. We can't be
little playmates any longer, but we will be brother and sister, to love and help
one another all our lives, won't we, Laurie?"
He did not say a word, but took the hand she offered him, and laid his face
down on it for a minute, feeling that out of the grave of a boyish passion,
there had risen a beautiful, strong friendship to bless them both. Presently Jo
said cheerfully, for she didn't want the coming home to be a sad one,—
"I can't make it true that you children are really married, and going to set
up housekeeping. Why, it seems only yesterday that I was buttoning Amy's
pinafore, and pulling your hair when you teased. Mercy me, how time does
fly!"

Page 503

"As one of the children is older than yourself, you needn't talk so like a
grandma. I flatter myself I'm a 'gentleman growed,' as Peggotty said of David;
and when you see Amy, you'll find her rather a precocious infant," said
Laurie, looking amused at her maternal air.
"You may be a little older in years, but I'm ever so much older in feeling,
Teddy. Women always are; and this last year has been such a hard one that I
feel forty."
"Poor Jo! we left you to bear it alone, while we went pleasuring. You are
older; here's a line, and there's another; unless you smile, your eyes look sad,
and when I touched the cushion, just now, I found a tear on it. You've had a
great deal to bear, and had to bear it all alone. What a selfish beast I've been!"
and Laurie pulled his own hair, with a remorseful look.
But Jo only turned over the traitorous pillow, and answered, in a tone
which she tried to make quite cheerful,—
"No, I had father and mother to help me, the dear babies to comfort me,
and the thought that you and Amy were safe and happy, to make the troubles
here easier to bear. I am lonely, sometimes, but I dare say it's good for me,
and—"
"You never shall be again," broke in Laurie, putting his arm about her, as if
to fence out every human ill. "Amy and I can't get on without you, so you
must come and teach 'the children' to keep house, and go halves in everything,
just as we used to do, and let us pet you, and all be blissfully happy and
friendly together."
"If I shouldn't be in the way, it would be very pleasant. I begin to feel quite
young already; for, somehow, all my troubles seemed to fly away when you
came. You always were a comfort, Teddy;" and Jo leaned her head on his
shoulder, just as she did years ago, when Beth lay ill, and Laurie told her to
hold on to him.
He looked down at her, wondering if she remembered the time, but Jo was
smiling to herself, as if, in truth, her troubles had all vanished at his coming.
"You are the same Jo still, dropping tears about one minute, and laughing
the next. You look a little wicked now; what is it, grandma?"
"I was wondering how you and Amy get on together."
"Like angels!"
"Yes, of course, at first; but which rules?"

Page 504

"I don't mind telling you that she does, now; at least I let her think so,—it
pleases her, you know. By and by we shall take turns, for marriage, they say,
halves one's rights and doubles one's duties."
"You'll go on as you begin, and Amy will rule you all the days of your life."
"Well, she does it so imperceptibly that I don't think I shall mind much. She
is the sort of woman who knows how to rule well; in fact, I rather like it, for
she winds one round her finger as softly and prettily as a skein of silk, and
makes you feel as if she was doing you a favor all the while."
"That ever I should live to see you a henpecked husband and enjoying it!"
cried Jo, with uplifted hands.
It was good to see Laurie square his shoulders, and smile with masculine
scorn at that insinuation, as he replied, with his "high and mighty" air,—
"Amy is too well-bred for that, and I am not the sort of man to submit to it.
My wife and I respect ourselves and one another too much ever to tyrannize
or quarrel."
Jo liked that, and thought the new dignity very becoming, but the boy
seemed changing very fast into the man, and regret mingled with her pleasure.
"I am sure of that; Amy and you never did quarrel as we used to. She is the
sun and I the wind, in the fable, and the sun managed the man best, you
remember."
"She can blow him up as well as shine on him," laughed Laurie. "Such a
lecture as I got at Nice! I give you my word it was a deal worse than any of
your scoldings,—a regular rouser. I'll tell you all about it sometime,—she
never will, because, after telling me that she despised and was ashamed of
me, she lost her heart to the despicable party and married the good-for-
nothing."
"What baseness! Well, if she abuses you, come to me, and I'll defend you."
"I look as if I needed it, don't I?" said Laurie, getting up and striking an
attitude which suddenly changed from the imposing to the rapturous, as
Amy's voice was heard calling,—
"Where is she? Where's my dear old Jo?"
In trooped the whole family, and every one was hugged and kissed all over
again, and, after several vain attempts, the three wanderers were set down to
be looked at and exulted over. Mr. Laurence, hale and hearty as ever, was
quite as much improved as the others by his foreign tour, for the crustiness

Page 505

seemed to be nearly gone, and the old-fashioned courtliness had received a
polish which made it kindlier than ever. It was good to see him beam at "my
children," as he called the young pair; it was better still to see Amy pay him
the daughterly duty and affection which completely won his old heart; and
best of all, to watch Laurie revolve about the two, as if never tired of enjoying
the pretty picture they made.
The minute she put her eyes upon Amy, Meg became conscious that her
own dress hadn't a Parisian air, that young Mrs. Moffat would be entirely
eclipsed by young Mrs. Laurence, and that "her ladyship" was altogether a
most elegant and graceful woman. Jo thought, as she watched the pair, "How
well they look together! I was right, and Laurie has found the beautiful,
accomplished girl who will become his home better than clumsy old Jo, and
be a pride, not a torment to him." Mrs. March and her husband smiled and
nodded at each other with happy faces, for they saw that their youngest had
done well, not only in worldly things, but the better wealth of love,
confidence, and happiness.
For Amy's face was full of the soft brightness which betokens a peaceful
heart, her voice had a new tenderness in it, and the cool, prim carriage was
changed to a gentle dignity, both womanly and winning. No little affectations
marred it, and the cordial sweetness of her manner was more charming than
the new beauty or the old grace, for it stamped her at once with the
unmistakable sign of the true gentlewoman she had hoped to become.
"Love has done much for our little girl," said her mother softly.
"She has had a good example before her all her life, my dear," Mr. March
whispered back, with a loving look at the worn face and gray head beside
him.
Daisy found it impossible to keep her eyes off her "pitty aunty," but
attached herself like a lap-dog to the wonderful châtelaine full of delightful
charms. Demi paused to consider the new relationship before he
compromised himself by the rash acceptance of a bribe, which took the
tempting form of a family of wooden bears from Berne. A flank movement
produced an unconditional surrender, however, for Laurie knew where to
have him.
"Young man, when I first had the honor of making your acquaintance you
hit me in the face: now I demand the satisfaction of a gentleman;" and with
that the tall uncle proceeded to toss and tousle the small nephew in a way that
damaged his philosophical dignity as much as it delighted his boyish soul.

Page 506

"Blest if she ain't in silk from head to foot? Ain't it a relishin' sight to see
her settin' there as fine as a fiddle, and hear folks calling little Amy, Mis.
Laurence?" muttered old Hannah, who could not resist frequent "peeks"
through the slide as she set the table in a most decidedly promiscuous manner.
Mercy on us, how they did talk! first one, then the other, then all burst out
together, trying to tell the history of three years in half an hour. It was
fortunate that tea was at hand, to produce a lull and provide refreshment, for
they would have been hoarse and faint if they had gone on much longer. Such
a happy procession as filed away into the little dining-room! Mr. March
proudly escorted "Mrs. Laurence;" Mrs. March as proudly leaned on the arm
of "my son;" the old gentleman took Jo, with a whispered "You must be my
girl now," and a glance at the empty corner by the fire, that made Jo whisper
back, with trembling lips, "I'll try to fill her place, sir."
The twins pranced behind, feeling that the millennium was at hand, for
every one was so busy with the new-comers that they were left to revel at
their own sweet will, and you may be sure they made the most of the
opportunity. Didn't they steal sips of tea, stuff gingerbread ab libitum, get a
hot biscuit apiece, and, as a crowning trespass, didn't they each whisk a
captivating little tart into their tiny pockets, there to stick and crumble

Page 507

treacherously, teaching them that both human nature and pastry are frail?
Burdened with the guilty consciousness of the sequestered tarts, and fearing
that Dodo's sharp eyes would pierce the thin disguise of cambric and merino
which hid their booty, the little sinners attached themselves to "Dranpa," who
hadn't his spectacles on. Amy, who was handed about like refreshments,
returned to the parlor on Father Laurence's arm; the others paired off as
before, and this arrangement left Jo companionless. She did not mind it at the
minute, for she lingered to answer Hannah's eager inquiry,—
"Will Miss Amy ride in her coop (coupé), and use all them lovely silver
dishes that's stored away over yander?"
"Shouldn't wonder if she drove six white horses, ate off gold plate, and
wore diamonds and point-lace every day. Teddy thinks nothing too good for
her," returned Jo with infinite satisfaction.
"No more there is! Will you have hash or fish-balls for breakfast?" asked
Hannah, who wisely mingled poetry and prose.
"I don't care;" and Jo shut the door, feeling that food was an uncongenial
topic just then. She stood a minute looking at the party vanishing above, and,
as Demi's short plaid legs toiled up the last stair, a sudden sense of loneliness
came over her so strongly that she looked about her with dim eyes, as if to
find something to lean upon, for even Teddy had deserted her. If she had
known what birthday gift was coming every minute nearer and nearer, she
would not have said to herself, "I'll weep a little weep when I go to bed; it
won't do to be dismal now." Then she drew her hand over her eyes,—for one
of her boyish habits was never to know where her handkerchief was,—and
had just managed to call up a smile when there came a knock at the porch-
door.
She opened it with hospitable haste, and started as if another ghost had
come to surprise her; for there stood a tall, bearded gentleman, beaming on
her from the darkness like a midnight sun.
"O Mr. Bhaer, I am so glad to see you!" cried Jo, with a clutch, as if she
feared the night would swallow him up before she could get him in.

Page 508

"And I to see Miss Marsch,—but no, you haf a party—" and the Professor
paused as the sound of voices and the tap of dancing feet came down to them.
"No, we haven't, only the family. My sister and friends have just come
home, and we are all very happy. Come in, and make one of us."
Though a very social man, I think Mr. Bhaer would have gone decorously
away, and come again another day; but how could he, when Jo shut the door
behind him, and bereft him of his hat? Perhaps her face had something to do
with it, for she forgot to hide her joy at seeing him, and showed it with a
frankness that proved irresistible to the solitary man, whose welcome far
exceeded his boldest hopes.
"If I shall not be Monsieur de Trop, I will so gladly see them all. You haf
been ill, my friend?"
He put the question abruptly, for, as Jo hung up his coat, the light fell on
her face, and he saw a change in it.
"Not ill, but tired and sorrowful. We have had trouble since I saw you last."

Page 509

"Ah, yes, I know. My heart was sore for you when I heard that;" and he
shook hands again, with such a sympathetic face that Jo felt as if no comfort
could equal the look of the kind eyes, the grasp of the big, warm hand.
"Father, mother, this is my friend, Professor Bhaer," she said, with a face
and tone of such irrepressible pride and pleasure that she might as well have
blown a trumpet and opened the door with a flourish.
If the stranger had had any doubts about his reception, they were set at rest
in a minute by the cordial welcome he received. Every one greeted him
kindly, for Jo's sake at first, but very soon they liked him for his own. They
could not help it, for he carried the talisman that opens all hearts, and these
simple people warmed to him at once, feeling even the more friendly because
he was poor; for poverty enriches those who live above it, and is a sure
passport to truly hospitable spirits. Mr. Bhaer sat looking about him with the
air of a traveller who knocks at a strange door, and, when it opens, finds
himself at home. The children went to him like bees to a honey-pot; and,
establishing themselves on each knee, proceeded to captivate him by rifling
his pockets, pulling his beard, and investigating his watch, with juvenile
audacity. The women telegraphed their approval to one another, and Mr.
March, feeling that he had got a kindred spirit, opened his choicest stores for
his guest's benefit, while silent John listened and enjoyed the talk, but said not
a word, and Mr. Laurence found it impossible to go to sleep.
If Jo had not been otherwise engaged, Laurie's behavior would have
amused her; for a faint twinge, not of jealousy, but something like suspicion,
caused that gentleman to stand aloof at first, and observe the new-comer with
brotherly circumspection. But it did not last long. He got interested in spite of
himself, and, before he knew it, was drawn into the circle; for Mr. Bhaer
talked well in this genial atmosphere, and did himself justice. He seldom
spoke to Laurie, but he looked at him often, and a shadow would pass across
his face, as if regretting his own lost youth, as he watched the young man in
his prime. Then his eye would turn to Jo so wistfully that she would have
surely answered the mute inquiry if she had seen it; but Jo had her own eyes
to take care of, and, feeling that they could not be trusted, she prudently kept
them on the little sock she was knitting, like a model maiden aunt.
A stealthy glance now and then refreshed her like sips of fresh water after a
dusty walk, for the sidelong peeps showed her several propitious omens. Mr.
Bhaer's face had lost the absent-minded expression, and looked all alive with
interest in the present moment, actually young and handsome, she thought,

Page 510

forgetting to compare him with Laurie, as she usually did strange men, to
their great detriment. Then he seemed quite inspired, though the burial
customs of the ancients, to which the conversation had strayed, might not be
considered an exhilarating topic. Jo quite glowed with triumph when Teddy
got quenched in an argument, and thought to herself, as she watched her
father's absorbed face, "How he would enjoy having such a man as my
Professor to talk with every day!" Lastly, Mr. Bhaer was dressed in a new suit
of black, which made him look more like a gentleman than ever. His bushy
hair had been cut and smoothly brushed, but didn't stay in order long, for, in
exciting moments, he rumpled it up in the droll way he used to do; and Jo
liked it rampantly erect better than flat, because she thought it gave his fine
forehead a Jove-like aspect. Poor Jo, how she did glorify that plain man, as
she sat knitting away so quietly, yet letting nothing escape her, not even the
fact that Mr. Bhaer actually had gold sleeve-buttons in his immaculate
wristbands!
"Dear old fellow! He couldn't have got himself up with more care if he'd
been going a-wooing," said Jo to herself; and then a sudden thought, born of
the words, made her blush so dreadfully that she had to drop her ball, and go
down after it to hide her face.
The manœuvre did not succeed as well as she expected, however; for,
though just in the act of setting fire to a funeral-pile, the Professor dropped
his torch, metaphorically speaking, and made a dive after the little blue ball.
Of course they bumped their heads smartly together, saw stars, and both came
up flushed and laughing, without the ball, to resume their seats, wishing they
had not left them.
Nobody knew where the evening went to; for Hannah skilfully abstracted
the babies at an early hour, nodding like two rosy poppies, and Mr. Laurence
went home to rest. The others sat round the fire, talking away, utterly
regardless of the lapse of time, till Meg, whose maternal mind was impressed
with a firm conviction that Daisy had tumbled out of bed, and Demi set his
night-gown afire studying the structure of matches, made a move to go.
"We must have our sing, in the good old way, for we are all together again
once more," said Jo, feeling that a good shout would be a safe and pleasant
vent for the jubilant emotions of her soul.
They were not all there. But no one found the words thoughtless or untrue;
for Beth still seemed among them, a peaceful presence, invisible, but dearer
than ever, since death could not break the household league that love made

Page 511

indissoluble. The little chair stood in its old place; the tidy basket, with the bit
of work she left unfinished when the needle grew "so heavy," was still on its
accustomed shelf; the beloved instrument, seldom touched now, had not been
moved; and above it Beth's face, serene and smiling, as in the early days,
looked down upon them, seeming to say, "Be happy. I am here."
"Play something, Amy. Let them hear how much you have improved," said
Laurie, with pardonable pride in his promising pupil.
But Amy whispered, with full eyes, as she twirled the faded stool,—
"Not to-night, dear. I can't show off to-night."
But she did show something better than brilliancy or skill; for she sung
Beth's songs with a tender music in her voice which the best master could not
have taught, and touched the listeners' hearts with a sweeter power than any
other inspiration could have given her. The room was very still, when the
clear voice failed suddenly at the last line of Beth's favorite hymn. It was hard
to say,—
"Earth hath no sorrow that heaven cannot heal;"
and Amy leaned against her husband, who stood behind her, feeling that her
welcome home was not quite perfect without Beth's kiss.
"Now, we must finish with Mignon's song; for Mr. Bhaer sings that," said
Jo, before the pause grew painful. And Mr. Bhaer cleared his throat with a
gratified "Hem!" as he stepped into the corner where Jo stood, saying,—
"You will sing with me? We go excellently well together."
A pleasing fiction, by the way; for Jo had no more idea of music than a
grasshopper. But she would have consented if he had proposed to sing a
whole opera, and warbled away, blissfully regardless of time and tune. It
didn't much matter; for Mr. Bhaer sang like a true German, heartily and well;
and Jo soon subsided into a subdued hum, that she might listen to the mellow
voice that seemed to sing for her alone.
"Know'st thou the land where the citron blooms,"
used to be the Professor's favorite line, for "das land" meant Germany to him;
but now he seemed to dwell, with peculiar warmth and melody, upon the
words,—
"There, oh there, might I with thee,
O my beloved, go!"

Page 512

and one listener was so
thrilled by the tender
invitation that she
longed to say she did
know the land, and
would joyfully depart
thither whenever he
liked.
The song was
considered a great
success, and the singer
retired covered with
laurels. But a few
minutes afterward, he
forgot his manners
entirely, and stared at
Amy putting on her
bonnet; for she had been
introduced simply as
"my sister," and no one
had called her by her
new name since he
came. He forgot himself
still further when Laurie
said, in his most
gracious manner, at
parting,—
"My wife and I are
very glad to meet you,
sir. Please remember that
there is always a
welcome waiting for you over the way."
Then the Professor thanked him so heartily, and looked so suddenly
illuminated with satisfaction, that Laurie thought him the most delightfully
demonstrative old fellow he ever met.
"I too shall go; but I shall gladly come again, if you will gif me leave, dear
madame, for a little business in the city will keep me here some days."

Page 513

He spoke to Mrs. March, but he looked at Jo; and the mother's voice gave
as cordial an assent as did the daughter's eyes; for Mrs. March was not so
blind to her children's interest as Mrs. Moffat supposed.
"I suspect that is a wise man," remarked Mr. March, with placid
satisfaction, from the hearth-rug, after the last guest had gone.
"I know he is a good one," added Mrs. March, with decided approval, as
she wound up the clock.
"I thought you'd like him," was all Jo said, as she slipped away to her bed.
She wondered what the business was that brought Mr. Bhaer to the city,
and finally decided that he had been appointed to some great honor,
somewhere, but had been too modest to mention the fact. If she had seen his
face when, safe in his own room, he looked at the picture of a severe and rigid
young lady, with a good deal of hair, who appeared to be gazing darkly into
futurity, it might have thrown some light upon the subject, especially when he
turned off the gas, and kissed the picture in the dark.

Page 514

XLIV.
MY LORD AND LADY.
"Please, Madam Mother, could you lend me my wife for half an hour? The
luggage has come, and I've been making hay of Amy's Paris finery, trying to
find some things I want," said Laurie, coming in the next day to find Mrs.
Laurence sitting in her mother's lap, as if being made "the baby" again.
"Certainly. Go, dear; I forget that you have any home but this," and Mrs.
March pressed the white hand that wore the wedding-ring, as if asking pardon
for her maternal covetousness.
"I shouldn't have come over if I could have helped it; but I can't get on
without my little woman any more than a—"

Page 515

"Weathercock can without wind," suggested Jo, as he paused for a simile;
Jo had grown quite her own saucy self again since Teddy came home.
"Exactly; for Amy keeps me pointing due west most of the time, with only
an occasional whiffle round to the south, and I haven't had an easterly spell
since I was married; don't know anything about the north, but am altogether
salubrious and balmy, hey, my lady?"
"Lovely weather so far; I don't know how long it will last, but I'm not
afraid of storms, for I'm learning how to sail my ship. Come home, dear, and
I'll find your bootjack; I suppose that's what you are rummaging after among
my things. Men are so helpless, mother," said Amy, with a matronly air,
which delighted her husband.
"What are you going to do with yourselves after you get settled?" asked Jo,
buttoning Amy's cloak as she used to button her pinafores.
"We have our plans; we don't mean to say much about them yet, because
we are such very new brooms, but we don't intend to be idle. I'm going into
business with a devotion that shall delight grandfather, and prove to him that
I'm not spoilt. I need something of the sort to keep me steady. I'm tired of
dawdling, and mean to work like a man."
"And Amy, what is she going to do?" asked Mrs. March, well pleased at
Laurie's decision, and the energy with which he spoke.
"After doing the civil all round, and airing our best bonnet, we shall
astonish you by the elegant hospitalities of our mansion, the brilliant society
we shall draw about us, and the beneficial influence we shall exert over the
world at large. That's about it, isn't it, Madame Récamier?" asked Laurie, with
a quizzical look at Amy.
"Time will show. Come away, Impertinence, and don't shock my family by
calling me names before their faces," answered Amy, resolving that there
should be a home with a good wife in it before she set up a salon as a queen
of society.
"How happy those children seem together!" observed Mr. March, finding it
difficult to become absorbed in his Aristotle after the young couple had gone.
"Yes, and I think it will last," added Mrs. March, with the restful expression
of a pilot who has brought a ship safely into port.
"I know it will. Happy Amy!" and Jo sighed, then smiled brightly as
Professor Bhaer opened the gate with an impatient push.

Page 516

Later in the evening, when his mind had been set at rest about the bootjack,
Laurie said suddenly to his wife, who was flitting about, arranging her new
art treasures,—
"Mrs. Laurence."
"My lord!"
"That man intends to marry our Jo!"
"I hope so; don't you, dear?"
"Well, my love, I consider him a trump, in the fullest sense of that
expressive word, but I do wish he was a little younger and a good deal richer."
"Now, Laurie, don't be too fastidious and worldly-minded. If they love one
another it doesn't matter a particle how old they are nor how poor. Women
never should marry for money—" Amy caught herself up short as the words
escaped her, and looked at her husband, who replied, with malicious gravity,

"Certainly not, though you do hear charming girls say that they intend to do
it sometimes. If my memory serves me, you once thought it your duty to
make a rich match; that accounts, perhaps, for your marrying a good-for-
nothing like me."
"O my dearest boy, don't, don't say that! I forgot you were rich when I said
'Yes.' I'd have married you if you hadn't a penny, and I sometimes wish you
were poor that I might show how much I love you;" and Amy, who was very
dignified in public and very fond in private, gave convincing proofs of the
truth of her words.
"You don't really think I am such a mercenary creature as I tried to be once,
do you? It would break my heart if you didn't believe that I'd gladly pull in
the same boat with you, even if you had to get your living by rowing on the
lake."
"Am I an idiot and a brute? How could I think so, when you refused a
richer man for me, and won't let me give you half I want to now, when I have
the right? Girls do it every day, poor things, and are taught to think it is their
only salvation; but you had better lessons, and, though I trembled for you at
one time, I was not disappointed, for the daughter was true to the mother's
teaching. I told mamma so yesterday, and she looked as glad and grateful as if
I'd given her a check for a million, to be spent in charity. You are not listening
to my moral remarks, Mrs. Laurence;" and Laurie paused, for Amy's eyes had
an absent look, though fixed upon his face.

Page 517

"Yes, I am, and admiring the dimple in your chin at the same time. I don't
wish to make you vain, but I must confess that I'm prouder of my handsome
husband than of all his money. Don't laugh, but your nose is such a comfort to
me;" and Amy softly caressed the well-cut feature with artistic satisfaction.
Laurie had received many compliments in his life, but never one that suited
him better, as he plainly showed, though he did laugh at his wife's peculiar
taste, while she said slowly,—
"May I ask you a question, dear?"
"Of course you may."
"Shall you care if Jo does marry Mr. Bhaer?"
"Oh, that's the trouble, is it? I thought there was something in the dimple
that didn't suit you. Not being a dog in the manger, but the happiest fellow
alive, I assure you I can dance at Jo's wedding with a heart as light as my
heels. Do you doubt it, my darling?"
Amy looked up at him, and was satisfied; her last little jealous fear
vanished forever, and she thanked him, with a face full of love and
confidence.
"I wish we could do something for that capital old Professor. Couldn't we
invent a rich relation, who shall obligingly die out there in Germany, and
leave him a tidy little fortune?" said Laurie, when they began to pace up and
down the long drawing-room, arm-in-arm, as they were fond of doing, in
memory of the chateau garden.

Page 518

"Jo would find us out, and spoil it all; she is very proud of him, just as he
is, and said yesterday that she thought poverty was a beautiful thing."
"Bless her dear heart! she won't think so when she has a literary husband,
and a dozen little professors and professorins to support. We won't interfere
now, but watch our chance, and do them a good turn in spite of themselves. I
owe Jo for a part of my education, and she believes in people's paying their
honest debts, so I'll get round her in that way."
"How delightful it is to be able to help others, isn't it? That was always one
of my dreams, to have the power of giving freely; and, thanks to you, the
dream has come true."
"Ah! we'll do quantities of good, won't we? There's one sort of poverty that
I particularly like to help. Out-and-out beggars get taken care of, but poor
gentlefolks fare badly, because they won't ask, and people don't dare to offer
charity; yet there are a thousand ways of helping them, if one only knows
how to do it so delicately that it does not offend. I must say, I like to serve a

Page 519

decayed gentleman better than a blarneying beggar; I suppose it's wrong, but I
do, though it is harder."
"Because it takes a gentleman to do it," added the other member of the
domestic admiration society.
"Thank you, I'm afraid I don't deserve that pretty compliment. But I was
going to say that while I was dawdling about abroad, I saw a good many
talented young fellows making all sorts of sacrifices, and enduring real
hardships, that they might realize their dreams. Splendid fellows, some of
them, working like heroes, poor and friendless, but so full of courage,
patience, and ambition, that I was ashamed of myself, and longed to give
them a right good lift. Those are people whom it's a satisfaction to help, for if
they've got genius, it's an honor to be allowed to serve them, and not let it be
lost or delayed for want of fuel to keep the pot boiling; if they haven't, it's a
pleasure to comfort the poor souls, and keep them from despair when they
find it out."
"Yes, indeed; and there's another class who can't ask, and who suffer in
silence. I know something of it, for I belonged to it before you made a
princess of me, as the king does the beggar-maid in the old story. Ambitious
girls have a hard time, Laurie, and often have to see youth, health, and
precious opportunities go by, just for want of a little help at the right minute.
People have been very kind to me; and whenever I see girls struggling along,
as we used to do, I want to put out my hand and help them, as I was helped."
"And so you shall, like an angel as you are!" cried Laurie, resolving, with a
glow of philanthropic zeal, to found and endow an institution for the express
benefit of young women with artistic tendencies. "Rich people have no right
to sit down and enjoy themselves, or let their money accumulate for others to
waste. It's not half so sensible to leave legacies when one dies as it is to use
the money wisely while alive, and enjoy making one's fellow-creatures happy
with it. We'll have a good time ourselves, and add an extra relish to our own
pleasure by giving other people a generous taste. Will you be a little Dorcas,
going about emptying a big basket of comforts, and filling it up with good
deeds?"
"With all my heart, if you will be a brave St. Martin, stopping, as you ride
gallantly through the world, to share your cloak with the beggar."
"It's a bargain, and we shall get the best of it!"
So the young pair shook hands upon it, and then paced happily on again,
feeling that their pleasant home was more home-like because they hoped to

Page 520

brighten other homes, believing that their own feet would walk more
uprightly along the flowery path before them, if they smoothed rough ways
for other feet, and feeling that their hearts were more closely knit together by
a love which could tenderly remember those less blest than they.

Page 521

XLV.
DAISY AND DEMI.
I cannot feel that I have done my duty as humble historian of the March
family, without devoting at least one chapter to the two most precious and
important members of it. Daisy and Demi had now arrived at years of
discretion; for in this fast age babies of three or four assert their rights, and
get them, too, which is more than many of their elders do. If there ever were a
pair of twins in danger of being utterly spoilt by adoration, it was these
prattling Brookes. Of course they were the most remarkable children ever
born, as will be shown when I mention that they walked at eight months,
talked fluently at twelve months, and at two years they took their places at
table, and behaved with a propriety which charmed all beholders. At three,
Daisy demanded a "needler," and actually made a bag with four stitches in it;
she likewise set up housekeeping in the sideboard, and managed a
microscopic cooking-stove with a skill that brought tears of pride to Hannah's
eyes, while Demi learned his letters with his grandfather, who invented a new
mode of teaching the alphabet by forming the letters with his arms and legs,
thus uniting gymnastics for head and heels. The boy early developed a
mechanical genius which delighted his father and distracted his mother, for he
tried to imitate every machine he saw, and kept the nursery in a chaotic
condition, with his "sewin-sheen,"—a mysterious structure of string, chairs,
clothes-pins, and spools, for wheels to go "wound and wound;" also a basket
hung over the back of a big chair, in which he vainly tried to hoist his too
confiding sister, who, with feminine devotion, allowed her little head to be
bumped till rescued, when the young inventor indignantly remarked, "Why,
marmar, dat's my lellywaiter, and me's trying to pull her up."
Though utterly unlike in character, the twins got on remarkably well
together, and seldom quarrelled more than thrice a day. Of course, Demi
tyrannized over Daisy, and gallantly defended her from every other aggressor;
while Daisy made a galley-slave of herself, and adored her brother as the one
perfect being in the world. A rosy, chubby, sunshiny little soul was Daisy, who

Page 522

found her way to everybody's heart, and nestled there. One of the captivating
children, who seem made to be kissed and cuddled, adorned and adored like
little goddesses, and produced for general approval on all festive occasions.
Her small virtues were so sweet that she would have been quite angelic if a
few small naughtinesses had not kept her delightfully human. It was all fair
weather in her world, and every morning she scrambled up to the window in
her little night-gown to look out, and say, no matter whether it rained or
shone, "Oh, pitty day, oh, pitty day!" Every one was a friend, and she offered
kisses to a stranger so confidingly that the most inveterate bachelor relented,
and baby-lovers became faithful worshippers.
"Me loves evvybody,"
she once said, opening
her arms, with her spoon
in one hand, and her
mug in the other, as if
eager to embrace and
nourish the whole world.
As she grew, her
mother began to feel that
the Dove-cote would be
blest by the presence of
an inmate as serene and
loving as that which had
helped to make the old
house home, and to pray
that she might be spared
a loss like that which
had lately taught them
how long they had
entertained an angel
unawares. Her
grandfather often called
her "Beth," and her
grandmother watched
over her with untiring
devotion, as if trying to
atone for some past
mistake, which no eye but her own could see.

Page 523

Demi, like a true Yankee, was of an inquiring turn, wanting to know
everything, and often getting much disturbed because he could not get
satisfactory answers to his perpetual "What for?"
He also possessed a philosophic bent, to the great delight of his
grandfather, who used to hold Socratic conversations with him, in which the
precocious pupil occasionally posed his teacher, to the undisguised
satisfaction of the womenfolk.

"What makes my legs go, dranpa?" asked the young philosopher, surveying
those active portions of his frame with a meditative air, while resting after a
go-to-bed frolic one night.
"It's your little mind, Demi," replied the sage, stroking the yellow head
respectfully.
"What is a little mine?"
"It is something which makes your body move, as the spring made the
wheels go in my watch when I showed it to you."
"Open me; I want to see it go wound."
"I can't do that any more than you could open the watch. God winds you
up, and you go till He stops you."

Page 524

"Does I?" and Demi's brown eyes grew big and bright as he took in the new
thought. "Is I wounded up like the watch?"
"Yes; but I can't show you how; for it is done when we don't see."
Demi felt of his back, as if expecting to find it like that of the watch, and
then gravely remarked,—
"I dess Dod does it when I's asleep."
A careful explanation followed, to which he listened so attentively that his
anxious grandmother said,—
"My dear, do you think it wise to talk about such things to that baby? He's
getting great bumps over his eyes, and learning to ask the most unanswerable
questions."
"If he is old enough to ask the questions he is old enough to receive true
answers. I am not putting the thoughts into his head, but helping him unfold
those already there. These children are wiser than we are, and I have no doubt
the boy understands every word I have said to him. Now, Demi, tell me where
you keep your mind?"
If the boy had replied like Alcibiades, "By the gods, Socrates, I cannot
tell," his grandfather would not have been surprised; but when, after standing
a moment on one leg, like a meditative young stork, he answered, in a tone of
calm conviction, "In my little belly," the old gentleman could only join in
grandma's laugh, and dismiss the class in metaphysics.
There might have been cause for maternal anxiety, if Demi had not given
convincing proofs that he was a true boy, as well as a budding philosopher;
for, often, after a discussion which caused Hannah to prophesy, with ominous
nods, "That child ain't long for this world," he would turn about and set her
fears at rest by some of the pranks with which dear, dirty, naughty little
rascals distract and delight their parents' souls.
Meg made many moral rules, and tried to keep them; but what mother was
ever proof against the winning wiles, the ingenious evasions, or the tranquil
audacity of the miniature men and women who so early show themselves
accomplished Artful Dodgers?
"No more raisins, Demi, they'll make you sick," says mamma to the young
person who offers his services in the kitchen with unfailing regularity on
plum-pudding day.
"Me likes to be sick."

Page 525

"I don't want to have you, so run away and help Daisy make patty-cakes."
He reluctantly departs, but his wrongs weigh upon his spirit; and, by and
by, when an opportunity comes to redress them, he outwits mamma by a
shrewd bargain.
"Now you have been good children, and I'll play anything you like," says
Meg, as she leads her assistant cooks upstairs, when the pudding is safely
bouncing in the pot.
"Truly, marmar?" asks Demi, with a brilliant idea in his well-powdered
head.
"Yes, truly; anything you say," replies the short-sighted parent, preparing
herself to sing "The Three Little Kittens" half a dozen times over, or to take
her family to "Buy a penny bun," regardless of wind or limb. But Demi
corners her by the cool reply,—
"Then we'll go and eat up all the raisins."
Aunt Dodo was chief playmate and confidante of both children, and the trio
turned the little house topsy-turvy. Aunt Amy was as yet only a name to them,
Aunt Beth soon faded into a pleasantly vague memory, but Aunt Dodo was a
living reality, and they made the most of her, for which compliment she was
deeply grateful. But when Mr. Bhaer came, Jo neglected her playfellows, and
dismay and desolation fell upon their little souls. Daisy, who was fond of
going about peddling kisses, lost her best customer and became bankrupt;
Demi, with infantile penetration, soon discovered that Dodo liked to play with
"the bear-man" better than she did with him; but, though hurt, he concealed
his anguish, for he hadn't the heart to insult a rival who kept a mine of
chocolate-drops in his waistcoat-pocket, and a watch that could be taken out
of its case and freely shaken by ardent admirers.
Some persons might have considered these pleasing liberties as bribes; but
Demi didn't see it in that light, and continued to patronize the "bear-man"
with pensive affability, while Daisy bestowed her small affections upon him
at the third call, and considered his shoulder her throne, his arm her refuge,
his gifts treasures of surpassing worth.
Gentlemen are sometimes seized with sudden fits of admiration for the
young relatives of ladies whom they honor with their regard; but this
counterfeit philoprogenitiveness sits uneasily upon them, and does not
deceive anybody a particle. Mr. Bhaer's devotion was sincere, however
likewise effective,—for honesty is the best policy in love as in law; he was

Page 526

one of the men who are at home with children, and looked particularly well
when little faces made a pleasant contrast with his manly one. His business,
whatever it was, detained him from day to day, but evening seldom failed to
bring him out to see—well, he always asked for Mr. March, so I suppose he
was the attraction. The excellent papa labored under the delusion that he was,
and revelled in long discussions with the kindred spirit, till a chance remark
of his more observing grandson suddenly enlightened him.
Mr. Bhaer came in one evening to pause on the threshold of the study,
astonished by the spectacle that met his eye. Prone upon the floor lay Mr.
March, with his respectable legs in the air, and beside him, likewise prone,
was Demi, trying to imitate the attitude with his own short, scarlet-stockinged
legs, both grovellers so seriously absorbed that they were unconscious of
spectators, till Mr. Bhaer laughed his sonorous laugh, and Jo cried out, with a
scandalized face,—
"Father, father, here's the Professor!"
Down went the black legs and up came the gray head, as the preceptor said,
with undisturbed dignity,—
"Good evening, Mr. Bhaer. Excuse me for a moment; we are just finishing
our lesson. Now, Demi, make the letter and tell its name."
"I knows him!" and, after a few convulsive efforts, the red legs took the
shape of a pair of compasses, and the intelligent pupil triumphantly shouted,
"It's a We, dranpa, it's a We!"

Page 527

"He's a born Weller," laughed Jo, as her parent gathered himself up, and her nephew
tried to stand on his head, as the only mode of expressing his satisfaction that school
was over.
"What have you been at to-day, bübchen?" asked Mr. Bhaer, picking up the
gymnast.
"Me went to see little Mary."
"And what did you there?"
"I kissed her," began Demi, with artless frankness.
"Prut! thou beginnest early. What did the little Mary say to that?" asked Mr. Bhaer,
continuing to confess the young sinner, who stood upon his knee, exploring the
waistcoat-pocket.
"Oh, she liked it, and she kissed me, and I liked it. Don't little boys like little girls?"
added Demi, with his mouth full, and an air of bland satisfaction.
"You precocious chick! Who put that into your head?" said Jo, enjoying the
innocent revelations as much as the Professor.
"'Tisn't in mine head; it's in mine mouf," answered literal Demi, putting out his
tongue, with a chocolate-drop on it, thinking she alluded to confectionery, not ideas.
"Thou shouldst save some for the little friend: sweets to the sweet, mannling;" and
Mr. Bhaer offered Jo some, with a look that made her wonder if chocolate was not the
nectar drunk by the gods. Demi also saw the smile, was impressed by it, and artlessly
inquired,—
"Do great boys like great girls, too, 'Fessor?"

Page 528

Like young Washington, Mr. Bhaer "couldn't tell a lie;" so he gave the somewhat
vague reply that he believed they did sometimes, in a tone that made Mr. March put
down his clothes-brush, glance at Jo's retiring face, and then sink into his chair,
looking as if the "precocious chick" had put an idea into his head that was both sweet
and sour.
Why Dodo, when she caught him in the china-closet half an hour afterward, nearly
squeezed the breath out of his little body with a tender embrace, instead of shaking
him for being there, and why she followed up this novel performance by the
unexpected gift of a big slice of bread and jelly, remained one of the problems over
which Demi puzzled his small wits, and was forced to leave unsolved forever.

Page 529

XLVI.
UNDER THE UMBRELLA.
While Laurie and Amy were taking conjugal strolls over velvet carpets, as they set
their house in order, and planned a blissful future, Mr. Bhaer and Jo were enjoying
promenades of a different sort, along muddy roads and sodden fields.
"I always do take a walk toward evening, and I don't know why I should give it up,
just because I often happen to meet the Professor on his way out," said Jo to herself,
after two or three encounters; for, though there were two paths to Meg's, whichever
one she took she was sure to meet him, either going or returning. He was always
walking rapidly, and never seemed to see her till quite close, when he would look as if
his short-sighted eyes had failed to recognize the approaching lady till that moment.
Then, if she was going to Meg's, he always had something for the babies; if her face
was turned homeward, he had merely strolled down to see the river, and was just
about returning, unless they were tired of his frequent calls.
Under the circumstances, what could Jo do but greet him civilly, and invite him in?
If she was tired of his visits, she concealed her weariness with perfect skill, and took
care that there should be coffee for supper, "as Friedrich—I mean Mr. Bhaer—doesn't
like tea."

Page 530

By the second week, every one knew perfectly well what was going on, yet every
one tried to look as if they were stone-blind to the changes in Jo's face. They never
asked why she sang about her work, did up her hair three times a day, and got so
blooming with her evening exercise; and no one seemed to have the slightest
suspicion that Professor Bhaer, while talking philosophy with the father, was giving
the daughter lessons in love.
Jo couldn't even lose her heart in a decorous manner, but sternly tried to quench her
feelings; and, failing to do so, led a somewhat agitated life. She was mortally afraid of
being laughed at for surrendering, after her many and vehement declarations of
independence. Laurie was her especial dread; but, thanks to the new manager, he
behaved with praiseworthy propriety, never called Mr. Bhaer "a capital old fellow" in
public, never alluded, in the remotest manner, to Jo's improved appearance, or
expressed the least surprise at seeing the Professor's hat on the Marches' hall-table
nearly every evening. But he exulted in private and longed for the time to come when
he could give Jo a piece of plate, with a bear and a ragged staff on it as an appropriate
coat-of-arms.
For a fortnight, the Professor came and went with lover-like regularity; then he
stayed away for three whole days, and made no sign,—a proceeding which caused
everybody to look sober, and Jo to become pensive, at first, and then—alas for
romance!—very cross.
"Disgusted, I dare say, and gone home as suddenly as he came. It's nothing to me,
of course; but I should think he would have come and bid us good-by, like a
gentleman," she said to herself, with a despairing look at the gate, as she put on her
things for the customary walk, one dull afternoon.
"You'd better take the little umbrella, dear; it looks like rain," said her mother,
observing that she had on her new bonnet, but not alluding to the fact.
"Yes, Marmee; do you want anything in town? I've got to run in and get some
paper," returned Jo, pulling out the bow under her chin before the glass as an excuse
for not looking at her mother.
"Yes; I want some twilled silesia, a paper of number nine needles, and two yards of
narrow lavender ribbon. Have you got your thick boots on, and something warm
under your cloak?"
"I believe so," answered Jo absently.
"If you happen to meet Mr. Bhaer, bring him home to tea. I quite long to see the
dear man," added Mrs. March.
Jo heard that, but made no answer, except to kiss her mother, and walk rapidly
away, thinking with a glow of gratitude, in spite of her heartache,—
"How good she is to me! What do girls do who haven't any mothers to help them
through their troubles?"

Page 531

The dry-goods stores were not down among the counting-houses, banks, and
wholesale warerooms, where gentlemen most do congregate; but Jo found herself in
that part of the city before she did a single errand, loitering along as if waiting for
some one, examining engineering instruments in one window and samples of wool in
another with most unfeminine interest; tumbling over barrels, being half-smothered by
descending bales, and hustled unceremoniously by busy men who looked as if they
wondered "how the deuce she got there." A drop of rain on her cheek recalled her
thoughts from baffled hopes to ruined ribbons; for the drops continued to fall, and,
being a woman as well as a lover, she felt that, though it was too late to save her heart,
she might her bonnet. Now she remembered the little umbrella, which she had
forgotten to take in her hurry to be off; but regret was unavailing, and nothing could
be done but borrow one or submit to a drenching. She looked up at the lowering sky,
down at the crimson bow already flecked with black, forward along the muddy street,
then one long, lingering look behind, at a certain grimy warehouse, with "Hoffmann,
Swartz, & Co." over the door, and said to herself, with a sternly reproachful air,—
"It serves me right! What business had I to put on all my best things and come
philandering down here, hoping to see the Professor? Jo, I'm ashamed of you! No, you
shall not go there to borrow an umbrella, or find out where he is, from his friends. You
shall trudge away, and do your errands in the rain; and if you catch your death and
ruin your bonnet, it's no more than you deserve. Now then!"
With that she rushed across the street so impetuously that she narrowly escaped
annihilation from a passing truck, and precipitated herself into the arms of a stately
old gentleman, who said, "I beg pardon, ma'am," and looked mortally offended.
Somewhat daunted, Jo righted herself, spread her handkerchief over the devoted
ribbons, and, putting temptation behind her, hurried on, with increasing dampness
about the ankles, and much clashing of umbrellas overhead. The fact that a somewhat
dilapidated blue one remained stationary above the unprotected bonnet, attracted her
attention; and, looking up, she saw Mr. Bhaer looking down.

Page 532

"I feel to know the strong-minded lady who goes so bravely under many horse-
noses, and so fast through much mud. What do you down here, my friend?"
"I'm shopping."
Mr. Bhaer smiled, as he glanced from the pickle-factory on one side, to the
wholesale hide and leather concern on the other; but he only said politely,—
"You haf no umbrella. May I go also, and take for you the bundles?"
"Yes, thank you."
Jo's cheeks were as red as her ribbon, and she wondered what he thought of her; but
she didn't care, for in a minute she found herself walking away arm-in-arm with her
Professor, feeling as if the sun had suddenly burst out with uncommon brilliancy, that
the world was all right again, and that one thoroughly happy woman was paddling
through the wet that day.
"We thought you had gone," said Jo hastily, for she knew he was looking at her. Her
bonnet wasn't big enough to hide her face, and she feared he might think the joy it
betrayed unmaidenly.
"Did you believe that I should go with no farewell to those who haf been so
heavenly kind to me?" he asked so reproachfully that she felt as if she had insulted
him by the suggestion, and answered heartily,—
"No, I didn't; I knew you were busy about your own affairs, but we rather missed
you,—father and mother especially."
"And you?"

Page 533

"I'm always glad to see you, sir."
In her anxiety to keep her voice quite calm, Jo made it rather cool, and the frosty
little monosyllable at the end seemed to chill the Professor, for his smile vanished, as
he said gravely,—
"I thank you, and come one time more before I go."
"You are going, then?"
"I haf no longer any business here; it is done."
"Successfully, I hope?" said Jo, for the bitterness of disappointment was in that
short reply of his.
"I ought to think so, for I haf a way opened to me by which I can make my bread
and gif my Jünglings much help."
"Tell me, please! I like to know all about the—the boys," said Jo eagerly.
"That is so kind, I gladly tell you. My friends find for me a place in a college,
where I teach as at home, and earn enough to make the way smooth for Franz and
Emil. For this I should be grateful, should I not?"
"Indeed you should. How splendid it will be to have you doing what you like, and
be able to see you often, and the boys!" cried Jo, clinging to the lads as an excuse for
the satisfaction she could not help betraying.
"Ah! but we shall not meet often, I fear; this place is at the West."
"So far away!" and Jo left her skirts to their fate, as if it didn't matter now what
became of her clothes or herself.
Mr. Bhaer could read several languages, but he had not learned to read women yet.
He flattered himself that he knew Jo pretty well, and was, therefore, much amazed by
the contradictions of voice, face, and manner, which she showed him in rapid
succession that day, for she was in half a dozen different moods in the course of half
an hour. When she met him she looked surprised, though it was impossible to help
suspecting that she had come for that express purpose. When he offered her his arm,
she took it with a look that filled him with delight; but when he asked if she missed
him, she gave such a chilly, formal reply that despair fell upon him. On learning his
good fortune she almost clapped her hands: was the joy all for the boys? Then, on
hearing his destination, she said, "So far away!" in a tone of despair that lifted him on
to a pinnacle of hope; but the next minute she tumbled him down again by observing,
like one entirely absorbed in the matter,—
"Here's the place for my errands; will you come in? It won't take long."
Jo rather prided herself upon her shopping capabilities, and particularly wished to
impress her escort with the neatness and despatch with which she would accomplish
the business. But, owing to the flutter she was in, everything went amiss; she upset the
tray of needles, forgot the silesia was to be "twilled" till it was cut off, gave the wrong
change, and covered herself with confusion by asking for lavender ribbon at the calico

Page 534

counter. Mr. Bhaer stood by, watching her blush and blunder; and, as he watched, his
own bewilderment seemed to subside, for he was beginning to see that on some
occasions women, like dreams, go by contraries.
When they came out, he put the parcel under his arm with a more cheerful aspect,
and splashed through the puddles as if he rather enjoyed it, on the whole.
"Should we not do a little what you call shopping for the babies, and haf a farewell
feast to-night if I go for my last call at your so pleasant home?" he asked, stopping
before a window full of fruit and flowers.
"What will we buy?" said Jo, ignoring the latter part of his speech, and sniffing the
mingled odors with an affectation of delight as they went in.
"May they haf oranges and figs?" asked Mr. Bhaer, with a paternal air.
"They eat them when they can get them."
"Do you care for nuts?"
"Like a squirrel."
"Hamburg grapes; yes, we shall surely drink to the Fatherland in those?"
Jo frowned upon that piece of extravagance, and asked why he didn't buy a frail of
dates, a cask of raisins, and a bag of almonds, and done with it? Whereat Mr. Bhaer
confiscated her purse, produced his own, and finished the marketing by buying several
pounds of grapes, a pot of rosy daisies, and a pretty jar of honey, to be regarded in the
light of a demijohn. Then, distorting his pockets with the knobby bundles, and giving
her the flowers to hold, he put up the old umbrella, and they travelled on again.
"Miss Marsch, I haf a great favor to ask of you," began the Professor, after a moist
promenade of half a block.
"Yes, sir;" and Jo's heart began to beat so hard she was afraid he would hear it.
"I am bold to say it in spite of the rain, because so short a time remains to me."
"Yes, sir;" and Jo nearly crushed the small flower-pot with the sudden squeeze she
gave it.
"I wish to get a little dress for my Tina, and I am too stupid to go alone. Will you
kindly gif me a word of taste and help?"
"Yes, sir;" and Jo felt as calm and cool, all of a sudden, as if she had stepped into a
refrigerator.
"Perhaps also a shawl for Tina's mother, she is so poor and sick, and the husband is
such a care. Yes, yes, a thick, warm shawl would be a friendly thing to take the little
mother."
"I'll do it with pleasure, Mr. Bhaer. I'm going very fast and he's getting dearer every
minute," added Jo to herself; then, with a mental shake, she entered into the business
with an energy which was pleasant to behold.

Page 535

Mr. Bhaer left it all to her, so she chose a pretty gown for Tina, and then ordered out
the shawls. The clerk, being a married man, condescended to take an interest in the
couple, who appeared to be shopping for their family.
"Your lady may prefer this; it's a superior article, a most desirable color, quite
chaste and genteel," he said, shaking out a comfortable gray shawl, and throwing it
over Jo's shoulders.

"Does this suit you, Mr. Bhaer?" she asked, turning her back to him, and feeling
deeply grateful for the chance of hiding her face.
"Excellently well; we will haf it," answered the Professor, smiling to himself as he
paid for it, while Jo continued to rummage the counters like a confirmed bargain-
hunter.
"Now shall we go home?" he asked, as if the words were very pleasant to him.
"Yes; it's late, and I'm so tired." Jo's voice was more pathetic than she knew; for
now the sun seemed to have gone in as suddenly as it came out, the world grew
muddy and miserable again, and for the first time she discovered that her feet were
cold, her head ached, and that her heart was colder than the former, fuller of pain than
the latter. Mr. Bhaer was going away; he only cared for her as a friend; it was all a
mistake, and the sooner it was over the better. With this idea in her head, she hailed an
approaching omnibus with such a hasty gesture that the daisies flew out of the pot and
were badly damaged.
"This is not our omniboos," said the Professor, waving the loaded vehicle away, and
stopping to pick up the poor little flowers.

Page 536

"I beg your pardon, I didn't see the name distinctly. Never mind, I can walk. I'm
used to plodding in the mud," returned Jo, winking hard, because she would have died
rather than openly wipe her eyes.
Mr. Bhaer saw the drops on her cheeks, though she turned her head away; the sight
seemed to touch him very much, for, suddenly stooping down, he asked in a tone that
meant a great deal,—
"Heart's dearest, why do you cry?"
Now, if Jo had not been new to this sort of thing she would have said she wasn't
crying, had a cold in her head, or told any other feminine fib proper to the occasion;
instead of which that undignified creature answered, with an irrepressible sob,—
"Because you are going away."
"Ach, mein Gott, that is so good!" cried Mr. Bhaer, managing to clasp his hands in
spite of the umbrella and the bundles. "Jo, I haf nothing but much love to gif you; I
came to see if you could care for it, and I waited to be sure that I was something more
than a friend. Am I? Can you make a little place in your heart for old Fritz?" he added,
all in one breath.
"Oh, yes!" said Jo; and he was quite satisfied, for she folded both hands over his
arm, and looked up at him with an expression that plainly showed how happy she
would be to walk through life beside him, even though she had no better shelter than
the old umbrella, if he carried it.
It was certainly proposing under difficulties, for, even if he had desired to do so,
Mr. Bhaer could not go down upon his knees, on account of the mud; neither could he
offer Jo his hand, except figuratively, for both were full; much less could he indulge in
tender demonstrations in the open street, though he was near it: so the only way in
which he could express his rapture was to look at her, with an expression which
glorified his face to such a degree that there actually seemed to be little rainbows in
the drops that sparkled on his beard. If he had not loved Jo very much, I don't think he
could have done it then, for she looked far from lovely, with her skirts in a deplorable
state, her rubber boots splashed to the ankle, and her bonnet a ruin. Fortunately, Mr.
Bhaer considered her the most beautiful woman living, and she found him more
"Jove-like" than ever, though his hat-brim was quite limp with the little rills trickling
thence upon his shoulders (for he held the umbrella all over Jo), and every finger of
his gloves needed mending.
Passers-by probably thought them a pair of harmless lunatics, for they entirely
forgot to hail a 'bus, and strolled leisurely along, oblivious of deepening dusk and fog.
Little they cared what anybody thought, for they were enjoying the happy hour that
seldom comes but once in any life, the magical moment which bestows youth on the
old, beauty on the plain, wealth on the poor, and gives human hearts a foretaste of
heaven. The Professor looked as if he had conquered a kingdom, and the world had
nothing more to offer him in the way of bliss; while Jo trudged beside him, feeling as

Page 537

if her place had always been there, and wondering how she ever could have chosen
any other lot. Of course, she was the first to speak—intelligibly, I mean, for the
emotional remarks which followed her impetuous "Oh, yes!" were not of a coherent or
reportable character.
"Friedrich, why didn't you—"
"Ah, heaven, she gifs me the name that no one speaks since Minna died!" cried the
Professor, pausing in a puddle to regard her with grateful delight.
"I always call you so to myself—I forgot; but I won't, unless you like it."
"Like it? it is more sweet to me than I can tell. Say 'thou,' also, and I shall say your
language is almost as beautiful as mine."
"Isn't 'thou' a little sentimental?" asked Jo, privately thinking it a lovely
monosyllable.
"Sentimental? Yes. Thank Gott, we Germans believe in sentiment, and keep
ourselves young mit it. Your English 'you' is so cold, say 'thou,' heart's dearest, it
means so much to me," pleaded Mr. Bhaer, more like a romantic student than a grave
professor.
"Well, then, why didn't thou tell me all this sooner?" asked Jo bashfully.
"Now I shall haf to show thee all my heart, and I so gladly will, because thou must
take care of it hereafter. See, then, my Jo,—ah, the dear, funny little name!—I had a
wish to tell something the day I said good-by, in New York; but I thought the
handsome friend was betrothed to thee, and so I spoke not. Wouldst thou have said
'Yes,' then, if I had spoken?"
"I don't know; I'm afraid not, for I didn't have any heart just then."
"Prut! that I do not believe. It was asleep till the fairy prince came through the
wood, and waked it up. Ah, well, 'Die erste Liebe ist die beste;' but that I should not
expect."
"Yes, the first love is the best; so be contented, for I never had another. Teddy was
only a boy, and soon got over his little fancy," said Jo, anxious to correct the
Professor's mistake.
"Good! then I shall rest happy, and be sure that thou givest me all. I haf waited so
long, I am grown selfish, as thou wilt find, Professorin."
"I like that," cried Jo, delighted with her new name. "Now tell me what brought
you, at last, just when I most wanted you?"
"This;" and Mr. Bhaer took a little worn paper out of his waistcoat-pocket.
Jo unfolded it, and looked much abashed, for it was one of her own contributions to
a paper that paid for poetry, which accounted for her sending it an occasional attempt.
"How could that bring you?" she asked, wondering what he meant.

Page 538

"I found it by chance; I knew it by the names and the initials, and in it there was one
little verse that seemed to call me. Read and find him; I will see that you go not in the
wet."
Jo obeyed, and hastily skimmed through the lines which she had christened—

"IN THE GARRET.
"Four little chests all in a row,
Dim with dust, and worn by time,
All fashioned and filled, long ago,
By children now in their prime.
Four little keys hung side by side,
With faded ribbons, brave and gay
When fastened there, with childish pride,
Long ago, on a rainy day.
Four little names, one on each lid,
Carved out by a boyish hand,
And underneath there lieth hid
Histories of the happy band
Once playing here, and pausing oft
To hear the sweet refrain,
That came and went on the roof aloft,
In the falling summer rain.

"'Meg' on the first lid, smooth and fair.
I look in with loving eyes,
For folded here, with well-known care,
A goodly gathering lies,
The record of a peaceful life,—
Gifts to gentle child and girl,
A bridal gown, lines to a wife,
A tiny shoe, a baby curl.
No toys in this first chest remain,
For all are carried away,
In their old age, to join again
In another small Meg's play.
Ah, happy mother! well I know
You hear, like a sweet refrain,
Lullabies ever soft and low
In the falling summer rain.

"'Jo' on the next lid, scratched and worn,
And within a motley store
Of headless dolls, of school-books torn,
Birds and beasts that speak no more;
Spoils brought home from the fairy ground
Only trod by youthful feet,
Dreams of a future never found,
Memories of a past still sweet;
Half-writ poems, stories wild,
April letters, warm and cold,
Diaries of a wilful child,
Hints of a woman early old;
A woman in a lonely home,
Hearing, like a sad refrain,—

Page 539

'Be worthy love, and love will come,'
In the falling summer rain.

"My Beth! the dust is always swept
From the lid that bears your name,
As if by loving eyes that wept,
By careful hands that often came.
Death canonized for us one saint,
Ever less human than divine,
And still we lay, with tender plaint,
Relics in this household shrine.—
The silver bell, so seldom rung,
The little cap which last she wore,
The fair, dead Catherine that hung
By angels borne above her door;
The songs she sang, without lament,
In her prison-house of pain,
Forever are they sweetly blent
With the falling summer rain.

"Upon the last lid's polished field—
Legend now both fair and true—
A gallant knight bears on his shield,
'Amy,' in letters gold and blue.
Within lie snoods that bound her hair,
Slippers that have danced their last,
Faded flowers laid by with care,
Fans whose airy toils are past;
Gay valentines, all ardent flames,
Trifles that have borne their part
In girlish hopes and fears and shames,—
The record of a maiden heart
Now learning fairer, truer spells,
Hearing, like a blithe refrain,
The silver sound of bridal bells
In the falling summer rain.

"Four little chests all in a row,
Dim with dust, and worn by time,
Four women, taught by weal and woe
To love and labor in their prime.
Four sisters, parted for an hour,
None lost, one only gone before,
Made by love's immortal power,
Nearest and dearest evermore.
Oh, when these hidden stores of ours
Lie open to the Father's sight,
May they be rich in golden hours,
Deeds that show fairer for the light,
Lives whose brave music long shall ring,
Like a spirit-stirring strain,
Souls that shall gladly soar and sing
In the long sunshine after rain.
"J. M."

Page 540

"It's very bad poetry, but I felt it when I wrote it, one day when I was very lonely,
and had a good cry on a rag-bag. I never thought it would go where it could tell tales,"
said Jo, tearing up the verses the Professor had treasured so long.
"Let it go, it has done its duty, and I will haf a fresh one when I read all the brown
book in which she keeps her little secrets," said Mr. Bhaer, with a smile, as he
watched the fragments fly away on the wind. "Yes," he added earnestly, "I read that,
and I think to myself, 'She has a sorrow, she is lonely, she would find comfort in true
love. I haf a heart full, full for her; shall I not go and say, 'If this is not too poor a thing
to gif for what I shall hope to receive, take it in Gott's name?'"
"And so you came to find that it was not too poor, but the one precious thing I
needed," whispered Jo.
"I had no courage to think that at first, heavenly kind as was your welcome to me.
But soon I began to hope, and then I said, 'I will haf her if I die for it,' and so I will!"
cried Mr. Bhaer, with a defiant nod, as if the walls of mist closing round them were
barriers which he was to surmount or valiantly knock down.
Jo thought that was splendid, and resolved to be worthy of her knight, though he
did not come prancing on a charger in gorgeous array.
"What made you stay away so long?" she asked presently, finding it so pleasant to
ask confidential questions and get delightful answers that she could not keep silent.
"It was not easy, but I could not find the heart to take you from that so happy home
until I could haf a prospect of one to give you, after much time, perhaps, and hard
work. How could I ask you to gif up so much for a poor old fellow, who has no
fortune but a little learning?"
"I'm glad you are poor; I couldn't bear a rich husband," said Jo decidedly, adding, in
a softer tone, "Don't fear poverty; I've known it long enough to lose my dread, and be
happy working for those I love; and don't call yourself old,—forty is the prime of life.
I couldn't help loving you if you were seventy!"
The Professor found that so touching that he would have been glad of his
handkerchief, if he could have got at it; as he couldn't, Jo wiped his eyes for him, and
said, laughing, as she took away a bundle or two,—
"I may be strong-minded, but no one can say I'm out of my sphere now, for
woman's special mission is supposed to be drying tears and bearing burdens. I'm to
carry my share, Friedrich, and help to earn the home. Make up your mind to that, or
I'll never go," she added resolutely, as he tried to reclaim his load.
"We shall see. Haf you patience to wait a long time, Jo? I must go away and do my
work alone. I must help my boys first, because, even for you, I may not break my
word to Minna. Can you forgif that, and be happy while we hope and wait?"
"Yes, I know I can; for we love one another, and that makes all the rest easy to bear.
I have my duty, also, and my work. I couldn't enjoy myself if I neglected them even
for you, so there's no need of hurry or impatience. You can do your part out West, I

Page 541

can do mine here, and both be happy hoping for the best, and leaving the future to be
as God wills."
"Ah! thou gifest me such hope and courage, and I haf nothing to gif back but a full
heart and these empty hands," cried the Professor, quite overcome.

Jo never, never would learn to be proper; for when he said that as they stood upon
the steps, she just put both hands into his, whispering tenderly, "Not empty now;" and,
stooping down, kissed her Friedrich under the umbrella. It was dreadful, but she
would have done it if the flock of draggle-tailed sparrows on the hedge had been
human beings, for she was very far gone indeed, and quite regardless of everything
but her own happiness. Though it came in such a very simple guise, that was the
crowning moment of both their lives, when, turning from the night and storm and
loneliness to the household light and warmth and peace waiting to receive them, with
a glad "Welcome home!" Jo led her lover in, and shut the door.

Page 542

Page 543

XLVII.
HARVEST TIME.
For a year Jo and her Professor worked and waited, hoped and loved, met
occasionally, and wrote such voluminous letters that the rise in the price of paper was
accounted for, Laurie said. The second year began rather soberly, for their prospects
did not brighten, and Aunt March died suddenly. But when their first sorrow was over,
—for they loved the old lady in spite of her sharp tongue,—they found they had cause
for rejoicing, for she had left Plumfield to Jo, which made all sorts of joyful things
possible.
"It's a fine old place, and will bring a handsome sum; for of course you intend to
sell it," said Laurie, as they were all talking the matter over, some weeks later.
"No, I don't," was Jo's decided answer, as she petted the fat poodle, whom she had
adopted, out of respect to his former mistress.
"You don't mean to live there?"

Page 544

"Yes, I do."
"But, my dear girl, it's an immense house, and will take a power of money to keep it
in order. The garden and orchard alone need two or three men, and farming isn't in
Bhaer's line, I take it."
"He'll try his hand at it there, if I propose it."
"And you expect to live on the produce of the place? Well, that sounds paradisiacal,
but you'll find it desperate hard work."
"The crop we are going to raise is a profitable one;" and Jo laughed.
"Of what is this fine crop to consist, ma'am?"
"Boys. I want to open a school for little lads,—a good, happy, homelike school,
with me to take care of them, and Fritz to teach them."
"There's a truly Joian plan for you! Isn't that just like her?" cried Laurie, appealing
to the family, who looked as much surprised as he.
"I like it," said Mrs. March decidedly.
"So do I," added her husband, who welcomed the thought of a chance for trying the
Socratic method of education on modern youth.
"It will be an immense care for Jo," said Meg, stroking the head of her one all-
absorbing son.
"Jo can do it, and be happy in it. It's a splendid idea. Tell us all about it," cried Mr.
Laurence, who had been longing to lend the lovers a hand, but knew that they would
refuse his help.
"I knew you'd stand by me, sir. Amy does too—I see it in her eyes, though she
prudently waits to turn it over in her mind before she speaks. Now, my dear people,"
continued Jo earnestly, "just understand that this isn't a new idea of mine, but a long-
cherished plan. Before my Fritz came, I used to think how, when I'd made my fortune,
and no one needed me at home, I'd hire a big house, and pick up some poor, forlorn
little lads, who hadn't any mothers, and take care of them, and make life jolly for them
before it was too late. I see so many going to ruin, for want of help at the right minute;
I love so to do anything for them; I seem to feel their wants, and sympathize with their
troubles, and, oh, I should so like to be a mother to them!"
Mrs. March held out her hand to Jo, who took it, smiling, with tears in her eyes, and
went on in the old enthusiastic way, which they had not seen for a long while.
"I told my plan to Fritz once, and he said it was just what he would like, and agreed
to try it when we got rich. Bless his dear heart, he's been doing it all his life,—helping
poor boys, I mean, not getting rich; that he'll never be; money doesn't stay in his
pocket long enough to lay up any. But now, thanks to my good old aunt, who loved
me better than I ever deserved, I'm rich, at least I feel so, and we can live at Plumfield
perfectly well, if we have a flourishing school. It's just the place for boys, the house is
big, and the furniture strong and plain. There's plenty of room for dozens inside, and

Page 545

splendid grounds outside. They could help in the garden and orchard: such work is
healthy, isn't it, sir? Then Fritz can train and teach in his own way, and father will help
him. I can feed and nurse and pet and scold them; and mother will be my stand-by.
I've always longed for lots of boys, and never had enough; now I can fill the house
full, and revel in the little dears to my heart's content. Think what luxury,—Plumfield
my own, and a wilderness of boys to enjoy it with me!"
As Jo waved her hands, and gave a sigh of rapture, the family went off into a gale
of merriment, and Mr. Laurence laughed till they thought he'd have an apoplectic fit.
"I don't see anything funny," she said gravely, when she could be heard. "Nothing
could be more natural or proper than for my Professor to open a school, and for me to
prefer to reside on my own estate."
"She is putting on airs already," said Laurie, who regarded the idea in the light of a
capital joke. "But may I inquire how you intend to support the establishment? If all the
pupils are little ragamuffins, I'm afraid your crop won't be profitable in a worldly
sense, Mrs. Bhaer."
"Now don't be a wet-blanket, Teddy. Of course I shall have rich pupils, also,—
perhaps begin with such altogether; then, when I've got a start, I can take a ragamuffin
or two, just for a relish. Rich people's children often need care and comfort, as well as
poor. I've seen unfortunate little creatures left to servants, or backward ones pushed
forward, when it's real cruelty. Some are naughty through mismanagement or neglect,
and some lose their mothers. Besides, the best have to get through the hobbledehoy
age, and that's the very time they need most patience and kindness. People laugh at
them, and hustle them about, try to keep them out of sight, and expect them to turn, all
at once, from pretty children into fine young men. They don't complain much,—
plucky little souls,—but they feel it. I've been through something of it, and I know all
about it. I've a special interest in such young bears, and like to show them that I see
the warm, honest, well-meaning boys' hearts, in spite of the clumsy arms and legs and
the topsy-turvy heads. I've had experience, too, for haven't I brought up one boy to be
a pride and honor to his family?"
"I'll testify that you tried to do it," said Laurie, with a grateful look.
"And I've succeeded beyond my hopes; for here you are, a steady, sensible business
man, doing heaps of good with your money, and laying up the blessings of the poor,
instead of dollars. But you are not merely a business man: you love good and beautiful
things, enjoy them yourself, and let others go halves, as you always did in the old
times. I am proud of you, Teddy, for you get better every year, and every one feels it,
though you won't let them say so. Yes, and when I have my flock, I'll just point to you,
and say, 'There's your model, my lads.'"
Poor Laurie didn't know where to look; for, man though he was, something of the
old bashfulness came over him as this burst of praise made all faces turn approvingly
upon him.

Page 546

"I say, Jo, that's rather too much," he began, just in his old boyish way. "You have
all done more for me than I can ever thank you for, except by doing my best not to
disappoint you. You have rather cast me off lately, Jo, but I've had the best of help,
nevertheless; so, if I've got on at all, you may thank these two for it;" and he laid one
hand gently on his grandfather's white head, the other on Amy's golden one, for the
three were never far apart.
"I do think that families are the most beautiful things in all the world!" burst out Jo,
who was in an unusually uplifted frame of mind just then. "When I have one of my
own, I hope it will be as happy as the three I know and love the best. If John and my
Fritz were only here, it would be quite a little heaven on earth," she added more
quietly. And that night, when she went to her room, after a blissful evening of family
counsels, hopes, and plans, her heart was so full of happiness that she could only calm
it by kneeling beside the empty bed always near her own, and thinking tender
thoughts of Beth.
It was a very astonishing year altogether, for things seemed to happen in an
unusually rapid and delightful manner. Almost before she knew where she was, Jo
found herself married and settled at Plumfield. Then a family of six or seven boys
sprung up like mushrooms, and flourished surprisingly, poor boys as well as rich; for
Mr. Laurence was continually finding some touching case of destitution, and begging
the Bhaers to take pity on the child, and he would gladly pay a trifle for its support. In
this way the sly old gentleman got round proud Jo, and furnished her with the style of
boy in which she most delighted.
Of course it was up-hill work at first, and Jo made queer mistakes; but the wise
Professor steered her safely into calmer waters, and the most rampant ragamuffin was
conquered in the end. How Jo did enjoy her "wilderness of boys," and how poor, dear
Aunt March would have lamented had she been there to see the sacred precincts of
prim, well-ordered Plumfield overrun with Toms, Dicks, and Harrys! There was a sort
of poetic justice about it, after all, for the old lady had been the terror of the boys for
miles round; and now the exiles feasted freely on forbidden plums, kicked up the
gravel with profane boots unreproved, and played cricket in the big field where the
irritable "cow with a crumpled horn" used to invite rash youths to come and be tossed.
It became a sort of boys' paradise, and Laurie suggested that it should be called the
"Bhaer-garten," as a compliment to its master and appropriate to its inhabitants.
It never was a fashionable school, and the Professor did not lay up a fortune; but it
was just what Jo intended it to be,—"a happy, homelike place for boys, who needed
teaching, care, and kindness." Every room in the big house was soon full; every little
plot in the garden soon had its owner; a regular menagerie appeared in barn and shed,
for pet animals were allowed; and, three times a day, Jo smiled at her Fritz from the
head of a long table lined on either side with rows of happy young faces, which all
turned to her with affectionate eyes, confiding words, and grateful hearts, full of love
for "Mother Bhaer." She had boys enough now, and did not tire of them, though they

Page 547

were not angels, by any means, and some of them caused both Professor and
Professorin much trouble and anxiety. But her faith in the good spot which exists in
the heart of the naughtiest, sauciest, most tantalizing little ragamuffin gave her
patience, skill, and, in time, success; for no mortal boy could hold out long with
Father Bhaer shining on him as benevolently as the sun, and Mother Bhaer forgiving
him seventy times seven. Very precious to Jo was the friendship of the lads; their
penitent sniffs and whispers after wrong-doing; their droll or touching little
confidences; their pleasant enthusiasms, hopes, and plans; even their misfortunes, for
they only endeared them to her all the more. There were slow boys and bashful boys;
feeble boys and riotous boys; boys that lisped and boys that stuttered; one or two lame
ones; and a merry little quadroon, who could not be taken in elsewhere, but who was
welcome to the "Bhaer-garten," though some people predicted that his admission
would ruin the school.
Yes; Jo was a very happy woman there, in spite of hard work, much anxiety, and a
perpetual racket. She enjoyed it heartily, and found the applause of her boys more
satisfying than any praise of the world; for now she told no stories except to her flock
of enthusiastic believers and admirers. As the years went on, two little lads of her own
came to increase her happiness,—Rob, named for grandpa, and Teddy, a happy-go-
lucky baby, who seemed to have inherited his papa's sunshiny temper as well as his
mother's lively spirit. How they ever grew up alive in that whirlpool of boys was a
mystery to their grandma and aunts; but they flourished like dandelions in spring, and
their rough nurses loved and served them well.
There were a great many holidays at Plumfield, and one of the most delightful was
the yearly apple-picking; for then the Marches, Laurences, Brookes, and Bhaers
turned out in full force, and made a day of it. Five years after Jo's wedding, one of
these fruitful festivals occurred,—a mellow October day, when the air was full of an
exhilarating freshness which made the spirits rise, and the blood dance healthily in the
veins. The old orchard wore its holiday attire; golden-rod and asters fringed the mossy
walls; grasshoppers skipped briskly in the sere grass, and crickets chirped like fairy
pipers at a feast; squirrels were busy with their small harvesting; birds twittered their
adieux from the alders in the lane; and every tree stood ready to send down its shower
of red or yellow apples at the first shake. Everybody was there; everybody laughed
and sang, climbed up and tumbled down; everybody declared that there never had
been such a perfect day or such a jolly set to enjoy it; and every one gave themselves
up to the simple pleasures of the hour as freely as if there were no such things as care
or sorrow in the world.
Mr. March strolled placidly about, quoting Tusser, Cowley, and Columella to Mr.
Laurence, while enjoying—
"The gentle apple's winey juice."
The Professor charged up and down the green aisles like a stout Teutonic knight, with
a pole for a lance, leading on the boys, who made a hook and ladder company of

Page 548

themselves, and performed wonders in the way of ground and lofty tumbling. Laurie
devoted himself to the little ones, rode his small daughter in a bushel-basket, took
Daisy up among the birds' nests, and kept adventurous Rob from breaking his neck.
Mrs. March and Meg sat among the apple piles like a pair of Pomonas, sorting the
contributions that kept pouring in; while Amy, with a beautiful motherly expression in
her face, sketched the various groups, and watched over one pale lad, who sat adoring
her with his little crutch beside him.
Jo was in her element that day, and rushed about,
with her gown pinned up, her hat anywhere but on her
head, and her baby tucked under her arm, ready for
any lively adventure which might turn up. Little
Teddy bore a charmed life, for nothing ever happened
to him, and Jo never felt any anxiety when he was
whisked up into a tree by one lad, galloped off on the
back of another, or supplied with sour russets by his
indulgent papa, who labored under the Germanic
delusion that babies could digest anything, from
pickled cabbage to buttons, nails, and their own small
shoes. She knew that little Ted would turn up again in
time, safe and rosy, dirty and serene, and she always
received him back with a hearty welcome, for Jo
loved her babies tenderly.
At four o'clock a lull took place, and baskets
remained empty, while the apple-pickers rested, and
compared rents and bruises. Then Jo and Meg, with a
detachment of the bigger boys, set forth the supper on
the grass, for an out-of-door tea was always the
crowning joy of the day. The land literally flowed
with milk and honey on such occasions, for the lads
were not required to sit at table, but allowed to
partake of refreshment as they liked,—freedom being
the sauce best beloved by the boyish soul. They
availed themselves of the rare privilege to the fullest
extent, for some tried the pleasing experiment of
drinking milk while standing on their heads, others
lent a charm to leap-frog by eating pie in the pauses of
the game, cookies were sown broadcast over the field,
and apple-turnovers roosted in the trees like a new
style of bird. The little girls had a private tea-party,
and Ted roved among the edibles at his own sweet
will.

Page 549

When no one could eat any more, the Professor proposed the first regular toast,
which was always drunk at such times,—"Aunt March, God bless her!" A toast
heartily given by the good man, who never forgot how much he owed her, and quietly
drunk by the boys, who had been taught to keep her memory green.
"Now, grandma's sixtieth birthday! Long life to her, with three times three!"
That was given with a will, as you may well believe; and the cheering once begun,
it was hard to stop it. Everybody's health was proposed, from Mr. Laurence, who was
considered their special patron, to the astonished guinea-pig, who had strayed from its
proper sphere in search of its young master. Demi, as the oldest grandchild, then
presented the queen of the day with various gifts, so numerous that they were
transported to the festive scene in a wheelbarrow. Funny presents, some of them, but
what would have been defects to other eyes were ornaments to grandma's,—for the
children's gifts were all their own. Every stitch Daisy's patient little fingers had put
into the handkerchiefs she hemmed was better than embroidery to Mrs. March; Demi's
shoe-box was a miracle of mechanical skill, though the cover wouldn't shut; Rob's
footstool had a wiggle in its uneven legs, that she declared was very soothing; and no
page of the costly book Amy's child gave her was so fair as that on which appeared, in
tipsy capitals, the words,—"To dear Grandma, from her little Beth."
During this ceremony the boys had mysteriously disappeared; and, when Mrs.
March had tried to thank her children, and broken down, while Teddy wiped her eyes
on his pinafore, the Professor suddenly began to sing. Then, from above him, voice
after voice took up the words, and from tree to tree echoed the music of the unseen
choir, as the boys sung, with all their hearts, the little song Jo had written, Laurie set
to music, and the Professor trained his lads to give with the best effect. This was
something altogether new, and it proved a grand success; for Mrs. March couldn't get
over her surprise, and insisted on shaking hands with every one of the featherless
birds, from tall Franz and Emil to the little quadroon, who had the sweetest voice of
all.
After this, the boys dispersed for a final lark, leaving Mrs. March and her daughters
under the festival tree.

Page 550

"Leaving Mrs. March and her daughters under the festival tree."—Page 583
"I don't think I ever ought to call myself 'Unlucky Jo' again, when my greatest wish
has been so beautifully gratified," said Mrs. Bhaer, taking Teddy's little fist out of the
milk-pitcher, in which he was rapturously churning.
"And yet your life is very different from the one you pictured so long ago. Do you
remember our castles in the air?" asked Amy, smiling as she watched Laurie and John
playing cricket with the boys.
"Dear fellows! It does my heart good to see them forget business, and frolic for a
day," answered Jo, who now spoke in a maternal way of all mankind. "Yes, I
remember; but the life I wanted then seems selfish, lonely, and cold to me now. I
haven't given up the hope that I may write a good book yet, but I can wait, and I'm
sure it will be all the better for such experiences and illustrations as these;" and Jo
pointed from the lively lads in the distance to her father, leaning on the Professor's
arm, as they walked to and fro in the sunshine, deep in one of the conversations which
both enjoyed so much, and then to her mother, sitting enthroned among her daughters,
with their children in her lap and at her feet, as if all found help and happiness in the
face which never could grow old to them.
"My castle was the most nearly realized of all. I asked for splendid things, to be
sure, but in my heart I knew I should be satisfied, if I had a little home, and John, and
some dear children like these. I've got them all, thank God, and am the happiest
woman in the world;" and Meg laid her hand on her tall boy's head, with a face full of
tender and devout content.

Page 551

"My castle is very different from what I planned, but I would not alter it, though,
like Jo, I don't relinquish all my artistic hopes, or confine myself to helping others
fulfil their dreams of beauty. I've begun to model a figure of baby, and Laurie says it is
the best thing I've ever done. I think so myself, and mean to do it in marble, so that,
whatever happens, I may at least keep the image of my little angel."
As Amy spoke, a great tear dropped on the golden hair of the sleeping child in her
arms; for her one well-beloved daughter was a frail little creature and the dread of
losing her was the shadow over Amy's sunshine. This cross was doing much for both
father and mother, for one love and sorrow bound them closely together. Amy's nature
was growing sweeter, deeper, and more tender; Laurie was growing more serious,
strong, and firm; and both were learning that beauty, youth, good fortune, even love
itself, cannot keep care and pain, loss and sorrow, from the most blest; for—
"Into each life some rain must fall,
Some days must be dark and sad and dreary."
"She is growing better, I am sure of it, my dear. Don't despond, but hope and keep
happy," said Mrs. March, as tender-hearted Daisy stooped from her knee, to lay her
rosy cheek against her little cousin's pale one.
"I never ought to, while I have you to cheer me up, Marmee, and Laurie to take
more than half of every burden," replied Amy warmly. "He never lets me see his
anxiety, but is so sweet and patient with me, so devoted to Beth, and such a stay and
comfort to me always, that I can't love him enough. So, in spite of my one cross, I can
say with Meg, 'Thank God, I'm a happy woman.'"
"There's no need for me to say it, for every one can see that I'm far happier than I
deserve," added Jo, glancing from her good husband to her chubby children, tumbling
on the grass beside her. "Fritz is getting gray and stout; I'm growing as thin as a
shadow, and am thirty; we never shall be rich, and Plumfield may burn up any night,
for that incorrigible Tommy Bangs will smoke sweet-fern cigars under the bed-
clothes, though he's set himself afire three times already. But in spite of these
unromantic facts, I have nothing to complain of, and never was so jolly in my life.
Excuse the remark, but living among boys, I can't help using their expressions now
and then."
"Yes, Jo, I think your harvest will be a good one," began Mrs. March, frightening
away a big black cricket that was staring Teddy out of countenance.
"Not half so good as yours, mother. Here it is, and we never can thank you enough
for the patient sowing and reaping you have done," cried Jo, with the loving
impetuosity which she never could outgrow.
"I hope there will be more wheat and fewer tares every year," said Amy softly.
"A large sheaf, but I know there's room in your heart for it, Marmee dear," added
Meg's tender voice.

Page 552

Touched to the heart, Mrs. March could only stretch out her arms, as if to gather
children and grandchildren to herself, and say, with face and voice full of motherly
love, gratitude, and humility,—
"O, my girls, however long you may live, I never can wish you a greater happiness
than this!"

Page 553

Louisa M. Alcott's Writings
THE LITTLE WOMEN SERIES.
Little Women;
or Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Little Men.
Life at Plumfield with Jo's Boys.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Jo's Boys and How They Turned Out.
A Sequel to "Little Men."
Portrait of Author. 16mo. $1.50.
An Old-Fashioned Girl.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Eight Cousins;
or, The Aunt-Hill.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Rose in Bloom.
A Sequel to "Eight Cousins."
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Under the Lilacs.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Jack and Jill.
A Village Story.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
The above eight volumes, uniformly bound in cloth, gilt, in box, $12.00.
THE LITTLE WOMEN SERIES. New Illustrated Edition.
Printed from new plates with new cover designs, and illustrated with 84 full-page
plates from drawings especially made for this edition by Reginald B. Birch, Alice
Barber Stephens, Jessie Willcox Smith, and Harriet Roosevelt Richards. 8 vols.
Crown 8vo. Decorated cloth, gilt, in box. $16.00. Separately, $2.00.
THE SPINNING-WHEEL SERIES
Spinning-Wheel Stories.
Silver Pitchers.
Proverb Stories.

Page 554

A Garland for Girls.
4 vols. 16mo. Each, $1.25. In box, $5.00.
THE SPINNING-WHEEL SERIES. New Illustrated Edition.
Uniform in size with the Illustrated Edition of the Little Women Series. With 36 full-
page plates by well-known artists. 4 vols. Crown 8vo. Decorated cloth. In box, $6.00.
Separately, $1.50.
AUNT JO'S SCRAP-BAG
My Boys.
Shawl-Straps.
Cupid and Chow-Chow.
My Girls.
Jimmy's Cruise in the Pinafore.
An Old-Fashioned Thanksgiving.
6 vols. 16mo. Illustrated. Each, $1.00. In box, $6.00.
LULU'S LIBRARY
Volume 1
Volume 2
Volume 3
3 vols. Each, $1.00. The set uniformly bound in cloth, gilt, in box, $3.00.
NOVELS, ETC.
Hospital Sketches.
Work.
Comic Tragedies.
Moods.
A Modern Mephistopheles.
Life of Louisa May Alcott.
6 vols. 16mo. Each, $1.50.

LITTLE, BROWN, & COMPANY
Publishers, 254 WASHINGTON STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

The Little Women Series
By LOUISA M. ALCOTT

Page 555

1. LITTLE WOMEN; or Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
A simple story of the home life of four girls. A portrayal of child life, natural,
wholesome, and inspiring. One of the best and most popular children's books
ever written.
2. LITTLE MEN: Life at Plumfield with Jo's Boys
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Gives delightful pictures of boy life at old Plumfield, and is brimful of activity,
merriment, health, and happiness.
3. JO'S BOYS, and How They Turned Out
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
This sequel to "Little Men" takes up the story and carries Jo's boys through the
home struggles and adventures in the outside world until they are fairly launched
on the sea of manhood.
4. AN OLD-FASHIONED GIRL
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
The heroine of this book is shown as a possible improvement upon the girl of the
period, who seems sadly ignorant or ashamed of the good old fashions which
made women truly beautiful and honored.
5. EIGHT COUSINS; or, the Aunt-Hill
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
The story of a pretty-faced and sunny-tempered little girl, obliged by the death of
her parents to live with her uncle and her aunts, thereby coming in contact with
seven cousins—all boys.
6. ROSE IN BLOOM
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
This sequel to "Eight Cousins" carries on the story of Rose and the cousins, and
is full of vivacity, fresh and stirring incident, and brilliant character painting.
7. UNDER THE LILACS
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
Ben and his dog Sancho run away from a circus and find a home with Bob and
Betty in the old house under the lilacs. Told in Miss Alcott's best style.
8. JACK AND JILL
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.50.
A vivid yet natural portrayal of home and school life in a New England village,
full of the sympathetic quality which lends such a charm to Miss Alcott's

Page 556

writings. It is a lively and jolly narrative.

the above eight volumes, uniformly bound, in box, $12.00

Uniform with "The Little Women Series."

COMIC TRAGEDIES
Written by "Jo" and "Meg," and acted by the "Little Women," with a Foreword by
"Meg." Portraits, etc. 16mo. $1.50.
LOUISA MAY ALCOTT
Her Life, Letters, and Journals. Edited by Ednah D. Cheney. With photogravure
portraits, etc. 16mo. $1.50.

Other Stories by LOUISA M. ALCOTT

SPINNING-WHEEL STORIES
Four volumes of healthy and hearty short stories so told as to fascinate the
young people, while inculcating sturdy courage and kindness to the weak in
the boys, and in the girls those virtues which fit them for filling a woman's
place in the home.

1. SPINNING-WHEEL STORIES
With twelve initial illustrations. 16mo. $1.25.
2. SILVER PITCHERS: and Independence
16mo. $1.25.
3. PROVERB STORIES
16mo. $1.25.
4. A GARLAND FOR GIRLS
With illustrations. 16mo. $1.25.

Page 557

The above four volumes, uniformly bound in cloth, gilt, in box, $5.00.

AUNT JO'S SCRAP BAG
Six books of jolly, readable stories told in Miss Alcott's best style and sure to
please young people.

1. MY BOYS
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.00.
2. SHAWL-STRAPS
Illustrated. Story of a voyage abroad. 16mo. $1.00
3. CUPID AND CHOW-CHOW
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.00.
4. MY GIRLS
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.00.
5. JIMMY'S CRUISE IN THE PINAFORE, ETC.
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.00.
6. AN OLD-FASHIONED THANKSGIVING
Illustrated. 16mo. $1.00.
The above six volumes, uniformly bound in cloth, gilt, in box, $6.00.

LULU'S LIBRARY
Delightful short stories, many of them founded on incidents from Miss
Alcott's life. Told so as to attract children, and all showing the spirit of
cheerful accomplishment in the face of discouragements.
Three volumes. Each, $1.00. The set, uniformly bound in cloth, gilt, in box,
$3.00.

MISS ALCOTT'S NOVELS
HOSPITAL SKETCHES
and Camp and Fireside Stories. With illustrations. 16mo. $1.50.
WORK
A Story of Experience. Illustrated by Sol Eytinge. 16mo. $1.50.
MOODS
A Novel. 16mo. $1.50.
A MODERN MEPHISTOPHELES
and a Whisper in the Dark. 16mo. $1.50.

Page 558

Other Stories by LOUISA M. ALCOTT

A HOLE IN THE WALL.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
An account of a poor boy's admiration for a beautiful garden to which he is invited by
a little girl friend. ("How They Camped Out" in same volume.)
MARJORIE'S THREE GIFTS.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
A fairy tale told Marjorie comes true, and there enter into her life three good fairies:
Industry, Cheerfulness, and Love. ("Roses and Forget-me-nots" in same volume.)
MAY FLOWERS.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
The experiences of six earnest young girls who try to make the sad lives about them
happier. Full of sensible hints as to wisest methods of charity.
A CHRISTMAS DREAM.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
A rather spoiled child gets her first real enjoyment of Christmas by making others
happy. ("Baa! Baa!" in same volume.)
THE CANDY COUNTRY
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
A quaint little fable in which the young heroine visits Candy-land and is finally
contented to return to Bread-land. ("How They Ran Away" in same volume.)
LITTLE BUTTON ROSE.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
A bright, vivacious child visits her maiden aunts. Her influence on the somewhat
narrow characters about her is delightfully described.
POPPIES AND WHEAT.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
Two girls travel through Europe. The frivolous Ethel learns the advantages of culture
and simple dignity from her companion.
MOUNTAIN-LAUREL AND MAIDENHAIR.

Page 559

Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
The story of a New Hampshire farmer's daughter who is fond of writing verses.
PANSIES AND WATER-LILIES.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
"Pansies" is a story of a girls' discussion of books; "Water-Lilies" a romance by the
sea-shore.
THE DOLLS' JOURNEY.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
A droll account of the travels of two dolls. ("Shadow-Children" and "The Moss
People" in same volume.)
MORNING GLORIES AND QUEEN ASTOR.
Illustrated. 12mo. 50 cents.
Aunt Wee changes Daisy from a petulant to a cheerful girl by interesting her in the
wonderful world of nature which Daisy has never before learned to appreciate justly.
THE LITTLE MEN PLAY.
THE LITTLE WOMEN PLAY.
Adapted from Miss Alcott's famous stories, "Little Men" and "Little Women," by
Elizabeth L. Gould.
Illustrated. 12mo. Price 50 cents each.
Two forty-five minute plays of two acts each, for eight or ten little people. They will
prove a source of limitless delight.

LITTLE, BROWN, & COMPANY, Publishers
254 Washington St., Boston, Mass.

Page 560

Transcriber's Notes:

Project Gutenberg has two versions of Little Women by Louisa May Alcott.

Original Edition
Illustrated Edition

Welcome to the Project Gutenberg Illustrated Edition of Little Women by Louisa May
Alcott, published by Little, Brown, and Company. Some versions of the book, such as this
one, use the full title of the book from the title page, Little Women; Or Meg, Jo, Beth, and
Amy.
We used the version of the book from Little, Brown, and Company: copyright 1896, for
this transcription. A scanned copy of this book is available through the internet archive,
courtesy of the New York Public Library.
A copy of the first version of the novel, published in 1869, was consulted for emendations,
the proper rendering of words hyphenated and split between two lines for spacing, and
other issues in transcribing the novel. We are not trying to change this version of the novel
back to the 1869 novel, but correct the errors that were made in re-transcribing and
updating the text.
Throughout the dialogues, words were used to mimic accents of the speakers. Those words
were retained as-is.
Errors in punctuations and hyphenation were not corrected unless otherwise noted below.
On page vii, in the Table of Contents, change page 7 to 1 for the beginning of Chapter
One.
In the List of Illustrations, for the illustration on page 147, "postmistress" was replaced
with "post-mistress".
In the List of Illustrations, for the illustration on page 235, "tea-pot" was replaced with
"teapot".
On page 30, the punctuation after 'stained they are' may be a colon, but on page 41 of the
1869 book, it is a semicolon. We used the semi-colon.
On page 34, transcribe red-headed with the hyphen. See page 44 of the 1869 novel.
On page 40, a period was added after "room where old Mr". See page 50 of the 1869
novel.
On page 41, the semicolon after "Laurie went on the box" was replaced with a comma. See
page 52 of the 1869 novel.
On page 62, mantel-piece was transcribed with the hyphen. See Page 75 of the 1869 novel.
On page 63, checked the clause "and I've been trying to do it this ever so long." It is
written the same way on page 77 of the 1869 book. No change was made.
On page 64, add period after "red and shining with merriment." See page 79 of the 1869
book.

Page 561

On page 68, changed weet to sweet in 'the damp weet air.' See page 84 of the 1869 novel.
On page 79, add comma after I remain in the letter. See page 95 of the 1869 novel.
On page 84, ferrule was an adjustment from the 1869 book, which only used one r in
spelling the word (see page 101). Webster's dictionary spells ferrule with two rs.
On page 109, a period was added after "and the old man quite dotes on them". See page
130 of the 1869 novel.
On page 109, a period was added after "asked another voice". See page 131 of the 1869
novel.
On page 112, change colon to semicolon after "if you don't;"—see page 134 of the 1869
novel.
On page 113, transcribe ear-rings with the hyphen. See page 135 of the 1869 novel.
On Page 123, "One thing remember, my girls:" is written as it appears in the 1896 novel. A
comma instead of a colon was used after my girls in the 1869 novel (see page 146). "One
thing to remember," may work better today, or even "Remember one thing," but we left
this as Ms. Alcott wrote it.
On Page 124, the P. C. is the Pickwick Club from a novel by Charles Dickens. Samuel
Pickwick, Tracy Tupman, Augustus Snodgrass, and Nathaniel Winkle were introdued by
Charles Dickens in the first chapter of The Pickwick Papers. Samuel Weller makes his first
appearance in Chapter Ten of that novel.
On page 128, in the Pickwick Portfolio, there is no period after "it is nearly school time" in
N. Winkle's letter. This period was also missing on page 151 of the 1869 novel. The
missing period was intentional.
On page 135, the ambiguous punctuation after "Oh, dear, no!" is an exclamation point. See
page 160 of the 1869 novel.
On page 146, change buttonholes to button-holes. On page 173 of the 1869 novel, this
word was hyphenated and split between two lines for spacing. Transcribing the word with
the hyphen matches seven other occurrences of button-hole or botton-holes in the novel.
We therefore used the hyphen.
On page 150, "Betty" was replaced with "Bethy". This error was also made in the 1869
novel—see page 177. The character addressed is Beth.
On page 158, a period was added after "still kneeling". See page 187 of the 1869 novel.
On page 160, "hard a lee" is spelled the same way in the 1869 novel (see page 189) and
this novel. We left this as is.
On page 166, a comma was added after "Meg" in "Meg obediently following". See page
195 of the 1869 book.
On page 185, "receptable" was replaced with "receptacle". See page 217 of the 1869
novel.
On page 185, transcribe door-way with the hyphen. See page 217 of the 1869 novel. Also,
change doorway to door-way a few lines down the same page. See page 218 of the 1869
novel.
On page 189, the comma after "published every day" was replaced with a period. See page
225 of 1869 book.
On page 198, the clause: "Beth, go and ask Mr. Laurence for a couple of bottles of old
wine:" was written as it appeared in the 1896 novel. The clause ended in with a semi-colon
in the 1869 book (see page 234).
On page 200, change needlework to needle-work. See page 236 of the 1869 novel.
On page 209, "turnovers" was replaced with "turn-overs". See page 246 of the 1869 novel.
On page 214, the single quotation mark before "Head Nurse of Ward" was replaced with a
double quotation mark. See page 252 of the 1869 novel.
On page 218, "Year's ago" was replaced with "Years ago". See page 257 of the 1869 novel.
On page 219, "ask him so help" was replaced with "ask him to help". See page 257 of the
1869 novel.

Page 562

On page 219, add period after "give it to her." See page 258 of the 1869 novel.
On page 230, "two, A.M." is spelled the same way, with the comma, in this book and in
the 1869 novel (on page 272). The comma was retained.
On page 244, "postscrips" was replaced with "postscripts". See page 287 of the 1869
novel.
On page 279, place exclamation point after won't in 'No, I won't!' See page 329 in the
1869 novel.
On page 286, "actingly" was replaced with "acting". See page 337 of the 1869 novel.
On page 288, add comma after mankind in the clause "who felt at peace with all mankind
even his mischievous pupil." See page 339 of the 1869 novel.
On page 294, transcribe gray-headed with the hyphen. See page 5 of the 1869 novel.
On page 295, add a comma after salary in the phrase "with an honestly-earned salary." See
page 7 of the 1869 book.
Checked the clause "But once get used to these slight blemishes" on page 297. The
sentence appears the same way on page 10 of the 1869 novel.
Checked the clause "People who hire all these things done for them never know what they
lose" on page 298. The sentence has a comma after them, but is otherwise written the same
way on page 11 of the 1869 novel.
On page 299, transcribe door-handles with the hyphen. See page 13 of the 1869 novel.
On page 339, "shortcomings" was replaced with "short-comings". See page 62 of the 1869
novel.
On page 345, "furbelows and notions" was written "furbelows and quinny-dingles" in the
1869 novel. See page 59 of the 1869 novel. We made no change, and only point this out
because quinny-dingles is such a memorable word that those intimate with the novel may
notice the change.
On page 353, change snowbank to snow-bank. See page 79 of the 1869 novel.
On page 363, a double quotation mark was added before "Cross-patch, draw the latch".
See page 91 of the 1869 book.
On page 379, change period after Jo to a comma in the clause "as for Jo. she would have
gone up". See page 109 of the 1869 book.
On page 380, a comma was added after "all lying down". See page 111 of the 1869 book.
On page 393, the punctuation after 'but so was everybody's' is difficult to read. It could be
a colon or semicolon. In the 1869 novel, the mark is a semi-colon (see page 126). We used
the semi-colon.
On page 396, the second line of the verse beginning with "'Out upon you," is indented. In
the 1869 version, the capital B of "Bold-faced jig!'" is lined-up under Out. We aligned the
verse as the 1869 version of the novel--see page 131.
On page 404, add period after heaviness. See page 140 of the 1869 novel.
On page 405, transcribe needle-work with the hyphen. See page 141 of the 1869 book.
On Page 411, a letter is curiously addressed to Betsey, both here and on page 148 of the
1869 book.
On Page 413, removed double quotes around Yes in "Yes," they say to one another, these
so kind ladies. Instead, place a single quote in front of Yes, because Bhaer is resuming his
quote. The resumed quote concludes with a single quote after me and mine. See page 151
of the 1869 novel. The double quote before 'he is a stupid old fellow' is actually a triple-
nested quote, ending in make themselves.
On page 417, transcribe Teddy-ism as Teddyism. See page 155 of the 1869 novel.
On page 451, a period was added after "I can't let you go". See page 196 of the 1869
novel.
On page 463, "Tarantula" was used as the name of a dance, but the author might have
meant "Tarantella," which is the name of an Italian dance about tarantulas.

Page 563

On page 468, transcribe chess-board with the hyphen. See page 218 of the 1869 novel.
On page 512, a period was added after "she said softly". If you see page 272 of the 1869
novel, you will also notice a comma in 'she said, softly.' We added the period but not the
comma.
On page 514, the 1869 novel did not have a comma after oar in the sentence: "I'm not
tired; but you may take an oar, if you like. See page 525 of the 1869 novel. We did not
remove the comma.
On page 527, 'the "the best nevvy in the world."' was replaced with "the best nevvy in the
world." See page 290 of the 1869 novel.
On page 527, change he to the in 'like Jenny and he ballad'. See page 291 of the 1869
novel.
On page 531, David and Peggotty refer to two characters from the novel "David
Copperfield" by Charles Dickens.
On page 534, change of to off in the clause: Daisy found it impossible to keep her eyes of
her "pitty aunty," ... see page 300 of the 1869 novel.
On page 541, "know'st thou the land where the citron blooms," was broken into two
stanzas in the book for spacing. We transcribed this as one line. See page 308 in 1869
novel.
On page 551, transcribe Dove-cote with the hyphen. See page 319 of the 1869 novel.
On the first page of ads, a period was added after "THE LITTLE WOMEN SERIES. New
Illustrated Edition".
On the second page of ads, in the blurb for the book Comic Tragedies, a period as placed
after "Portraits, etc".
After the novel is a list of The Works of Louisa May Alcott. The list is not complete: for
example, there are no listings for her work as Flora Fairfield or A. M. Barnard.
Nevertheless, the pages are a fine structured outline of Ms. Alcott's best work.
Most of the novels and stories in these four pages are published by Project Gutenberg.
We included links to these titles for the reader's convenience. A change had to be made for
one item. We had to list each of the three volumes of Lulu's Library to provide the links to
that book. All links will only work in the HTML document.
The final page is a listing of eleven stories originally published in other volumes, such as
Jo's Scrap-Bag, Lulu's Library, and A Garland for Girls. These works were subsequently
published separately in small volumes, generally less than 100 pages, in The Children's
Friend Series.

Page 564

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LITTLE WOMEN;
OR, MEG, JO, BETH, AND AMY ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 565

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the

Page 566

collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™

Page 567

License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are
located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format

Page 568

other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

Page 569

electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

Page 570

LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,

Page 571

costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.

Page 572

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other

Page 573

ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 574

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=6d7643ce6d298820f968efb7ad3db095&bl=ar Translating…